THE YUROK LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR, TEXTS, LEXICON
BY
R. H. ROBINS
I NlVliHMTYjUFJCAUFaKNlA PUBUCATIONS IN LINGUISTIC^
Volume 15
V'. ''^
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS
BERKELEY AND LOS ANGELES
1958
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
PUBLICATIONS IN LINGUISTICS
VOLUME XV
1958
EDITORS
C. D. CHRETIEN M. B. EMENEAU
M. S. BEELER M. R. HAAS
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
GRAMMAR. TEXTS. LEXICON
BY
R. H. ROBINS
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS
BERKELEY AND LOS ANGELES
1958
'K^MTHROP.
ilDRAIty
PREFACE
The material ^^ which this account of the Yurok language is based was ob-
ained during ^ taciu mp irum iviarcn to June, 1951, while I was a visiting
lesearch Fellow in the Group in Linguistics at the University of California,
ierkeley.
The informants with whom I worked lived in or around Requa and Klamath
n Del Norte County, at the mouth of the Klamath River, in northern Califor-
da. My informants included Mrs. Mabel Brantner, Miss Lula Donnelly, Mrs.
jilian Oscar, Miss Gladys Smith, Mrs, Florence Shaughnessy, and the late
lobert Spott. To all these, and to the others who at any time helped me to ac-
[uire a knowledge of their language, I am most deeply grateful. I must men-
ion especially Mrs. Shaughnessy, my principal informant throughout, for
ler patience, interest, and cooperation in our numerous sessions.
My visit to California was made possible by a grant of overseas leave
rom the School of Oriental and African Studies, in the University of London,
.nd by financial grants from the State Department of the United States, under
he Smith-Mundt and Fulbright acts. The actual expenses of the field trip
rere borne by the University of California. My sincerest thanks are owing
o all who were in any way concerned with my visit, and in particular to
^rofessor M. B. Emeneau in California and Professor J. R. Firth in London
While I was in Berkeley I presented a brief preliminary analysis of the
Turok language at the Symposium on American- Indian languages held at the
Jniversity July, 1951, and had the opportunity of discussing my work with
Professors M. B. Emeneau, Mary R. Haas, and A. L. Kroeber. lam
[rateful to all of them for their interest and encouragement and their many
lelpful suggestions.
Finally I must thank Mrs. Ruby Van Deventer, botany specialist, of Fort
Mck, California, for her generous help in identifying many of the plants
/^hose Yurok names appear in the dictionary.
R. H. Robins
School of Oriental and African Studies
\«4.^w--. iQc/t TTnivPTfii+v of l^nndnn
CONTENTS
ibliogrcpKj. , . . xi
bbreviations xii
itroduction xiii
Kapter I: Phonology 1
1 . Consonants 1
2 . Vowels 1
3 . Diphthongs 1
4 . Phonetic Description 4
4 . 1 Consonants 4
4.2 Vowels 6
5 . Syllable Structure 7
6 . Words 8
7 . Prominence and Intonation 10
lapter II; Grammar 11
8. Word Classes 11
9. Word Structure 12
9.1 Morphology 12
9.2 Stem Structure 13
9.21 Vocalic and Consonantal Alternation 13
9.22 Reduplication 13
9.23 r/1 Alternation 14
9.24 Compounds 14
10. Basic Syntactical Structures 16
10.1 General 16
10.2 Simple Sentences 16
10.21 Nominal and Verbal Sentences 16
10.22 Equational Sentences 16
10.23 Verbals and Verbal Groups 16
10.24 Nonninals and Nominal Groups 16
10.25 Independent Subjects 17
10.3 Complex Sentences 17
10.31 Nominal Groups 17
10.311 Expanded Nominal Element 17
10.312 CoSrdinate Nominal Groups 17
10.32 Verbal Groups 17
10.321 Expanded Verbal Element 17
10.322 CoSrdinate Verbal Groups 18
10.323 Subordinate Verbs or Verbal Groups 18
10.33 Exocentric Constructions acting as Nominal
Substitute Groups 19
10.4 Word Order 19
1 1 . Nominals 20
11.1 General 20
1 1 .2 Pronouns 20
[vii ]
viii CONTENTS
11.21 Personal Pronouns 20
11.211 Objective Forms 21
11.212 Comitative Forms 21
11.213 Locative Forms 21
11.22 Nonpersonal (Demonstrative) Pronouns 21
11.23 Indefinite Pronouns 21
11.24 Interrogative Pronouns 22
11.25 wiC?), wi§ 22
1 1 .3 Nouns 23
11.31 Nouns with Separate Plural Forms 23
11.32 Nouns with Separate Vocative Form.s 23
11.33 Free Variation of Forms 23
11.34 Locative Forms 24
1 1 .341 Regular Formation 24
1 1 .342 Other Locative Forms 25
11.342.1 -i or -ik 25
11.342.2 Irregular Forms 25
11.342.3 -S and -s 25
1 1 .35 Pronominal Prefixes 25
11.351 General 25
11.352 Vowel Harmony 26
11.353 Nouns Beginning with h 26
11.354 Inalienable Nouns 27
11.355 Special Noun Forms 28
11.356 Syntactical Uses of Pronominal
Prefixed Nouns 28
11.36 The Suffix eni 29
11.37 Syntactical Uses of Nouns 29
12. Articles 29
12.1 General 29
12.2 Usage 30
13. Verbals 30
13.1 Verbs 30
13.11 Categories and Paradigms 30
13.111 Inflected Verbs 31
13.112 Noninflected Verbs 31
13.113 Exceptions 32
13.12 Tenses 32
13.13 Aspect 32
13.14 The Paradigms 32
13.141 Unipersonal Conjugation 32
13.141.1 Indicative 32
13.141.2 Imperative 44
13.141.3 Passive 47
13.141.4 Pronominal Prefixes 50
13.141.5 Pronominal Prefixes with
Indicative Verb Forms 58
13.141.6 Attributive 59
13.142 Bipersonal Conjugation 69
13.142.1 Indicative 69
13.142.2 Imperative 73
13.142.3 Pronominal Prefixes 74
13.142.4 Attributive 76
CONTENTS ix
13.142.5 Syntax of the Bipersonal Forms . . .77
13.143 Reflexive and Reciprocal Forms 78
13.143.1 Reflexive Verbs 78
13.143.2 Reciprocal Verbs 79
13.144 Dual Forms 79
13.144.1 Verbs having Duals 79
13.144.2 Verbs having only Duals 80
13.144.3 Pronominal Prefix Forms 80
13.15 Intensive Forms 80
13.151 -eg- 80
13.151.1 -ag- 81
13.151.2 -e^g- (-a?g-) 81
13.151.3 Monosyllabic o-class Verbs 81
13.151.4 Special Verb Stems 81
13.151.5 Syntax and Meaning 82
13.151.6 Other Comments 83
13.152 Internal Vocalic Alternation 83
13.152.1 Description 84
13.152.2 Examples 84
13.16 The Verb son(ow-) 85
13.2 Numerals and Adjectives 86
13.21 Numerals 86
13.211 General and Tables 87
13.212 - 13.214 Specific Comments 89
13.215 Ordinal Numbers 91
13.216 Names of the Months 91
13.217 "Petrified" Forms and Others 92
13.22 Adjectives 93
13.221 General and Tables 93
13.222 - 13.223 Specific Comments 95
14. Preverbal Particles 96
14.1 General 96
14.2 Particles with Verbs 97
14.21 Nonnegative Preverbal Particles 97
14.22 Negative Preverbal Particles 110
14.3 Groups of Preverbal Particles HI
14.31 Groups Introduced by a Nonnegative Particle .... 112
14.32 Groups Introduced by a Negative Particle 127
14.4 Particles with Nominals 130
14.41 Preceding Nominals Used Predicatively in
Equational Sentences 131
14.411 - 14.418 Examples 131
14.42 Between Article and Noun 131
14.43 Fixed Phrases with *?o and ni 132
14.44 cu. mos 132
15. Adverbs 133
15.1 General 133
15.2 Adverbs and Adverbial Constructions 133
15.21 Adverbs 133
15.22 Adverbial Constructions 134
15.221 With Verb as Head 134
15.222 With Noun as Head 134
15.223 Adverbial Phrases 134
X CONTENTS
15.3 Comments on Formation - - ^ . . 134
15.31 Adverbs Formed with hi 134
15.32 Adverbs having Differing Forms 135
15.4 Adverbs with Pronominal Prefixes 135
15.41 - 15.45 Examples 136
15.5 Adverbs without Pronominal Prefixes • • 136
15.6 The s (§) Suffix 137
15.7 Subclasses of Adverbs 137
15.71 Sentence Introductory Adverbs 137
15.711 - 15.716 Examples 137
15.72 Sentence Connectives 138
15.721 - 15.724 Examples 138
15.73 Sentence Particles 139
15.731 - 15.736 Examples 139
15.74 Exclamatives and Modes of Address 141
15.8 Negative Complements and Other Words 141
15.81 - 15.83 Examples 141
15.9 Adverbial Uses of Certain Pronouns 143
15.91 - 15.98 Examples 143
16. Prepositions 144
16.1 General 144
16.2 Exaniples and Comments 144
17. Conjunctions 147
17.1 General 147
17.2 Examples and Comments 147
17.3 Conjunctival Phrases 149
18. Interrogative Words and Sentences 149
18.1 General 149
18.2 Yes-or-No Questions 149
18.21 Questions Expecting an Affirmative Answer 149
18.22 Questions Expecting a Negative Answer 149
18.3 Other Questions 149
Texts 155
1 . The Mourning Dove 155
2. Klamath River Song
3. Wohpekumew and the Salmon 162
4. The Owl 162
5. The Fox and the Coon 164
6. The Toad and the Mouse 164
7. The Young Man from Serper 164
8. The First Salmon Rite at Welk^ew 172
Lexicon 187
Yurok-English 189
English- Yurok 273
BIBLIOGRAPHY
ixon, R. ^^^ and A. L. Kroeber
1907. l^umeral systems of the languages of California. Amer. Anthrop.,
9:663-690.
1913. New linguistic families in California. Amer. Anthrop., 15:647-654.
1919. Linguistic families of California. Univ. of Calif. Publ. Am. Arch.
and Ethn., 16:47-118.
roeber, A. L.
191 la. The languages of California north of San Francisco. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Am. Arch, and Ethn., 9:414-426.
1911b. Phonetic constituents of the native languages of California. Univ.
Calif. Publ. Am. Arch, and Ethn., 10:1-12.
Lchelson, T. H.
1914. Two alleged Algonkin languages of California. Am.er. Anthrop.,
16:361-367,
pir, E.
1913. Wiyot and Yurok, Algonkin languages of California, Amer. Anthrop.
15:617-646.
1923, The Algonkin affinity of Yurok and Wiyot kinship terms. Jour, Soc.
Americanistes Paris, 15:37-74.
German, T, T.
1923. Yurok affixes. Univ. Calif, Publ. Am. Arch, and Ethn.,
20:369-386,
lenbeck, C. C.
1939. Grammatische invloed van het Algonkisch op het Wiyot en het
Yurok, Medd. k. Ak, Wet., n. r., 2:41-49.
[xi ]
ABBREVIATIONS
adj.
adjective
adv.
adverb
altern.
alternative
attrib.
attributive
e.g.
example, examples
exclam.
exclamative
incr.
increment, incremental
indie .
indicative
intr.
intransitive
lit.
literally
nonincr.
nonincremental
pL, plur.
plural
p.v.p.
preverbal particle
pref.
prefix
pron.
pronoun, pronominal
sent. con.
sentence connective
sent. part.
sentence particle
s., sing.
singular
sp.
species
trans .
transitive
INTRODUCTION
The Yurok Indians live, as they have always lived in their recorded history,
near the mouth of the Klamath River in Del Norte County in northern Cali-
fornia. From there Yurok territory extends up the river some thirty miles
to include the junction of the Trinity and Klam.ath rivers, and south along
the coast as far as the neighborhood of Trinidad in Humboldt County. Yurok
dwellings were never far from the sea or a river, and intercommunication
was mainly by water, along the coast or up the Klamath or one of the small-
er rivers. To this day the normal direct route between the upper Klannath
Yurok habitations and the more numerous ones around the river mouth is by
the river.
The Yurok are bounded on the north by the Tolowa, on the east by the
Karok, on the southeast by the Hupa, and on the south by the Chilula and the
Wiyot; Wiyot territory adjoins Yurok territory at its extreme south coastal
border.
In common with most languages of northern California, Yurok has been
steadily losing ground to English ever since Anaerican penetration of the
Yurok country began about the middle of the nineteenth century. At the pres-
ent time probably not more than twenty persons could claim even a fair
working knowledge of the language, which has ceased to be a channel of nor-
mal communication except perhaps occasionally between very old persons
and the one or two others who may have to talk with them. Beyond this small
number of Yurok speakers, a somewhat larger number of Yurok Indians re-
tain fragments of the language in the form of remenibered short sentences
and phrases that they are unable to use as the basis for further discourse; a
still larger number know a few isolated Yurok nanaes for common objects, a
knowledge which, despite its limitation, they sometimes proudly display as
evidence of "knowing a bit of Indian."
The fabric of Yurok culture, described by Kroeber more than a genera-
tion ago,^ has now almost entirely disintegrated under the impact of Ameri-
can contacts. The Yurok do not live in a reservation, and though many of
their houses are outside the concentration of white men's houses in the town
of Klamath-the largest inhabited center in the Yurok area-they freely inter-
mingle and intermarry with white people and take employment beside them
in loc.i industries, notably the Klamath timber mills and the summer tour-
ist trade .
The ceremonies and rituals described by Kroeber have been extinct for
some vears. Debased derivatives of one or two Yurok dances have occasion-
*A Kroeber, Handbook of the Indians of California, BAE-B 78:1-97 (Washington,
1925). In tddition to the above, the following publications may be of interest:
T. T. Waterman, Yurok geography, UC-PAAE 16:177-314 <1920).
T, T. Waterman and A. L. Kroeber, Yurok marriages. UC-PAAE 35:1-14 (1934).
A. L. Kroeber, Yurok and neighboring kin term systems, UC-PAAE 35:15-22 (1934).
T. T. Waterman and A. L. Kroeber. The Kepel fish dam, UC-PAAE 35:49-80 (1938).
Robert Spott and A, L. Kroeber. Yurok narratives. UC-PAAE 35:143-256 (1942).
E. R. Erikson, Observations on the Yurok; childhood and world image, UC-PAAE
35:257-301 (1943).
[ xiii ]
xiv INTRODUCTION
ally been incorporated, much to the annoyance of "old time Indians," into
commercial festivities organized by members of the white community in
Klamath .
So far as a specific Yurok culture does survive, it does so fragmentarily
in the memory of some of the older Yurok, who recall the personal relation-
ships formerly existing between families and members of families. A few of
them are still active and can describe some of the details of the dances and
other ceremonies, sweathouse organization, and the like, and can sing songs
appropriate to certain dances and recount traditional stories and parts of
myths. It was noticeable that among such persons the taboo on the mention
of names of deceased persons, to which Kroeber refers,^ was usually ob-
served strictly.
Material objects of Yurok culture are to be seen in the ceremonial rega-
lia and other items preserved by a few families and exhibited to the inquirer
with some pride. Yurok houses are now all of American pattern, but one or
two sweathouses and dwellings of traditional type have been partly preserved,
and the sites of others are known and referred to by members of the Indian
community.
One notable feature of Yurok life has continued quite vigorously under
American patronage, the skillful basket weaving.^ Yurok women still weave
baskets, many of them with the old traditional patterns, and these find a
ready sale to tourists and visitors in Klamath.
The Yurok language has not been securely assigned to any of the larger
linguistic groups of the American continent. Though culturally the Yurok
shared many nonlinguistic features with their neighbors in northwest Cali-
fornia, and the tribe was described by Kroeber as a center of cultural dif-
fusion,* linguistically they are somewhat isolated, and the only suggested
relation with a neighboring language is with Wiyot.^ These two languages
were regarded by Sapir as Algonkian, though on relatively slight evidence;
This classification was accepted by Kroeber and others, though it was
strongly attacked by Michelson.^
On the evidence so far made available the question of the Algonkian affili-
ation of Yurok must be left undecided, though it is to be hoped that the Yurok
material published in this volume, together with further researches into the
Algonkian linguistic family and the comparative study of American Indian
languages generally, may throw some light on this problem.
'Handbook 48.
*See Lila M. O'Neale, Yurok-Karok basket weavers, UC-PAAE 32:1-184 (1932).
^Handbook 7.
*Cf. Gladys A. Reichard. Wiyot grammar and texts. UC-PAAE 22:1-215 (1925).
*E. Sapir, Wiyot and Yurok, Algonkin languages of California, AA 15:617-646 (1913);
The Algonkin affinity of Yurok and Wiyot kinship terms, JSAP 15:37-74 (1923); Truman
Michelson. Two alleged Algonquian languages of California, AA 16:361-367 (1914).
CHAPTER I: PHONOLOGY
1. CONSONANTS
The t^onsonants may hp transcribed and arranged as shown in table 1.
2. VOWELS
The vowels may be transcribed and arranged as shown in the following
igure:
Front Central Back
Lips spread ^ ^ Lips rounded
To each vowel except e there corresponds a long vowel: i*, J*, a*, o*, u*.
3. DIPHTHONGS
'urok has front-, central-, and back- closing diphthongs, which form nearly
ymmetrical patterns as shown in table 2. The second element of diphthongs
s regarded as a consonant (semivowel),^ and not the corresponding vowel.
iTiis is convenient for two reasons: phonetically, Yurok diphthongs are fall-
ig diphthongs, the syllable nucleus being the first element; phonologically,
iphthongs behave similarly to m, n, r, w, and y following a vowel and
receding pause or a voiceless nonglottalized consonant (see 4.1).
There are three "long" diphthongs (three mora diphthongs) with a* and o*
8 first element. These are relatively infrequent.
la*yn passing hirkik inland
ceykeni small korpewek I am alone
hitoy here curpay comb
ko-yck^olc I buy ma-w*? you(pl.) pay a fine
poykj* brain cahcew to be difficult
cuy digging stick stowstelc small fir tree
ka*?ar pet mawpah food taken with one
merk^eni everything
* The fact that phonetic sequences of the types [u J], [uj], [au], [ou], [ui]» [ui] occur
1 comparable environments is most easily accounted for phonemically by setting up
iree consonantal phonemes (semivowels), /r/, /w/, /y/, besides the vowel phonemes
a/, /u/, and /i/ .
[1 ]
n
+-»
+->
i-H
o
o
X
^
M
^
"^
oi
>
X
"^
too
>^
O -H
o
"O
>co
>
r-t
r+
CO
u
f— 1
CO
c
Q
-^
"'M
c
CL
-a
a
^
CO
O
N
1— 1
+-"
o
'tUD
.S
OQ
O
'o,
XI
<V
N
■»H
o
3
+^
o
t!
<U
a
+->
o
-t-»
rt
o
•H
cd
T3
(U
N
t-H
o
i-H
cd
to
CO
CO
u
CO
;>
CO
•a
.—1
CO
U
OJ
+-•
CO
>
•iH
CO
o
•rH
1— c
1
OJ
CO
Table 2
DIPHTHONGS
y-closing
y *
r-closing
w- closing
4 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
4. PHONETIC DESCRIPTIONS
4.1 Consonants
The nonglottalized plosives and affricates are voiceless; in syllable final
position they are aspirated except in connected speech, where they may be
unexploded. The glottalization of the glottalized series is never strong, and
in connected speech these consonants are often pronounced with the same
articulation as the corresponding nonglottalized consonants, though the dis-
tinction between the two series is normally maintained in slower speech and
in the utterance of isolated forms. In the examples and texts these conso-
nants are always transcribed as glottalized.^ It will be seen from the gram-
mar and dictionary that the glottalized consonants play a considerable part
in Yurok morphology, but are relatively infrequent as compared with the
nonglottalized series in the lexicon of the language.
k and \i vary in articulatory position between prevelar and postvelar ac-
cording to the frontness or backness of the adjacent vowels, particularly the
vowel in the same syllable. In syllable final position after e or i, k and k
may be released with a slight y-off glide,
kahkah sturgeon lei the
nepelt I eat kowiS stick
ho'lelik in the garden
k^ and \0^ are articulated with simultaneous lip rounding and vary in
position similarly to k and Ic, but in each case closure is made further
back than for k and k in a corresponding environment.
k^ar nail kWo*?ro*?r candle- fish
tik^tikWo'^n it is broken hegolc^ he goes
m and n are voiced except as stated below (4.1). m is a bilabial nasal;
n is always dental, even before k or k^ in the same syllable.
ma*yek I pass penk^ acorn flour
cimos uncle rahcin friend
nek I
1 is a voiced alveolar lateral and has a mid resonance.
lo-tek I throw ka*?a*l slave
i is a voiceless alveolar lateral and has a clear quality with slight pala-
talization.
li? it is taken pa^a-l in the water
s is a voiceless blade -alveolar fricative; § is a voiceless palato- alveolar
fricative. In the speech of some informants s is pronounced with a rather
more retracted articulation than that of English s and has a slight §-like
^Cf. Morris Swadesh, The Phonemic principle. Lang. 10:117-129 (1934), esp. pp. 120,
126.
PHONOLOGY 5
^^Hv: it is however distinct from §. c and c are usually palato-alveolai
ricates, but are sometimes alveolar.
skuye'?n it is good siSo'^n it is like that
no'?os baby-basket cahcew it is difficult
wiS he kac she sews
K is pronounced with considerable friction. It is very rare, occurring ir
notes only in two words.
iia'?ax gills of fish ('?)wa'?alox guts
he latter example one informant considered the final consonant as phon-
thetically appropriate.^
I varies in articulatory position similarly to k and K, and is a voiced
ative; the friction is light especially in syllable final position.
»egak man helog cooking paddle
V, r, and y are voiced except as stated below (4. 1). w is a bilabial
Livowel, and y is a palatal semivowel. Intervocalic w is often pronounc
I slight velar friction as [y^]* this is particularly common when intervo-
c w occurs as initial consonant of the second syllable of words (see 6).
semivowel r is formed with a slight retroflection of the tongue in post-
^olar position. Its acoustic effect is not unlike British English initial r,
with a clear quality and without any lip protrusion.
yogi in the middle poy ahead
newah boy ri-kew shore
LOW away perey old woman
o'> he ka*?ar pet
ciyah to jump
is usually a "glottal" fricative, without supra- glottal stricture, but is
etimes pronounced with very light postvelar friction,
lie glottal stop, *>, following a vowel or diphthong, is released with a
tit "echo" of the preceding vowel or semivowel; this is most noticeable
n it occurs before pause.
e*?gurv basket used in the wi*? it
jump dance ha'^^h pitch
Except in slow and deliberate speech, the sequences, *?1, 'm, "^n, '^r,
^y, are pronounced as [i], [in], [ri], [r], [w], [y], these glottalized
dnuants having an articulatory duration fractionally longer than the cor-
ponding nonglottalized continuants. Intervocalically the stop element is
n reduced to a very slight glottal creakiness.
(relowa'we'?li ten (houses) me'^repinelt I rub
:o*?moyolt I hear he*>wonek wild oats
ra'^ni now lce*>yoc your boat
"An ugly sound for an ugly thing."
6 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
In syllable final position before pause or a voiceless consonant these se-
quences, with the exception of *>!, are devoiced finally, voice ceasing with
the glottal stop element.
skewoksi'^m he wants siyo'?w it breaks through the
so'?nlte*!*n he is fishing waves
ko*?r one (human being) we'?y this
In a similar way syllable final m, n, r, w, and y, but not 1, preced-
ing pause or voiceless nonglottalized consonants are devoiced finally. This
devoicing varies in extent, being sometinrxes very slight, but at others ex-
tending over nearly the whole segment.
hohkum tobacco *?ulcepew his grandchild
wencok^^s woman loyko*?m he tries
ka'?ar pet
4,2 Vowels
The vowels i, i*, and e are formed with spread lips, u, u-, o, and o*
with lip rounding, and a, a*, j, and j* with the lips neutral.
The close front and back vowels, i and u, are laxer and more central-
ized than their long counterparts, i* and u*.
ni*>iyun sibling hu*?uh nut
ki*i redwood hu-ksoh child
J and J* are formed with a slight retroflexion of the tongue similar in
articulation and acoustic effect to the consonant r.
nohpay berry P^'giS golden eagle
e has considerable latitude in pronunciation, varying between rather
close [e] and rather open [c]; these qualities often occur interchangeably,
but the more open quality is more frequent before pause. \
ke*?! you (s.) segep coyote
e is often pronounced with a slight y-offglide giving the phonetic effect of a
diphthong, but with the duration of a short vowel; this glide is most notice-
able in the slight vowel lengthening that often occurs in the initial syllable
of words (see 6).
Icelin your eye pekcic rope
Before pause the diphthong ey is often pronounced with a more open start
ing point and weak diphthongal movement (the absence of a separate ph > -
nemic unit e- giving more latitude to the realization of ey).
cey small na^ey two (boats)
Before syllable final w or '^w a particularly open type of e is used,
mewpew to be strangled wonke'^w she leaches acorns
PHONOLCX5Y 7
o aP^ o* a^e generally rather open, but after syllable initial w, o* is
DmewfiSt 9i9§S: 9n thS gt^gr hand G before W or ?w in syllable final posi-
on is fully open and articulated with less lip rounding.
po*?oh scar stowstelc small fir tree
no*leni all around ruro*?w he sings
rurowo-*?me4 they sing
a and a- are generally pronounced as low front vowels; a is often a
ttle lower than the British English a in "cat." After the bilabial consonants,
^, Ic^, m, p, p, w, a more retracted vowel is used, a* is always slightlj
ore fronted than a in a similar environment.
hasels I think sa-'^agocelt I speak Yurok
pahtun neck
In slow speech the aspiration of syllable final voiceless nonglottalized
.osives is more marked, and may, especially before pause, be accompa-
ed by a slight post-aspiration of the preceding vowel (e.g., nek, I, [ne^k^J),
L this style open syllables (those ending in V or V) may have a slight
lal aspiration, distinct from phonemic h; this occurs usually at syllable
mndaries that are also morpheme boundaries (e.g., Icetulos, your aunt,
e tulos]). At normal speed of diction this aspiration is not heard, except
at occasionally before pause a final open syllable may have a slight h-off-
ide, distinct from phonemic h.
5. SYLLABLE STRUCTURE
/ery Yurok syllable has a vowel nucleus and begins with a consonant, so
at CV is the minimal syllabic structure. The following examples show the
fferent types of syllable found.
CV
ki will, can
CV
ho- to go
cvc
kus when? how?
CV'C
ki-i redwood tree
cvcc
mek^c snail
cvccc
ta^anoy*?i it is hot weather
cvcc
ho-lcw*d he gambles
cvccc
no-yck^ he eats as a guest
ccv
cpi only
ccv
plo'likin wide
ccvc
4ke4 earth
ccvc
cpa-k late
ccvcc
pla*?s stick for measuring net
meshes
ccvcc
4ko-*?m they take
cccvc^
ikyork^elc I look
ccvccc
ck^a^rlc near
cvvc
so'ol yew
ccvv
knu-u hawk
*Only found with the third C of the initial cluster as y.
8 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
This last type of syllable with three morae is relatively infrequent and is
only found with q-q and u-u. Phonetically there is a division between the
second and third morae achieved by a change in pitch at this point in the
utterance of the words. Phonologically these syllables may be compared to
the three mora diphthongs referred to above (3).^
All consonants can occur in syllable initial or syllable final position, ex-
cept the rare x, which is final in the two recorded instances of its occur-
rence.
The sequences of semivowel (including the semivowel release of kw and
\i^) and corresponding vowel (i.e., *rj, *rj-, *wu, *wu*, *yi, *yi*,
*k^u, *k^u*, *lc^u, *lcWu*) are not permitted, except for the occurrence
of yi' in two exclannatives, "^oyi* and hoyi*, hello, hey. The operation of
this rule is seen in the morphology of certain words (11.353, 13.141 .1F(7),
13.141.3E, 13.141.4C, 13.141.6E, 13.152.2C).
6. WORDS
The word units set up in this analysis of Yurok are based primarily on syn-
tactical and morphological criteria. Convenient units of relative independence
as elements of sentence structure and abstracted for the grammatical analy-
sis of the language are not delimitable in terms of phonological criteria. Con-
sequently the word unit is not used here as part of the means for establishing
or defining phonemic units. The spaces between words in the examples and
texts are of grammatical rather than phonological significance.
However, certain phonological features are associated with these gram-
matical word units. Words of more than one syllable are characterized by
an optional slight lengthening of the initial syllable. This lengthening varies
in its occurrence; phonetically it may take the form of a slight lengthening
of the vowel in the syllable, or of a slight lengthening of the first consonant
of the second syllable where this consonant is intervocalic (e.g., tepo*. tree,
[tep'O*]), in which case the lengthened consonant may be regarded phonetical-
ly as ambisyllabic. In many instances both processes are employed in the
same word. Phonemic distinctions of vowel length are not obscured by this
facultative phonetic vowel lengthening. It is in these slightly lengthened ini-
tial syllables of words that e is most commonly pronounced [eyj (4.2), and
intervocalic w as [y ] (4.1), when occurring as initial consonant of the
second syllable.
Apart from the phonologically nonpermitted sequences mentioned above
(5), which are excluded by general limitations of Yurok syllable structure,
certain other sequences are excluded from the phonological composition of
words and can occur only across a word boundary.
h is never followed immediately within a word by *?, a voiced consonant,
or a glottalized consonant. The effect of this restriction is seen in the mor-
phology of certain verbs. See I3.141.1F(2). 13.141,1F(3). 13.141.2A(1),
13.142.2. Certain frequently occurring word sequences are found in two dif-
ferent forms according to speed of utterance; in quicker speech the two
words are sometimes uttered as one compound, the sequence VhC (where C
is *> t or a voiced or glottalized consonant) being replaced by V'C.
^It would be possible to make the two classes of syllable still more comparable pho-
nemically, by representing the third mora element as the semivowel w (so-wl), knu'w,
etc.). but this seems less appropriate phonetically.
PHONOLOGY 9
neyah lepe^i or neya^lepe*?! my stomach aches
Within words geminate consonants are not found, nor are sequences of
;lottalized and nonglottalized plosive or affricate consonants (or vice versa)
t the same point of articulation; in the operation of this rule k and kw, k
nd IcW count as articulated at the same point.
There is a tendency in connected speech to reduce a sequence of two such
onsonants across a word boundary to a single consonant, by the elision of
lie first member of the sequence. This is particularly common in word se-
[uences of frequent occurrence. Thus kus so*, how?, may be heard as
kuso-], and nek kWelekw, well, I . . ., as [nekWelek^].
On the other hand a slight nonphonemic lengthening of single intervocalic
onsonants, apart from that associated with the lengthening of the initial syl-
able of words mentioned above, occurs sporadically in excited speech.
kegemole*?nfi, [kegem'ole*?m] you thief.
Words otherwise beginning with s, when following without pause a word
nding in i, i*?, y, or y*?, are often pronounced with initial s. Thus wi
,oninepelc or wi*? soninepelc, I think so, may be heard in the form wK*?)
oninepek. s, though phonemically distinct from s (cf. sek^soh, wild
tarsnip; sekw§oh, quahog clam) is relatively rare except after i or y;
inly two words were recorded with initial §, §ekw§ew and sekwgoh, both
aeaning quahog clam.
Word initial h, when preceded without pause by a word ending in a, a*,
, o, 0-, a-, u, or u' (final a does not occur), often alternates with g,
ind after words ending in i or i*, with y. This is most frequent in words
losely associated grammatically.
ni hego*?l or ni yego'^l he goes there (preverbal particle + verb)
me hohkumelc or me gohkumelc I worked (preverbal particle + verb)
wonu ho*le*?mei or wonu go'le*?mei they went up (adverb + verb)
]ii hunowoni or lei yunowoni things that grow (article + attributive verb)
Words beginning with hi have no alternative form when preceded by i or
r, the sequence *yi being excluded from Yurok syllable structure (5).
g never occurs as initial consonant of words except when alternating with
1 in the manner just described.
No words were recorded with initial kw or p,
h does not occur intervocalically within words except
(1) As a result of the prefixation of the pronominal prefixes (*?)ne-, lie-,
(*?)we-, to nouns and verbs beginning with hi (11.353, 13.141.4C);
(2) As a result of compounding la-- with words beginning with h (9.24);
(3) In the apparently onomatopoetic word huhuhurcin, wren.
The sequences '?1, '?m, ^n, *?r, "^w, *?y only occur following a vowel
[and are normally realized as [I], [m], etc. (4.1). In a certain number of
ivords the first syllable has two forms, with and without *?, according
to its environment. Following pause or a consonant the syllable begins
with the simpj^ consonant; a^ter a vowel and without intervening pause
the glottal stc^p .g ^^^^^
10 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
wo 'gey white man namam my son
skuyeni '?wo*gey good white man lei '?namam this son of mine
Such words are cited in the grammar and dictionary as isolates with the
glottal stop bracketed. E.g., (*?)yek^4, maggot. The operation of the rule
in the morphology of the words concerned is dealt with below (11.351,
13.141.4A).
7. PROMINENCE AND INTONATION
Stress and pitch are not used as lexically differential features in Yurok, but
are rather to be regarded as features of tempo and style. In connected spec'
most words of more than one syllable have one syllable prominent, by its
being on a higher pitch than adjacent syllable and sometimes bearing louder
stress as well; but the same word may have any one of its syllables promi-
nent according to the style, tempo, and rhythmic pattern of the sentence.
Monosyllabic words may also be prominent, but this is rarely the case ex-
cept with monosyllabic nouns and verbs.
Where a prominent syllable has a long vowel, this vowel may be some-
what overlengthened and on a markedly higher pitch, this being particularly
noticeable when prominence falls on monosyllabic words containing long
vowels.
The basic intonation in Yurok is a falling sequence of prominent syllables
with the nonprominent syllables at a lower pitch. The sequences end in eithe
a final falling pitch or a final low pitch preceded by a somewhat higher pitch
on the penultimate syllable. The final falling pitch often occurs with inapera-
tival sentences, but is not confined to them. In long sentences the sequence
may rise once or twice (apart from the higher pitch of prominent monosyl-
lables mentioned above), before the final fall.
Questions often begin rather higher than statements, or rise to a higher
pitch early in the sentence, but there is no specific intonation associated
with interrogative sentences.
Medial pause in sentences is accompanied by a mid-level pitch on the las
syllable before the pause.
In excited, angry, or emphatic speech, prominent syllables are higher in
pitch and more loudly stressed than is usual in the normal speech of the
speaker.
CHAPTER II: GRAMMAR
8. WORD CLASSES
le following word classes can be established formally by reference to mor
lological and syntactical criteria, and provide a convenient frame for the
•ammatical and syntactical analysis of the language: Nominals, Verbals,
reverbal particles. Adverbs, Prepositions, Conjunctions.
Nominals are subdivided into Pronouns and Nouns, and Verbals are sub-
vided into Verbs, Numerals, and Adjectives.
Nominals and to a far greater extent verbals make use of the morphologj
,1 processes described below (9.1). Members of the other word classes ai
th some exceptions invariable.
There are no regular derivational processes by which words of one clas
ay be derived from those of another class. A number of forms occur as
rammatical neutrals," and can function either as nouns or as noninflecte
rbs (13.112), and several pairs of noun and verb are found with related
sanings and similar forms, but these similarities do not reveal any sys
nnatizable correspondences.
Forms used both as nouns and noninflected verbs:
cpeyu'?r story, to tell a story
ho*?omoh injury, to be hurt
kipun winter, to be winter
kisen summer, to be summer
kyahto'^r sweat, to sweat
negec kiss, to kiss
?ohpok poison, to be poisoned
pa'?ah water, to be wet
remoh doctor dance, to take part in the doctor dance
sahksah hail, to hail (weather)
to-raVr bar, to bar, to be horizontal
Pairs of nouns and verbs with similar forms and related meanings:
cpega'^r ear cpega*?roy-^ to inquire
cpi§j'?ai mirror cpisap- to look at oneself
cwinkor word cwinkep- to say
cwinkuk sayings, language
ker key keromekin- to twist, to lock
kotkal trout fishing pole kjtk- to fish for trout
kata*? lid katJksin- to put a lid on
la-yekW path la*y- to pass
^Here and throughout verbs are cited by their stems (see 9.1). A verb cited with a
>hen is inflected, one cited without a hyphen is noninflected.
[ 11 ]
12
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
mestek
mohkoh
mo'^ohpir fog
newon breast »
nahpjy berry
pa'^ah water
pi*?ih mussel
rorir snow
rurowo* song
smecoy
s'^eyoh
telogel
teloyu-l
tregepa*?
lining in a basket
louse
milk
tanned deerskin
pounding stone
pain
lie
dip net
wjhpayjh bridge
'?ahspeyu*?r soup
mastak to line a basket^
mohko-moy- to be lousy
mo*?ohpirk to be foggy
newonoc- to suckle
nahpjy- to pick berries
pa*?a'moy- to be wet
pi*?iy- to gather mussels
ror- to snow
rurow- to sing
smec- to tan
s'^ew- to pound
telogum- to be in pain
teloyew- to tell lies
tregepah to fish with a dip net
wjhpjyaks- to cross
•^ahsp" to drink
9. WORD STRUCTURE
9.1 Morphology
The morphology of Yurok can best be analyzed by setting up word stems to
serve as a basis for the description of the various morphological formations
In some cases the stem will have the same shape as the word itself in some
grammatical form; in others it will be an abstraction from the various grair
matical forms of the word. The forms of most words can be analyzed by
reference to a single stem form, but in a few cases separate forms of the
stem have to be set up. These are indicated in the relevant sections.
The morphological processes^ employed in Yurok grammar comprise
Prefixation, Infixation, Inflection,'^ Vowel Harmony, and Internal Vocalic
Alternation.
Prefixation and infixation operate in both nominals and verbals, as well
as with some words of other classes. Infixation and, to a lesser extent,
vocalic alternation operate principally with verbals, playing a restricted
part elsewhere in the grammar. Vowel harmony operates in certain words
of both nominal and verbal classes.
The prefixes comprise the Pronominal Prefixes (11.35, 13,141.4). Ther*
is one infix, -eg- and its variants (13.151), used generally with verbals ar
also with a few nouns and adverbs and with one preverbal particle, so*
The inflectional elements are numerous and of very frequent employment,
principally with verbals.
Vowel harmony applies to certain prefixes, infixes, and inflections,
according to the vocalic and consonantal structure of the word stem. In the
prefixes and inflections to which it is applicable, vowel harmony is in gen
eral a facultative, not an obligatory, process; where applicable to infixes
*Cf, 9. 21.
^The use of the term "Process." and of other words that often have connotations of
temporal occurrence and historical priority, is made for convenience only. Certain
forms and stems are taken as basic and the structure of other forms is described by
reference to them, as this makes for the simplest method of statement. No suggestion
of changes or processes in time should be read into the use of such words.
* "Inflection" is used throughout to refer to formations postfixed to stems or involvin
the final part of stems.
GRAMMAR
13
Is obligatory. The vowels affected are a, e, o, and a, the two close vowels,
L and u, playing no part in vowel harmony.
Internal vocalic alternation involves three alternating pairs, e/i*, e/i*?i,^
ind e/u-. (13.152).
9.2 Stem Structure
n addition to the morphological processes just mentioned, Vocalic and Con-
sonantal Alternation, Reduplication, and Alternation of the consonants r and
operate in the stem structure of certain pairs of comparable words of re-
ated or similar meanings,
A number of words may be regarded as having Compound stems.
.21 Vocalic and Consonantal Alternation
The pairs of words concerned may have dissimilar syllabic structures
nd reveal no general patterns except that the vocalic alternation often takes
le form of the alternation of one or more of the vowels of the stem with a.
kelomen- to turn (trans.)
megesik mink
moyk- to die
muniponi sharp
pioih mussel
pontet ashes
srelcWepi-t diaper
tenpewel- to rain
wencok^s woman
we*?yon girl
weyonah fenaale (animal)
wohpey- to cross
wo'mei acorn
kalamjw to turn inside out^
megasik weasel
maykal to wither
munipjni thistle
pj*?jk dried mussel
pancac dust^
sreltWahpi-t breechcloth
tonpewel- to be showery
wentok^s female (animal)
wj*?yjs girl
wahpayaks- to cross by a bridge
wohpec- to cross by boat
wo*?ome4 shelled acorn
,22 Reduplication
A number of verb stems and a few nouns have reduplicated forms, often
ith an added meaning of repetition, plurality, or the like. Most words of
lis group have both reduplicated and nonreduplicated forms, but there are
)me that are apparently only found in the reduplicated form. Reduplication
i effected by the repetition, sometimes with alterations, of the first syl-
.ble, and in some words part of the second syllable also, of the nonredupli-
ited form.
Nonreduplicated form
Reduplicated form
erbs
kelomen- to turn (trans.)
keiul- there is a lake
knewe'^lon- to be long
kekelomen- to turn several things
ketketul- there is a series of lakes
kokonewe^lon- to be long (of tufted
things)
'e/i'?i is a contextually determined variant process and may be conveniently catego-
ized as vocalic alternation, despite the presence of *> .
*Cf. kalamakjl, pistol (revolver).
'Cf. pan£ah, to be gray (of deer).
14
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
Nonredi^plicated form
Reduplicated form
Verbs (com i f :
lka'?mak - to tie a knot
sya*lk- ^ :k
s*?o-ponirii to hit with the
fist
tek^s- to cut
tik^ohs- to break (trans.)
*?ekol- to hover
ikamikj^makalkin- to tie up in knots
sya*?sya'ik- to kick repeatedly
s'?oks^o*ponein- to hit with the fist
repeatedly
tek^tek^s- to cut up
tik^tik^ohs- to break in pi* c es
'?e'?ekol- to hover repeated' .
lcla*?ltla*? to drip (probably t :ion)a.to-
poeic)
tmentmen to throb
tkektkekohs- to pinch
pegpegohs- to split (trans,)
Nouns
mjk^ai peak
slek^oh shirt
mak^jmak^ai series of peaks,
mountain chain
slekWglek^ clothes
9.23 r/1 Alternation
Several words of the nominal and verbal classes have two grammatically
equivalent forms, one with r, the other with 1, and usually identical other-
wise. The alternating consonant occurs at various places in the word, but
always as a syllable initial. The basic meaning differentiation of the two
forms is that the one with r suggests or implies smallness, whereas the
one with 1 is associated with largeness or the like.
keromoh to turn round (intr.,
of a wheel, etc.)
mo*?ohkeroy- to be (small and)
round
rohp- to float upward
rohpii- to clear (of clouds)
ro^op- to run
se'^rec- to whittle wood
su'?row- to splash
wo'rew eggs of one fish
kelomoh to turn (intr.)
mo*?ohkeloy- to be (large and) round
lohp- to come in lumps
lohpil- to gather (of clouds)
lo'?omah to run in a group^
se'^let- to scrape off mud
su'^low- to dash water on
wo'lew eggs of several fish
The meaning differentiation seems to have been lost in the pair
'>ereworis- and "^elewoliS-, to hang (trans.), both of which are used inter-
changeably, without any apparent differences of nuance.
9,24 Compounds
Compounding is not a common process, but a number of word stencis may
be analyzed as compounded of two elements, each of which is either found
as an independent word stem or is clearly referable to one.
Nouns
helkusleg
dried surf fish
*See 13.141.1F(ll)f'.
heikus, ashore,
regularly
+ leg(a-y-), to pass
GRAMMAR
15
kego'^Sneg sea gull
nepe'^wiSneg otter
poyweson chief, champion^
wohpekumew Wohpekumew
("the widower across the
ocean")*^
wonewsleg moon
wonewslepah rainbow
kego*?s(i), everywhere, + neg(ep-),
to eat regularly
nepe'^wis, fish, + neg(ep-), to eat
regularly
poy, in front + weson, third person
pronominal prefix form of son,
to be
wohpek(w), across the sea, + (*?)umew,
widower, with third person pro-
nominal prefix
wonews, above, + leg(a*y-), to pass
regularly
wonews, above, + lepah, to stretch
erbs
ho*le'?m- to travel, to be
around
kemeyonem- to take home
te^nahsp- to be drunk
skewinep- to be replete
tenunow- to grow thickly,
to grow in clumps
imeyonem- to frighten
wohpeyonem- to carry across
plural verb stem, ho*, to go, + le*?m-,
plural stem of heg-, to go
kemeyo, cf. kemey-, to go home, +
nem-, cf. negem- (13.151 .6), to take
te'?n, cf. ten-, to be much, +('^)ahsp-,
to drink
skewi, cf. skewok, to like, +nep-,
to eat
ten, cf. .ten-, to be much, + (h)unow-,
to grow
imeyo, cf. imeyow-, to be mean, +
nem-, cf. negem-, to take
wohpeyo, cf. wohpey-, to cross, +
nem-, cf, negem-, to take
la- (cf. la*y-, to pass) is used as first element of several compounds,
1th the meaning "along," and so on. With the second element a verb stem
le compound is a verb.
la-hohkum- to build alongside
laka-mop- to be rough water on a river
la*kWom4ec- to return by a particular route
la*mya*ikep- to jump in front of
la-rork^ii- to break over (of waves on a rock, etc.)
la-tek^s- to cut along a line
la-*?o'le*?m- to live alongside (plural verb stem)
With the second element a noun or an adverb the compound is
n adverb.
lapiskah along the seashore
la*wogi down the middle
'Cf. ke*?! poyweson Uepewomeli , you are tops at cooking.
*°See A. L. Kroeber, Handbook of the Indians of California, BAE-B 78:73 (1925).
16 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
10. BASIC SYNTACTICAL STRUCTURES
10.1 General
The basic syntactical structures of Yurok sentences are listed and outlined
below, in order that the examples in the later sections of the grammar
may be more easily interpreted. These outlines will be filled in by the
more detailed statements of syntactical constructions in the subsequent
sections.
10.2 Simple Sentences
10.21 Nominal + Verbal Sentences
The commonest basic sentence type in Yurok is Nominal + Verbal. Most
complex sentences can be treated analytically as expansions of this basic
type.
Examples of such simple sentences are:
nek helomeyelc I am (was) dancing
pu'k ro*?op the deer is (was) running
ke*?! ho*?opes build a firel *^
10.22 Equational Sentences
Besides the Nominal + Verbal type, sentences of the Equational type are
formed of two nominals or nominal groups.
wok nelet that is my sister
wo'?o*t ku tmi-gomin he is the hunter
kic mewimor neciS my dog is now an old fellow
nek k^elek^ wi§ ^upa- well, I am his brother
10.23 Verbals and Verbal Groups
Verbals and verbal groups can occur alone, without a subject nominal,
as complete sentences.
tmo'lolc I am shooting
ko'^l nepeic I am eating something
ho*?opes build a firel
tenpewe"?! it is raining
telogumelc nerpei my tooth aches (lit., I am in pain in my tooth)
kiti '^e'^gah they are going to have a meal
10.24 Nominals and Nominal Groups
Similarly nominals and nominal groups can occur alone as complete sen-
tences of the equational type.
k^esi twegoh and it was the coon
nek ho *?nenah it was mine
neki*? netektoh it is my log
mos nek necis it is not my dog
The convention Is adopted throughout of marking imperative sentences in English by
a final exclamation mark.
GRAMMAR 17
10.25 Iiidcpcnidcnt Svibjccte
A type of sentence is found in which a nominal or nominal group stands
as a kind of independent subject to the sentence as a whole, apart from any
specific subject of the verbal,
yo*? teno*? wecege*?l she has a lot of seaweed (lit., as for her, her
seaweed is a lot)
nek k^elek^ wek new this is nay name
nekah k^elek^ ho pelep we were in a fight (lit., as for us, there was
fighting)
nekah kic no-i wi*? segonki*? as far as we are concerned, it has been
done for a long time
ke^l kWelek^ '^olcW Icek^ol you have your own fishing rock (lit., as for
you, there is your fishing rock)
10.3 Complex Sentences
Complex sentences may be analyzed as belonging to the basic types listed
above, with either the nominal element or the verbal element expanded, or
both. Such expansion is achieved by naeans of one or more words linked as
subordinate members of an endocentric construction with the nominal or
i^erbal as head, by coordinate nominal or verbal groups with or without a
coordinator, or by exocentric constructions acting as nominal substitutes.
Endocentric constructions may be discontiguous.
10.31 Nominal Groups
L 0,3 11 Expanded nominal element
mewah hu'k male child, son
ni*?il pegak two men
wek lei *>o*?lei this house (lit., this the house)
ku pegik me4 welk^ew the man from Weikwew
ku margin ku nepuy the rest of the salmon
nep no'?oh wayl he ate two eggs
nek newo'lc ku pegak wo'?o'?4 I saw the man's house
ke*?l 9okw skuyeni lce'?yoc you have a good boat
.0.312 Coordinate nominal groups
Vith a coordinator:
pegak ?emsi wencok^s helomeye*?m men and women were dancing
Vithout a coGrdinator:
pegak wencok^s hu-ksoh kem tene'^m there were lots of men, women,
and children
■0.32 Verbal Groups
L0.321 Expanded verbal element
ku pegak no*?pe*!*n mewii the man chased an elk
cmeya*n ku pegak no*?pe'?n mewil or ku pegak no'?pe*?n mewil cmeya-n
the man chased an elk yesterday
18 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
mecik 9olcW ha*?a-g there is a stone in the fire
sku'?y soninepelc I feel good
nekah ki kem newohpew pekWsu numi cpa- we will see each other again
soon
ko'?l nepelc *?oikumi ciweyelc I am eating something because I am hungry
nek ka^ar wi ki yoh I will naake it a pet
ke'^l CO nahcise*?m Icew ku *?nu'k give your name to my childl
This type of expansion is also applied to the predicative element of equa-
tional sentences.
yo*? wig tmenomeni *?we4kei part of the land is his (lit., as for him, it
is partly his land)
10.322 CoSrdinate verbal groups
With a coordinator:
nekah ho helomeye'^m "^emsi ho rurowo**?moh we were dancing and
singing^
yo*? ho galc^s *>emsi ho cwegin he laughed and talked
keninni wo ko'^moyok "^emsi nimi wo newo*lc I neither heard it nor saw it
nek no^penelc mewii tu*? tepo-no4 *?o ro*?op I was chasing an elk but it
ran into the forest
Without a codrdinator:
tene'?m '?o*i wi '?o-le'?m a lot of people live here (lit., there are many
people they live here)
kit hegoOomah co*? nu'*?me4 they arrived just as we were making the
fires (lit., [we] were just making the fires then they arrived)
ni moltw ho nepelt I had nothing to eat (lit., there was nothing I ate)
ni molcw skewoksi'?m no one likes it
kohcew kic *?o co-moyi ^o neskWecoicW after six days he returned (lit.,
six days passed then he returned)
Under this heading may be included the constructions corresponding to
"indirect speech" in European languages. In Yurok reported speech, inten-
tion, and so on, in which the speaker makes a statement about himself, the
verb referring to this may either be in the second or third person, agree-
ing with the verb of saying, or in the first person, in this case correspond-
ing to a direct quotation.
nek SO" kiti ten I think it will rain
haselc '?owo*k ki hegolc I think I will go tomorrow
yo*? ha*?m mos ki yegolcw he says he cannot go
yo*? k^elek^ ma ha'^s ku kepoyurek he decided to go swimming (lit,, he
decided "I will go swimming")
to^ hes *>! yese*?m. ki yegolc do you still intend to go'? (lit., do you still
intend "I shall go"?)
10.323 Su rate verbs or verbal groups
niki to egi-*>nowoi then they all looked for it (lit., then they were
all they looked for it)
GRAMMAR 19
nek skg^Qi^ l^i '?nesega'?ageyelc I want to be rich
numi r«»f» «*^ ui<. -^^ivj^'^w wc wcic jLiaL in time to see it capsize
10.33 Exocentric Constructions Acting as Nominal Substitute Groups
ku sega'?ageye*?ni kic so'toi the rich people have gone away
lei wi ^o-le*?nioni wa'^soyowol those who live here are poor
10.4 Word Order
Expansions of the verbal element, other than preverbal particles (14), may
Ln general precede or follow their head word (cf. the second example in
10.321, above).
Word order may be used to distinguish the categories of subject and ob-
ject, as in English, and in such cases the order is Subject before Object.
ku pegak no^pe'^n mewii the man chased an elk
mewii no*?pe^n ku pegak an elk chased the man
nepe'?wi§neg nep nepuy an otter ate a §almon
nek skewoksimelc pa'^ah I want so^nfe water
yo*? "^ohpu^m ku ceykeni she fgd the child
ti-^now newo'^m ku ke'?l Iceggfec who saw your father?
ku ke'?l Itepsec ti^^now flfewo'^m whom did your father see?
cf . ku pegak _k\j newomin mewah the man who saw the boy
ku pegj}^ ku mewah newomin the man whom the boy saw
^Se 13.141.6I(2)e.
Where, nowever, tne morphological form of one or more of the words,
►r their sense, makes the structure of the sentence unambiguous, this ordei
s not necessarily adhered to.
nekac (objective form of first person singular pronoun) newohpe*?n ku
wencok^s the woman saw me
ke*?l nekah ki ni-go-^m (plural verb) we will take you with us
yo'?4koh ti'?ni§ow wi§ weskewok or ti'?ni§ow wi§ weskewok yo'^ikoh
what do they want?
In sentences of basic structure Subject + Verbal the order may be varied.
helome*?y ku pegak or ku pegak helome*?y the man is dancing
ho'li*? no-loh my basket is twisted
no're'^w icepoy your tattooing is pretty
The order Verb Subject is normal in the following subtypes of this sen-
ence type.
1. Where the verb is ^^olcw. See 13.141.1F(6). '>oW^s» there is, or
no?olcw(s), molcw(s), there is not.
Oolc^s '^ulcepew her grandchild was there
ni molcw no'^o'?! 1 have no house
ni mo^olcw mec there is no fire here
20 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
2. Where the third person attributive form of intransitive verbs (including
adjectives) is used predicatively in place of the indicative. See 13.141.61(1).
ploksin ne*?yoc my boat is wide
nimi skuyeni wi *?o-i that man is no good
Prononainal subjects, on the other hand, generally precede the verbal.
yo^ neskWecok^ he is conning back
ke'^l ho teget you were crying
yo*?lkoh megeloi they are coming too
But sentences of the following type are also found:
nimi sloyiketoy ke*?l you have not swept it
kus no*?ol ki kem nu nu**?m yo*?ikoh when are they coming back?
The indefinite pronoun ko*?l, something, someone, precedes the verb
of which it is the object.
nek ko*?l nepek I am eating something
1 1 . NOMINALS
11,1 General
Within the class of Nominals, Pronouns are distinguished from Nouns by
their inability to take the Prononainal Prefixes, which may be prefixed to
all Nouns.
11.2 Pronouns
It is convenient to set out the Pronouns first.
11.21 Personal Pronouns
The Personal Pronouns, which may refer to human beings and other ex-
istents, comprise three persons and two numbers.
Nonemphatic Emphatic
Singular
1. nek neki*?, nek wi('?), I, me
2. ke*?l keli?, ke'^l wK*?), you (s.)
3. yo?, wo*?, yo*?o't, wo'o-t, yo*?, wo*?, etc, followed by wiC?) or
(less commonly yok, wi§, he she, it, him, her
wok, k^elas)
Plural
1. nekah nekah wi(*?), we, us
2. kelew kelew wK*?), you (pi.)
3. yo'^lkoh, wo*?ikoh yo^lkoh, etc. followed by wK?) or
(less commonly wo*?i, wii, they, them
k^elakw, k^ela-k^s)
GRAMMAR ^i
Where yo*? and wo*?, yo*?o*t and wo*?0't, yo*?ikoh and wo*?ikoh are in con-
trast, wo*?, wo*?o*t, and wo'?ikoh, refer to persons or things present or
nearer the speaker, yo*?, yo'^o-t, and yo*?lkoh to persons or things absent
or farther away,
11.211 Objective forms
nek and ke*?l have objective forms nekac and kelac, used when the pro-
noun stands as object of a transitive verb but only when the subject of the
verb, expressed or implied, is in the third person.
yo*? nekac ki newohpe'^n he will see me (but ke*?! nek ki newohpaV,
you (s.) will see me)
ku ke'^l keto*?mar nekac toksipe'^n your friend likes me
to*? hes kelac skewok ku mewasegoh do the boys like you?
11.212 Comitative forms
The following Comitative forms occur, meaning "with me," "to me," etc.
neka*?ai with me, etc. neka-no4 with us, etc.
kela'?ai with you (s.), etc. kelewnol with you (pL), etc.
For the third person yo'?o*t and wo*?o*t can be used comitatively.
yo*?0't kic so-tolcw i5^u Qgy the child has gone over to him,
11.213 Locative forms
There are three locative forms for the three persons:
(*?)neya'*?ik in(side) me, us
keya-*?ik in(side) you (s. and pi.)
(9)weya**>ik in(side) him, her, it, them
11.22 Nonpersonal (Demonstrative) Pronouns
These pronouns are used only with reference to existents other than
human beings. They are without distinction of number.
wek, we'?y, wit, wi*?i*t, we'^ik, we*? this, that, it, these, those
wek and we*?y may be used in apposition with a following noun.
wek ki *?o*?le4 this house, that house
we'^y cpeyu'?r this story, that story
11.23 Indefinite Pronouns
ko'^l something/^ someone (singular and plural)
ko'?l wi§ someone (singular and plural)
wo'gin something else, someone else, other(s) (singular and plural)
kolin one (of a number)
ci*ko'?l everything, various things (singular and plural)
*^Notlce the expression ko*>l sonow-, lit., to do something, used euphemistically for
"to die" of human beings. The verb moyk-, to die, is used only of gods» plants or animals
22 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
These pronouns niay also be used in apposition with following nouns.
wo'gin ro*wo*>s another pipe, other pipes
kolin namam one of my sons
ci'ko'^l so-k all sorts, everything
ko'?l so-k, lit., some sort, is very frequently used as a compound pro-
noun meaning "something."
ko*?l and a special form ko*?li§ used with the negative preverbal particle
mos (14.22 No. 44) mean "nothing," "no one," respectively. There is also a
negative pronoun nimot, "no one."
11.24 Interrogative Pronouns (see further Interrogative Words and Sen-
tences, 18)
These pronouns have no distinction of number.
ti*? now who ?
ti'^n, ti?ni*?, ti^niSow, ti§ what?
11.25 wi(*?), wi§
wi(*?) is used as a pronoun of all three persons. wi§ is used only as a
third person pronoun. Both are without distinction of number, wi? is the
form used in slow or deliberate speech; wi is more common in quick speech.
In addition to their use in forming emphatic personal pronouns and the
group ko*?l wiS, someone, wi('>) and wi§ may also be used for purposes
of emphasis with nouns and with other classes of pronouns. Their normal
position in this use is immediately after the noun or other pronoun, but oc-
casionally this order is varied.
wi('?) and wi§ may also be used by themselves as personal pronouns, for
all persons and both numbers.
ke'^l wi *?o negeme*>m so ?o'>lep it is you who will carry it to the house
nek wi? leko'telc it was I who stabbed it
yo*?ikoh wi§ ho la-yolumei it is they who taught him
wo*?o*t wiS ne(5 ku nepuy it is he who ate the salmon
ti'^niSow wi*? keskewok kelew what do you all want?
moco ^o-i wi§ ki nep if a person eats it , . .
we'^y cpeyu'^r wi*? mei ki nepe*?wo- this story is about the first salmon
to run
ti*?now wiS newo*?m ku ^nepsec who was it who saw my father?
nek ka^ar wi ki yoh I will make it a pet
wi§ ni '^o'^l he is here
kus wi*? so-se*?m what do you think?
wi *?ohtoyoh we had our feelings hurt
4meyowo'?m mei wi*? you are getting mean about it
The group wi(*?) *?0'i is used as a nominal meaning "this person." This
use of wK*?) before a noun is not found with other nouns.
skuyeni wi *?o*l he is a good man (lit., this man is good)
Certain pronouns have meanings and syntactic functions analogous to those
of adverbs. These are described below, in sections 15.9 to 15.98.
GRAMMAR
23
11.3 Nouns
Nouns a^Q regularly invariable except the Pronominal Prefixes and the Lo-
cative inflections. In the great majority of nouns the same form is used
both as singular and plural.
pegal^
man. men
tepo* tree, trees
11.31 ^[ouns with Separate Plural Forms
^ sm^ii number of nouns have a separate plural form. This group (all
that I re^,Qj.^gd are listed below) cannot be reduceH to rules for plural for-
mation; but we may notice in the case of perey and sepolah the use made
of the infix -eg-, and in mewimor of the vowel alternation e/u* (13.151,
13.152.2A).
It was observed that the singular forms of these nouns were often used
as plurals, the use of the plural being described as "very careful."
Singular
Plural
perey
sepolah
mewimor
knu-u
mewah
we*!*yon
wa*?yas
-liepew^^
old woman
field, prairie
old m.an
hawk
boy
girl
girl
grandchild
daughter
pegerey
segepolah
mu'wimor
knu'uwerei
mewasegoh
we'^yono'?
wj*?yanak
-Icepeworoh
-me'?ypor
11.32 Nouns with Separate Vocative Forms
A few ur iiie uuuiis dciMjLiiig kiiiBhip terms have a separate vocative form
used in address.
These are:
Vocative
picowos
grandfather
pic
kucos
grandmother
kuc
cimos
uncle
ci^m
tulos
aunt
tu^l
totos
father
tot
kokos
mother
kok
pinos
elder sister
pi*?n
mi cos
male cousin
nnit
-cekos^^
mother
-cek
-cnewltwos^^
son-in-law
-cne'^w
11.33 Free Variation of Forms
Some nouns have a shorter and a longer form in free variation, without
difference in meaning.
hu*k, hu-ksoh child
ma*?ah, ma'?ahskei spear
^^See 11.354.
24 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
11.34 Locative Forms
11.341 Regular formation
Locative form.s, m.eaning "in, at, etc. the object denoted by the noun,"
are regularly made by the addition of -o4 to the noun.
cpega*?r ear cpega*?roi
♦ha'wec^* back *ha'wecoi
kewoy burden basket kewoyoi
lo'gin fish-dam lo*ginoi
nepuy salmon nepuyoi
paga*? Oregon oak paga'?oi
Nouns ending in i following a vowel add -oi to 1, not 4.
me*?ye4 stinging nettle me*?yelo4
-lu4^^ mouth -lulol
But nouns ending in a consonant cluster of which 4 is the final consonant
retain 4.
hop4 deer sinew hop4o4
(9)yek^4 maggot {9)yekWio4
Nouns ending in ah and uh form their locatives in a4 and u4.
wahpayah bridge wjhpayj4
Nouns ending in oh and ah form, their locatives in o*4 and a-4.
tektoh log tekto-4
pa*? ah water pa*?a*4
Nouns ending in ih form their locatives in iyo4.
pi'?ih mussel pi*?iyo4
No nouns are found ending in eh.
Nouns ending in vowels add -1.
tepo- tree tepo'4
The following irregular locative forms ending in 4 are found.
ci§ah dog ci§a'?o4
ha'?a*g rock ha^a-gonol
pyeweg deerskin dance pyewegono4
tepo' tree tepo-no4, in a forest,
besides the regular
tepo-4, in a tree
(*?)yoc boat (•?)yonce'?e4, besides
(?)yonci(k) (11.342.1)
^^See 11,354.
^*See 11.354.
ho-le4
garden
la-s
road
-lul
mouth
mec
fire
{•?)wes'?onew
sky
^o^lep
houge
GRAMMAR 25
Other locative forms
11.342.1 _, ^^ _.^
A less common locative inflection -i or -ik is used with some nouns.
ho-leiik
la -si
-lulik
meci, mecik
('?)wes*?onewik
'^o'^lepik
11.342.2 Irregular fQHns
The following if regular forms occur in this class.
**^e* land ikelik
Pa^ah water pa^a^ik, b§§id§§ regular
pa'^a-l
^'^^y^^ boat (*?)yonci, (9)yoncik, beside
(^)yonce?el (11.341)
rek^oy, river mouth, Requa, has locative rek^oyk.
1.342.3 -§ and -s
Locative forms ending in i or k may have s and s respectively suffixed
^hen the subject of the verb, expressed or implied is in the third person,
^his suffix may be compared to the similarly used suffix with some adverbs
15.6).
yonciS kic *?o key he sat in the boat
pa^a-4iks niki ma la-?y he passed right into the water
1.35 Pronominal Prefixes
Pronominal Prefixes, one for each person, without distinction of number
lay be added to all nouns, but not to pronouns (11.1). Locative inflections
lay be added to pronominal prefixed nouns in the same way as to nonpre-
xed nouns.
1.351 General
Grammatically nouns with the pronominal prefixes have two main functions
hey may be used as the syntactical equivalents of nonprefixed nouns, with
le added meaning "my," "our," "your," "his," "her," "its," "their." They
lay be used as head nouns in noun + noun, pronoun + noun, and, less com-
lonly, adverb -f noun endocentric constructions. Examples of these uses
ill be given below (11.356).
The prefixes are:
1. ('?)ne- 2. Ke- 3. (*?)we-, "^u-
tepo" tree
1. ('?)netepo- 2. Icetepo- 3. ('?)wetepo-
Nouns of the type described in 6, having alternating consonant
26 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
initials, with and without *?, use the form with *> when prefixed.
('?)yoc boat
1. (*?)ne*?yoc
2. lce*?yoc
3. ('?)we'?yoc
The third person prefix has two contextually determined forms according
to the initial consonant (or consonants) of the nonprefixed noun.
Nouns beginning with c, c, h followed by i, 1, 4, n, r, s, t, {, y,
and *?, except *?w, have the prefix ('?)we-. Those beginning with the other
consonants, namely k, k, k^, U^, m, p, e^» w, and "^w, have *?u-.
ki-4
k^o'^ro'^r
picowos
(*?)wjlkj*?
redwood tree
candlefish
grandfather
bone
•^uki-l
*?uk^o'?ro*?r
*?upicowos
'?u'?wa4ka'?
11.352 Vowel harmony
Nouns whose initial syllable has a as its vowel, and nouns beginning
with *? imnnediateiy followed by o or a, may have the prefixes ('?)ne-,
Ice-, ('?)we-, or prefixes with the same vowel as that of the first syllable
of the nonprefixed noun. The prefix '?u- is unaffected, u being exempt
from the operation of vowel harmony (9.1).
Ijhpayei
(*?)way4
'?j'?gj-c
'?ahspeyu'?r
9o*?le4
saliva
egg
sweathouse
soup
house
('?)nelahpaye4, etc, or
('?)nalahpaye4, etc.
(*?)ne*?wjy4, etc., or
('?)na'?wj:y4, etc.
('?)ne*?a*>ga-c, etc,, or
('?)nj'?a'?ga*c, etc.
('?)ne'?ahspeyu'?r, etc., or
(*?)na*?ahspeyu'?r, etc.
('?)ne*?o'?le4, etc., or
('?)no*?o*?le4, etc.
The forms with vowel harmony are more common in connected speech;
those with e are more usual in the isolated utterance of the words concerned
but fixed phrases involving such words always appear with vowel harmony,
(*?)wes wana*? spider's web
11.353 Nouns beginning with h
Nouns beginning with h, except where the vowel following is i, make
their prefixed forms by the substitution of ('?)n, k, (*?)w for h.
ho'loh basket
1. ('>)no-loh
ha^a-g rock
1. ('?)na'?a-g
2. ko-loh
2. lca*?a'g
3. ('>)wo'loh
3. ('?)wa'?ag
Nouns of this class whose second syllable begins with g have *? before
the g in their prefixed forms.
hegon spoon
1. (*?)ne'?gon
2. ke'^gon
3. (*?)we?gon
GRAMMAR 27
^o*'? paddle
!'?)ne'?go-'? 2. ke'?go-'? 3. ('?)we^go-'?
Nou.^, oi xms Class beginning with hu or hu- have their third person ore
ri'r:r;„r.i\r,5'" - '- -- -- -- ^---.»-"o»
hu-ksoh rhilH
Nouns beginning with hi prefix (?)ne-, ke-, (o)we-.
hinkjh small acorn
1. C)nehink^h 2. kehinkah 3. (9)wehinkah
11.354 Inalienable nouns
A group of nouns, mostly denoting kinship terms (though not all words
fnZ "^ "" 'T""' ^"'°"^ *° '^'" '^^^^^^^ "^-^^ °— - a nonprefixed
r/r^" K,^^^ ^7 designated Inalienable Nouns. Where vowel harmony is
admissible, only vowel harmony forms are used.
-nos husband
1- e)nenos 2. kenos 3. (9)wenos
-*?rep eyebrow
1. ('')ne^rep 2. lie^rep 3. (9)we->rep
-mam son
1. ('')namam 2. Icamam 3. ^umam
Among nouns of this class one must distinguish those whose theoretical
nonprefixed form corresponds to the prefixed forms less the prefix (e g
-nos above) and those whose theoretical nonprefixed form must be set up
beginning with h. ^
*hahpew wife
1. C)nahpew 2. kahpew 3. (9)wahpew.
Thus -ketiew, grandchild, has its third person prefixed form ^ukepew
and -psec, father has "Jupsec; but *hekcum. nephew, has (•?)wekcum
withT?^!r^i^of^l%"°'"'^ ^^^^ ^^^'^ P""^^^^^^ ^°^"^«' ^he fourth beginning
with m (without 9). Informants tended to translate these forms in isolation
as somebody's . . . ." This class of words all denoted body parts,'* with
the exception of *hekWol, fishing rock, claim, title.
- lin eye
1. (')nelin 2. kelin 3. (9)welin 4. melin
-sen arm
1. C)nesen 2. kesen 3. (9)wesen 4. mesen
♦hjfSa^n nose
1. (9)njpj?n 2. I^afjj9n 3. (9)wa{ia9n 4. mapa9n
ie'meLwXei.""" '""°""« ""^^^ P^-*« ^^^ "°t inaUenable (e.g., to-loh. cheek, face;
28 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
The forms ('?)nip4, Icipi, (*?)wip4, mip4, tongue, are oesx c*c counted for
by setting up *hip4 as an exception to the rule stated in 11.353, in not pre-
fixing ('?)ne-, etc. like other nouns beginning hi.
11.355 Special noun forms
Some nouns have a shorter form which occurs only with the pronominal
prefixes.
Within this class in one set of nouns the two forms alternate in free vari-
ation, though the shorter form is more common.
popsew bread (o)nepop, etc., or
('?)nepopsew, etc.
tewon flesh ('?)netew, etc., or
('>)netewon, etc.
In the other set the shorter form is singular and the longer form plural,
though the nonprefixed form is, like the great majority of nouns, used both
as singular and plural,
kewoy burden basket(s)
(*?)nekew, etc. my/our burden basket, etc.
(*?)nekewoy, etc. my /our burden baskets, etc.
tak^tam dentalium shell(s)
('?)ne(na)takW (11.352), etc. my/our dentalium shell, etc.
('?)ne(na)tjkwtjmi, etc. my /our (string of) dentalium shells, etc.
Generally the shorter form consists of the first syllable of the nonpre-
fixed longer form, sometinaes with the initial consonant of the second syl-
lable. In a few cases, however, there are slight differences.
no'>oy shoe (*?)nenoy, etc., or ('?)neno'?oy, etc.
ra-yoy river, creek ('>)neroy, etc., or ('?)nera-yoy, etc.
noyet duck(s) (*?)ne(na)na*?y, etc., my/our duck, etc.
('?)ne(na)nayet, etc., my/our ducks, etc.
11.356 Syntactical uses of pronominal prefixed nouns
The following phrases illustrate various uses of these forms of nouns.
ko*?o'?le4 your house spegi* ^uwentok^^s female hawk
nek no*?o'?le4 my house *?o*4 wecpeyu^r Indian story
nekah no'?o*>le4 our house wi'?i-t weso-k^' this sort of thing
pegak wenepuy the man's salmon k^escin wanah strawberry
^upusi '?u-k his cat's kittens ku wit weloksi*?! that year
iiawa*?yas we'^lep your daughter's ke'^win wecowon eel net
hair helkik (adverb) weroy the river
pu'k wetew deer*s flesh from the mountains (Klamath R.)
The above is the usual order of words in such groups, but the head word
can precede the others.
(^)weso-k, is used in equational type sentences with the preverbal particles ni and
71(14.414, 14.415), meaning "to matter." E.g., ko"?! hes *?i/ni ?weso-k, does it matter?
Is anything the matter?
GRAMMAR
''upahtun kesmecoy the neck of your deerskin
*^upa'?a-4 wera-yoy in the water of the creek there
Prefixed forms are sometimes used in nouns standing as the direct obje
of verbs, where the prefix would not generally be translated.
nek hoh nepop I am making bread
me ko-yc nenepuy I bought some salmon
CO*? nu se'?ra*te*?m. Icapalcak go and whittle the kindlingl
11.36 The Suffix eni
A suffix eni is added to some nouns to form an attributive noun, meanin
"made of the substance denoted by the noun." These nouns may be used only
before other nouns in endocentric groups.
(*?)yoikoyc wood (*?)yolkoyceni wooden (e.g.,
(9)yoikoydeni *?lahpsew, wooden plate
pkenc pitch pkenceni pitchy
kyah spring (season) kyahceni vernal^®
11.4 Syntactical Uses of Nominals
In addition to their functions as subject, object, and predicate in the basi
sentence types described in 10, nominals may be variously employed as ex-
pansions of verbal elements in sentences.
nek ka'^ar wi ki yoh I will make it a pet
lenekw ?t>.i kisen a person drowned in the summer
weyki9 wohpekumew it was ordained by Wohpekumew
ke*>l CO nahcise'^m kew ku *?nu*k give your name to my child!
tmen<)rneni nahciselc yo^ lei ci-k I gave him half the money
The "indirect object" in the type of sentence illustrated in the last two
examples may be preceded by the preposition ho, to (16. 2A).
Locative forms of nouns may be used with and without prepositions.
yonci la*yelc I went by boat
CO sloyco-'?m ho pa'?a'i go down to the water I
Nonlocative forms may also be used, with and without prepositions, in
specifically locative senses.
ka-mel ko *>o gegok I will go to the grave
ku kekesomewet co *?oloneme*?m carry it in your left handl
ki lahcu*? so kohpey they are making a voyage to Crescent City.
12. ARTICLES
12.1 General
This class comprises two words. Ui and ku, corresponding to some extent
to the definite article in English. Where they are in contrast ki refers to
^«ln this example the suffix is added to the stem kyah2-. Cf. the noun kyahCeniS. any-
thing vernal .
30 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
a nearer person or object ("this"), and ku to a remoter person or ob-
ject ("that").
12.2 Usage
lei and ku may precede nouns and pronouns, and nominal groups, to form
phrases syntactically equivalent to single nominals.
]ii pa*?ah the water (here)
ku pa*?ah the water (there)
ki nek nenah my property
\Li wek wera-yoy this creek
kelew hes niki cu toksimu? ku yo^lkoh do you all admire them?
The use of the articles in forming the equivalents of relative clauses
and their use with adverbs are set out below in sections 13.141 .6I(2)b
to 13.14l.6I(2)e and 15.223.
13. VERBALS
(Comprising Verbs, 13.1, Numerals, 13.21,
and Adjectives, 13.22)
13.1 Verbs
13.11 Categories and Paradigms
The Categories and Paradigms of the Verb may be set out as follows:
Unipersonal conjugation
Indicative Active. Passive (13.141 .1, 13.141.3)
Imperative Active (13.141.2)
Pronominal Prefix . . . Active, Passive (13.141.4)
Attributive Active, Passive (13.141.6)
Bipersonal conjugation
Indicative (13.142.1)
Imperative (13.142.2)
Pronominal Prefix . . . (13.142.3)
Attributive (13.142.4)
Reflexive (13.143.1)
Reciprocal (13.143.2)
The indicative comprises the verb forms most frequently used as the
main or sole verb in sentences. The imperative forms are used for com-
miands, as in other languages. The syntactic functions of the forms of the
other verbal paradignxs are stated in the relevant sections in each case.
There are three persons, as in pronouns, and two numbers, singular
and plural, with separate dual forms for the first and second persons
in certain paradigms of a very small number of verbs (13. 144). There
is concord of number between subject and verb whert it has formal ex-
ponents.
GRAMMAR
13.111 Inflected verbs
Inflected verbs are Transitive and Intransitive. Only transitive verbs
have uipersonai, reflexive, reciprocal, and complete passive paradigms.
Inflected verbs may be classified as e-class or o-class, according to th
series of inflections used, e and o respectively being the commonest vow<
in the two series of inflections. A very few verbs fall into an a-class.
e-class verbs are more numerous than o-class verbs, but a number of
the most commonly used verbs belong to the o-class; o-class verbs tend to
have more variations and irregularities in their inflections than e-class
verbs.
13.112 Noninflected verbs
Besides the inflected verbs, there are many words syntactically equivaler
to them, and admitting the pronominal prefixes and the -eg- infix in the same
m.anner as they do, but without any inflections. These are designated nonin-
flected verbs, and may be used as the syntactical equivalents for all persons
of any of the categories of the verb that are differentiated by inflection in the
inflected verbs, except that the same noninflected verb cannot be used both
actively and passively. Noninflected verbs are formally neither transitive
nor intransitive, though in translation and syntactic enaployment some cor-
respond to inflected transitive verbs and others to intransitive verbs.
Many Yurok verbs have both an inflected and a noninflected stem. This
latter is usually identical with the first part of the inflected sterii, though in
certain verbs there are small differences. Verbs of this class are indicated
by bracketing the latter part of the inflected stem.
cwin(kep-) to talk
The noninflected stems of verbs which in their longer, inflected stems
are transitive are usually active in meaning and grammatical employment,
but in some verbs they are passive whereas the inflected stem is active.
Noninflected stem
Inflected stem
cyu-lcWec
hoh
ho*? oh
ho^omoh
ka-meg
koh
kom
ko'^m
mah
me*?w
mulkoh
new
no 5 ah
no'rew
no**?m
n^hsjpa*?
pa*? ah
sega*?
seki
to be hurt
cyu-ltWec- to steer a boat
hohkum- to make
ho*?ohko4- to get dark
ho*?omohtk- to hurt
ka*nciegei- to be bad weather
kohcew- to catch
komcum- to know
ko*?moy- to hear
ma*y- to pass
me*?womec- to come out
muikoc- to sell
new- to see
nosep- to marry (of a girl)
no-rew- to be pretty
no''?monem- to carry a load
nahsapat- to shave
pa'?a'moy- to be wet
sega'?agey- to be rich
sekitk- to be strong
32 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
Noninflected stem Inflected stem
skeweg skewegei- to be good weather
skewok skewoksim.- to want, to love
sam to be beaten, to be killed samat- to beat, to kill
sa'lah salap- to do
s*?aks*?a*pai to be hit in the s*?aks'?a'pa4kin- to hit in the
mouth mouth
ten tenpewei- to rain
weyew to be woven weyewet- to weave
*?o-lo'?oh •?o-lo'?op- to stand
13.113 Exceptions
There are a few Impersonal verbs, both noninflected and inflected (in-
transitive). They mostly refer to weather conditions and the like. Anaong
the inflected impersonals only third person singular forms are found (in
attributive, third singular and plural).
13.12 Tenses
There are no formally differentiated tenses in the Yurok verb. Verb
forms of any of the paradigms, except the imperative, may be interpreted
as referring to past, present, or future time, according to the linguistic
and nonlinguistic contexts in which they occur,
13.13 Aspect
Where necessary, time reference, and also many of the shades of mean-
ing carried by aspect forms as well as by some adverbs in many languages,
are indicated in Yurok by the use of one or more Preverbal Particles medi-
ately or immediately before the verb and forming an endocentric group with
it. The uses and meanings of these particles and combinations of them are
set out in section 14. They give to Yurok verbal groups a very considerable
degree of flexibility and variety.
13.14 The Paradigms
The forms here presented are those of the inflected verb stems. As al-
ready stated, noninflected verb stems may be used as the syntactical equi-
valents of the inflected forms, and are subject to the same processes of
prefixation and infixation as the inflected stems.
13.141 Unipersonal conjugation
13.141.1 Indicative
The regular inflections of the paradigm may be set out in the following
generalized formulae, where C represents the final consonant of the stem,
and C the glottalized consonant at the same point of articulation as a non-
glottalized consonant. In setting out these and some other inflections it is
convenient to include the final consonant of the stem in the table.
e-class verbs
GRAMMAR
o-class verbs
Singular
1. -Cek Singular
Cole
-CoVm
2. -Ce.m first type
second type -Co-9m
"^' '^^ ^i^st type -C, .^c
^ second type -CoVm, -Colcw, .Co^l -Co?
aral
1. -Cob ^^^^^1
2. -CuV "^°^
3. -Cei "^^'^^
-Col
;onsonants have -?C." inose with other final
A. e-,
lass verbs: ma^epet-. to tie up
,• (nek) maPepetek I tie up
;. (ke?l) ma-Pepete^m you tie up
^^^ • (yo-^ etc.) ma.epef he, she, it ties up
^. (nekah) ma^epetoh we tie up
. kelew) ma^epetu? you tie up
• (yo'ikoh) ma^epetel they tie up
is ^'o\ri]HerJi::Z\meVu:^^^^^^ .^^-^ — n. he. She. it
aie ine same as in ma^epet-.
^^'^^^-oTZtl:::':^^^^^^ - ^ - 'C fuse the glottali-
'-Pk.'y- to Choke with smoking 3 s. ,aplc.,y
No first type o-class verbs with such stems were found.
'ecoL'ar tS^peTsL'li^i^ir i^ec^ nV^^' ''"^'^^ ^ -eir
sonant is y. some whosefinS stem con. '-J^^'^ ^^°^^ ""^^ «*-"> con-
their second person singular in c^'m 31'' "' ""'^ " ^^" ^^^ers have
-^f or -,C according to^he natu.^.'rt'he ffnll'T '"''' ^^^^°" ^^"^^^ -
Other o-class verbs have their sPPonV ^^^"^ consonant (13.141.1)
third person singular in -<^t"m Cok'w'^S,''"^''/ '" -^°-'-' -«^thei.
inflections being the most common Sec'on'dr' °' ;'^°'' '^^ «^«* "^ these
!:!!!::2in_:Co^ unless otherw^-e ^^Z^t^:^:^:^.^^ '^'^ '^ ^"-
34 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
(1) o-class verbs, first type: ko^moy-» to hear
Singular
1. (nek) ko*?nioyoic I hear
2. (ke*?!) ko'?nioyo*?ni you hear
3. (yo*? etc.) ko'?nio*?y he, she, it, hears
Plural
1. (nekah) ko*?nioyoh we hear
2. (kelew) ko*?nioyo*?w you hear
3. (yo*?ikoh) ko'^moyoi they hear
(2) o-class verbs, second type: ho'^omohtk-, to hurt
Singula r
1. (nek) ho*?oniohtkolc I hurt
2. (ke*?l) ho*?oniohtko'*?m you hurt
3. (yo*? etc.) ho*?omohtko'?ni he, she, it hurts
The plural inflections are the same as in first type verbs.
(3) Monosyllabic o-class verbs have a lengthened vowel in the inflections
of all persons except the third singular, which is always second type.
4- to take
Singular Plural
1. 4o-lc 1. 4o' (no final h)
2. 4o-*?m 2. 4o*'?w
3. 4o'?m 3. 4o-4
new-, to see, has alternative, free variant, long and short vowel inflec-
tions for all its persons except the second and third singular.
Singular Plural
1. newolc or newo'k 1, newoh or newo*
2. newo**?ni 2. newo^w or newo-'^w
3. newo'^m 3. newo 4 or newo -4
(4) The following verbs, among others, have their third singular in
-olcW, their other inflections being those of second type o-class verbs.
k^oyc- to go slowly (incremental plural)^ 3 s. k^oycolc^
nesk^ec- to come back (incremental plural) 3 s. neskWecokw
wen- to come (incremental plural) 3 s. wenolcW
-o?l occurs as a free variant of -olcw in some verbs of this class
heg- to go (incremental plural) 3 s. hegolcw or hego'^l
m.e'^womec- to come out (incremental plural) 3 s. me*?woniecolcW or
me'?womeco*?l
sloyc- to descend (incremental plural) 3 s. sloycol^w or sloyco'^l
megel-, to accompany, has the third singular mege'^l, megelolcw, or
megelo'?l; its second singular is second type, megelo-*?m.
^**See 13. 141. IE.
GRAMMAR 35
*?-, to b^> to exist, has the third singular '^olcW or Oo*?l, *?olcw always
being used when meaning "there i§," Its plural forms are irregularly short.
•>oh '^o'^w ^oi
(5) The following verbs, among others, have their third singular in -o*?.
4k- to gather acorns (incremental plural) 3 s. iko*?
rec- to paddle 3 s. reco*>
sekitk- to be strong 3 s. sekitko^
tm- to shoot 3 s. tmo*?
slo'^elk- to be thin 3 s. slo*?eikolcW or slo*?e4ko*?
*?orog- to follow 3 s. '^orogolcw or *?orogo*?
!. The second person plural form of all verbs may be used indefinitely,
without subject pronoun, to mean "people in general do it/' etc.
nepu*? people eat it
nimi ho nepu*? nepuy ku wit weno*>omel people did not eat salmon during
that season
K Impersonal verbs
These verbs have only a third person singular form.
tenpewel- to rain tenpewe*?! it is raining
. Incremental plurals
Besides the plural inflections described above, there are many verbs in
Dth the e-class and the o-class which form their plurals by extending their
tern by a plural increment, which then serves as a base for the inflections.
The regular increments for e-class verbs are -e'?m- and -i*?m-, and
►r o-class verbs -o-'^m- and -u-'^m-, each being added after the final
3nsonant of the stem.
The plural inflections used with these increments are:
-oh the inflection of both classes of nonincremental plurals
-o*?w the inflection of o-class nonincremental plurals
-e4 the inflection of e-class nonincremental plurals
e-class verbs
-e*?m- increment -i9m- increment
helomey- to dance mur-^^ to dodge
Plural * Plural
1. helomeye'^moh 1. muri'?moh
2. helomeye'?mo'?w 2. muri'?mo'?w
3. helomeye^mel 3. muri^mel
o-class verbs
-o-^m- increment -u-*?m- increment
rurow- to sing repoy- to sing a song with drum
beating
Most e-class verbs with stems ending in r have -i?m- incremental plurals.
36
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
Plural
1. rurowo'^moh
2. rurowo*'?ino'?w
3. rurowo**?inei
Plural
1. repoyu**?moh
2. repoyu-*?mo*?w
3. repoyu'*?mel
Verbs with regularly formed incremental plurals always have a non-
incremental third plural as a free variant,
murei or inuri*?me4
rurowol or rurowo*?me4
The stem extended by a plural increment can be used without inflec-
tion as a plural forna for all three persons.
(nekah) helomeye^m we dance
(kelew) helomeye^m you (pi.) dance
(yo*>lkoh, etc.) helomeye'^m they dance
For this reason increments and incremental forms are cited in the
dictionary with the final hyphen bracketed.
Incremental second person plural forms are used indefinitely in the
same manner as nonincremental forms (C. above).
tene*?mo?w there is a large crowd (lit., people are numerous)
teloge*?mo^w ni pulik down river the people are ill
F. Subclasses of e- and o-class verbs.
The indicative active paradigms of several verbs of both classes exhibit
certain variant forms, some of which may be grouped into subclasses,
whereas others must be listed separately as irregular verbs.
(1) a- modifying verbs. Verbs with the vowel a in the final syllable of
the stem are subject to facultative vowel harmony and have alternative
a-modified and unmodified inflections for many of their persons. The two
forms are in free variation, though a-modified forms were noticeably more
common in connected speech, and unmodified forms predominated in iso-
lated utterance. In several cases a verb with j-modified forms in a sentence
was repeated in isolation with unmodified forms.
The operation of a- modification is as follows:
In inflections the vowels e and o are replaced by a; a does not occur
in the inflections concerned, and i and u are not subject to a- modification
as a form of vowel harmony (9.1).
The a-modified inflections may therefore be set out:
e-class verbs
Singular
1. -Cak
2. -Ca*>m
3. -6, -9C
Plural
1. -Cah
2. -Cu*?
3. -Ca4
Second type o-class verbs^^
Singular
1. -Calc
2. -Ca-^m
3. -Ca9in, etc.
Plural
1. -Cah
2. -Ca*?w
3. -Ca4
Few j-modifying first type o-class verbs were recorded (second person singular -J'm).
13
GRAMMAR
o
e-class verb
samat- to beat, to kill ^'''^^T ^^""^
Singular ""^^^- *° ^^^P
1 . w Singular
2. samota^m l ""^^-^^^^
3. sama{ ?* "-^g^y^a-?!!!
Plural ^- ^^g^yk^^m
1 Plural
2. samatu9 ^ ^^g^y^^^^
3. samatai J" "^g-^y^^^w
(m addition to the unmodified forms)
.f4T.TBl47al^l3":if/^lStar"e"^ ^""^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^ ^" --^°-
matalap- to run at the nose 3 s. matalap.. or matalapo.
nflections as for other /-mX'ngVelt^"'^^^^ ^"'"^'^^-^ -'^ unmodified
humak or humok I sweat
nur*?urncalc or nur*?urncnW T r^M^u o
nur urncoK I climb 3 s. nur?urncj9 or nur^urnco'?
nur-Jurnc- to climb. See 13.141.1F(l)a.
plural increment -o-?m- (-a-9m-)
Plural nur9urnca-?nioh. etc., or nur^urnco-^moh, etc
.ut this r "" '"^"^ '^'^'^ P"""°" ^^"eulars on a stem with-
e-class verbs
cowahs- to point 3 s. cawo^s
kahc- to sew 3 s . kac
lohp- to come in lumps 3 s. lop
o-class verb
trahk- to fetch water" 3 s. trak
38 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
lars with the two corresponding glottalized consonants. Where She consonant
is a continuant it remains unaltered. Where both consonants are continuants
*> occurs between them.
hek^s- to find 3 s. heUwg
ho'k^c- to gamble 3 s. ho-lcwc
(*?)Iepoyewt- to unbraid the hair 3 s. (*>)lepoyew{
no'yckw- to eat as a guest 3 s. no*yckw
te'^noyi - there is a big fire 3 s, te^noy*?!
e-class verbs whose stems end in -hCC follow the same patterns as in
the preceding section, but without the h.
hahk^s- to laugh 3 s. hakws
ma'?ahsk- to spear 3 s. ma'^ask
But *?ahsp-, to drink, and te*?nahsp-, to be drunk, have the third singu-
lars '^a'^s and te^na'^s.
(4) First type o-class intransitive verbs whose stems end in Cow- or
Caw-^ regularly form their third person singular in ^C (stems that would
give C were not recorded).
mamayaw- to be handsome 3 s. mama'^y
no'^omunow- to be old 3 s. no'?omu*?n
nunow- to grow old 3 s. nu*?n
penohpeyow- to be friendly 3 s. penohpe*?y
sekeyow- to be hard 3 s. seke'^y
sonow- (trans.) to be, to do 3 s. so'?n
(5) The following verbs have irregular or suppletive third singular forms.
e-class verbs
kimolep- to be bad 3 s, kimole'^n or kimolep
lekol- to fall 3 s. leko*?n
lek^oi- to fall 3 s. lekWo9n or lek^o?!
Ikek^ol- to be lame 3 s. ikekWo*?n
mecken- to be so nciany feet long 3 s. mecka'? or naecke'^n
pi^iy- to gather mussels 3 s. pi'^i'?
plek^oi- to rot and fall 3 s. plek^o^n or plek^o*?!
sonoyewoy- to be spoken of, to be spoken to 3 s. sonoye*?w
toktomoy- to be in pieces, to be a definite age 3 s, tokto*?na
tomoy- to be adult 3 s. to^m
second type o-class verbs
kohcew- to catch 3 s. kohce'^w or kohcewo'^m
ten- to be much, to be many 3 s. te?n or teno?
(6) *?-, to be, to exist, third singular *?oli^ has a form ^olc^s, there is,
used with nouns bearing the third person pronominal prefix. See 13.141.1B(4)
*?olc^s *>ukepew she had a grandchild
GRAMMAR 39
'^olc^s wahpew he has a wife
But *?olcW hes Icahpew, are you married? (to a man, lit., is there your
wife ?) .
There is a special negative verbal form molcw(s) or mo?okw(s), there
is not, without other personal forms, functioning as the negative of '?olcW(s)
and used in the same way.
(7) e- class verbs with stems ending k^- and w-. As the sequences
*kWu and *wu are excluded from Yurok syllable structure (5). e- class verbs
whose stems end in kW- or w- form their second person plural in -ku*?
and -w*?.
•?o-lekW- to camp 2 pi. ^o-leku*?
maw- to pay a fine 2 pi. ma-w*?
siyow- to break through waves 2 pi. siyow*?
(8) e-class verbs with stems ending ey-, oy-, or ay-, e-class verbs
whose stems end in ey-, oy-, or ar- have alternative first person singular
forms in -eyk, -oylc, and -aylc, and alternative third person plural forms
in eyi, -oy4, -ayi.
cekcey- to sit Is. cekceyU or cekceyelt 3 pi. cekceyl or cekceyel
pelomoy- to fight 1 s. pelomoylc or pelomoyek 3 pi, pelomoyl or
pelomoyel
ckirisay- to doze 1 s. ckirisaylc or ckirisayelt 3 pi. ckirisayl or
ckirisayei
Those whose stem ends in iy- have an alternative third person plural
form in -i, on a stem without final y.
pi^iy- to gather mussels 1 s. pi^iyeic 3 pi. pi*?!! or pi^iyel
(9) e-class verbs with stems ending ew-. These verbs have alternative
first person singular and third person plural forms in -ewU and -ewi.
nohpew- to enter 1 s. nohpewk or nohpewelt 3 pi. nohpewl or
nohpewei
(10) Several e-class and noninflected verbs have separate third person
singular and plural forms, in addition to. or instead of. the regular forms,
and built on slightly different stems from those used for the other forms of
the verbs concerned. These separate forms are used specifically with ref-
erence to movement, etc., in or on water.
la-y- to pass 3 s. la-yonekw 3 pi. layoneckenekW to drift along
lenewkw to drown (intr.) 3 s. lenekw 3 pi. leneckenek^ to drown.
to lie adrift ^
menewkw- to drown (intr.), to be bashful 3 s. menek*
3 pi. meneckenekw to drown
na-menewkw- to be washed away by waves 3 s. namenek
3 pi. nameneckenekw to be washed away by waves
sloyonem- to launch 3 s. sloyonekw 3 pi. sloyoneckenekw to slide
into water
40
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
3 s. yu*?monekW 3 pi. yu'?moneckenekw to sink
3 s. ^olonekw 3 pi. *?oloneckenekW to float, to
yii*>monewk^- to sink
•^olonewk^- to float
lie in water
kekelepinew to be knocked over 3 s. kekelepinek^
3 pi. kekelepineckenekw to be knocked over by water
ma*yonew to pass on water
to pass on water
weno*?nionew to float along
3 pi. weno'^moneckenek^
(cf. ho*le'>m(-) to travel, to be around
3 pi. ho'leckenekw to lie in water)
3 s. ma*yonekw 3 pi. ma-yoneckenek^
3 s. weno'?monek^
to float along
3 s. ho-lenekw
(11) Irregular plural forms,
plurals irregularly.
The following groups of verbs form their
a. e-class verbs with -u*'?m- increment.
Some e-class verbs form incremental plurals with -u'*?in-, sometimes
with differences in stem. Those whose stems end in ew- regularly add
-u'*?m- to the stem less ew.
Singular
cye'^wol- to make music
kahc- to sew
k^esk^es- to have a cold
pewom- to cook
so*?nken- to fish
teykelum- to bite
korpew- to be alone
pek^olew- to peel sticks
socpeyew- to speak
woskew- to wash (trans.)
Plural
cye'?wolu?m(-)^*
kahcu**?m(-) or kahcpu*?m(-)
k^eskWesu-^^mC-)
pewomu'*?m(-)
so?nlcenu**?m(-)
teykelu'^m(-)
korpu'?m(-)
pekWolu-*?m(-)
socpeyu'*?m(-)
wosku**?m(-)
But nohpew-, to enter, has plural nohpewi?m(-).
b. o-class verbs with steins ending in c-.
Most o-class verbs whose stems end in c-
formed on stems ending in '^m-.
have incremental type plurals
Singular
himec- to hurry
k^omlec- to return
menec- to disappear
me'womec- to come out
pk'w^ec- to sprout
sloyc- to descend
Plural
hime'>m(-)
kWom4e'?m(-)
mene*?m(-)
me*?wome*?m(-)
pkWe9m(-)
sloy?m(-)
cyu-kwec- and kenik^ec-, to steer a boat have cyulcWecu-?m(-) and
kenilcWecu-'>m(-), rec-, to paddle, has recu-?m(-), and lec-, to knock
down, has nonincremental plural forms lecoh, etc.
^Besides 5ye'?wole'm(-).
GRAMMAR
41
The following verbs have irregularly formed incremental plurals.
Singular
e-class
ckey- to sleep
o-class
cken- to be few
heg- to go
hopkek- to start
nesk^ec- to come back
so*yc- to go quickly
ten- to be much, to be many
wen- to come
pahcew to move (intr.)
d. The e-class verb pe^wetew-
incremental plural forms.
1
Plural
cki*?m(-) or ckeyeVm(-)
ckene?m(-)
le?m(-)
hopke^m(-)
so-ne*?m(-)
tene'>m(-)
wend9i?m(-) or weno*?e^^(-)
pahcu'^Tn(-)
to wash the hands, has irregular noa-
pu-^etoh 2. pu-'^wetu^ 3. pu-?wetel (cf, 13.152,2A)
e. Several verbs of both the e- and o-class have incremental and non-
incremental plurals in free variation. The following such verbs appear in
my notes, some of them having irregularly formed incremental plurals.
Singular
e-class
ciwey- to be hungry
ho-kWc- to gamble
ho-'?ylcel- to be lost (passive of
ho'*?ylcet-, 13.14 1.31)
meyk^ele^wey- to mourn
nep- to eat
skuyahpel- to be good
te'^nahsp- to be drunk
*?ahsp- to drink
skewinep- to be replete
o-class
kohto-liS- to hit
ko?moy- to hear
1- to take
megel- to accompany
new- to see
"^^ to be, to exist
f. Verbs with noninflecting plurals,
their plural with a noninflecting stem.
Plural
ciweyoneni'?m(-) or ciweyoh, etc.
ho'kWce9m(-), ho-kWci7m(-), or
ho-k^coh, etc.
ho-'?ylceli*?m(-) or ho-*?ykeloh, etc.
meykWelu-'?m(-), mu-^mi-), or
meykWele*?weyoh, etc.
nepe*?m(-), nepi*?m(-), or nepoh,
etc.
skuyahpeli^m(-) or skuyahpeloh,
etc,
te'?nahspi'?m(-) or te^nahspoh, etc.
?ahspi*?m(-) or '^ahspoh, etc.
skewinepe*?m(-), skewinepi*?m(-).
or skewinepoh, etc.
kohto-liso-'?m(-) or kohto*li§oh, etc.
ko'^moyo-^mC-) or ko*?moyoh, etc.
io-?m(-) or io\ etc., 13.141.1B(3)
megelo-'^mC-), megelu**?m(-), or
megeloh, etc.
newo*?m(-) or newoh, etc., or
newo-, etc.. 13.141.1B(3)
'?o-le?m(-) or ?oh, etc.. 13.141. 1B(4)
Several e- and o-class verbs supplete
Certain of these also have a regularly
42
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
formed plural; in these latter verbs ihe suppletive plural often has an addi-
tional meaning of "group activity."
e-class
cwinkep- to speak
cyu-k^en- to sit
hewelkeloyp- to get up
himo^rep- to run quickly
hoylkep- to roll about
ho^op- to make a fire
kominep- to feel
(nimi) komtenep- to be
bUnd
ko'*?op- to stand
la-y- to pass
lewet- to fish with a net
myo'^rep- to challenge
nep-
to eat
pewahckey- to wash the
face
re*yo*?rep- to run past
ro*?op-
noninflecting
regular
plural
plural
tohkow to talk
cwinkepoh, etc.
together
relci-n
. . .
hu'wel (cf.
13.152.2A)
himo*?omah
himo'^repoh, etc.
hoy Ik ah
ho*?omah (to make
ho'^opoh, etc.
a fire together)
kominah
.
komtenah
. . .
ko*?oh
la-yo*?omah (to
la*ye*?moh, etc.
pass in a group)
lu-?
myo'^omah (to
myo'^repoh, etc.
challenge as
a group)
'?e'?gah (to have a
nepoh, etc.
meal together)
pu-wah
pewahckeye'^moh, etc
soninep- to feel
soninah
syo'?o*gec- to make a
syo*?o-gen
noise
tahtos- to starve
tegah, tegahtok
(cf. 13.151)
tepon- to be fixed
ro'^oh
wesep- to bathe (intr.)
wesah
ra-yo*?omah (to run ra-yo*?repoh, etc.
past in a group)
lo*?omah (to run in ro*?opoh, etc.
a group)
soninepoh, etc.
o-class
tmeg- to hunt (13. 151. 5D) tmi-go? (13.152.2C) . . .
(12) The following verbs have a suppletive form for their third person
singular and all persons of the plural:
e-class
sweyoninep- to be aloof
o-class
coyow- to be nervous
3 s. and 1, 2, 3 pi.
sweye*?m
coye*?m
GRAMMAR 43
o-class (continued) 3 s. and 1, 2, 3 pi.
hunow- to grow hune'^m
ka-munow- to grow badly ka-mune'm
Iclimow- to feel ill klime?m
menunow- to disappear menune^m
skunow- to grow well skune*?m
stunow- to be middle-aged stune^m
tenunow- to grow thickly tenune^m
teykunow- to grow together teykune^m
tunow- to grow ^une*?m
(13) Other irregular verbs, has- or hes-, e-class verb, to think, to
intend, always uses the stems ges- and yes- in its g- and y- forms (6.).
'>o ge*?s he thinks ?i yesek I think
hegol-, to say, has the following forms:
Singular
1 . hegolek' or helc
2. hegole'^m
3. he^m or ha*?m (the y-form is always ye^m, 6)
Plural
1 . hegoloh
2. hegolu?
3. hegolei or hei
kelpen-, e-class verb, to be thick, has an irregular third person plural
kelpenoi .
pke'^yel-, to be heavy, has irregular third persons singular and plural
pke?yo*?n and pke'^yonol.
skuyep-, e-class verb, to be good, has irregular third persons singular
and plural skuye'^n (besides skuyep) and skuya-nol.
tel-, to be ill, has the following forms:
Singular
1 . telelc or telogeU
2. tele*?m or teloge'^m
3. te'?l or teloga*? (a-class verb inflection, 13.141. IG)
Plural
1. teloge'?m(oh)
2. teloge'?m(o?w)
3. teloge*?m(e4-)
sonow-, to be, to do, has two collateral paradigms, the forms built on
the stem sonow- being the more common:
Singular ^ Plural
1. sonowoU or soneic 1. sonowo''?m(oh) or sone*?m(oh)
2. sonowo'?m or sone'^m 2. sonowo-^m(o^w) or sone?m(o*?w)
3. so'>n 3. sonowoi, sonowo*'?m(ei), or
sone'?m(e4)
44
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
G. a-class verbs. These verbs constitute a very small class, and apparently
occur only in the unipersonal indicative and pronominal prefix active para-
digms .
to put in order
skewip
Singular
1 . skewipafe
2. skewipa-9m
3. skewif)a'?
Plural
1. skewipah
2. skewi[Sa*?w
3. skewifSa-i
These other verbs belong to this class:
cu*p-, cewip- to tidy
ho-lejJ- to investigate
sken- to be bitter
(*?)wesk^en- to be branchy
13.141.2 Imperative
A. Imperative singular
The marks of the imperative singular are glottalization and final s.
For e- and o-class verbs the terminations are -<ies and -'?Ces, -60s
and -9C0S, where C represents the final consonant of the stem and C its
glottalized counterpart. The distribution of 6 and *?C is the same as for
the third person singular indicative forms (13.141.1). Verbs whose stems
end in *> , a glottalized consonant, or *>€- sinaply add -es or -os.
e-class
ho'^op- to make a fire
mur- to dodge
ni**?n- to look
sa'Vagoc- to talk Yurok
so*n- to raise
o-class
kohcew- catch
megel- to accompany
me'?womec- to come out
seyef5d- to singe
so*t- to go away
ho'?opes make a firei
muVres dodge I
ni?nes look!
sa*?ago6es talk Yurok!
so'?nes raise!
kohce? wos catch I
mege*?los accompany!
me'^womedos come outl
seyepcos singel
so'-fos go away!
(1) The verbs referred to in sections 13.141.1F(1) and 13.141. 1F(2) above,
form their imperative singulars as follows:
j-modifying verbs -tes, -Ces, or -Cjs, -Cjs
e-class: samjt- to beat, to kill samafes or samotas
o-class: nagayk- to help njgaykos or njgaykjs
Verbs whose stems end in hC-, in this case including both types of o-
class verbs, form their imperative singulars on a stem without this h.
Where the final stem consonant is c, k, k^, p^ or t, the imperative
singular termination is -*?6es or -*?(!;os; in verbs with any other final stem
consonant the termination is -*?Ces or -'^Cos.
vjrv/\iviivirt.n
^0
e-class
kahc- to sew
cawjhs- to point
o-class
trahk- to fetch water
tepohs- to fix
ka'^ces
cjwa*?ses or cawa^sjs
tra*?kos
tepo*?sos
Verbs whose stems end in consonant clusters as described in section
13.141.1F(3) form their imperative singulars analogously to their third
person singular indicative forms. In this case, however, e-class and
o-class verbs are involved.
e-class
hek^s- to find hek^ses
ho'k^c- to gamble ho-k^ces
(9)lepoyewt- to unbraid the hair (*?)lepoyew{es
no-yckw- to eat as a guest no*yclcWes
-class
nur*?urnc- to climb
'?eks- to close
nur*?urndos or nur'^urncas
*?eksos
e- and o-class verbs with stems ending hCC- behave in the sam.e manner
as the preceding verbs except that the
e-class
hahk^s- to laugh
ma*?ahsk- to spear
*?ahsp- to drink
o-class
ho'^omohtk- to hurt
h of the stem is replaced by *?.
ha'^kw^ses
ma^a*? sites
'^a'^spes
ho*?omo'?ifeos
(2) The following additional classes of imperative singular forms occur:
a. e-class verbs with stems ending ey- or oy- form their imperative
singulars by adding -es or -s to the stem (without *>); o-class verbs add
-os; j-modifying verbs of both classes have the alternative forms ending
-as.
e-class
kemey- to go home
nj*may- to sing
pelomoy- to fight
kemeyes or kemeys
nj'injyes, nj*mayjs, or na'mays
pelomoyes or pelomoys
o-class
ko*?moy-
to hear
ko*?moyos
But wohpey-
, to cross.
has wo'?peys.
b. e-class verbs with stems ending Cim- or Cum- and o-class verbs
with stems ending Cow- form their imperative singulars in 6es or '?Ces,
or '^Cus (according to the nature of C, see 13.141. 1) and *?Cowos
dn
respectively (stems that would give *<!;owos do not occur). Consonant clus-
ters occurring in place of C behave as described in section (1) above.
46
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
e-
■class
hohkum-
to make
knoksim-
to leave
rohsim-
to throw
teykelum
- to bite
tagum-
to talk to
o-
-class
nonow-
to fetch
ho'^kus
knokses
ro*?ses
teyke*?lus
ta^gus
no*? no wo s
But ceykum-, to bite, has ce'^ylcus.
c. e-class verbs with stems ending nem-. e-class verbs with stems
ending nem- have a shorter imperative singular form in nes as well as the
regular form. In the shorter form the initial consonant of the preceding
syllable is either glottalized or preceded by *? (see 13.141.1), unless a
glottalized consonant or *? occurs there as part of the stem.
kem.eyonem- to take home
ke'^yonem- to release
9ekonem- to hold
keme*?yones or kemeyone'^mes
ke'^yones or ke*?yone*?ines
^ekones or *?ekone^mes
d. Irregular imperative singular forms. The following irregular impera-
tive singular forms were found:
e-class
ceyohpin- to hide
hegol- to say
negem- to take
nep- to eat
pern- to cook
pi^iy- to gather mussels
regohpin- to fill
o-class
cpe'^roy- to listen
heg- to go
4- to take
4oyk- to try
sloyc- to descend
tm- to shoot
wen- to come
ceyo^E^ines or ceyohpi*?nes
hades
ne*?ges
neps or ne[5es
pemes or f5ems
pi'^is
rego*? pines
hecpe^r or cpe'^royos
hego'?oc
4?os
io'^ykos
slo'^ycos
tmo^os
wenos
B. Imperative plural
The imperative plural inflection is
as the plural indicative inflections.
e-class
cekcey- to sit
helomey- to dance
hohkum- to make
samat- to beat, to kill
o-class
ko*?nioy- to hear
wen- to come
-ek^ (-ak^) added to the same stem
cekceyekw
helomeye^mek^
hohkumek^
samatekw or sjmatakw
ko'^moyek^ or ko*?moyo-*?mekw
weno*?e*?mek^ or weno*?i*?mek^
GRAMMAR 47
L3.141.3 Passive
?V. Transitive verbs of both e- and o-classes have passive paradigms.
Passive stems are formed by the addition of -ey- or -oy-, according to
;he class of verb, to the active stem.
e-class
nekcen- to meet nekceney- to be met
o-class
4- to take ioy- to be taken
new- to see newoy- to be seen
tmo'l- to shoot tmo-loy- to be shot
All passives formed in this way are e-class verbs, irrespective of the
class of the active verb, and their paradigms are the same as for active
verbs except for the third person singular, which in all verbs is formed by
•i'> added to the active stem. There is no passive im.perative.
e-class: nekcen- to meet passive stem nekceney-
Singular
1. nekceneyeK (nekceneyle, 13.141.1F8)
2. nekceneye*?m
3. nekceni*?
Plural
1 . nekceneyoh
2. nekceneyu*?
3. nekceneyel (nekceney!)
o-class: tmo*l- to shoot passive stem tmo'loy-
Singular
1. tmoloyelc (tmo'loyk)
2. tmo'loye'^m
3. tmo-li*?
Plural
1. tmo-loyoh
2. tmo-loyu?
3. tmo*loye4 (tmo-loyl)
Passive plurals are regularly nonincremental,
B. Passive-inflecting intransitive verbs
Besides the passives formed irom active verb stems, a number of in-
transitive verbs, mostly denoting states or qualities, have the saii^e in-
flections as passives.
pa'?a-moy- to be wet 3 s. pa'^a-mi'?
Some of these have incremental plurals.
plohkeloy- (adjective, to be big, 13.221) 3 s. plohkeli*>
irregular incremental plural plohkeloy*? m(-)
But regular intransitives with stems ending in y- have the third person
singular -*?y.
48 THE YUROK LA.NGUAGE
segaOagey- to be rich 3 s. sega^age^y
C. a-modifying verbs
j-modifying active verbs may have j- modified passive stems in -jy-»
which then behave as j-modified e-class verbs except for the third person
singular indicative, which is -i'> .
nagayk- to help passive stem nagaykoy or njgaykay-
1 s. nagaykoyek (nag^koyk), nagaykjyelc (nagaykaylc), or nagjykayak
3 s. njgayki'?
ckiri§ay-, to doze, and some other verbs are passive-inflecting intransi-
tive verbs (B). Such verbs have only the ay- stem forms.
1 s. ckiriSjyelc (ckiriSayk) or ckiriSayjk
3 s. ckirisi*?
D. e-class verbs whose stencis end in im- form their passive stems by add-
ing -ey- to an active stem less im- .
cpinahpim- to wait for cpinahpey-
knoksim- to leave knoksey-
skewoksim- to want, to love skewoksey-
e-class verbs whose stems end in um- form their passives by adding
-ew, noninflecting, or -ewomoy-, to an active stem less um-.
no*nomceyum- to swear at no'nomceyew(omoy-)
teykelum.- to bite teykelew(omoy-)
E. Verbs whose active stem ends in y- form their third singular indicative
passive in -? (*yi being excluded from Yurok syllable structure, 5).
ko*?moy- to hear passive stem ko'^moyoy-
3 s. ko^moy*?
F. Verbs whose stems end in nem- form their passive steins by adding
-oy- to an active stem less em-.
ho'la*?anem- to bury with ho'la*?anoy-
something of value
mesi-gonem- to massage mesi-gonoy-
mulonem- to rub mulonoy-
sloyonem- to launch sloyonoy-
*?olonem- to carry Volonoy-
G. A small number of e-class verbs have a noninflected passive stem,
sometimes built on a slightly different form of the active stem.. The follow-
ing such verbs are found:
caOam- to boil ca^amew
ce^loht- to dry ce'?lohtemew
holim- to weave holimew
GRAMMAR
49
kahc- to sew
ina*?epet- to tie up
*?ohpuin- to feed
kahcemew
ma*?epoyew
^ohpumew
H. Passive stems in -el-
The following e-class verbs form their passive stems by the addition of
-el-. These inflect as active e-class verbs except for the third person singu
lar indicative, which is formed by -u*? added to the active stem.
hahk^s- to laugh (at) hahk^sel-
hek^s- to find hek^sel-"
lahc- to launch lahcel-
nayo't- to push myo'tel-
negem- to take negemel-
nek- to put nekel-
nep- to eat nepel-
pem- to cook penael-
pewom- to cook pewomel-
tagawjm- to speak to tJgawjmel-
Third singular
hahk^su*?
hek^su*?
lahcu*?
myotu*?
negemu*?
neku*?
nepu*?
pemu*?
pewomu*?
tagjwamu*?
nahc-, t<3 give, has passive stem nahcel- but third singular nahce'^1.
I. Irregular* passive stems
The following e-class verbs have irregularly formed passive stems:
Third singular
ceyohpey-
hegey- or hegoy-
hohkel-
ho-^ylcel-
incremental plural,
ho*'?ylceli'?m(-)
Icewoloy-
la'yolew(omoy-) or
la-yolumel-
leko-moy- or
leko*mel-
lewoleyt- to puU along lewoley-
ceyohpin- to hide
hegol- to say
hohkum- to work
ho-^ylcet-. to lose
Icewet- to dye
la-yolum- to teach
leko-t- tO) stab
hegi*? or hi*?
hohku?
ho**?ylcu*?
la'yolumu*?
merkum- to e^c up
lekomeyt- to put
no*lum- to love
samat- to beat, to kill
tmohkeloyt- to break
(trans.)
yu*lomoc- to steep
merkewpel-
lekomey-
rio-lew(omoy-) or
no^Ju.mel-
samjyjiw^y- (inflect-
ing like ckirisay-,
C)
tmohkeloy-
yu*lomoy-
leko'mu*?
lewole*?y
merku*?
lekome^y
no'lumu'?
From 1-, to take, o-ciass vgfb, there IB besides the regular passive
toy-, to be taken, a stem io*mel-, third singular io*me*?l, to have taken
away, to lo^e.
Incremental plural hekWseU'?m(-).
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
J. Syntax of passive verbs
The agfont or instrument of a passive verb is usually preceded by the
preposition inei. See 16.2F(1) and 16.2F(2).
nek kic teykelt>wonioyek mei leyes I have been bitten by a snake
samayawiv cuci& mei ha*?a*g the bird was killed with a stone
Sometimes the agent or instrument stands alone without mei as an inde-
pendent subject, in a sente-nce of the type described in 10.25.
nekah lekome*?y '^o '^o'^lep it was put away by us in the house (as for us,
it was put away in the housto)
nekah wi? cpi *?ekoni*? ku nepuy the salmon is held by us alone
wit ho so- weyki*? wohpekumew so it was ordained by Wohpekumew
nahcel-, to be given, and io-mel-, to h^ve taken away, may construct
with an object nominal referring to what is given or lost.
yo*? nahce*?l ku *?yoc he was given the boat
kiti io-melelc ku ^nek^ol I shall lose my fishing rock
The third person singular passive may be used impersonally.
ho-kck- to chip obsidian blades
ho-kcki? they chipped obsidian blades
lahc- to launch
lahcu*? a boat is launched, a journey is made by water
ioyk- to try
temaloh ioyki*? we tried for a long time
A third person singular passive is sometimes formed on intransitive verb
stems for use in this construction.
i*?ac- to hit bottom, to stick (of a boat)
niki cu ^o ^*?jci'> we hit bottom all the way
13.141.4 Pronominal prefixes
A, All verbs, active and passive, have pronominal prefix forms, in which
the pronominal prefixes described in 11.35 and following, under Nominals,
are added to verb stems.
The prefix forms are subject to the same rules of distribution and vowel
harmony as with nouns, but verbs whose stems begin hVg- do not have ?
before the g in their pronominal prefix forms as do nouns of that class. See
11.353.
The personal inflections in inflected verbs in this paradigm are the same
as the first person singular indicative for all three persons in the singular,
and the same as the corresponding three personal inflections of the indica-
tive in the plural.
e-class: sega'^agey- to be rich
GRAMMAR
51
Singular
1' (^^nesega'?ageyelc(-eyk)
See 141.1F(8).
2. ItefipgaOaffevek
3. ('?)wesega*>ageyelc
o-class: tmo-1- to shoot
Singular
1. (?)netnio-lok
2. ketmo-lok
3. (?)wetmo-lok
a-class: skewip- to put in order
Singular
1. ('^)nff|?kewif5ak
2. k^skewiE5ak
3- ('Oweskewipak
Plural
1. (^)nesega*?ageyoh
2. kesega'?ageyu'?
3. ('?)wesega*?ageyei (-eyl)
Plural
1. (?)netmo'loh
2. ketmo*lo'?w
3. (*?)wetmo-lo4
Plural
1. (*?)neskewipah
2. keskewipa*?w
3. ('?)weskewipa'4
Noninflected verb: tewomei to be glad
Singular and plural
1- ('?)netewoniei
2* l^etewomei
3- ('?)wetewoniei
Passivfe stem: newoy- to be seen
('^''^tenewoyek , etc.
Verbs \vhose stems begin with k, k, k^, k^, m, p, p, w, and *?w
Bfix'?!;- for the third person (cf. 11.351).
ko'>mG>- to hear
3 s. *?uko^moyok
3 pi. '?uko'?moyoi
Vowel harmony of prefix and initial syllable of stem operates in verbs in
i same manner as in nouns (11.352). ^-modifying verbs that are also sub-
it to prefix vowel harmony are either vowel harmonized throughout or not
all.
^ahsp- to drink
samJl;- to beat, to kill
('?)ne'?ahspek, etc. or ('?)na'?ahspek, etc.
('?)nesamatek , etc. or ('?)nasamatak, etc.
h initial verbs (cf. 11.353)
hegol- to say
helomey- to dance
himo*reyow- to hurry
hunkeks- to open
(*?)negolek, etc.
('?)nelomeyek, etc. (-eyk, etc.)
(•?)nehimo*reyowok, etc.
(*?)nunkeksok, etc., 3 s. *?unkeksok
The pronominal prefix forms of has- or hes-, to think, are always based
the stem hes- .
(*?)nesek, etc.
52 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
D. Impersonal verbs, which have no first person singular indicative forms,
have their third person singular pronominal prefix forms built up in the
same way as other verbs.
tenpewei to rain 3 s. ('?)wetenpewe4elc
Second person plural forms when used indefinitely (13.141.1C) have third
person prefixes.
meyk^ele*?wey- to mourn plural mu-'?ni(-), 2 pi. '?umu*'?mo*?w
E. Incremental, irregular, and suppletive plurals in the indicative are also
used in the pronominal prefix paradigms.
kepoyur- to swim plural increment -i'?ni(-)
Plural
1. (*?)nekepoyuri'?m(oh)
2. lcekepoyuri'?m(o'?w)
3. *?ukepoyuri'?m(el)
ro*?op- to run plural ro'^opoh, etc. or noninflected lo*?omah
Plural
1. (*?)nero'?opoh or (•?)nelo*?omah
2. kero'?opu'? or Icelo'^omah
3. (*>)wero*?ope4 or ('?)welo'?omah
hegol-, to say, uses only the stem hegol- for its pronominal prefix forms^
('?)negolelc, etc.
F. Passive stems ending in -el- which have their third person singular
iruiicative in -u*? (13.14i.3H) use this termination, and not the first person
&mgtf Jar termination in their third person singular pronominal prefix forms,
jiek- to put passive stem nekel- 3 s. (*?)weneku'?
But nahc-, to give, passive stem nahcel-, third singular indicative
nahce*?!, has third singular pronominal prefix (*?)wenahcelek.
G. Verbs with short stems used with pronominal prefixes
Some verbs have a short noninflected stem used only with the pronominal
prefixes, and freely alternating with the full stem in this context (cf, 11.355),
sa'*?agoc- to speak Yurok ('?)nesa-*?, etc. or (*?)nesa'*?agocek, etc.
wa*?soyow to be poor ('?)newa'?, etc. or ('?)newa'?soyowol^, etc.
H. Forms with plural increment + -ek
A few verbs which have incremental plurals form a third person pronomi-
nal prefix form by the addition of -eld to the incremental stem.
plur. 3 pi,
heg- to go le^mC-) (*?)wele*?mek
GRAMMAR 53
plur. 3 pi.
ho-le'?rn(-) to be around (plural verb) (•?)wo*le^melc
k^omiec- to return kWomie'?m(-) ?uk^omie*?nielt
la-y- to pass layevm(-) <*?)wela*ye'?nielc
ma-y- to pass nia*ye'?ni(-) *?unia*ye*?nieli
moyk- to die nioyke*?ni(-) ^umoyke^melc
At least in the case of ho*le'?ni(-) the regular form ('?)wo-le'?niei is
lIso used.
. son, noninflected verb = sonow-, to be, has a regular third person
orm ('?)weson, and an irregular form "^uson, with a specific use mean-
ng "like" or "made of" (see 13.16).
. Verbs formed from pronominal prefixed nouns
Three verb stems are themselves formed fronn nouns with pronominal
refixes. These verbs take further pronominal prefixes in this paradigm.
*?u*ksey- to bear children
< *?uk, third person prefix form of hu'k, child
pronominal prefix forms ('?)ne*?u-kseyek, etc.
('?)wahpew- to marry (of a man)
< (•?)wahpew, third person prefix form of *hahpew, wife
prononninal prefix forms (o)ne'>wahpewolc, etc.
(*?)wegah, (o)wegahpemew to be married
< (*?)wahpemew, third person prefix form of *hahpemew, spouse, with
-eg- infix. See 13.151.51.
pronominal prefix forms (*?)ne'?wegah(pemew), etc."^^
. Syntax of the pronominal prefix forms
The pronominal prefix forms of the verb have four syntactic functions:
*i. Used as the main or sole verb in some statement or question sen-
nces. Here they are much less common than indicative forms, and
)pear to have certain stylistic implications.
ii. Used facultatively or obligatorily with certain adverbs, conjunc-
3ns, and preverbal particles. Where indicative forms may be also used
ere is apparently no stylistic difference between the two constructions.
iii. A pronominal prefix form of a verb may act as a verbal noun or
>minal substitute.
iv. Used to subordinate a verb or verbal group to the main verb or
•edicative word or to another subordinate verb in the sentence. This is
e most frequent use of these forms. The subordinated verb or verb
•oup usually follows the main verb, but not invariably so.
(1) The pronominal prefix as main verbs
a. As main verb of statements:
to? wi keskuyah you are doing fine
wi*?i*t wi*? weson this is the same
wek nimi wi'? weson this is not the same
wek wi§ wenewo'lc this is what he saw
*Cf. wey '?u'?wegah, to get a divorce (lit., to finish being married).
54 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
wek wi '?o '?uma*ye*>melc ku le*?nioni this is where the travelers pass
pecik *>! '?nenie'?w I come from up river
mosi *?wegoyi it was not meant of them (mos hegoyl, they were not
told, cf. 14.22 No. 48)
kic *?i "^weson it is time, we are ready
wohpewk "^umewecek the wind is in the west
wit *?i numi mei wecahcew that is why it is difficult
tu*? wo*ro'?r then he ran off
ni wi*? nemoskocicek^^ I am just lending it to you
b. As main verb of questions:
kus no*l wi me lcele'?mo'?w how far did you all go?
ti*?nisow wi*? weskewok what does he want (what do they want)?
kus weson how did it happen?
ti'^ni*? keskewok what do you want?
ti'?ni'? Icohkumek *?© yo*? what are you doing here?
to*? wi*? no*?oi kic ki *?na*?ahspi*?moh can we now drink in our homes?
kus wi kesoc what did you say?
kus *?elek^ wi ki *?nesonowolc what on earth can I do about it?
muscen hes koloni keskewoksis*?o'?^® do you really like them?
kelew kus *?! keme*?wome'?mo*?w where are you people from?
c. The uses of these forms with certain preverbai particles and con-
junctions are dealt with under the words concerned (14, 17).
Pronominal prefix fornas are used with the following adverbs among
others:
niko*?l, '?iko*?4, cpikah, scey always
niko*?i welmeyowoi they are always mean
nekah niko*?! pulekuk ni nu 9no*le*?moh we always go down to the river
mouth
niko*?l koloni *?welohpek ku mo*?ohpir the fog always seems to come in
lumps
niko*?i ko*?l kero^opek you are always running off somewhere
spegi* niko*?! kyus *?o '?we'?ekolek a hawk is always hovering over there
niko*?i wetenpeweiek it is always raining
'?iko'?l *?uwesepek he is always cleansing himself
cpikah ne*?a*?gjh I am always yawning
numi scey nek^esk^esek I have always got a cold
kos*?elason, kos*?elson may it be that .... etc.
kos*?elason *?ukemeyek I wish he would go home
kos*?elson wewecel 1 hope they get well
kos*?elson me ko *?nenohpewek I wish I had gone in
kos'?elson kiti *?weskeweg I hope the weather gets fine
kos'?elson nu '?neci*ge*?loh I wish we could go seaweed gathering
See also 15.713.
*?a-wokw alas, etc.
"Bipersonai form. See 13.142.
^*BipersonaI form. See 13.142.
GRAMMAR 55
'^a-wok^ welepelelc weweceic ku '?nekucos alas, my grandmother's life
is a burden to her (the second verb weweceic is acting as a verbal noun,
13.141.4K2.
^uweyu-n the most .... ever, etc.
to*? *?elek^ wi *?uweyu-n Icekimolah you are the worst person I have ever
seen
This adverb may also be used with indicative verb forms.
wi*? '?uweyu*n to'^m ki pu*k this is the biggest deer I have ever seen
cum.e*?y how! etc.
cume'?y si *?nelkyork^oy^' how I wish you had seen us I
(*?)wenu-woyl4 , the most . . . ever, etc. (third person pronominal prefix
form of nu-woy-, passive stem of new-, to see, with e/u- alternation, see
13.152. 2A.
to*? wi *?wenu'Woylc *?uka*mopelc I have never seen such rough water
kitwa{ay§ very much, too mtuch
ke'?l kitwofayS Itahk^selc you are laughing too much
(2) Pronominal prefix forms used as verbal nouns
As subject of a verb:
kepew skewo'?m your cooking smells good
lek^o*?! '^umu-^mo'^w the mourning filled the air (cf. 13.141.4D)
skuye*>n nenepelc lei nepuy it is good for me to eat the salmon
rewkWo*?n wecwin he speaks softly
ni molt^hes ItohsepeU are you not ashamed (lit., is there not your being
ashamed)?
numi poyweson kerurowolt your singing is first rate
nimi sku'?y weson it is not good that it should have happened
sku*?y Iceson good for you I
ta'^ani'? newecelc I am hot and bothered (lit,, my living is hot)
As predicate:
k^elek^ ku ro-wo'?s wi§ wesewepek it is the breath of the pipes
(equational sentence, 10.22)
(3) Subordinating uses of pronominal prefix verb forms. Verbs sub-
ordinated to transitive verbs often correspond in translation to nominal ob-
ject clauses, but those subordinated to intransitive verbs often translate
into coordinate verbs. In the formal structure of Yurok sentences there is
no difference between transitive and intransitive main verbs as far as this
^Bipersonal form. See 13,142.
56 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
construction is concerned. In this subordinated function the pronominal pre-
fix forms are often preceded by one of the preverbal particles ki and ku,
without any specific reference to future time which is otherwise implied by
these particles (see 14,21 Nos. 10, 11, and 12).
The following set of examples is intended to illustrate the extensive use
of these forms in this construction and the variety of English sentence types
into which it may translate.
nek skewok ki *?nesega'?ageyelc I want to be rich
yo*? skewok ki *?ukemeyeli he wants to go home^^
nek wi soninepelc ki "^negok I think I will go
kic wey '^u'^wegah he has got a divorce (lit., ended his marriage)
nek newo'k ke^l kepsec wegok I saw your father go
ko^moyok yo*? weteget I heard him crying
skewok kelew ki kemegelo*?w I want you all to come with me
nek ko'^oyumek ki kem wohku*? ki '?o'?le4 I am paying for the house to be
repaired
niki nia to*'?moh nela-yo^omah then we all passed by in a group (lit., we
were all together— we passed by)
•^iki to-'^m wo*k^cei they were all gambling
seki'^nes kekenikwecok steer as hard as you cani (lit., make an effort—
you steer I )
k^oycok wi*? ho "^neso'sek I thought this over slowly (lit., I went slowly
— I thought of it)
mos sku*?y'ki keteloyewek it is not good for you to tell lies
nekah ki yo*le*?moh ki *?nenegi'?n we are going around looking for it
tu*? regorku '>upljwanayk the waves were running up making it high water
telogumek ku ke*?l ho keteloyewek mel nek I am annoyed that you told
lies about me
niko*?! necpawjk ku me *?neni*ge*?yoh^^ I always remember the walk we
took together
mel nek neskuyahpelek wi? mei so*?n it came about through my good
offices
nimoksu nohtenel wo-le^mei they are unable to walk
piska-4 mel lohpi*?l kiti *?weten the clouds are gathering from the sea,
so it will rain
kiki cu wo'^ik le*?naoh neko*yck^oh we will all go in and buy it
ko'^mi teno* wi*? ni *?wero*?oh tepo* there are too many trees growing here
ku ho *?upelepek mei cwegin he was telling of the fighting
nek so ko korek newecek I was the sole survivor (lit., 1 was alone— I
lived)
yo*? kelac skewok ki kenewoyek she wants to see you (lit., she wants
you— you will be seen)
kegeycek ku mewah ku ho ?welo?omah the boys are tired with running
together
CO loyko^w kesa*'?agocu'? try to speak Yurokl
nek cpinah nepa'^ah ki *?weta'?ano-peli I am waiting for my water to get hot
nek tewomel ki kic ho kjnagjy I am glad that you helped
nimi wo nahcelek ki '^neikyork^elc I was not allowed to watch
It may be noticed that skewok(sim-), to want, is regularly followed by a pronominal
prefix form, while has-, hes-. to think, to intend, is normally followed by an indicative
form, which may be regarded as coordinate. See 10.322. E.g., nek skewok ku ^nekepo-
yurek, I want to go swimming, nek haseU ku kepoyurek, I think I will go swimming.
^*Dual form. See 13.144.2.
GRAMMAR 57
ni ma ckeno*? ki mei ne'>e'?gah it was very little for us to eat
newoyeU nelomeyek I was seen dancing
hewon wenewoyi wo*gey negi'^il when they were first seen, the white
men went in pairs
kic wey wo-le*?meU 9o-i the end of the people has come (lit., the people
have finished being around)
wit *?ini meroge*?y ki *?we4o-4 we'^yoh thus it was easier for them to get
their wood
ko newocek^^ kic kenes I saw you as you arrived
ki tene'?m kenowonemek nepuy you will bring many salmon (lit., there
will be many— you will bring salmon)
kohci vwenesk^ecolc *?ap ko9mo'?y once as he came back he heard it
Verbs meaning "to perceive," "to feel," "to hear," "to see," etc., are often
followed by (*?)nesek, kesek, or (*?)wesek, pronominal prefix forms of hes-,
to think, introducing an indicative or, more rarely, a further pronominal
prefix verb form. The singular forms (*?)nesek, etc., are used indifferently
with singular and plural main verbs.
no-4 90 cpowak nesek kyu*? ni "^ok^ neci-k then I remembered my money
was there
imeyork^o'^m wesek k^elek^ mulco*? now so'tok^ he was afraid it
might perhaps go away
*?o newo'^m wesek ku *?o'>lei ho so* sloylketi*? then he saw that the house
had been swept like that
komcumel wesek nekah wi*? cpi '?ekoni*? ku nepuy they knew that the
salmon was held by them (lit., us, 10.322).
After a passive verb of perception the pronominal prefix forms of hesey-,
the passive stem, are used.
kolo ^i newi*? weseyek ko*?l so-k poy ^uweno'^omurei it seemed that some
things were swimming in front
In some sentences a pronominal prefix form preceded by the preverbal
particle ku functions as a temporal clause. In such cases it frequently pre-
cedes the main verb.
ku kic ho *?uko*?moyok mesi hego*>l when he heard it he went
ku ke'?l kenes "^o ge*?s pecan wis ki ^o'^l when you cam.e he decided to
stay a while
ku wonik werohpek ku '?wo'?ipe'?y *?umera* '?oga*?m ku mewimor as the
smoke from the angelica root drifted upwards the old man spoke
ku pulek^ nele*?moh co no*i ku kekesomewet ^o lo-te'?m ku nepuy when
we reach the river mouth throw the salmon on to your left side!
CO? mesi mei lo-'^m ku kenesk^ecok get it there when you come backl
L. Separation of the prefix from the verb
The pronominal prefixes are normally inseparable from the verb stem,
but in some cases where the verb is endocentrically expanded by an adverb,
adverbial phrase formed with so* (14.21 No. 39), or by certain preverbal
particles, the prefix may be added to one of these words in the verbal group.
The adverbg ^^^ particles concerned are also, and more frequently, used
''^^P^^^%al form. See 13.142.
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
with the pronominal prefixes added to the stem of the verb, and there appears
to be no difference in meaning between the positions of the prefixes.
With adverbs:
niki *?uko*si ten it was raining everywhere
kic toktomoyei ki '^umuc megetolkWepei**^ they are old enough now to
look after themselves
With adverbial phrases:
^iki newolc ku kesku*?y so* ^o'k then I saw that you lived a good life
With preverbal particles:
numi tewomel ku Icema no'?monemelc ku '^nu'k I am very glad that you
carried my child
sku*?y SO' ko'?moyo*?w hes ki ni ^neso* toh do you all hear us talking well?
kem ki niki Iceso* negemeK and then you will carry it in this way
ke*?l kus wi keso- soc what do you mean?
ti*?nisow wi*? Icemei nu nes what have you come for?
tu*? smecoy wis '?umei lo'lc then it was a deerskin he took for him
nek komcumel:^ wi Icemei hasek I know why you think so
ma, so* and mei were the only preverbal particles that were found
to take pronominal prefixes.
13.141.5 Pronominal prefixes with indicative verb forms
Apart from the paradigms described in the preceding sections, a set of
verb forms occurs in which the third person pronominal prefix is added in
accordance with the rules given above to the indicative forms of verbs. This
process is confined to intransitive verbs and noninflected verbs and is much
less common than the occurrence of the forms described above. These forms
are syntactically equivalent to indicatives and have the general meaning of
"superlative." They are often preceded by the adverb numi, very.
(*?)wesk^eloyow-, first type o-class verb to be brave
Singular
1. (numi) '?u'?wesk^eloyowolc I am the bravest of them all
2. (numi) *?u'?wesk^eloyowo*?m you are the bravest of them all
3. (numi) *?u*?wesk^elo*?y he(she) is the bravest of them all
Plural
1. (numi) *>u*?wesk^eloyowoh we are the bravest of them all
2. (numi) '?u'?wesk^eloyowoh you are the bravest of them all
3. (numi) *?u*?wesk^eloyowoi they are the bravest of them all
Noninflecting verbs have the one form for all persons.
tewomel to be glad: (numi) (*?)wetewome4, to be the most glad of all
With such verbs the parallelism of syntactic function and meaning must
be used to justify the assignment of the form to this set rather than to the
prononunal prefix paradigm.
"Reflexive form. See 13.143.1.
GRAMMAR
59
13.141.6 Attributive
A striking feature of the Yurok verbal system lies in the presence of an
Attributive paradigm, whose principal syntactic function is the formation
of clauses as endocentric expansions of nouns or as nominal substitute groups,
including what correspond to relative clauses in European languages. In-
flected verbs have separate forms for each persons, though for certain per-
sons the forms are identical with the indicative forms. Noninflected verbs
can be used in similar constructions, the syntactic structure of the sentence
making clear their function.
A. The regular inflections of the attributive paradigm are as follows:
e-class verbs
Singular
1. -oh
2. -om
3. -in
Plural
1 . -oh (= Indie)
2. nonincr. -uh
incr. -o'?w (z Indie.)
3. nonincr. -in
incr. -oni
o-class verbs
Singular
1. -oh,^^ -ol, -o-loh
2. -o'mom» -o'lom
3. -omin, -oh,^ -o'?mi§, -ok^in,
-olin, -o*?lis
Plural
1. -oh^^ (= Indie.)
2. nonincr. -o*mom, -o*lom
incr. -o*?w (= Indie.)
3. nonincr. -omin, etc. as sing,
incr. -oni
Regular incremental forms alternate with nonincremental forms in the
third person plural, as in the indicative (13. 141. IE).
e-class: nep- to eat^*
Singular
1 . nepoh
2. nepom
3. nepin
Plural
1. nepoh, nepi*>moh
2. nepuh, nepi'?mo*?w
3. nepin, nepi*?m.oni
o-class: kohto-liS- to hit
Singular
1. kohto'liSoh
2. kohto'liso-mom
3. kohto*li§omin, kohto*li§oh,
kohto*li§o'?mi§
Plural
1. kohto'lisoh, kohto*liso-'?moh
2. kohtoliso-mom., kohtoliso''?mo*?A^
3. kohto-lisomin, etc.,
kohtoliso-'?moni
The third singular and plural inflection -omin and -oh are generalized
with o-class verbs of both main types (13. 141. IB), e.g., ko'?moy-, to
hear, first type verb, third singular indicative ko*?mo'?y, third singular
and third plural attributive ko'?moyomin or ko'?moyoh.
B. o-class verbs whose third singular indicative inflection is -o*?m have
an alternative third singular attributive in -o'?nii§, as kohto'li§-, above.
-o- in place of -oh; new- has the two inflections as
^^Monosyllabic o-class verbs have
free variants.
For convenience verbs having both incremental and nonincremental plurals have been
chosen, so that both sets of plural inflections may be exhibited on the same stem.
60 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
o-class verbs with third singular indicative in -olc^, have their third
singular and third plural attributive in -ok^in only.
wen- to come wenok^in
Of this group those with alternative third singular indicative -o*?l
have alternative third singular and third plural inflections -olin and
-o'?liS. Such verbs also have alternative first person singular -ol or
-o-loh besides -oh, and second person singular and second person plural
-o'loni besides -o*monri.
so't- to go 1 s. sotoh, so*tol, or so*to'loh
2 s., 2. pi. so'to-mom or so'to'lom
3 s., 3. pi. so-tok^in, so-tolin, or
so-to*?li§
Monosyllabic o-class verbs whose third singular indicative is -olcW
have the attributive form in -ohk^in,
*?- to be 3 s. indie. *?olcW
3 s., 3 pi. attrib. ^ohk^in
C. a-modifying verbs
a-modification affects the vowels of the attributive inflections of
a-modifying verbs.
njgayk- , o-class verb to help
Singular
1 . nagaykoh or nagaykah
2. nagjyko-mom or njgjyka-mam
3. nagaykoniin, nagaykoh, nagayko*?mi§, or
nagaykamin, nagjykah, nagayka?mi§
Plural
1 . nagjykoh or nagaykah
2. nagayko'mom or nagayka*m.jni
3. nagaykomin etc. or nagaykamin etc,
D. e-class verbs with stems ending iC- have third singular and third
plural (nonincremental) -in added to a ^tem ending eC-.
regohpin- to fill regohpenin
skewoksim- to love skewoksemin
E. e-class verbs whose stems end in y- have third singular and third
plural (nonincremental) attributive in -n (*yi being excluded from Yurok
syllable structure, 5).
cekcey- to sit cekceyn
la-y- to pass la-yn
Those with stems ending iy- add -n to a stenx ending i--.
pi*?iy- to gather mussels pi*?i'n
-jCr^fiCrBru
TuriiiCrSru ao raoaf^rSru so -Xo^iCrSru dxaq o; ->i7Cr3ru
'Tur- JO TUO
aAT;nqiJUTB i^jnid patq; puB jbioSuts paiq; aABq sqjaA aAissBd SuTiCjtpoui-r
•^Bp *unou B SB pasn o&xb 'uXooa
aApnqiJUB ;nq 'oT^s^ aAT^BOjpuT JBinSuis paiq; SBq nq^TT^Bp aq o; '-iCooa^
TuoifXaM -iCo^^aM qstuij o; -jfiCaM
tuos:j10U5^ .Xas5iou5t aABaj o; -tuisafou^f
TuouaD:>fau -Xauao^^au ;aaxii o; -uao^fau
•qtJUH 'id g "s e uia;s aAisSBd
•sqaaA aAj^oB sb auiBS aq^ suosaad x^b ut ajB -xa- ut sxua;s aAtssBd
*-uin JO -uiT ssax uia;s aAT^DB aq; o
pappB ST TUO- qoTqM ut '-uin jo -uit 3uTpua suia;s q;TAV sqjaA ssBxo-a j<
asBD aq; ut ;daoxa 'uia;s aA^OB aq; o; pappB 'sassBXO q;oq aoj tuo- s
uoT^oaxjuT xnanxd puB JBxnSuTS uosaad pjjq; aq; ;Bq; ;daDxa sqjaA"aAT;ot
SB suijoj aAT;nqTj;;B auiBS aq; aABq (ag-x^T'Cl) suiSTpBaBd aAT;BDTpu
aBXTUiTS q;TM sqaaA aAT;TSUBj;uT puB -Xo- puB -iCa- ut STaa;s aATSSBj
saAT;TiqTa;;B aATSSB^] -f;
*XPA^ SB sqaaA jaq;o q;TM sjnooo aAT;TiqTj;;B uosjad pjTq; aq; jo uiaoj
STq; ;Bq; aiqTSSOd ST ;t ;nq 'sa;ou Xui ut saxduiBxa iCxuo aq; ajB aAoqB aqj,
(X60xa3aTU
-to *M>loxa3aiu
'IC^BqVCL 'OTpUT
(suiaoj aBxn3aa aq; sapjsaq) gji^agaui s g) yCuBduiODOB o; -xaSaui
SSBXO-O
(HS'T^T'CT 'uia;s
§Ti69oqBu aATSSBd) uaAjg aq o; -xaoqBU
STu^ax.oq jT3a^ o^ -uax-oq
ssBxo-a
•§TD6- UT suot;
-oaxjuT xBJnxd paiq; puB jbxt^uts paiq; ajaq; aABq sqaaA Butmoxxoj aqx *
§TD6- UT iBanxd pajq; puB JBxnBujs payqx '^
•uraio;^o; puB uttuo; aAT;nqTa;;B x^anxd
paxq; puB aBinSuTS pajq; aABq (ui60;^o; puB ui^o; aAT;BDTpuT aBxnSuTS paTui)
saoaTd UT aq o; 'oSb a;TUTjap b aq o; ^-Xouio;>io; puB ';xnpB aq o; '-^uio;
<*^'^^ auTj B ^Bd o; -m.biu
uiaoj aAT;BDTpuT aq; asn ;nq 'Tuaoi
aAT;nqTa;;B x^^nxd uosaad puooas ou aABq -m Suipua staa;s q;TM asoqx
qn>[ax.o^ dxuBo o; -j^^i^ho^
'{{L)Al'\J^\-£l 'JO) -31 SuTpua uia;s b o; pappB uoT;oaxjUT aAT;nqTa;;B
TBanxd uosaad puooas ajaq; aABq -^^ SuTpua sma;s q;tAv' sqaaA ssBXO-a
^^ HVWKVHO
62
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
Verbs with stems ending jy- and inflecting as passives (13,141.3C)
have only the form -ani.
ckiriSay- to doze
ckirisani
Similarly samayjway-, to be beaten, to be killed* has only sjmayawani
(13.141.31).
H. Besides passive verbs and similarly inflecting active verbs, a num-
ber of o-class intransitive verbs, including all such verbs with stems
ending in ow- and some others, form their third singular and (nonincre-
mental) plural attributives by adding -oni to the stem.
hunow- to grow hunowoni
sekeyow- to be hard sekeyowoni
stunow- to be middle-aged stunowoni
In addition to these verbs the transitive verb sonow-, to be, to do,
has sonowoni.
The following o-class verbs also form their third person singular and
(nonincremental) plural attributives by adding -oni to their stems:
mewi*?ron- to be long
and smooth
no-rew- to be pretty
sekitk- to be strong
syahlew- to be very rich
welog- to be fat
ten- to be much, to be
many, adds -oni to a
stem tenow-
mewi*?rononi
no-rewoni
sekitkoni
syahl ewoni
welogoni
tenowoni
The following e-class verbs form their third singular and (nonincre-
mental) plural attributives in -i, sometimes on a slightly different stem
ck^ek^on- to be shallow
ho-?ykel- to be lost
(passive of ho-*>ylcet-,
13.141.31
keipen- to be thick
kimolep- to be bad (3 s. indie.
kimole*?n. 13.141.1F(5))
ka-con- to be ridgy
kyoyk^on- to be slimy
lekol- to fall (3 s. indie.
leko^n. 13.141.1F(5))
ikek^ol- to be lame (3 s. indie.
lkekWo?n, 13.141.1F(5))
4?u4k^on- to explode
pa*>an- there is water
rewk^on- to be soft
peyogen- to be rotten
poik^en- to be moldy
ck^elc^oni
ho**?ylceni
kelpeni
kimoleni
kj[*cani
Icyoyk^oni
lekoni
lkek%ni
4*?u4k%ni
pa*?ani
rewk^oni
peyogeni
polk^eni
GRAMMAR
63
sa-won- to be cold
skuyep- to be good
(3 s. indie. skuye*?n,
13.141.1F(13))
sa-pan- to be light (weight)
tektekon- to be sticky, to
grow in tufts
tepon- to be fixed
tik^on- to be broken
tohtl^on- to be rigid
t^yon- to be nice
{yoyk^on- to be slippery
{weyk^on- to be straight
sa-woni
skuyeni
sapani
tektekoni
teponi
tik^oni
tohtk^oni
twoni
lyoyk^*"
''oni
■fweyk"^
The following verbs add -ani to their stems to forna their third per-
son singular and plural attributives. These verbs do not have third per-
son attributives without this a-modification.
e-class
mirwjn-
tapayap-
the waves run up
to be cold
mirwanani
tapayawjni
36
o-class: all intransitive verbs with stems ending in aw-
mamayjw- to be handsome
mamayawJni
The following e-class verbs add -oni to a different stem frona that used
for other inflections (except la-y-).
ka-mo*?mol- to smell bad
la-y- to pass
pke^yel- to be heavy
puso**?mel-
sega^agey-
skewoikey-
skewo^mol-
so-no^mol-
to smell of musk
to be rich
to be generous
to smell good
to smell (intr.)
swo*^mel- to smell (intr.)
tel- to be ill
ka-mio'^mononi
la-yoni (in wogi or wo^ik la*yoni, half)
beside la-yn, la'ye'moni
pke^yononi
puso'^mononi
sega'^ageyowoni (beside segaTageyn)
skewoikeyowoni
skewo*? m.ononi
so-no^mononi
swo**?mononi
telogoni, besides telin, teloge'moni
I. Syntax of the attributive forms
(1) In simple noun + verb predicative sentences in which the verb is
intransitive, the third person attributive form may be used instead of the
indicative. In such cases the verb precedes the noun.
ploksin (or ploks) ne^yoc my boat is wide
skuyeni (or skuye'n) wi *?o-4 he is a good man (lit,, this man is good).
(2) However, as was said in 13.141.6, above, the attributive forms of
the verb are mainly used to form endocentric expansions of nouns, and to
form nominal substitute clauses. As is seen in the survey of the fornas.
^*Cf. ku mirwanani, the water line.
64 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
certain personal forms are the same in the attributive and indicative, and .'
was found that even where separate attributive forms were available indica-
tives might be freely used in their place, provided ambiguity did not result.
In the examples which follow, sentences are given showing attributive forms
used and also indicative forms in place of them, as well as noninflected
verbs where, naturally, the formal distinction between the two categories
of the verb does not apply. It was found that the use of indicative forms whe:
separate attributive forms were available was more frequent with speakers
whose command of the language was less extensive.
a. Type 1 constructions. Third person attributive + Noun « Nominal
Phrase. In this construction the attributive immediately precedes the noun,
skuyeni pegak good man (good men)
skuVy soninepin wencok^s healthy woman (healthy women)
nahksemi lok kic tomin nu-k my child of three years
With noninflecting verb:
newolc no-rew we*?yono*? I saw some pretty girls
Indicative forms were not found used in this construction.
b. Type 2 constructions. Constructions of type 1 may be preceded by
an article Iti or ku,
ku plohkeloni ha*?a*g the big rock(s)
ku lekoni pegak kic ko*?l so*?n the man who fell down has died
lei pelonieye*?moni pegak the men who are fighting
lei wi *?o teponi tepo* the tree(s) that grow(s) here.
With noninflecting verb:
ku wi *?o tek ha?a-g the rock(s) standing there
With indicative verb:
ku sega*?ageye*?in pegak kic ko'^l le*?m the rich men have gone away
somewhere
The verb or verbal group may follow the head noun in which case the
article is used before each element.
ku pegak ku lekoni kic ko*?l so^n the man who fell down has died
kus soninefJ ku wencok^s ku le*?loni how is that woman feeling who was
burnt ?
Transitive verbs may enter into this construction with an object nominal.
kic li*? ku pegak ku wohpu lotin mewah the man who drowned a boy has
been caught
With indicative verb:
GRAMMAR 65
l^u Dps^^^y ^^^ owiir^Uopci iio neKan the old women who spoke to us
In clauses of types 1 and 2 the category of number has little overt expres-
sion, in view of the almost complete absence of fornaally expressed number
in nouns (11.3 - 11.31), and the identical forms of the third person singular
and nonincremental third person plural; but where the category is overt in
the clause there is concord of number between attributive verb and head noun.
ku helomeyn we'^yon the girl who is dancing
ku helomeye'?moni we*?yono'? the girls who are dancing
c. Type 3 constructions. Without a head noun the article + third person
attributive forms a nominal substitute clause, often translating "the one
who . . . ," "those who . . . ," etc.
ku kepoyurin swimmer(s)
ku nosepin bride (lit., she who weds)
ku hewoni le^moni those who went first
ku helomeye*?moni dancers
kic *?ela *?e'?gah ku nu'*?moni those who had arrived were having a meal
there
lei welk^ew ni '?ole'?moni the inhabitants of Weik^ew
mos tene*?m lei sa''?agoce'?moni there are not many people who speak Yurok
ku regohpenin '^upa'^ah skeli kic leko*?n the person who was filling the
buckets (lit., water, cf. 11.356) has fallen down
ku nimi nohtenin wegolc a person unable to walk
kiti negemoh ku ki ro'^opin we will take someone who can run
With noninflected verbs:
lei ni yo* one who travels around, those who travel around (often
used of poor white men)
ku wonoye'^ik "^o cwi*gin^' the one who speaks in heaven (used of the
Christian God)
With indicative verbs:
ku tmi'go*?^* hunters
ku sa'*?agocel those who speak Yurok
A few nominal phrases which may be used without an article and include
a noninflected verb may be referred to the above type of construction. Such
phrases have fixed and specialized meanings and the type is not productive.
kecoyn hego-^^ sun (lit., day traveler)
ha*?a*g ni yegun alum root (lit., grower on rocks)
*?o*>le4 hegoh house builder
sepolah ni '?e'?gol meadowlark (lit., that which sings in the field)
sepolah ni yegun gentian (lit., grower in the field)
^'intensive form. See 13,152.2C. ku wonoye'?ik '^o cwi-gin wo'>o'?4, Christian Church.
^"intensive form. See 13.152.2C.
^^Intensive form, as are all the verbs In this set of examples. See 13.151.
gg THE YUROK LANGUAGE
d. The constructions so far described all have the^ subjec, ^^^^ ^^ ^^^
attributive verb (or its syntactic equiyg|gf}^) ||}| ^^^^ ag ^he head noun, z-
in constructions of type 3, equivalent to the nominal clause. Clauses of tr^
above types, however, occur, in which a separate subject of the attributr-
verb or its equivalent is either expressed or implied by the personal infle:
tion of the verb or by the linguistic or other context of the clause. Such
clauses correspond to the relative clauses of European languages.
In these constructions there is concord of person and number between
subject or implied subject and attributive verb.
Type 1
•re'^n
which animals die)
ho*re*?mos mei megoyke*?moni*^ ci-sep poisonous flower (lit., flower by
Type 2
ku nek pirwjksimoh pegak the man I love
ku yo*? pirwaksemin pegak the man she loves
kolo kiti moyR ku ke*?l kohto-lisomom ciSah the dog you hit looks as if
it is going to die
muscen hes meworegete*?m ku nahcelom ci'k have you really spent all
the money you were given?
ku *>wahpew "^ohk^in namam or ku *?namam ku *?wahpew '^ohk^in my
married son (lit., my son to whom there is his wife)
merku*?m Ri nepuy ku nahce'?lii ki '^wenepek he ate up the salmon he
was given to eat
ku '^o'^lei ku *?© megetolk^oni ku ro-wo*?s the house where the pipes
were kept
ti*?now ku pegak ku me newo*mom who was the man you saw?
ku pu'k ku Icepsec kohcewo'?m.i§ the deer your father caught
With noninflected verb:
ku nek Imeyor pegak kic nesk^ecolt^ the man I fear has come back
With indicative verbs:
ki '?wayi- ku ke'?l nowoneme*?m kic ko*si i*?ek^i*?ew the eggs that you
brought are all broken
ku nekah ko-yk^oh *?o*?le4 k^elok^ ki hohku? the house we bought will
have to be repaired
Type 3
ku nek hego'loh where I have been
ku ke'?l nagayka-mam the one that you helped
telogumek ku perey socpeyewin I am annoyed at what the old woman saic
mos nek kic tomoyek ki ke'?l tomoyom I am not as old as you are
wi*? so*tok^ ku yo*? *?o cekceyn she went over to where he was sitting
'^enumi so*?n ki hegoni ki sonowo*>m he did exactly what he was told (lit,,
what was said to him "You are to do it")
mos no* n o ku ma-gin nepi*?moni he did not himself eat what others ate
nek newo'K. ku ho so* '>o-lom I saw how you lived
moco kic nesk^eco*'?m ku kekesomewet *?o nekom ku kema'^ah when you
come to (the place) where you put the spear on your left shoulder
ku *?o pa*?ani watering place (lit., where there is water)
''^'Intensive form. See 13.151.
GRAMMAR 67
In the following sentence the article Ku must De interpreted as doing duty
/ice, with each attributive verb:
cu ki k^eget ^o ku me nu**?nioni *?o*le*?moni let us pay a visit where
those who came here live
With noninflecting verbs:
ku yo*? pirwjk teloga*? (the man) whom she loves is ill
cinki*? lei '?o'?le4 *?o tek the house site (lit., where a house is set) is
being changed
With indicative verbs:
kic cinki'? ku ho legaye'?mo*?w'** (the path) where people used to pass
has been changed
ku •^o ketu^l the lagoon (lit., where it forms a lake)
ki ni pegarkoi ki ko ni cyu'lcWeneU I will be sitting where (people) are
livin^r
e. It will be noticed that the sequences, article + third person attrib-
tive + noun, noun + article + third person attributive verb, and article
third person attributive verbt^ may be syntactically ambiguous when one
rammatical interpretation of the clause is not ruled out by the linguistic or
:her context.
Thus the expressions ku tmo-lomin pegak and (ku) pegak ku tmo'lomin,
light mean either "the man who shot" or "the man whom he shot." accord-
ig to whether the subject of tmolomin is taken as pegak or as different
'om pegak and implied by the inflection of the attributive verb.
Where the verb is in the first or second person this ambiguity does not
-ise; but in the third person a distinction of number between the (implied)
ibject of the attributive and the head noun is of little help because of the
.most complete absence of formally expressed number in nouns and the
lentity of third person singular and nonincremental third person plural
irms.'*^ But the clause ku newo**?moni perey means "the old woman that
tey saw," because the verb is plural and the noun singular (11,31). The
urok for "the old woman who saw (it)" would be ku newomin perey, and
»r "the old women who saw (it)" ku newo-'?moni (or newomin) pegerey,
hese sentences might, however, in the absence of contextual determina-
on. mean "the old woman he (they) saw" and "the old women they saw."
Ambiguity is avoided by expressing the subject, instead of leaving it im-
Lied, and in many cases only one grammatical interpretation is contextual-
' possible. Thus the sentence nek komcumek ku so*to*?lis '?o'?le4 must mean
[ know the house where he has gone," with the subject of so-to'^liS implied,
nd not *"I know the house which has gone away"; and the sentence ku lekoni
egak kic ko*?l so^n must mean "the man who fell down has died," with pegak
s head noun and subject of lekoni, and not *"the man where he fell down
as died."
An informant pointed out, however, that a phrase of the type ku yo*?
ohk^in '?o'?lel would ordinarily be avoided, as it niight mean either "the
**lntensive form, see 13.151; second plural form used indefinitely, see 13.141.1E(1)
**And of course indicatives and noninflected verbs in equivalent constructions.
"Cf. 11.3 and 13.141.6A.
68 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
house where he lives" (yo*? subject of *?ohkWin) or "the house situated there'"
(yo'? used adverbially = there, 15.91).
In some sentences word order is employed as an exponent of syntactic
relations (cf. 10.4).
ku pegak ku newomin mewah the man who saw the boy
ku pegak ku mewah newomin the man whom the boy saw
f , A specialized use of constructions of type 3 above is to form temporal
clauses. In these the attributive verb is often preceded by the preverbal
particle co(?) (14.21 No. 37b).
ku kic nu'^moni *?wo*gey kic no*i ckeno^ ke^mow Since the white man
came food has been scarce
lei kic tomoyoh no*l muc megetolk^epelc** since I have been grown
up I have looked after myself
ku CO plegohpin*^ ki yegolt I will go when the waters are in spate
ku ke*?l CO hego-lom si *?o megelolc when you went I should have gone
with you
ku *?ela pelepin nahscuh wencok^s kem skeli leci*? during the fighting
there last night a woman was knocked down as well
With noninflected verbs:
ku "^o k^amiayah ^iki ko*si ko'^mo^y when he turned round he heard it
everywhere
yu^s ^o soto^l ku weno*?onio*J*r ku nepuy he went there when the salmon
ran in
With indicative verbs:
ku CO iku'?nio'?w in acorn harvesting time (lit., when people gather
acorns, second plural used indefinitely, 13. 141. IE.)
ho kominah ku wero'k^sek ku la*ye'!*moh we felt the wind as we passed
J. Attributive forms with pronominal prefixes
Attributive verb forms with pronominal prefixes are found used in certaia
specific constructions:
i. The third person attributive used in type 3 constructions as a nominal
substitute clause (13.141.6I(2)c) may have the pronominal prefixes used with
nouns .
ku *?upemeyomoni ku '^werewoh the greasy parts of their lips
ki we*?ykoh *>ukecoyn today (lit., today's day, 13.141.6G).
ii. In type 3 constructions in which an adverb requiring pronominal pre-
fix forms occurs (l3.141.4K(l)c).
nek komcumek ku yo^lkoh niko^l wele*?moni I know where they always^
^Reflexive form. See 13.143.1.
GRAMMAR t
iii. The forms of intransitive verbs described in 13.141.5 have attributive
counterparts.
ku numi ho ^u'^weskWeloyowoni he/they who was/were once the bravest
them all
ku numi "^ukeipeni the thickest
ku numi *?uceykeni*?namjm my smallest son
With noninflected verb:
ku hewon *?ukoh the first one he caught
The third person singular pronominal prefix form (13.141.4A) is also
found in this construction, as an equivalent of the forms used in the examples
given above.
ku numi ?wesega*>ageyek pegak the richest man
nek haselc cpiwi '^uk^ere'^weyek '>o-^ I think (you are) the sharpest faced
person of all (equational sentence, 10.24).
13.142 Bipersonal conjugation
Besides the unipersonal paradigms, transitive e- and o-class verbs have
i bipersonal conjugation in which subject and object pronominal elements
ire incorporated in the verb form. This conjugation comprises Indicative,
imperative, Pronominal Prefix, and Attributive paradigms, but the impera
:ive only occurs in one place in the system. (13.142.:^;, and in the attributive
many of the forms are the same as for the indicative.
Specific bipersonal forms only fill certain places in the system, namely,
:hose in most frequent use. The other places are filled either by forms de-
rived from the passive stem but used in syntactic structures appropriate to
in active verb, or by forms of the unipersonal conjugation.
The forncis of the bipersonal conjugation can most easily be analyzed by
jetting up three classes of verb:
e-class verbs other than those with stems ending im- or um-
e-class verbs with stems ending imi- or um-
o-class verbs
The majority of the terminations m.ay be considered to comprise three
dements:
stem vowel, which is e or i in e-class verbs other than those with stems
ending im- or um-, i and u respectively in e-class verbs with stems
ending im- or um-**, and o in o-class verbs
object pronominal inflection
subject pronominal inflection
3.142.1 Indicative
The indicative bipersonal forms are set out in the accompanying table.
Vhere three elenaents are shown for a form they are Stem Vowel, Object
^rpnominal Inflection, and Subject Pronominal Inflection. Where two figures
With such verbs the stem for these inflections is the unipersonal stem less im-
)r um-.
^44 r44 ^^
cd co rt i ,-
III oc
00
•— I
i-H
1— t
' 5Sa
CO
a
CO
CM
c
*~t
0)
fl
. . . CL t^
o
> Wk
CO
-e- -p-
-i/u- -p-
-o- -p-
or 1 s.
sive fo
OQ
CO
CO
OQ
CO
OQ OQ H
eg w K
22
CO
II
"■as
H 3 ti^
II
II a «;:;
:ii
f-H
r— 1
cd
,_!
QQ
oi
a
a
OJ
1— 1
CO
rH
;^
OQ
d
£
CM
II
OQ
It
OQ
CM
II
= 2pl.
uniper
forms
s: s:
jz x: x:
1 1
o o
1 1 1
1—1
a
CM
*— t
1 1
DO OQ a
1 t 1
QQ
1—1
OQ
H
1 1
1 1 1
II
-^■a ^
U
■'^
(U ^
ti ^ ti:
H
1
1
c^ c^ c^
OQ
CO
0) 0) <u
(—1
a —
1 1 1
CO
.-H
0,
d
L^ X! x:
Al
CO
CO
C^ 1 II
(u CL a a
II it
= 2 s.
passiv
forms
z 3 s.
uniperso
forms
sive fo:
■oy(ogo
•ey(ogo
■el
= 2 s.
passiv )
forms
s.
person
ms
1 1 1
OQ
"■a fe
ti :3 v;
^ f •
CO
a
a g a
(> c^
c- c- c>-
OQ
(d CO
<U 0} (U
g^^
.-H
^
1 1
1 1 1
2 X X!
CO
CO
o o
a
J:!*
v; w) lao
o
a
CM
CO a Q.
1 1 1
OQ QQ QD
0.33
OQ
ti
1 1 1
1 1 1
> >i >>^
•r-l
CO
•j-j O Q) <U
^111
1 1
CO ' ' '
CM -d ;h
f ?
1
CO
a
"M -M -X
4) (U 0)
1 1 1
<U (D 0}
t 1 1
o c^ o-
GOO
1 1 1
c^ c^ c^
O
1 1 t
*-l
1 1 1
o o
1 1 1
1 1 1
1
1 1 1
00 QQ OQ
1 1 1
1 1 1
(D 3
1 ^ 1
1
1 1 1
-u *o *o
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
p- c- c^
00 00 00
1 1 1
1 1 1
?:§?
1
H
u
O
W
cd
csi
CO
2 -
CM
CO
m
c
a
'A
Oh
GRAMMAR 71
and letters are shown in a square in the chart, the first refers to the subjeci
and the latter to the object.
The passive forms used in 3 pi. Is.. 3s. 2s., and 3 pi. 2 s. are the
same as the first and second singular passive forms. For 2 s. 1. pi., 3 s.
1 pi. and 2 pi. 1 pi., 3 pi. 1 pi. a special noninflected form is employed,
cjerived from the passive stem, but apparently not used elsewhere. This
consists of the bare passive stem without further inflection.
new- to see, passive stem newoy-
newoy you (s. and pi.), he, she, it, they see(s) us
hekws- to find, passive stem hek^sel-
hekWsel you (s. and pi.), he, she, it, they find(s) us
The -oy form has been generalized for e- class verbs as well as o-
class verbs, -ey being found only with e- class verbs with stems ending in
im- (passive stem ending -ey-, 13. 141. 3D) and exceptionally with has-, hes-
to think, to intend.
nekcen- to meet, passive stem nekceney-
nekcenoy you (s. and pi.), he, she, it, they meet(s) us
skewoksim- to love, passive stem, skewoksey-
skewoksey you (s. and pi.), he, she, it, they love(s) us
has- to think, to intend, passive stem hasey-
hasey you (s. and pi.), he, she, it. they intend(s) us (to do something
The forms -eyogoh, -oyogoh are rarer alternants of -ey and -oy, except
with monosyllabic stems, with which they are the commoner forms.
i- to take, passive stem 4oy-, ioy or loyogoh, you (s. and pi.), he.
she, it, they take(s) us
It is probable that the passive forms used in 3 s. 2 pi. and 3 pi. 2 pi.,
though in form the same as the corresponding 3 s. 2 s. and 3 pi. 2 s.,
should be regarded as -e*?m- incremental plurals without further inflection
(cf. 13. 141. IE), in view of their pronominal prefix (13.142.3) and attributive
forms (13.142.4), though such plurals are not regularly found in passive
verbs (13.141.3A).
Examples of the specific bipersonal forms are given below:
e-class: nekcen- to meet
(nek) nekcenicek I meet you (s.)
(nek) nekcenesek I meet him. her
(ke^l) nekcena*? you (s.) meet me
(ke'^l) nekcenese^m you (s.) meet him, her
(yo*? etc.) nekcene^n, nekcenepe^n he, she, it meets me
(nekah) nekcenicoh we meet you (s.)
(nekah) nekcenesoh we meet him, her
(kelew) nekcena*? you (pi.) meet me
(kelew) nekcenese'^m you (pi.) meet him, her
(yo*?lkoh, etc.) nekcenepa-4 they meet me
(aek) nekcenico'? I meet you (pi.)
(nek) n^kcenes^o*? I meet them
(nekah) nekcenico*? we meet you (pi.)
72 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
o-class; ko*?inoy- to hear
(nek) ko'?moyocelc I hear you (s.)
(nek) ko*?moyosek I hear him, her
(ke*?l) ko*?moyopa'? you (s.) hear me
(ke*?!) ko'?moyose'?m you (s.) hear him, her
(yo*? etc.) ko*?moyope*?n he, she, it hears me
(nekah) ko'^moyocoh we hear you (s.)
(nekah) ko'^moyosoh we hear him, her
(kelew) ko'?moyopa9 you (pi.) hear me
(kelew) ko*?moyose'?m you (pi.) hear him, her
(yo^ikoh etc.), ko*?moyopa-i they hear me
(nek) ko*?moyoco*? I hear you (pi.)
(nek) ko'?moyos'?o*? I hear them
(nekah) ko'^moyoco*? we hear you (pi.)
e-class verbs with stems ending im- and um-
toksim- to admire
(nek) toksicek I admire you (s.)
(yo*? etc.) toksipe'^n he, she, it admires me. etc.
no'lum- to protect
(nek) no'lucek I protect you (s.)
(yo^ etc.) no-lupe'^n he, she, it protects me, etc.
A. a- modifying verbs
a-modifying verbs may have j as alternant to the stem vowels e and o.
but do not have a- modification in the vowel of the specific bipersonal inflec-
tions.
e-class: samat- to beat, to kill
samate'^n, samatepe'^n, or samatape'^n he, she, it beats me
o-class: nagayk- to help
nagaykope^n or nagaykjpe'^n he, she, it helps me
The passive derived forms may be a- modified in the same way as the
passive forms of a-modified verbs (13.141.3C), but a -modification was not
found to extend beyond the first vowel of the inflections -ey(ogoh) and
-oy(ogoh).
nagaykoy(ogoh) or nagjykay(ogoh) you (s. and pi.), he, she, it, they
help us
B. Monosyllabic o-class verbs
These verbs have -oh- in place of -o- as stem vowel element in all
specific bipersonal forms, except for 1 s. 2 pi., 1 pi. 2 pi., and 1 s. 3 pi.,
where they have -o'>-. new-, to see, has the regular forms and the forms
of monosyllabic verbs as free alternants (cf. 13.141 .1B(3)).
A monosyllabic o-class verb stem *?-, to give, for which no unipersonal
or regular passive derived bipersonal forms are found, must be assumed
as the basis of the following specific bipersonal forms:
(nek) ^ohcek I give you (s.)
GRAMMAR 73
(nek) *?ohselc I give him, her
(ke'?!) '^ohpa'? you (s.) give me
(ke*?!) *?ohse*?m you (s.) give him, her
(yo*? etc.) *?ohpe'?n he, she, it gives me
(nekah) '?ohcoh we give you
(nekah) *?ohsoh we give him, her
(kelew) ^ohpa*? you (pi.) give me
(kelew) ^ohse'^m you (pi.) give him, her
(yo^ikoh etc.) *?ohpa'i they give me
(nek) '?o*?co*? I give you (pi.)
(nek) '?o*?s'?o'? I give them
(nekah) '?o'?co'? we give you (pi.)
A passive stem "^ohpel-, to be given, 3 s. indie. 9ohpe*?l, supplies the
passive derived places in the system.
C. e- class verbs with stem.s ending nena-
e-class verbs whose stems end nem- have alternative specific bipersonal
forms built on a stem ending n-, besides the forms regularly built on nem-.
ke^yonem- to release
ke*?yonecelc or ke*?yonemecek I release you (s.)
D. Irregular bipersonal formations
All the verbs concerned are e-class.
hegol- to say, to tell, has the following irregular forms:
Is. 2 s. hekcelc I tell (you)
Is. 3 s. heksek I tell him, her
2 s. 1 s., 2 pi, 1 s. negav or negepa? you (s. and pi.) tell me
2 s. 3 s., 2 pi. 3 s. hekse'?m you (s. and pi.) tell him, her
1 pi/ 2 s. hekcoh we tell you (s.)
1 pi,, 3 s. heksoh we tell him, her
hekws- to find, has the following irregular forms:
2 s. 1 s., 2 pi. 1 s. hekwspa? you (s. and pi.) find me
3 s. Is. hekWspe*?n he. she, it finds me
3 pi. 1 s. heKW^pai they find me
nahc-, to give, has i as it§ stem vowel throughout,
is. 3 s. nahciselt I give him, her
. 2 pi. 3 s. nahcise*?m you (s. and pi.) give him, her
nahcipe'^n (besides nahce*?n) he, she, it gives me
. nahcisoh we give him, her
. nahcipa*i they give me
. nahcis'^o'? I give them
The remaining forms of the bipersonal indicative paradigms of these
verbs are regular.
13.142.2 Imperative
Only o"*» imn«*rativp place is found in the bipersonal system, 2 s. Is.
The t^'^^i^^tio'^s are:
2 s.
3 s.
3 s.
1 s.
1 pi.
3 s
3 pi.
1 s
1 s.
3 pi
74 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
e-class verbs other than thooo with c+oma pndine im- or um- -Cin or
-*?Cin, according to the nature of C, the final consonant of the stem;
this termination may be symbolized {-*?, . in} (see 13.141.1).
e-class verbs with stems ending im- or um-, -ifJin and -upin,*' added to
stems less im- and um-
o-class verbs, -opin (a-modifying verbs, -apin).**^
e-class examples:
moksoc- to lend moskocin lend me!
nekcen- to meet nekce*?nin meet me I
cpinahpim- to wait for cpinahpipin wait for me!
la-yolum- to teach la-yolupin teach me I
o-class examples:
ko'?moy- to hear ko*?moyo[5in hear me!
nagayk- to help nagaykopin or nagaykapin help me!
e-class verbs whose stems end in consonant clusters form their biper-
sonal imperatives analogously to their unipersonal singular imperatives
(13.141.2A(1)).
hek^s- to find hek^sin find me!
nahc- to give na*?cin give mel
Monosyllabic o-class verbs have the termination -o*?pin.
*?- to give *?o'?pin give me!
e-class verbs with stems ending nem- have alternative regular impera-
tives and imperatives in -in, added to the stem less em-, but with glottali-
zation of the initial consonant of the preceding syllable, unless this is al-
ready glottalized or preceded immediately by *> (cf. 13.141.2A(2)c).
kemeyonem- to take home keme*?yonin or kemeyonepin take
me home I
ke'^yonem- to release ke'^yonin or ke'^yonepin release mel
13.142.3 Pronominal Prefixes
A. Primary set
Corresponding to the Indicative forms there is a Bipersonal Pronominal
paradigm. The prefixes are subject to the same rules of formation as in the
unipersonal conjugation.
The specific bipersonal inflections of the forms with singular subject
pronouns are as follows:
1 s. 2 s., 3 s. 2 s.*^ » indie. Is. 2 s.
1 s. 3 s., 2 s. 3 s., 3 s. 3 s.^^ = indie. 1 s. 3 s.
1 s. 2 pi., 3 s. 2 pl^^ = indie. 1 s. 2 pi.
1 s. 3 pi., 2 s. 3 pl.f 3 s. 3 pl.*^ = indie. 1 s. 3 pi.
These terminations may be analyzed into stem vowel, object pronoun Inflection, and
subject pronoun inflection, similarly to the indicative forms.
*^Although the indicative paradigm has passive derived forms in the system.
*^ Although the indicative paradigm has unipersonal forms in this place in the system.
GRAMMAR
75
All the above forms have concord of prefix and subject pronoun.
ko*?nioy- to hear
(nek) ('?)neko*?moyocek, (yo*? etc.) '?uko'?moyocelc
(nek) (*?)neko'?moyoselc, (ke*?!) Iceko'^moyoselc
(yo'? etc.) '?uko'?nioyoselc
(nek) (*?)neko'?nioyoco'?, (yo*?, etc.) '?uko'?moyoc
(nek) ('?)neko'?moyos'?o'?, (ke*?!) keko*?moyos'?o*?
(yo*?> etc.) '?uko'?moyos'?o'?
For 2 s. 1 s., 2 pi. 1 s. the final inflectional element is -ah, in place
of -a*?.
(ke^l, kelew) keko^moyopah
For 3 s. Is. the inflection is the same as in the indicative.
(yo^, etc.) ^ko*?moyope*?n
For the remaining places in the system the forms have the same inflec-
tions as the corresponding indicative forms (cf. 13.141.4A), with concord
between subject pronoun and prefix, except for the passive derived forms
(2 s. 1 pi., 3 s. 1 pi., 3 pi. 1 s., 2 pi. 1 pi., 3 pi. 1 pi., 3 s. 2 pi., 3 pi.
2 pi.), concord is between the object pronoun (i.e., the subject pronoun of
the passive verb) and the prefix.
('?)neko*?moyoy(ogoh)
Ideko'^moyoye'^m
B. Secondary set
In the bipersonal conjugation there is a secondary set of pronominal pre-
fix forms for certain places in the system, in which the concord of person
is between the object pronoun and the prefix in 2 s. Is. and 3 s. Is., and
between the subject pronoun and the prefix in the passive derived forms
2 s. 1 pi., 3 s. 1 pi., 2 pi. 1 pi., 3 pi. 1 pi. These secondary forms were
only found in the above places in the system, and appear to be less common
than the corresponding members of the primary set.
For 3 s. is. with object pronoun concord a different final element is
used, -ic instead of -e*?n.
o-class verb tmo'l-
Indic.
to shoot
Pron. Pref. Primary
Icetmo-lopah
( •? ) wetmo ■ lo pe*? n
2s. Is, tmo'lopa*?,
you (s.) shoot me
3s. Is. tmolope*?n
he, she, it shoots me
2 s. 1 pi. \
3 s. 1 pi. f tmoloy(ogoh) ('?)netmo-loy(ogoh)
2 pi. 1 pi. (
3 pi. 1 pi. )
you (s. and pi.), he, she, it, they shoot(s) us
Secondary
(•?)netmo'lopah
(*?)netmolopic^
lcetmoloy(ogoh)
(*?)wetmo*loy(ogoh)
ketmo-loy(ogoh)
(•?)wetmo'loy(ogoh)
"With e-class verbs there is no alternative form. E.g., nek2en-, to meet, Indlc.
nekXene^n or nek5enepe'?n, you(s.) meet me, Pron. Pref. Primary (*?)wenek£ene9n or
(*?)wenel'* — ,--"-- ^^ — *-jr.«5^ <n>»«.»«yU%onopiS.
76
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
The uses of these two sets of forms are described below in section
13.142.5A.
13.142.4. Attributive
Those forms which in the indicative are the same as unipersonal forms
have unipersonal forms in the attributive. The specific bipersonal forms in
the attributive paradigm are given below. It will be seen that those whose
final element is equivalent to an e-class inflection in the indicative follow
e-class patterns in the attributive. Only the final inflectional element dif-
fers from the indicative forms.
Indicative
1 s, 2 s.,
is. 3s.
-elc
2 s. 1 s..
2 pi. 1 s.
-a*?
2s. 3s.
-e*?m
3s. Is.
-e'?n
3 pi. 1 s.
-a-i
1 pi. 2 s.
, 1 pi. 3s.
-oh
2 pi. 3 s.
-e*?m
1 s. 2 pi.
, 1 pi. 2 pi.,
1 s. 3 pi.
-o'>
Attributive
-oh
-ah
-om
-e'?n (= Indie.)
-a-4 (= Indie.)
-oh (= Indie.)
-e'>m (= Indie.)
-o'> (= Indie.)
The passive derived forms have corresponding passive attributive
forms:
Indicative Attributive
3 s. 2 s..
3 pi.
2
s.
-e*?m
-om
2 s. 1 pi.
, 3 s.
1
pl.,
2 pi. 1
pL, 3
Pl
. 1 pL
-oy(ogoh)
-ey(ogoh)
-el
-oy(ogoh)
-ey(ogoh)
-el (= Indie.)
3 s. 2 pi.
, 3 pi.
2
pl.
-e'^m
-uh (noninerement
3 pi. 1 s.
(alternative
form)
-ek
-oh
Examples
e-elass
nekeen- to meet
o-class
ko'^moy- to hear
1 s. 2 s.
nekcenicoh
ko*?moyocoh
1 s. 3 s.
nekeenesoh
ko^moyosoh
2 s. 1 s..
2 pi.
1
s.
nekeenah
ko'^moyopah
2s. 3s.
nekcenesom
ko*>moyosom
3s. Is.
nekeene*?n,
nekcenepe*>n
ko*?moyope'?n
3 pi. 1 s.
nekcenepa-i
ko*?moyopa-i
1 pi. 2 s.
nekcenicoh
ko*?moyoeoh
1 pi. 3 s.
nekeenesoh
ko'?moyosoh
2 pi. 3 s.
nekcenese'^m
ko'>moyose*?m
1 s. 2 pi..
, 1 pi.
2
pl.
nekeenic?o*>
ko'^moyoco'?
1 s. 3 pi.
nekcenes'^o'?
ko*?moyos'?o'?
3 s. 2 s.>
3 pi.
2
s.
nekceneyom
ko*?moyoyom
GRAMMAR 77
2 s. 1 pi., 3 s. 1 pi.,
2 pi. 1 pi., 3 pi. 1 pi. nekcenoy(ogoh) ko*?moyoy(ogoh)
3 s. 2 pi., 3 pi. 2 pi. nekceneyuh ko'?moyoyuh
3 pi. is. nekceneyoh ko*?moyoyoh
13.142.5. Syntax of the bipersonal forms
Syntactically the various categories of the bipersonal conjugation behave
in a similar manner to those of the unipersonal conjugation.
With verbs meaning "to give" and the like the indirect object is incorpor-
ated in the verb, not the direct object.
nek nahcisek ci-k I gave him money
The object pronoun of a biperosnal verb may be expressed separately in
the sentence.
nek newocek or nek newocek ke'^1 I see you
kiti kimkosek or kiti kimkosek yo? I shall punish him
nek nahcisek I give it to him
nek nahcisek ku cey I give it to the child
Passive derived forms enter into the same syntactic constructions.
yo*? nowk^oy he looks after us
neto-*>mar kelac nimi icenrokseye*?m my friends do not trust you
yo*?ikoh nekah samayaway they will kill us
yo'^ikoh kelac '^ohpele'^m they will give it to you
This construction may be derived from the sentence type described in
the second paragraph of 13.141.3J.
Forms that are identical with those of the unipersonal conjugation always
have the object expressed, unless the context makes it unnecessary.
The third person object forms (1 s. 3 s., 2 s. 3 s., 1 pi. 3 s., 2 pi. 3 s..
Is. 3 pi.) are only used when the object refers to a human being; otherwise
unipersonal forms are used. One informant contrasted the sentences nek
kemeyonemesek, I will take him home (e.g., a child) with nek kemeyonemek
yo*?, I will take him home, used with reference to a human being when he is
incapable of resistance or action normal to a human being (e.g., a person
drunk, ill, or injured). For this informant there was a stylistic effect in
using a form appropriate to an animal or an inanimate object when the ob-
ject was in fact a human being.
It was, however, quite common, particularly with informants having less
command of the language, for unipersonal forms to be substituted for
specific bipersonal forms or passive derived forms without any observed
stylistic effect.
yo*? kelac *>o no**>rep he followed you there
nekah skewoksimoh yo*? we like him
A, Pronominal prefix forms
The bipersonal pronominal prefix forms are used in similar constructions
to those of the unipersonal conjugation.
78 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
skewok ki '?nenewocelc I want to see you
niko*?4 ketagusek you are always talking to him
The primary set of forms (13.142.3A) is normally used, but the secondary
set (13.142.3B) may be used with the effect of emphasizing the referent of the
pronominal prefix.
Prim.ary: cume*?y si '^nelkyork^oy how I wish you had seen us I (or, in
another context, how I wish he, she or they had seen usl )
Secondary: dume*?y si keikyork^oy how I wish you had seen usl
Primary: nek skewok ki kenahcah I would like you to give it to me
Secondary: nek skewok ki *>nenahcah I would like you to give it to me !
B. Attributive forms
The bipersonal attributive forms have similar syntactic uses to those of
the unipersonal forms, though they are more restricted.
ku nekah nekcenoy the person who met us
kic meworegetek ku '?nenos nahcipe'^n ci*k I have spent the money my
husband gave me
ku ke'^l nahcel ci*k the money you gave us
ku ci'k ku nek neto*'!*niar nahcelom the money my friend gave you
ku ci-k ku moskocicoh the money I lent you
13.143 Reflexive and reciprocal verbs
Though morphologically comparable to unipersonal verbs, members of
these two classes fill certain of the gaps in the bipersonal system as set out
above .
13.143.1 Reflexive verbs
A reflexive paradigm may be formed for e- and o-class transitive verbs
by the addition of -ep- to the stem. The resultant stem, which is e- class
irrespective of the original verb class, then behaves as a regular e-class
verb in the active paradigms.
e-class:
skuyk- to treat well
skuykep- to treat oneself well, to dress, to adorn oneself
o-class:
nnegetoikw- to look after
megetoik^ep- to look after oneself
A. a- modifying verbs
a-modifying verbs may have reflexives in -ep- or -ap-; in the latter
case the resultant verb is a- modifying.
nagayk to help nagaykep- or nagaykap- to help
oneself
samat- to beat, to kill samatep-, samatap-, or samayawap-
to beat or kill oneself (cf. 13.141,31)
B. e-class verbs with stems ending im- or um-
e-class verbs whose stems end with im- or um- add -ip- or -up- to the
stem less im- or um- to form their reflexives.
I GRAMMAR 79
skewoksim- to love skewoksip- to love oneself
tegerum- to talk tegerup- to talk to oneself
13.143.2 Reciprocal verbs
Reciprocal verbs are formed by adding -epew and -opew according to
the class of verb to the stems of transitive verbs. Reciprocal verbs are
noninflected and plural.
e-class: o-class:
pelomoy- to fight ko*?moy- to hear
pelomoyepew to fight one ko'?moyopew to hear one another
another
A. J- modifying verbs
a-modifying verbs may add -apew in place of -epew or -opew to the stem.
n^igJyk- to help nagaykopew or nagaykapew to help
one another
B. e-class verbs with stems ending im- or um-
e-class verbs whose stems end with im- or um- form their reciprocals
by adding -ipew or -upew to their stems less im- or um-.
skewoksim- to love skewoksipew to love one another
tegerum- to talk tegerupew to talk to one another
C. Monosyllabic o-class verbs
These verbs form their reciprocals by adding -ohpew to their stems.
i- to take iohpew to take hold of one another
new- to see newopew or newohpew to see one
another (13.141 .1B(3))
13.144 Dual forms
Only a very small number of verbs have dual forms distinct from their
plural forms, and in these verbs the plural form may be used with refer-
ence to a dual subject instead of the dual form. Possibly the dual forms
are a survival of a once more widespread category in the grammatical sys-
tem of Yurok. Only the first and second person dual forms are found. These
correspond to nonincremental plural forms with C or '?C in place of the final
consonant of the stem. The distribution of d and *?€ is the same as in the
third person singular indicative of e-class verbs (13.141.1). Only the uni-
personal indicative and pronominal prefix paradigms have dual forms.
13.144.1 Verbs having duals
The following verbs were recorded as having dual forms.
1 dual 2 dual
e-clas%:
kemtey- to go home keme'?yoh keme*?yu'?
nep-- to eat nef^oh nepu"?
o-clas(s:
me^el- to accompany mege*?loh mege*?lu*?
80 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
The following two verbs have irregular duals:
e -class: ho-k^c- to gamble ho'k^ce*?loh ho*kWce*?lu*?
o-class: heg- to go hegO'*?loh hegO'*?lu*?
13.144.2 Verbs having only duals
The following two e- class verbs have only dual forms (3 dual = 3 plural
in comparable verbs):
ni*?iy- to be two in number (cf. 13.217)
(nekah) ni*?i'?yoh we are two in number
(kelew) ni*?i'?yu*? you are two in number
(yo*?ikoh, etc.) ni*?iyei or ni'?i4 (13.141 .1F(8)) they are two in number
nigey- to walk in a pair, to take someone with one
(nekah) ni*ge*?yoh we walk in a pair
(kelew) ni*ge*?yu*? you walk in a pair
(yo'?ikoh, etc.) ni-geyel or ni*gey4 (13.141 .1F(8)) they walk in a pair
The syntax of this verb is peculiar when it is used transitively to mean
"to take with one." The dual forms are used with a singular subject and sing-
ular object, expressed or implied. ^^
ku perey ni-gey4 ku *?ukepew the old woman took her grandson with her
ke*?l ni-ge*?yu^ ku wencok^s you have been with the woman
nek ki ni'ge'^yoh I will take him with me^^
ke*?l hes wi*? ni-ge'?yu'? did he go with you?
ku nek ho ni'ge*?yoh my late spouse (lit., the one I had with me)
13.144.3 Pronominal prefix form,s
Dual pronominal prefix forms consist of the indicative forms with the
first and second person prefixes.
('?)nekeme*?yoh, kekem.e*?yu*?
Their syntactical uses are the same as for other pronominal prefix verb
forms.
13,15 Intensive forms
Intensive forms of verbs are built up with the infix -eg- (-e'?g-, -ag-,
-a'^g-), and with internal vocalic alternation (e/i-» e/i*?!, e/u*).
13.151 -eg-
The use of this infix in the plural formation of a few nouns has already
been noticed (11.31). In the verbal system it comprises four variants, -eg-,
-ag-, -e*?g-, and -J*?g- whose distribution is contextually determined, -eg-
is by far the most widely distributed.
In principle all verbs, inflected and noninflected, in all the verbal cate-
gories, may take this infix. As with the nouns with which it is used, the in-
fix always comes between the initial consonant or consonant cluster and the
first vowel of the stem.
The infixed noninflected forms of no-'>m(onem-), to carry, negC^m and ni-go^m
are used with plural subjects or objects. See 13.151, 13.152.2C.
"This verb being dual only, has no bipersonal forms.
GRAMMAR 81
e-class; la'y- to pass lega*y-
Ikyork^- to watch Ikyegork^-
cwin(kep-)^^ to talk cwegin(kep)-
o-class: ko'^moy- to hear kego*?moy-
trahk- to fetch water tregahk-
noninflected: tewomel to be glad tegewomel
ho'omah (noninflected
plural. 13.141,lF(ll)f),
to make a fire hego*?omah
13.151.1 -ag-
Verb stems whose first vowel is a infix -ag-. This infix admits of no
variant -eg- in this context.
e-class: katk- to fish for trout kagatk-
sa'ljp- to do saga*4jp-
13.151.2 -e?g- (-J7g-)
Verbs whose stem begins with *? or has *> as second member of the initial
consonant cluster infix -e'^g-, or -^^g-, if the first vowel is a. This rule does
not apply to verbs beginning (*?)w etc. which in all cases infix -eg-.
f
i e-class: *?ahsp- to drink '?e'?gahsp-
•^oroyew- to be in debt *?e*?goroyew-
•?o'lin- to lie down *?e*?gO'lin-
i'^ohkol to thunder 4*?e'?gohko4-
•?ap- to tell *?a'?gap-
13.151.3 Monosyllabic o-class verbs
Monosyllabic o-class verbs, when infixed, may retain their characteris-
tic lengthened inflections or have the inflections of verbs of more than one
syllable .
ik- to gather acorns, 1 s. indie. lko*lc, with infix, 4keg-, 1 s. indie.
Ikego'lc or Ikegolc
13.151.4 Special verb stems
Some verbs have a shorter noninflected stem only used with this infix.
e-class: lelken- to scatter lege! or legelken-
Ikyork^- to watch Ikyegor or ikyegork^-
•^ap- to tell *?j*?gap or *?a'>gap-
o-class: no'^omelk- to stay
somewhere nego*? or nego*?om.elk-
13.151.5 Syntax and meaning
The infix -eg- and its contextual variants may be infixed to any verb form
and the resultant form is in every way syntactically equivalent to a form with-
out the infix,
5*See 13.112.
82
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
The basic meaning of the infix is intensity, plurality, or iteration (cf .
its use as a plural formative in nouns, 11.31). In translation its effect has
to be variously rendered, and does not correspond to any one expression
in English,
The commonest meaning is plurality, intensity, or iteration of the actior
state, or process denoted by the verb.
cyu'lcWen- to sit
hok^c- to gamble
kemol- to steal
la*y- to pass
sonow- to be, to do
'?oroyew- to be in debt
cyegu-kwen- to sit often
hego-k^c- to gamble regularly
kegemol- to be a thief
lega-y- to pass regularly, to use a
certain track
segonow- to happen regularly, to do
often
*?e'?goroyew- to be always in debt
A. With a negative preverbal particle (14,22) preceding an infixed verb the
negation is intensified.
ten(pewei-) to rain
ko*?moy- to hear
tegen it often rains, mos tegen it
never rains
nimi '?u mep kego*?moyok I have never
heard of it
B. Sometimes the plurality refers to the subject of the verb.
pi'?iy- to gather mussels
pegi*?iye*?moh lots of us were gather-
ing mussels
C. In the following example the plurality refers to the object:
ro^omec- to chase co nu rego'^omece'^m go and chase
them all awayl
D. Specialized meanings
Some infixed verbs have an additional specialized meaning when infixed.
cwin(kep-) to talk
hegol- to say, 1 s. indie.
hek (13.141.1F(13))
ko'?m(oy-) to hear
lenewkW- to drown (intr.)
4- to take
meyo'mey- to be pregnant
no*lo*(c-) to answer
cwegin to act as go-between in
marriage negotiations
hegelt I hate the idea^*
kego'?m(oy-) to be an interpreter
legenewkw- (trans.) to send (logs)
floating down a river
4ego(h)pew (reciprocal verb, 13,151.3)
to shake hands, to wrestle, to
embrace each other
niegeyo- to lose one's children in
childbirth
nego-lo*(c-) to act as interpreter
in story telling
*E.g,, hegeR ki wohpeceU , I hate the idea of crossing the water.
GRAMMAR 83
tm- to shoot tmeg- to hunt(perhapsbecauseof the difference
in meaning between the two verbs, only non-
lengthened forms were found for tmeg-, 13.151.3)
toksim- to admire tegoksim- to praise
wa*?sok(sim-) to pity w€ga?sok(sim-) to be unselfish
•^o-*? to be 9e*>go-? to grow (of plants)
13.151,51 Note the following pairs of words, in which there is a difference
of word class between infixed and noninfixed word.
na*?aw- to catch surf fish nega*? surf-fish net
swelk- to burst swegel gunshot
'>omimos Hupa Indian *?e*?gomimoh(with different stem) to speak Hupa
(*?)wahpemew his, her
mate, spouse (*?)wegah(pemew) to get married (13.141,4J)
13.151.6 Other comments
Some verbs with eg after the initial consonant of the stem may originally
have been infixed stems, the noninfixed form, which is not found today, hav-
ing disappeared.
k^eget to visit megel- to accompany
The alternation of forms with eg and forms without eg in some personal
forms of hegol-, to say (13.141.1F(13)), though accompanied by other formal
differences, may be referable to such a process. ^^
Note particularly negem-, to take, for which no form *nem- is found,
but which is probably represented in several compound verb stems (9.24)
as the second element.
kemeyonem- to take home (cf. kemey-, to go home)
Imeyonem- to frighten (cf. Imeyow-, to be mean, 4meyor(kw_)^ to fear)
Cf. the verbs "^olonem-, to carry, and ^ekonena-, to hold, which may rep-
resent earlier compounds, whose first elements can no longer be associated
with another word.
13.1.52 Internal vocalic alternation
This process, whose semantic effect is similar to that of the -eg- infix
and its variants, is far more limited in scope. Only stem^s in which the
vowel of the initial syllable is e, including -eg- in fixed stems, and a few
whose initial syllable has the vowel a are affected. The alternants e/i*,
e/i'?i, and e/u* are contextually determined. For this reason it is convenient
to include the alternation e/i*?i under the heading Vocalic Alternation, despite
the presence of the consonant *?.
13.152.1 Description
In this process e alternates with i* in all cases except when the second
syllable of the stem begins with k^, kw, w, or '^w, in which case it alter-
nates with u*; or in words beginning with *?, in which it alternates with i*?!.*^
Does *>e*>g3Lh, to have a meal (plural verb) represent *'?ah, a noninflected stem of
•^ahsp-, to drink, used with -e'^g- infixed? See 13,141.1F(ll)f.
**Words beginning with initial *> and having k , k^, w, or ''w as initial consonant or
consonants of thp R*>nnnri syllable wer© not found with vocalic alternation.
84 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
The use of the alternation e/u* in forming the plural of the noun mewimor.
old man, has already been noted (11.31).
Only a certain number of vowel alternant forms were found, and the
process was not accepted as freely productive as was -eg- infixation. e/i'
was most com.mon as a further intensification of stems already -eg- infixed.
13.152.2 Examples
A. e/u-
new- to see, nuwi*?, it appears, is in sight (of a static object)^'
hewe4keloy(p-) to get up, huwe4 (noninflected plural, 13.141 .1F(1 l)f)
he'^wonii- to awake (intr.), to be awake, kolo hu*?woni*?i lei •^wes'^onah,
the heavens seem to be waking up (said of the sun breaking through
clouds)
lekWol- to fall, to fill the air, lu-kWo*?!, (the sound) fills the air
pewah(ckey-) to wash the face, pu-wah (noninflected plural, 13.141.1F(ll)f
pewom- to cook, ku pu-womin, a cook (by profession)
pe'^wetew- to wash the hands, plural pu-^wetoh, etc. (13,141 .IF(ll)d)
B. e/in
•^ahtemar to write, to draw, '?e'?gahtemar, *?i'?i*?gahteniar, to write or
draw a lot
*?ekero*? to light, '?i*?ilcero'?, to light the lamps
C. e/i-
cwin(kep-) to talk, cwegin(kep-), cwi-gin, to talk regularly, nimi cwi'gii
to be dumb (cf. 13.151.5A)
hegol- to say, passive hegey-, hegoy- (13.141.31), hi'gio, it is said, the
tale is told
ho* to travel, hego', kecoyn hi-go (also kecoyn hego*), the sun(13.141 .6I(
kemoloc- to be jealous, kegemoloc-, ki-gemoloc-, to be jealous by natui
leko'(t-) to stab, li'ko'(t-), to stab several times
Ikyork^- to watch, 4kyegor(k^-), 4ki-gor,^® to watch, to be a spectator
ma'?ah(sk-) to spear, mega'?ah(sk-), mi'ga^ah, to spear regularly, to
spear in numbers
me4*?en to ask for, to beg, megei'^en, mi-gel^en, to go around begging
na'?aw- to catch surf fish, nega'^aw-, ni-ga*?aw-, to be a surf-fish catcher
nek- to put, ni-ku*?, it is regularly put
no**?m(onem-) to carry, nego*'?m(onem-), ni-go-*?!!!, to take with one
rork^ii- the waves break, regor(kWii_), ri*gor the waves keep breaking
ra*yo*?r(ep-) to run past, rega'yo*?r(ep-), ri-ga-yo*?r, to run past often
rohsim- to spear, regohsim- , ri*gohsey-, to be speared regularly
tm- to shoot, tmeg-, to hunt (13. 151. 5D), tmi-go*?, noninflected plural
(13.141 .IF(ll)f), ku tmi-gomin, hunter (by profession)
wohpec- to cross by boat, wegoh(pec-), ku *?o wigoh, ferry (lit., that
by which one regularly crosses)
"Cf. also the adverb ('?)wenu*woyk, the most . . . ever. See 15.21.
***yi- not being a permitted sequence (5).
GRAMMAK
D. e/i- and e/i*?! were also found with the following verbs, which may rep-
resent original -eg- infixed stems:
cege'?loh(s-) to gather seaweed, ci-ge-^loh, to gather seaweed regularly,
to gather a lot of seaweed
cpego*?r to hold (individual) races, cpi-go*?r, to hold (group) races
k^eget to visit, k^i-get, to go visiting
megel- to accompany, mi-gelu-*?moh, we went along with them
tregepah, tregepet- to fish with a dip net. tri-gepah, tri-gepet-, to be
a dip-net fisher
'^e'^gah to have a meal, •?i*?i9gah, to have meals regularly, ku *?o
'?i'?i*?gah, table (lit., where one has meals regularly)
E. From meckah (someone's) foot (11.354), is formed the verb mi-ckah,
to go on foot.
F. j/i*, a/i'^i, a/u*
Certain verb stems in which the vowel of the initial syllable is a were
found to have intensive forms with i-, i*?i, or u-, as if the J represented
an e with a- modification, to which i and u are not subject (9.1 ):
nagjyk- to help, ni*gay, to help a lot, to help regularly
tJgaw to settle a dispute, ti-gaw, to be at peace
•^okJh to fish with a net, ku *?o '?i'?ikjh, fishing rock (lit., where one
fishes with a net regularly)
*?akJt(kW_) to button, '?i'?ikjt, to button up clothes
*?ap- to tell, *?J['?gap(-), oi^iPgjp, to tell repeatedly (cf. '?i*?i*?gapayum-,
to be a telltale)
cawahs- to point, cu-wah(s-), to point repeatedly
G. Two of these forms are used as nouns as well as (noninflecting) verbs:
9i9i9gah to have meals regularly, a meal (koypoh we*?i*>i*?gah, break-
fast (lit., morning meal)
*?a*?gjp to tell repeatedly, story
13.16 The verb son(ow-)
Apart from its use as a verb, to be, to happen, to do, this verb has a num-
ber of special functions, which may conveniently be summarized here:
After several noninflected verbs denoting qualities or attributes, son(ow-)
may be added to give a vaguer m.eaning to the verb concerned.
lo*?ogey to be black (adjective, 13.221), lo'^ogey son(ow-), to be blackish
skoyon to be blue, skoyon son(ow-), to be bluish
After nouns, which may be preceded by the adverb kolo, it seems, son(ow-
or segon(ow-) means "to be like ..." etc.
kolo ki'4 sonowoni tepo' a tree like a redwood
wek sonowoni like this
(9)wo'gey son slek^slek^^ white men's clothes
Icj**? segon like a crow (used as a nominal phrase = blackbird)
pa*?arik segon like flint (used as a nominal phrase = trillium)
For the last two constructions see 13.141 .6l(2)a.
86 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
siSon(ow-), to be like, may be used in a similar manner to son(ow-).
^j'WJh siSonowoni green (lit., like grass)
Place name nouns followed by son are used to designate women marrying
into a family of the place referred to.
relc^oy son a woman who marries into a Requa family
Following (•?)wen'?uh, third person pronominal prefix form of nu'^uh, pair,
son(ow-) means "to be identical."
numi '^wenu'^uh so*?n it is just the same
ku numi *?wenu*?uh sonowoni cucil an identical pair of birds (lit., birds
that are exactly alike)
The third person pronominal prefix form (*?)weson may also be used by
itself predicatively in comparative sentences.
wi'^i't wi*? weson this is the same
wek nimi wi^ weson this is not the same
numi ^weson ku tik^oni it was just like the one that had been broken
kic *>i so?n (so^n, 6) and kic "^i '?weson followed by a pronominal prefix
verb form are both used to mean "to be ready."
kic hes ?i §o?n ki Icegolt are you ready to go?
kic ^i 5o*?n ki *?negolc I am ready to go
kic *?! *?weson ki '?nego"*?loh we are both ready to go
The irregular third person pronominal prefix form ?uson or with infix
'^usegon is used after nouns to mean "like" or "made of." The resultant
phrase may be used as a nominal group, or attributively before another
(head) noun.
terek^s or te'?rek^s *?usegon thimble (lit., like a bride^s basket)
(*?)yo4koyc ?uson lahpsew a wooden plate
tepo' *?uson like a tree
13.2 Numerals and Adjectives
In the grammatical system of the Yurok language these two classes of words
must be regarded as subclasses of the Verbals.
13.21 Numerals
Syntactically, numerals mostly precede nouns to fornn endocentric nomi-
nal groups,''
ni'^il pegak two men nahksoh ha*?a'g three rocks
Morphologically, many of their forms are verbal in type, though frequently
a single "petrified" form is used syntactically in positions that would require
several different inflections in a verb. The most striking feature of the Yurok
numeral system (a feature shared, though to a lesser extent, by the adjectives
13.22) is that nouns are grouped for numeration into various classes of roughlj
similar general meanings (round things, plants, human beings, etc.), and eact
class has a separate form of numeral used with it, giving rise to a fairly com-
Certain series of numeral words behave rather as adverbs or independent verbs
(see the table below).
U«AMMAR
87
plex numeral system." The situation is not unlike that of Japanese and othei
languages having systems of "numeral classifiers," but in Yurok it is the nu
meral word itself that has a different form for nouns of the various classes
and not a separate "classifier." '
The numeral forms and the noun classes are set out in the table below
but it is doubtful whether the full numeral system remains intact with any
speakers. There appears to be a tendency for the numerals appropriate to
human beings and animals to persist and for the forms used for "round
things" to be generalized for nouns of the other classes. The table given
below was compiled from several informants and represents a collation of
material from thern all, each accepting, though not necessarily volunteer-
ing, all the forms tabulated.
13.211 General and Tables
The numeral system is basically decimal, but in the first decad, numerals
1 to 4 and sometimes 10 exhibit a different structure from the remainder,
which are compounded of an element which is the same for all noun classes
and a second element which is the same for all numbers.
The numeral forms for the same number are differentiated for each class
by their terminations (basically "petrified" verbal terminations) and by vo-
calic alternations within a fairly stable consonantal frame. For the numerals
1 to 4 and for the second element of the compound numerals one may abstrac
the consonantal frame, which underlies the majority of the various forms.
1. k - ht-
2. n - 9-
3. n - hks-
4. c - 9 - n-, t - *? - n-, c - n - (*?)-
5-9. c-m-. c- -^m-, t - m-
10. w- 4 - w-
Numeral Table
Human Beings
1. ko'ra?, ko*?r
2. ni'?iye4, ni^ii,
ni^iyen, ni'^i
3. nahkseyi
4. co*?oney4
n
CO
CO
5. meruh
6. kohcew
7. cjwjsik
8. knewetik
9. ka-milc
10. walawaylj
wa4awa*?ay4
Animals
and Birds
kahta*?y, kahta*?a'?y,
kahtaVayl
na^a'^a^y, na*?a*?jy4
nahksa*?a9y,
njhksa'?ay4
ca^ana'^a^y,
ca'?ana*?ay4
'*^in tjmawa*?j9y
'^mel tamawa*?ay4
Round Things,
Rocks, Dollars
kohtoh
no*? oh
nahksoh
to^onoh
tomowoh
tom (dollars)
Several informants
another speaker that he
wa4awa?a?y, welowa-,
wal^iwawavy, welowa- tomowoh,
wjlawawayl, welowa- tom
(waLiwa- when followed (dollars^
by another numeral)
were aware of this complexity and would say admiringly of
or she "knows the numbers" or "can count in Indian."
88
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
Tools, etc.
1 . kahtapi*?
2. nj'^api*?
3. njhksjpi*?
4. ta*?jnapi*?
5. meruh j
b. kohcew f
7. cawasik
8. knewetilc
9. ka-imlc
10. wJ4awJ*wjpi*?,
welowa- tamapi*?,
(walJwa- when
followed by another
numeral)
tarn j: pi?
Plants other than trees
kohtelcwo^n
na'^alcWo^n
nahkselcWo'?n
to'?onelcWo*>n
tomak*Wo9n
weiowa-wakWo9n
weiowa- tomak'Wo'^n
Trees, sticks, etc.
kohte'^r
na'?a*?r
nahkse*?r
to*?one*?r
toniu9r
we4owo*?r
weiowa* tomu^r
Body parts, streams,
utensils, clothes
1. ko-ra?, ko*?r
2. na^a^n
3. nahkse'^n
co*?one'?n, cone'^n
meruh ^
kohcew f
cawasik \ co-'^m
8. knewetiU I
9. ka-milc 1
wjiawi*?
weiowa- co**?m,
(wJi when followed
by another numeral)
10
Worms, snakes,
ropes, etc.
kohtek
na'?ak
nahksek
to'^onelc
tomakw
weiowalcw
weiowa- tomalcw,
Fiat things
kohtolcs
no'^olcs
nahk soles
to*?onolcs
tomowoks
WJi JWJ'WOlCS,
weiowa- tomowolcs
(wai Jtwa* when
followed by an-
other numeral)
Houses
1. kohte*?li
2. na'?a'?li
3. nahkse*?li
4. to^one'^li
5. meruh
3. kohcew
7. cjwasiic
8. knewetilc
9. ka-milc
10. weiowa'we'^li,
weiowa- tomowe'^li
Boats
kohtey
na*?ey
nahksey
to'?oney
tomowe'^li tomowey
weiowawey,
weiowa* tomowey
Times (adverbs)
kohci (once)
na^mi, na*?ami
(twice)
nahksemi (three time
co*na*?mi, co*?onemi
(four times)
ci (five, etc., tinies)
weici, weiici,
weiowa* ci
(ten times),
(weiowa- when
followed by
another numeral)
GRAMMAR
89
Days
Arm's lengths
(depth measurement)
1.
kohcemoyi
kohcjmays (one arm's
(one day)
length)
2.
na^amoyl
na^amays (two arm's
(two days)
lengths)
3.
nahksemoyi
nahksemayg (three
(three days)
arm's lengths)
4.
co-na*?amoyi
co*?onamays (four-
(four days)
arm's lengths)
5.
meruh )
6.
kohcew r°-^°yi
7.
cawasik } ^^'^^^
knewetik I ^^^'
ka-milc ) ^^>^^
cj-mays (five, etc.
8.
9.
arm's lengths)
10.
welowurk,
waiawamays (ten
weiowa*
arm's lengths)
co-moyi
(ten days)
Length measurement
of dentalium shells
kohtepir (one finger
joint)
na*?apir (two finger joints)
nahksepir (three finger
joints)
No higher numerals in
this series
The first elements of the compound numerals 7, 8, and 9 are obviously
related to cawasataw, index finger (cf. cawahs-, to point), knewoietew,
long (third) finger (cf. knewe-^Kon-), to be long), and kamatjw. little finj^er,
respectively.
In the Round things, dollars series, kohtonah or kohtonah ci-k is used as
a noun meaning "one coin or piece of money."
The Days and the Arm's lengths series are generally used as verbs.
kohcew kic co-moyl six days had elapsed
13,212 Apart from the Days series there is a series of second type o-class
verbs (3. s. indie, -okw or -o^l, 13.141 .1 B(4)) meaning "to be or stay some-
where so many days."
1.
2.
3.
4.
5-9.
10.
kohcemo'?-
na'?amo*?-
nahksemo*?-
cona*?mo'?-
meruh, etc.
coTno*?-
we4owa* co-mo*?-
nek ki na'?amo'?oic I shall be away two days
In addition to the Days series, days can be counted with the Body Parts
series followed by kecoyi or or '?ukecoy4, day.
ko-ra^ ^kecoyi one day
na^a^n ^kecoyi two days
Months are counted with the Round Things series, perhaps after the
(round) moon.
kohtoh hegor one month
90 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
Years are counted with the Times series followed by lok or loksi*?i, it is
a year.
kohci lokCsi*?!) one year
yo*? na'^mi lok kic to'^m he is now two years old
The Times series is used with nouns of quantity m.easures and the like.
na*>mi "^ekahpor two capfuls
kohci lekah one length (of rope, etc.)
nanksemi nu*?uh no*?oy three pairs of shoes. *^
This series is also used with the verb mecken-, to be so many feet long
(13.141.1F(5)).
weiowa- ci mecke'?n it is ten feet long
ka-mik kic ci mecka*? it is already nine feet long
A "deictic" numeral expression, wek ci, so many, is used in construc-
tions of these types.
wek ci lekah so many lengths
wek ci mecke*?n it is so many feet long (pointing or otherwise indicating
the length)
Besides times this series may be used to count places in an object.
na*?mi tmohkeli'? ku ro*wo*?s the pipe was broken in two places
The numeral two is used indefinitely in two forms:
na'?mi, na^ami, as well as meaning "twice" may mean "for ages," "for
ever so long."
ho na'^mi hegok I was traveling for ages
An indefinite second person incremental plural form na'?a*?m(o*?w) is
found meaning "there is a crowd" (cf. 13. 141. IE).
13.213 In the Round Things, Dollars series the numeral used alone, or
with ci-k, money, means "so many dollars."
ki moskelc kohtoh ifeci-k I will borrow one dollar from you
13.214 The numerals 11-19 in each series are formed by the numeral 10
+ nima + a numeral 1 to 9. nima comes between the first and second ele-
ments of the compound numerals 5 to 9.
In the Human Beings and Body Parts, etc., series, only ko*>r is used
for 1 in the numeral 11.
weiowa* nima kohci eleven times
wa4jwa*?jy4 nima ko*?r pegjk eleven men
weiowa- meruh nima tomowoh ha?a-g fifteen rocks
**"One shoe" is kohCah no?oy, a numeral form not found elsewhere.
The word for 10 may be omitted.
nim^a kohtoh ha'^a-g eleven rocks
nima is also used with the noun tmoh, tmohkeri, half, in numeral ex-
pressions.
kohtoh hegor nima tmoh a month and a half
For the numerals 20 to 99 the Times series preceding the numeral 10 is
used.
na*?mi weiowa* co-moy4 twenty days
nahksenii weiowa- nim.a kohtoh ha^a-g thirty-one rocks
100 is welici followed by the appropriate numeral 10.
weiici waiawjyl pegak 100 men
Multiples of 100 are expressed by the Times series before welici,
kohcew welici walxwayl pegak six hundred men
13.215 Ordinal numbers
An ordinal number is formed for each series by an article, ki or ku,
followed by the numeral with third person pronominal prefix. In compound
numerals the second element has the prefix.
ku *?wenahksemoyl the third day
ku ^wenahkseyi pegak the third man
ki ^weni'^il the second (person)
ku meruh weci the fifth time
13.216 Names of the months
A series of month names, partly based on the numerals, was formerly
used. The same difficulties as were reported by Kroeber^^ were encountered
in trying to obtain consistent lists of the last three or four months, particu-
larly in view of the fluctuation between a twelve-month year and a thirteen-
month year. The best attested list recorded from my informants, which dif-
fers somewhat frona Kroeber's,^"* is as follows:
(twelve-month year)
1 1 . hohkem
12. ka-moh, ka-mes hegor
**A, L. Kroeber, Handbook of the Indians of California, BAE-B 78:74-75 (1925).
"Kroeber's list, though he reports divergencies among his informants, is almost
certainly more accurate than mine, as the old calendar was a more recent memory
when he made his inquiries. Several of my informants were entirely ignorant of the
old Yurok month names.
1.
kohcewec
8.
knewoleta?
2.
na?awec
9.
ka-macj*?
3.
nahksewec
10.
nohso-
4.
co*na'?awec
11,
pyega-goh
5.
meroyo*
12.
hohkem
6.
kohca-wec
13.
ka-moh, ka-mes hegor
7.
cawJsa*?
92 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
For months 5 to 9, ki or ku followed by the first elemeni ^f the compound
numeral with hegor or ('?)we'?gor, month, can be used as an alternative.
ki cjwasilc hegor the seventh month
13,21? "Petrified" forms and others
Many of the forms in the table of numerals are clearly "petrified" verbal
forms. The nunnerals 1 to 4, 10, and the second element in the compound
numerals in the Animals series have the terminations of e- class verbs with
stems ending Jty-, the alternatives for each numeral showing the loss of the
distinction between third person singular and third person plural forms.
Many of the nunneral form.s in the other series are probably referable to
inflected or noninflected verbs in origin.
In the Human Beings series, ko*?r, one, may be a "petrified" third per-
son singular indicative form of the e-class verb kor-, to survive.
Besides the "petrified" third plural forms for the numerals 2 to 4 in
the Human Beings series, there are the following personal verbal forms:
1st person ni'?i'?yoh^ nahkseyoh co'^oneyoh
2d person ni*?i'?yu'? nahkseyu*? co'^oneyu'?
3d person ni*?i(ye)i nahksey(e)4 co'?oney(e)4
(13.141.1F{8))
we, you, they are two, three, four in number
For 5 to 9, the first elem.ent of the compound numeral followed by
co*'?m(-), incremental plural stem, is used.
co'?m(-) may also be used after kus, how?, to mean "how many?"
kus co-*?mo'?w how many are you?
The second elements of the other compound numerals are similarly used.
kus tamawa'^ay, kus tamawa'?ayi how many (animals) are they?
kus tomowoh ha*?a'g how nriany rocks are there?
In the Days series co-mi*? is used in questions, third person singular of
conaoy-,. of which co-moyi represents the third person plural.
kus co-mi*? how long (a time) is it?
comi*? can also be used independently to mean "it is a long time" (since
comething happened).
co-mo*?- (13,212) in questions means "how many days will someone be
somewhere?"
kus ki co-mo*?0'*?m how many days will you be away?
The verbal character of the numeral forms may also be seen in the use
made of the members of several series with the -eg- infix. With this infix,
borne by the second element of compound numerals, numerals may be used
with verbs to mean "so many at a time," or "so many each."
^Cf. 13. 144.2, above.
GRAMMAR
93
nekah kego*?r ro'?opoh we ran one at a time
meruh cego-*?m weno*?i*?mei they came in fives
13.22 Adjectives
There is not in Yurok a formally differentiated class of words correspond-
ing to the adjectives of English or other European languages. Such words
generally translate into Yurok intransitive verbs, not formally distinguish-
able from other intransitive verbs.
kimol- to be bad
skuyep- to be good
There is, however, a small number of intransitive verbs which have
broadly similar meanings and different forms according to the noun class to
which they refer, in a similar manner to the numerals, though the differentia-
tion is less extensive and often only a few forms appear for each meaning.
These verbs are designated the subclass of Adjectives. Syntactically they
behave as the rest of the intransitive verbs. A number of color words are
included in this subclass.
13.221 General and tables
In the table of the adjectives the gaps are in many cases owing to the in-
applicability of the particular type of meaning to the particular class of
nouns, but in some apparently possible places gaps may indicate the inability
of informants to supply the word, and not necessarily the absence of such a
word in the total word stock of the language.
Table of Adjectives
Human Beings
Animals and Birds
Round Things,
Rocks, etc.
big
peloy-. pelil^
pla*?ay-, peloy-
ploh(keloy-)
small
cey(kel-)
cjyka'?ay(-),
cey(kel-)
ceykoh
flat, smooth
skawjhkay-
long, tall, high knewolep-
no'?op-
knewolop- ,
nono'>(op-)
knewolopil-
thin, slender
mesi*?r{on-),
slender,
(slo-^eik-,
skinny)
thick, wide
to-moh, fat
to*moh, fat
short, low
tkwep-.
tkWeptkWep-,
tkWepii-
tk^ep-
(cahpah)
black
lo*?ogey(ow-)°
ij*?jg^y(-)
la*?jgah
white
muncey(ow-)^
munta*?ay(-)
muncey{ow-)
fs = stout, fat; plep-,
muncah
anlrkVifkplo
V-) of human beine
of women = pregnant
^la*?agayS. dark-skinned person; la'^g^^. negro.
^muncas, muntJS. fair-skinned person.
cl(9)way4 '^umuncey, white of egg (used as a noun).
94
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
Human Beings
Animals and Birds
x\u uixu X oxngs ,
Rocks, etc.
red
pakjya'?ay(-)
(hair)
pakaya*?jy(-)
pakayah* pekoyoh
gray
pa4kWj9jy(-),
(pancah. deer)
paikWjh
Tools, etc.
Plants other
than trees
Trees, Sticks, etc.
big
peloy-
ploh(keloy-)
peloy-. plep-
small
cey(kel-)
ceykelc^on-
ceyke'?r(on-),
cey(kel-)
flat, s
tmooth
skewi*?r(on-),
(mewi'?r(on-),
long and smooth)
long.
tall,
high
knewe'?l(on-)
knewe*?l(on-),
no'^op-, no-no?(op
thin, slender
mesi'?r(on-).
mek^co-me'^r
thick.
wide
to*mekWon-
to*melcWon-
short.
low
tkWe?r(on-)
black
lo'>ogey(ow-)
lo*?ogey(ow-)
lo^oge*?r(on-),®
lo'?ogey(ow-)
white
muncey(ow-)
muncey(ow-)^
munce*?r(on-)
red
pekoyoh
pekoyoh
pekoye'?r<on-)
gray
Body Parts.
(polkWen '^uson)^
Worms. Snakes,
(polk^en *?uson)
Utensils, Clothes
Ropes, etc.
Flat Things
big
plep-, ploh(keloy-)
plep-
ploks-
small
cey(kel-)
cey(kel-)
cey(kel-)^
flat, smooth
skewilkes-,
skawahkay- ,
skewilon- (roads)
long. 1
tall.
high
knewe'^Kon-)
knewolek-,
no'^omek-
thin, slender
mesi'?r(on-)
mesik-.
mek^co-mek-
thick.
wide
to-moh,
tomik-
to*moks-
short.
low
tkWe9r(on-)
tkWep-
black
lo*?ogey(ow-)
lo*?ogey(ow-)
lo'?ogey(ow-)
white
muncey{ow-)
muncey(ow-)
muricoks-
red
pekoyoh
pekoyoh
pekoyoks-
gray
palkWa9ay<-)
^lo*?oge*?r(on-) = charred black; lo*?ogey(ow-) = black-colored.
'muncah, of plants = light-colored.
glit., like mold (13.16).
"ceykoks-, of boards and the like = narrow.
GRAMMAR
95
Houses
Boats
big
ple'^loy-,
pleyteloy-.
pe*?r(on-),
ploh(keloy-)
ploh(keloy-)
small
ceykoh,
ceyke'^rCon-)
cey(kel-)
thin, slender
niesi'?r(on-)
thick.
wide
ploks-,
to*moks-
black
lo?ogey(ow-)
lo'?ogey(ow-)
white
niuncey(ow-)
muncey(ow-)
red
pekoyoh
pekoyoh
Water
mesik- (streams)
plo-lik-,
ploks -
la^agayl
pekoyop-
In addition to the forms tabulated above, a stem kokonewe'>l(on-), to be
long, is used of tufted things (grass, hair, etc.).
In the table, entries in parentheses represent stems used to fill the par-
ticular place, but which do not have the scatter of similar forms character-
istic of Yurok adjectives.
13.222 It will be seen that there is more generalization of forms in the ad-
jectives than in the nunnerals, and that the more common forms tend to be
extended into several series. Thus cey(kel-), to be small (human beings,
tools, etc.) is also used as an alternative to the specific cayka'?ay(-) of ani-
mals, whereas pakaya'?ay(-), to be red (animals), with the a vocalism char-
acteristic of the Animals series in numerals and adjectives, is extended
into the Human Beings series where the word for "red" has less application.
13.223 Inflected adjectives all belong to the e-class, except those with stems
ending OW-, "^lon-, *?ron-, and skewiion- , to be flat, smooth (roads).
Adjectives behave morphologically like other intransitive and noninflected
verbs, with the following exceptions:
peloy- to be big
3 s. indie. pelo*?y or pe'^l
3 s. and pi. attrib. pelin
increm.ental plural peloye'?m(-) or popeli'?m(-)
All other adjective stems ending oy- are passive inflecting (13.141.3B).
ple^loy- to be big
3 s. indie. ple*?li?
3 s. attrib. ple*?loni
But plohkeloy-, to be big, stout, has incremental plural plohkeloy*?m(-).
Adjective stems ending ay- form their 3 s. and pi. attrib. by adding -jni,
to a stem ending yan- .
pla'?ay to be big
lj*?jgay- to be black
3 s, and pi. attrib. pla^yjnani
3 s. and pL attrib. la'?jga'?yanani
But skjwahkay-, to be smooth, adds -ani to a stem skawahkayS-.
ceykel-. to be small, has 3 s. indie. ceyke*?n and 3 pi. indie, ceykenei;
its 3 s. and pi. attrib. is ceykeni.
e-clas^ adjective stems ending on- have 3 s. and pi. attrib. inflection -i
(cf. 13.14^ gji)^
96 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
ceykelc^on- to be small 3 s. and pi. attrib. ceykelcWoni
o-class adjective stems ending on- are of the first type (13. 141. IB);
they form their 3 s. and pi. attributives by adding -oni to the stem.
skewiion- to be flat 3 s. indie, skewi4o'?n
3 s. and pi. attrib. skewilononi
lo*?oge*?ron- to be black 3 s. indie, lo*>oge?ro'?n
3 s, and pi. attrib. lo*!>oge*?rononi
The stems peloy-, plj*?ay(-), and ploh(keloy-), to be big, have the follow-
ing reduplicated plural forms, used as alternatives of the regular forms: 3 pi.
indie. pope*?l, 3 pi. attrib. popelin, noninflected plural papla*?ay, popoloh.
ku "^nu'k kic pope*?! my children are now big
popoloh ha'^atg large rocks
popoloh is not, however, used as a plural of ploh(keloy-), to be stout,
referring to human beings.
ceykel-, to be small, has a third person plural indicative cegeyke'^n as
an alternative to ceykenei, and a third person plural attributive cegeykeni
as an alternative to ceykeni.
ceykoh has a similar plural form cegeykoh.
cegeykoh ha*?a'g snaall rocks
The noninflected forms cey and cegey are frequently used in ku cey, the
child (lit., the little one), and ku cegey, the children.
14 PREVERBAL PARTICLES
14,1 General
The grammatical elements designated by the term Preverbal Particles play
an important part in Yurok sentence structure. Their principal function is
as part of the expansions of verbs into larger endocentric verbal groups. In
such groups they form relatively loosely joined verbal complexes. These
elements are treated as particles, separate words, and not as part of the
morphology of the verb, principally on the ground that their positional occur-
rence in sentences, though restricted, is not fixed, whereas the relative
positions of morphological elements in a word are fixed.^^ Moreover, these
particles may be disjoined from their head word by certain intervening
words. Their grammatical relations are therefore considered as part of the
syntax rather than of the morphology of the Yurok language.
Positionally these particles are restricted, except in the constructions
given below in 14.4, to preceding the verb which acts as head of the endo-
centric construction to which they belong. Hence the designation given them.
They may be distinguished from the class of adverbs (15) by reason of the
greater freedom of grammatical relationship and positional occurrence en-
joyed by the latter.
The only constructions in which preverbal particles are used apart from
verbal groups are:
**Cf, Rulon S, Wells, Immediate Constituents, Lang. 23:99 (1947).
GRAMMAR 97
Preceding nominals used predicatively in equational sentences (14.41)
and therefore constituting the syntactic equivalent of verbs in such sentences.
When they occur between an article and a noun (14.42).
In a few fixed phrases (14.43).
Only a limited number of the preverbal particles were found occurring in
constructions 2 and 3, and all three of these constructions are far less com -
prion than the particle + verb construction.
The particles are listed below with examples illustrating their uses and
paeanings.
14.2 Particles with Verbs
Preverbal particles occur singly or in groups of two or more before the
verbs to which they refer. They may be disjoined from the verb by inter-
vening adverbs, adverbial phrases, numeral words, or pronouns. Only
coC?) (14.21 No. 37) was found disjoined from its verb by a noun. Almost
all the particles can be used singly; in groups their relative order to one
another is not fixed.
Yurok verbs may be used in sentences, as has been seen, without any
preverbal particles, and the syntactic functions of the particle + verb com-
plexes are equivalent to those of verbs by themselves. The particles may
be used with any verb form, inflected or noninflected, in the verbal system,
though certain particles have specific functions when used with certain
specific verb forms; such functions are described below under the particles
concerned.
Broadly speaking, the meanings that may be given to these particles in
the Yurok language correspond to those ascribed in many other languages
to tense and aspect forms of verbs, as well as to rather more specific
tneanings for which adverbial words are used. The preverbal particles,
ased both singly and in groups, provide the Yurok language with a flexible
and sensitive range of verbal expressions, comparable to that achieved by
1 complex tense and aspect system in other languages.
The particles are listed below singly and then in groups, the same order
3f listing being used throughout. Examples of ail the groups occurring in
nciy notes are given, and the number of examples given with each particle
3r group of particles is intended to be some indication of their relative fre-
;iuency of occurrence in the language as I recorded it.
An attempt is made to give a single translation to each particle listed.
.n some cases this is relatively easy; in others only a general summary of
ts usages in sentences can be given. In each case it must be borne in mind
hat especially for words of tl.is type that do not normally occur in sentences
ixcept as part of larger constructions, isolated translation meanings can
"epresent no more than general abstractions frona the various contributions
:he words make to the meanings of the total sentences in which they occur.
L4.21 Nonnegative preverbal particles
No. 1. ho (1), past time.
ho s'?egok they boxed
ti*?now ho helom.eye'^m who were dancing?
yo*? ho pegpegoh we'^yoh he split up his wood
nekah no rurowo*?moh we sang
98 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
kus ho tepoh where was he hit?
telogumelc ku ke?! ho soc I resent what you said
nekah niko*?! ho *?ne4ku'?moh we always u»cd to gnther aco^^^
nek nahksemi ho k^eget I visited her three times
No. 2. kic. The general meaning of this particle is that the action or
f^rocess referred to in the verb is either itself of some duration and has
started 233 the past and is still going on at the time referred to in the sen-
tence, or that it has occurred in the past with continuing effect on the cur-
rent situation.
kic wey welomeye'?m they have finished dancing
kus kic so-t where has he gone?
kic heksu*? it has been found
nek kic we'^yeselc I have bought my bride
ku nek imeyor kic nesk^ecolc^ the man I am afraid of has come back
kic swo-'^me'?! he stinks now (from contact with something, cf. *?ocka'
swo-'^me'^l, below, No. 20)
kic cpa-ni cwegin you have been talking a long time
neskWi kic wenolcw he is coming near
kic ro'^r it is snowing (has started to snow)
nek kic teykelewomoyelc mei leyes I have been bitten by a snake
ku kic nu*?moni *?wo*gey kic no*4 ckeno*? ke^mow since the white man
arrived food has been scarce
kic mo'^ok'w^ there is none left
newo* kic '?ukye'?w we saw it capsizing
(a) The following examples contrast the uses of ho and kic:
ke*?! ho sega^ageye'^m k^elek^ kic wa?soyowo*?m you used to be rich,
but now you have become poor
ku hinoy ho weno'?omo*?r poy kic ro*? the one who was behind has run
ahead (in a race)
No. 3. wo, past tinae, principally used after a negative preverbal
particle (14.22), but used alone in "unreal conditional" clauses introduced
by *?epei, if (17. 2B).
•^epel wo loyelc si *?o liko-melelc if I had been caught I should have
been knifed
No. 4. *?ap, past time, sonnetimes with the implication of starting some
action. As a noninitial member of a group *?ap is not restricted to past time
(14.31 No. 7, Group 28, Groups 98, 99, 114).
no*i '?ap ho'?omah then they started to make a fire
skeli "^ap nek ku '?uma*?ahskei he put down his spear
kwesi '>ap hego-mu'^m ku '^wahpew so he spoke to his wife
No. 5. "^u. This particle is generally used after kitk^o (14.31 No. 14),
but it also occurs alone meaning "past time."
sega'^ani no -4 sohci ?u gelcWg often he found it far up in the hills
GRAMMAR 99
In groups '^u is not restricted to past time (14.31 Group 100).
No. 6. me, ma, past time, sometimes with the additional implication of
"going and doing."
me tmegolc I went hunting
na'^a'^n me lo?m he brought two
yo'^ikoh me tohkow they went to have a talk (yo*?ikoh ho tohkow = they
had a talk)
ti'?ni§ow me newo-'^m what did you see?
yo? wo*?ik me nelc ci-k ?o ku tek^onek^s he put the money into the box
ti*?now ku pegak ku me newo-mom who was the man you saw?
nek kem ma cege*?loh I too went seaweed gathering
ku meges ma hewolon ku teloge*?moni the doctor cured the sick
No, 7. *?eme, ?ema, similar in meaning to me, ma.
*?eme ga*?m ku mewimor the old man spoke
kolo "^eme lekWo^i ^umeykWelu-'^m their mourning seemed to fill the air
merk^eni ^eme ni'*?n he looked everywhere
^eme ge'^woni?! ku *?werahcin he went and woke up his friend
ku mewimor wehinoy "^ema '?o*lo'? he came and stood behind the old man
kolo *?ema lek^o*?! wego*se*?m their shouting seemed to fill the air
*?ema ckeyelc *?o kyu'^n I went there to sleep
piSka*i "^ema kepoyurelc I swam in the sea
yok ?ema kohcemo'?olt I stayed there one day
neka*?ai *?ema kimolep he was rude to me
No. 8. ^ela, past time, with the implication of being associated with a
particular place. As a noninitial member of a group *?ela is not restricted
to past time (14.31 Group 101, 162a),
wonu "^ela key I sat on top
"^ela pelep there was fighting there
ku '?ela pelepin nahscuh wencok^s kem skeli leci*? in the fighting there
last night a woman was knocked down as well
nek ^ela newoseli I saw him there
hikon ku ^ela ho"le'?moni niki cu ho-k^ once upon a time all who were
there were gambling
No. 9. mep, past time, often with the implication that the action re-
ferred to occurred just in time for another event.
numi mep new kic *?ukye'?w ku '?yoc we were just in time to see the boat
capsize
ke^l hes mep newo-'^m were you in time to see it?
mep kego*?m wegoyek the story was told (lit., they heard it told them)
No. 10. ki, the most generalized particle referring to future time; it
may be variously translated "will," "may," "can." "ought," "must."
ki mi-ckEih I shall go on foot
ki *?ohseK pa*?ah I will give him some water
100 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
ki ma'?epoyew Icecewes your hand wiii be iiea up
ki sku'?y so- ^apacelc I will tell you in full^^
nek ki yekselc I will tell her
ki himenomi le*?moh we will go quickly
to? ki ookw it should be left alone (lit., it should be (where it is))
ki ko'?l nepek I can eat something
yo*? ki sa*?agoc he can talk Yurok
ku nekah ko-yck^oh "^o^lel k^elek^ ki hohku? the house we bought must
be repaired
No. 11. ku, future time, sometimes with the implication "going and
doing."
nek k^elok^ ku nahksemi wegoycok I shall be away three days
nek ku mei?en I will go and ask
to*? nekah ku io* ke'^yoh we will go and get your firewood
to*? ke*?l nekah ku ni*go**?m we will go with you
ku ckeyelc I am going to bed (lit., to sleep)
No. 12. As was stated in 13.141.4K, ki and ku are frequently used in
subordinate clauses containing pronominal prefix verb forms. In this use
these particles have no specific time reference, and may occur as first
member of a group with any other particle or group of particles. Groups
of this kind introduced by ki and ku are not listed in the sections below;
examples of this use of the two particles are given in section 13.141 .4K(3).
No. 13. kiti, future time.
kiti ta^anoy*?! it is going to be hot
kiti ho'li*? no-loh my basket will turn out twisted
kolo kiti hego^l it looks as if he will go
yo*? ha'?m kiti kimkoselt he said "I shall punish him"
No. 14. kit, future time, nearer than is implied by kiti. kit is also
used for continuing actions or processes that have begun but not yet reached
their completion. It is also used with reference to past events in the sense
of "began to."
newo*k kit neleko-melek I saw I was about to be stabbed
necewes kit tmentmen m.y hand has started to throb
mep newo'U kit wego'^omah I was in time to see them starting to light
the fires
to*?s kit hewece*?m are you beginning to get better?
kit po*?oh nemil my leg is healing
kit ckene*?m ki pu*k "^o wi'^i't the deer are beginning to get scarce here
no-4- kit sa-welei then they began to cool off
no* 4 newo*?m wesek k^elek^ pulekuk kit wesoncoyelc then he saw it
begin to be paddled down stream
No. 15. kitu, future time, with the implication "going to do."
kitu iku-*?moh we are going acorn gathering
*See so*, 14.21 No. 40.
GRAMMAR 101
nekah kitu regemoh we are going to dance the doctor dance
kitu hoh pi?ih I am going to pick up mussels
No. 16. kito, intention, desire.
kito ckeyek I want to sleep
No. 17. kesi. future time, with anaphoric reference to an event or time
already mentioned or implied, that must precede the event referred to by
the verb.
ku^y kesi hegok I will go later on
•^owok kesi wenolc I will not come until tomorrow
yo'^lkoh ki poy helomeye'^m kesi kelew helomeye'?mo'?w they will dance
first and then you will dance
No. 18. ^esi. past time, with similar anaphoric reference to that of kesi.
^esi nes then he came
cpa-nik *?esi sewep it was a long time before he breathed (lit., it was
long then he breathed)
lo*?omah *>esi letkoli'?m they ran along and then flew (said of birds
taking off)
kic wey we'?e'?gah "^esi nu-'^m they came after we had finished our meal
(lit., we had finished eating then they came)
welowa- ci hegokw wesa'^awor no-4 *?esi pk^eco'^l ku *?uma*?ah its shadow
came ten times before the devil appeared
nahksemi ho k^eget noi vesi ko-^moyoU I visited her three times before
I heard it
No. 19. mesi, similar in meaning to kesi and '>esi. but not restricted in
time reference.
ku kic '^uko^moyok mesi hego'^l when he heard it he went
^owo'k mesi heksek I will not tell him until tomorrow
No. 20. *?ocka', present time and continuing action.
'?ocka- helome'^y ku pegak the man is dancing now
•^ocka- ko'?l nepelc at the moment I am eating
*?ocka* hohku*? *?upoy her tattooing is being done now
we'?ykoh k^elek^ *?ocka- tmego*? at present he is out hunting
'?ocka- swo-'?me'?l he stinks now (naturally, cf. kic swo-'?me'?l, above,
No. 2).
No. 21. *?ockic, tinne just past.
'?ockic cpawak I have just thought of it
No. 22. wo*?ni.
a. Present time and continuing action.
nek wo'^ni ko^l nepek at present I am having something to eat
102 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
wo*?!!! ni'*?nowoh ku wegohpeye'?in now we af g guarding th§ GTbssing
place (lit., where they cross)
ke*?l kus wo*?!!! sJ-ijpe'^m what are you doing now?
b. With reference to past time wo*?ni means "at the same time."
ku wo^ni regohpenin '?upa'?ah skeli kic leko'^n the person who was filling.
the buckets (lit., water) has fallen down (while he was doing it) ^
No. 23. kitk^ela, still. 1
A
^j
?!
nek kitk^ela nekomuy nesa**?agoceli I can still speak Yurok I
yo*? kitk^ela nohte*?n wecwin she is still able to talk I
No. 24. ko('?). In slower speech ko*? is the commoner form, whereas ko
is frequent in quicker speech. This particle, which is used with reference
to past and future time, is difficult to assign to a definite meaning. Compari-
son with its use in groups and examination of sentences where it occurs as a
single particle suggest that its purpose is to make more precise or specific j
the time of the event referred to in the verb. Cf. koC?) *?o and *?o koC?), belo^
(14.31 Group 61. Group 64).
With reference to past time:
ko newo'li kit welmeyowoi no*i *>o kemeyek I saw that they were getting
nasty, so I went home
nekah k^elek^ ko? halcjye*?m mi*? pegak nekah no'?penoy we hid because
a man was chasing us
nek nepsec numi *?wehinoy ko nagjy ku wi'^i-t weso*k my father was the
last man to assist at this sort of thing.
With reference to future time:
ko geseyek sku'?y neson I shall be thought to be doing right \
pek^su hes kelew ko nagaykapa*? won't you all help me?
moco ki newohpe^n k^elek^ ko*? samayawayek if he sees me, I shall
be killed
Xo^ wo'gin ko ko*?oyewelt then I will hire someone else
to*? wi'^it ko hek^spa? then you will find m.e there
pek^su hes ko rek^oh won't you drink something?
kem ko soc say it again!
he! ko ko"*?of5es hey, stopi
No. 25. Locative preverbal particles, "^o, ni, *>i
These three particles are basically locative. Their uses with verbs are
very frequent, and serve to link the event referred to by the verb with fea-
tures of the context or environment. Their reference may be local and lit-
eral, or metaphorical and to a more abstract context. Frequently they have?
an anaphoric reference to something already mentioned. They are not re-
stricted in tinae reference.
a, *?o.
pa*?a*4 •?© tek kohtoh ha*?ag one rock sticks up in the water
GRAMMAR 103
kus *>o pa^a*?!! where is there water?
nek tepo-noi "^o ceyohpinek pu-k I hid the deer in the forest
keyoh '^o lenek^ ?o-i someone drowned in the autumn
wes*?onewik '^o '^eko'?! knu*u a hawk hovered in the sky
ku *?© wegesah bathing place (where they bathe; contrast ku ho wegesah
below, No. 28)
noi hinoy '?o weno'?i'?m they cam.e afterward
kyu*? hego-se*?m ku ^yonci '>o reUi- n those sitting in the boat are shout-
ing over there
nek SO' yo*? kelac "^o no**?ref$ I think he followed you there
pek^su hes nekah kelew *>o megelu*'?moh so kohpey may we not go with
you to Crescent City?
nekah wo'?ni ho-k^ce'^moh *?o gegoy lek^si le^mek^ we were gambling
at the time and they told us "Get outside I "
*?o*>lep '>o teno*? pancac there is a lot of dust in the house
hikon numi kim so- yewo*?i tu*? '>o tene'^m merk^sewoi years ago there
was a terrible earthquake and many people perished
tosoh wa'^so'^y tu? *?o skuye'>n ku pegak though he is poor the man is
good for all that
yo'? cwegin nek ^o hagik^sawah while she talked I was smiling (lit., she
was talking I was then smiling)
'^o kefu'?l there is a lake there
kic numi ?e'?gah ?o lekWo*?! ku *?o9le4 they were just eating when the
house fell in
b, ni.
pa*?a-i ni "^o-lew ha^a-g there are rocks in the water
wi§ ni '?o*?l he is here
ma hewolon ku ni '?o'le'?m.oni he came and healed those who were there
ni mo^okw nepuy ^o ku ra-yoy there is no salmon in the creek
yoc "^upoyew ni "^oyl nedwona*? my coat is lying in the front of the boat
wonew ni •?o-le*?me4 they are up in the hills
hinoy ni so*?n he is backward
pecu k^elek^ niko^l ni *?weskeweg up river it is always fine weather
niko*?4 ko*?l ni kegol^ you are always going off somewhere
c. 91.
co*lew ^i yo'le'^m they are around down below
'>o newo'k kyn*? *>i hoyikep I saw it rolling about there
ka'mege*?i tu*? hes '^i yese'^m ki hegok the weather is bad, do you still
intend to go? (lit., do you think in the circumstances (*?i) "I will go"?)
tema ioy ki '^nek'^eget tu*? yo'?4koh *>! nu'*?m I tried to visit you but
they arrived at the time
pecik ?i *?neme'?w I come from up river
to*? numi ka-meg "^i le^moh although the weather was bad we went all
the same
No. 26. hi, around
kowico hi ni'^nowo*?ni donH look around!
104 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
No. 27. '^eni, all over, completely.
no*i weluloi ^eni muloni'? wi*?!-! then this was rubbed all over their
mouths
*?eni ko*?si mesi-goni*? he was m.assaged all over
No. 28. ho(2), to, at.
In view of the quite separate range of meanings attached to this particle,
it may be legitimate to list it apart from ho (1). ho (2) is unrestricted in
time reference and implies that the action denoted by the verb is directed
or focused in a particular direction.
ku ho wegesah bath tub (where one bathes, contrast ku ^o wegesah
above, No. 25a)
kic cinki*? ku ho lega'ye*?mo*?w the path (lit., where people pass) has
been changed
no-4 tmayweroy ho rigor the waves come up as far as Cannery Creek
kowico nek ho ni'*?nowopa*? don't look at me!
No. 29. nu, motion preceding or involved in the action denoted by the
verb.
ki pegak nu tmi-go*? pu-k the men have gone deer hunting
niko'^i nu "^nenekcenoy he always comes to meet us
pek^su hes nu megelo-*?m are you not going along too?
nek nu nonowoco*? I have come to fetch you all
numi kimo*?l nu ^^ne'^J^^gap my news is very bad (lit., it is very bad, I
am coming to tell)
wenos nu rek'^'oh kepa'^ah come and drink your waterl
nu tra'?kos go and get some waterl
nu i'?os ku mu^^uhk^ole^wey go and fetch the wedgel
No. 30. mei. This particle serves to link the action or process denoted
by the verb with attendant things, persons, or circumstances, which may or
may not be referred to by other words in the sentence.
yo*? ha*?a*g mel samai cudis he killed the bird with a stone
ti^niiow mei toh what are they talking about?
pa'?a-mi'? ku "^yolkoyd kowico mei ho'?ope*?m the firewood is wet; don't
use it to make the fire I
tu*? mei cegeyke'?n neci*§ep that is why my flowers are small
piska-i mei lohpi*?! the clouds are coming in from the sea
kus so*?n mei nes why have you come? (lit., what has happened? Becausi
of it you have come).
yo*?lkoh mei teloyewei they told a lie as they passed
tewomei naei nenekceniceli I am glad I met you on the way
mei so'^n it matters, it is of importance
nepuy wi*? cpi mei so*>n only salmon were concerned in this
yo*? k^elek^ nek mei kemolod she is jealous about me
wit mei hi'? pewolew that is why it is called Pewolew
No. 31. *>emel, similar to naei in meaning but less frequently used.
keski *?eniei hek^selc I found it down there
GRAMMAR 105
.as '?emei nekceneseit I met him on the road
nepe'?wi§ricg -^u-^wao -^cmc* mci'^e^iuyew ku •?we'?lep his hair was tied up
with an otter skin
<u ^ukesomewet *?eme4 4oipep ku *?o'?lepik with his left hand he low^ered
himself into the house
*?emei io'?ni ku '?wo*?ipe*?y then he took the angelica root
No. 32. sela, action, etc., in a particular direction.
rio'i *?o ga'?m sela ro*?onepes then he said "move up therel "
I sela recoi they paddled in that direction
No. 33. so, action, etc.j in a particular direction.
pulekuk so cwin he prayed to the north
co-lekW' so slQycol^ I climbed down the hill
hikoc so hegosel^ I am shouting across the water
nekah na*gin so niyo leyonoy they pushed us aside
ku ro*wo*?s wit S(j wegenoyl that is what the pipes were called there
pa'?a'4 so le^koni pegak a man who fell into the water
No. 34. Ueflo. like, apparently. Qualifies or restricts the statement
ttade in the verb.
l^eso pemeyomi*? it seemed oil smooth
Ueso testop it looked as if it had been congealed
Ueso pekoyop the water flowed red, it seemed
No. 35. si, would, should, si is used in past "unreal conditional"
leniences, and to express wishes and preferences for states of affairs
lUier than the actual.
:ne skewok kelew si megelo*>w I -Aanted you all to come with me
ek skewok si *>nenewo-k wes«'ep> pii I should like to see it pour with
rain
ek komcumelc ku si hekcoh I know what I should have told you
meya*n si nes he should have come yesterday
e'^1 si kemeyoneme'?m ku cey you ought to take the child home
36. no*, with others, like the rest.
nepek I eat it too
no- so'^n and so he went on doing it
^^ohcek I am giving you some too
uo' ro*?op he is running with the rest
r koweco, kowico introducing negative commands (15.711), no- means
>( on doing it! " "stop what you are doing! " etc., whereas koweco,
lone have the effect of a simple prohibition.
o no- imeyoneme^m ku cey stop frightening the child!
.Lo no* kegohcewo*?w kahkah ke'?win don't catch any more sturgeon
>r eels!
106 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
kowico no- homtepe*?m mei ki pusi stop playing with the cati
No. 37. co('?). CO*? is the more usual form in slower speech.
coC*?) is the only preverbal particle found to permit nouns to intervene
between itself and its head verb (see the last example in section a follow-
ing). It has four types of functions:
a. With indicative or noninflected verb forms it is used to make polite
imperative sentences, which are in more general use than the specific im-
perative forms of verbs.
ke*?l CO wonu so-ne'?m kerur sing higher I (lit., raise your singingi )
CO curfiay kawa'?yas we*?lep comb your girl's hair'.
CO*? cpinahpipa*? "^owo-kpa* wait for me till the day after tomorrowl
ku las '^o gunowoni tepo- co *?o-lek'W'e'?m camp by the tree at the side
of the roadi
CO? loyko'^m lcesa'?agocelc try to talk Yurokl
ke*?l CO nahcise*?m liew ku ^nu-k give your name to m.y child!
CO '>o go-lei soto*'?m^^ go into the gardenl
b. In clauses of the form article + attributive verb, co('?) before the
verb is the specific mark of temporal clauses (cf. 13.141.6I(2)f).
ku CO iku-*?m,o*?w in the acorn gathering season (lit., when people regu-
larly gather acorns)
ku CO plegohpin ki yegok I will go when the waters are in spate
ki nek co hego*loh when I go, when I went
ku yo*? CO*? so-tolin when he goes, when he went
Without co(*?) the last two exanaples m^ight mean "where I go," etc.
Occasionally co(*?) is used with this temporal meaning in other construc-
tions.
kit hego*?omah co*? nu-*?me4 yo*?ikoh they arrived just as we were mak-
ing the fires (lit., we were just making the fires then they arrived)
nek keyoh co '?o*lc I was born in the fall (autumn)
c. co(*?) is often found after kus in interrogative sentences (18. 3A),
without any assignable translation meaning.
kus CO nesk^ecolc^ when did he come?
kus CO*? soninepe'?m how do you feel?
kus CO so'?n kepsec we^ykoh how is your father today?
kus CO sose'?m what do you think of it?
d. For the use of co(*?) with k^en see under Adverbs, 15.82B.
No. 38. ci, as a single preverbal particle or as first member of a grou|
(14.31 No. 26) is used with imperative verb forms or noninflected verbs in
syntactically equivalent positions. As a noninitial member of groups it has
a more general emphatic meaning (14.31 Group 67, 14.32 Group 179).
*''?o is here a preposition, to. See 16. 2D.
GRAMMAR 107
ci *?o'?(5in Kepop give me some of your breadi
ci ko?! neps have something to eatl
ci hohkumek^ do some work, all of youl
ci nahcel ko*?l so*k give us somethingl
ci reki*n sit down, all of youl
No. 39. cu, as a single preverbal particle, like the more common groups
i}iki cu, ^iki cu, and kiki cu, has a basic meaning "all," and implies a general-
izing of the action or process expressed by the verb. It has a different use
as initial member of a group (14.31 No. 27).
\Li to*meni sonowoni c5ucis numi cu kegohce^w he used to catch all sorts
of birds
No. 40. so*, thus, so. This particle is of frequent occurrence. It may
be used anaphorically to show the dependence of one event or situation on a
previously mentioned event or situation. Following a third person singular
indicative verb or a noninflected verb so* constitutes an adverbial phrase
corresponding to the "adverbs of manner" of European languages. These
constructions function syntactically as single adverbs and may be preceded
by other preverbal particles endocentrically linked to the main verb and not
tp the verb immediately followed by so*. See the final example below.
so- tenoike'^y he is so stingy
kus so* hegole'^m how do you say it?
kus so- neke'^y what (lit, how) is that called?
so* himcreyowoi nekah na*gin so myo*leyonoy there were in such a
hurry that they pushed us aside
pewolew "^o mewimor wit so* neke*?y he was called the Old Man of
Pewolew
nimoksu pyewolumelc ku napaw so- seke*?y I could not chew it the meat
was so tough
mos ko'^lis kom so* knu'^loge'?* ki pi§kah no one knows how deep the
sea is (lit., no one knows, thus is the sea deep)
•^omimos so- tohkow they are talking Hupa (lit., Hupa Indians thus they
are talking)
kic slo^eiko-^m so* newoye'^m you look thin (lit,, you have got thin thus
you appear)
?o tmentmen nerpei so* lepe*?* my toothache is nagging (lit., it throbs
there thus my tooth aches)
kim so- rok^g it is terribly windy
seke'^y so* ko'^l hoh he is working hard at something
sku?y so* hunowolc I was brought up well
ki ckeno*? so* '?ohcek necege*?! I will give you a little of my seaweed
An -eg- infixed form sego-, regularly so, is found; this is the only pre-
verbal particle to admit infixation.
wek sego- nohseci*? this is always taken off like this
No. 41. niki, *>iki. kiki. niki and *?iki are treated as single particles
and not as groups (ni + ki, 7i + ki), since each may be preceded by the
particle ki in groups (14.31 Groups 38-39),
108 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
a. niki. niki is principally used to indicate that the event expressed by
the verb follows consequentially on a preceding event or existing state of
affairs, which may or may not be expressed. Frequently the circumstancej
are expressed in a verb followed by so*, niki usually, though not invariably
refers to past time.
niki tenpewe*?4 so- lelkemoy the mist turned to rain (lit., then it raine<
it was so misty)
hegoyek tu? niki hegolc I was told and so I went
wonu niki la-rork^i'?i then the waves broke over
ku *>y?gj'c kem niki so'^n then the sweathouse was also (smelling of
angelica root)
niki merku'^m ku nahce*?lis ki '^wenepelc ki nepuy then he ate up the
salmon he was given to eat
nekah niki kegepeyi so* no*c* we were deafened it niade such a noise
niki is often followed by pronom.inal prefix forms of verbs in this usage,
with the same meaning.
niki '?welo'?omah then they ran off
niki '?uk^om4e'?mek ku pegjk then the men went back
noi niki '?woro'?r wenegi-'^nowok so then he ran off to look for it
tu*? niki *>wero*yonew ku '>yoc then the boat skimmed along the water
niki followed by to*'?m(-), to be in a group, and a pronominal prefix verb
form means "all carry out a particular action" etc; in this usage niki does
not necessarily have consequential meaning.
niki to-'?m.oh nela*yo'?om.ah we all passed by in a group
niki to*?m wok^cei they were all gambling
niki to-^m(-) may also be followed by a relative type clause, with the
same meaning.
hewolon niki to**?m ku ni '^O'le'^moni he healed everyone who was there
niki is Similarly used with adverbs meaning "all,** "everywhere," etc.
niki kosi lepe*?! netew my body (lit., flesh) aches all over
niki ko'si helkew le'?m they have all gone up into the hills
niki ko'si tenpewe*?i ku nek ho newo* it was raining everywhere as far
as I could look
ku nepuy knlo niki ko*?si ko'?mo*?y the salmon seemed to hear everythinj
b. *?iki. '?iki is used in a similar m.anner to the first mentioned use of
niki, followed by either indicative or pronominal prefix verb forms. Its
meaning is that the event follows imimediately after a preceding event, but
there is less emphasis on its consequentiality.
na*?4patelc '?iki ro*?opelc I stumbled and ran straight off
hegoyek tu? "^iki hegolc I was told and went at once (cf. the similar
example with niki above)
kowico poy '?iki ro'?ope*?m don't run ahead at once I
pecus 9iki So-ton then he went straight away up the river
'iki ^uwey then they stopped at once
•'iki is also used with to-9ni(-), and with adverbs meaning "all " etc
similarly to niki, though less frequently. ^ '
ki '?o-i -Piki to->m wegolel the people all said it
•'iki ko-si ko^mo-^y he heard it everywhere
future t^m^. "''"""'''^ """'^ '° "^''i ^"'^ 'i^i, but always with reference to
''"'ihaTrtr'' "^^ ■'.^'^^"^"^^'"^ yo- will carry it until we arrive (lit., we
shall then arrive, you will be carrying it)
kiki -Jupemu-? it is to be cooked at once
nekah kiki wi"? nele^moh we will go there immediately
kic ro- kiki -Pneckeyek it is time for me to go to sleep now
With adverbs meaning "all," etc.
Jw^^°w' skewit5ak I will put everything in order
kWelekW wi9i-t kiki kosi ro->m it will spread all over here
srouo'cp?; nil"'; """'■ "'"'■ ''"' ^' '''^^'^^ "^ ^ «i"gl^ Particle and not a
tIH ' f"'^ '' """^ ^^ ^°"°^«d by "i i" a group (14.31 Group 145)
The three particles 9ini, noni, and nini have a function in the Yurok Ian
g^age^'Tr^on!/" '^' --P^-tive degree of adjectives in European lan-
guages. Two constructions were found in this use: The verb preceded hv
nomrna^\':t^''''''V^'°"°"^'^ ^^ *^ preposition .o. Ihan il m. /
l /I ^ ''^'■^ ^''""P' *h^ «^^°"d nominal being the one aea^nst
which the comparison is made. against
a. oini.
wek -Jini ceporeg it is colder here
*?ini pe'l he is getting bigger
wek ki .ojlel yok 9ini plohkeli"? this house is bigger than that
IhanThe nn""'"''" ''"' "°'"'''" '° "^^ ^^'^ "^^^^^ *^^^ '^^^ i« Prettier
Luan me one you gave me
"""^ZVuf '''"' w°vf ?° ''" y^*^ ^°' "^'^ ^ ^^1*^ q^i^ker than he runs (lit.,
than (the way) that ne go runs)
'^'\l'f!^^?^°S^''y l^i 'welo , we9yoh this was the easier way for them
to get tneir wood
b. noni.
wo9o-t noni pe^l 9o ku 9nepsec he was older than my father
c . nini .
nek !l!n! !!"^^°^^P P^S^^ ^e i§ ^^e taller man (lit,, he is taller as a man)
nek mm Cgy ^^ ^e-?! I am younger than you
no THE YUROK LANGUAGE
nini has a second, noncomparative, use = around, about.
ku negenic wi*? nini hak^s the mouse was laughing atfQlifld
nini reki'n *?imi nepel they sit around and do not eat
14.22 Negative preverbal particles
Negation is ordinarily expressed in Yurok by means of a set of preverbal
particles, and its expression is not distinguished as a formal gram.matical
category from the general category of preverbal particles.
No. 43. nimi, '?imi, kimi. These three particles are treated as single
particles and not as groups (ni, *?i, and ki + mi('?), 14.32 No. 43 (cf.
niki, *?iki, and kiki, above No. 41). They behave syntactically as single
particles, never being separated by intervening words, and nimi and ^im^i
enter into groups of particles as units.
a. nimi, the commonest and most general negative preverbal particle,
unrestricted in time reference.
nek nimi ko*?l nepelt *?oikumi nimi ciweyek I am not eating anything
because I am not hungry
nimi newo*lc ki '?o*?lei I do not see the house
nimi teno* pa?ah there is not much water
nimi homtep weci*k he is careful (lit.» he does not play) with his money
nimi ipoik^e'^ra you have no sense
yo*? nimi tagawa'^m ku pegak she did not talk to the man
b. *?imi, similar to nim.i,
^im; ka-mop it is not rough water
tosoh nagay wi*? wesJiJh tu*? *?imi wi? pyekcoh though I helped hinci do
it I did not approve of it
After a conditional clause, "^inii = would not,
*?ef$ei nesk^ecok^ meges *?imi wi*? §i§o*?n if the doctor had come things
would not be like this
c. kimi, negation with reference to future tinie.
kimi nepi'^mel nepuy they shall not eat salmon
moco ku megok^ kimi wey '^umok^omok'^ocek ko samatak if that dog
does not stop barking I shall kill it
moco kimi wey ?uteget ko gesek k^elek^ te'^l if he does not stop crying
I shall think he is ill
No. 44. mos, similar in mieaning to nimi, but more emphatic.
mos nek kom I do not know
mos tegen it never rains (cf. 13.151.5A)
mos koma '>o\i^ '^a'^ga-c there are no sweathouses left
mos is the negative particle in equational sentences (see 14.418).
GRAMMAR 111
No. 45. nimoksu, emphatic negative.
nimoksu ko*?! nepelc I shall not eat a thing
to*? nimoksu ioyogoh they will never catch us
nimoksu mege'^1 ho nekah he does not come with us at all
kic ho^omoh tu? nimoksu nohtenei wo'Ie*?me4 they are hurt and cannot
walk at all
No. 46. Nimoksu, similar to nimoksu.
?imoksu tene'?m ki nepuy the salmon will not be plentiful
After a conditional clause *?imoksu = would not.
'^epei wi *?oicW ku ?nepsec kWelek^ "Nimoksu hekcoh if my father were
alive we would not ask you
No. 47. pa-s, general negative, also used as exclamative "No" (15,74).
pa*s rek^oh tapayah pa'^ah we do not drink cold water
skewoksimek pa*s pe*?r no'^o'?* I want my house to be small (lit., not big).
pa*s may also be used with indicative verb forms to make negative impera-
ive sentences.
pa*s lahcu? don't launch I
No. 48. mosiC?), general negative, mosi*? is the more usual form in
(lower speech.
mosi^ sekitko*? he is not strong
mosi nahcelel welkyork^^ei they are not allowed to see it
mosi *?wegoy4 lei rek^oy ni *?o'le*?moni kincii nepi*?mei nepuy it was not
meant that the inhabitants of Requa should not eat salmon (mos hegoyl,
etc., the inhabitants were not told not to, etc.).
No. 49. semiC?), used in sentences introduced by niko*?i to mean "never."
n such sentences the verb is in the indicative and not the pronominal prefix
orm as is otherwise the case with niko*?4 (13.141.4K(l)c). semi*? is the com-
noner form in slower speech,
niko*?i semi skuyep he is never pleasant
niko*?i semi*? ta'?anoy'?i it is never hot weather
semi(*?) was found as a general negative particle in groups (14.31 Groups
U, 180), but not singly except after niko*?i.
14.3 Groups of Preverbal Particles
Preverbal particles occur very frequently in groups of two or more, some-
tipnes separated by an adverb, adverbial phrase, or pronoun. The place in
ivhich each particle occurs in the group is not fixed, and certain combina-
112 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
tions are found with the order freely varying, whereas in others different
arrangements give different naeanings. In most groups the meaning can be
seen from an examination of the meanings attributable to the constituent
particles (with the reservation made in 14.2, above). But there are sonne
groups with a specific meaning or grammatical function not easily derivable
fronn the uses of the member particles; such groups are described as they
occur below. Only certain particles enter into groups.
14.31 Groups introduced by a nonnegative particle
No. 1. ho(l)
Group 1: ho ko{^)
hinoy ho ko ni-'?n I looked back
Group la: ho ko(*?) nnei
kus weson kelac ho ko m.ei nahcpu'^m ci'ko*?! weso'k how did it
happen that he gave you all his things?
Group 2: ho mei (cf. mei ho, below, Group 84)
ku ho naei muikocin wenepuy ku wencok^s k^elok^ nimi numi
'^weskuye'^n the salnaon that that woman sold was not her best
Group 3: ho so*
kus ho so* ho*le*?mo'?w how did you travel?
nahksey ne'^yoc wetik'w^tik^onei ho so* ka-meg three of my boats
have been broken it was such bad weather
'^enumi ho so* sloyiketi*? ku k^ela*k^s ho sonkoi ku la*yek^ it had
been swept clean just as they had done to the path
No. 2. kic
Group 4: kic ho
ke*?! hes kic ho helomeye'^m have you danced yet?
kic ho '?e'?gah the nnteal is over
kic ho ma*?epetek I have tied them up already
nekah kic ho 4kyork'^e'?moh ki '^welomeye'^m we had already seen
them dancing
to*? ki yekcoh we*?y moco kic ho nu-'?moh we will tell you the place
(lit., this) when we have got there
Group 4a: kic ho no* koC?)
tu*? k^elas kic ho no* wiStu*? ko hohku'?m and so he too had performed
it like the others
Group 5: kic me, kic ma
kus kic me so*?n what has happened?
kic me nes she has come
kic ma nahksemo'?o'?l he was away three days
kic ma ^epetelc I have been and tied them up (cf. kic ho ma'?epetelc,
above, Group 4)
nekah kic ma miga'?ah we have already been spearing (fish)
Group 6: kic '^ela
kic *?ela skuykep ku loco'?m the toad dressed herself
k^esi kic ^ela wey wecur(5ay and she finished combing her hair
GRAMMAR 113
Group 7: kic *?u
k^elok^ kic ?u nu-*?in well, they have come
Group 8: kic ki (cf. ki kic, below. Group 27)
pek^su hes kic ki wohpeye-^moh ^o ku layek^ may we not now cross
on the path?
Group 9: kic koC?)
nekah kic cpi ko nahkseyoh now there will just be the three of us
Group 10: kic *>o
pecku kic *?o remoh they are doing the doctor dance up river now
nekah kWelek^ kic *?o ma-ye^moh well, we have passed it
kic "^o numi pe*?l he was then quite big
kic -^o sku-^y so- pirwaksipew^® then they loved each other dearly
(lit., well)
Group 11: kic ni
kic ni mo^okw 9a9gj-c there are no sweathouses here now
Group 11a: kic ni ma
pecu kic ni ma hegok I have been up the river
Group lib: kic ni so*
tu*? wistu*? kic ni so swo-'^melei and so they smelt qf it
Group 12: kic oi
kic *?! ro- ku kekepoyurek it is time for you to swim
kic •?! *?weson ki ^nego-'^loh we are both ready to go
kic hes '?i so'?n ki Icegolc are you ready to go?(cf. 13.16)
Group 12a: kic *?i ^o
k^esi kic ?i ?o so?n and so it happened there
Group 12b: kic *?i nu
kic yok '^i nu kagali now I have come to be here alone
Group 12c: kic *?i ho (2)
kic *?i yo (= ho, 6) ko**? I have been standing here
Group 13: kic nu
kic nu tmigo*? they have gone hunting
ku pegak kic nu hoh the men have gone to work
Group 14: kic mei
ku cey kic me4 nahcisek neci-k I have given the child some money
as I passed
Group 14a: kic mel mi{*?)^^
kus son kelew kic mei mi*? k^i-get why don't you all come visiting
now?
Group 15: kic coC?)
kic CO ko*?si cegeyonahpi*? he was now hated by everyone
Group 16: kic so*
kic: SO' ten it is raining so (hard)
"See .^o-, 14.21 No. 40.
^'For mi(9) see 14.32 No. 43,
114 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
Group 17: kic mela^"
moco wonek^ kic mela hego*?m when you have gone up in the hills
Group 18: kic nimi (cf. nimi kic, below, Group 149)
kic nimi skuye*?n now it is no good
Group 19: kic miC?) (for mi(?) see 14.32 No. 43)
tu*? kem segep kem kic *?ek^eyi kic mi cwinkep then even Coyote
was alarmed and fell silent
kic mi*? pyuc so'?n he is not well now (euphemism for "dead")
Group 20: kic *?emi^^
no* 4 kic *?eini newi? then it could no longer be seen
No. 3. me
Group 21: me koC?)
kos*?elson me ko '^nenohpewelc I wish I had gone in
Group 22: me so* (cf. so* me, below, Group 123)
wit me SO' hegok that is how I went
No. 4. ^ema
Group 23: *?ema koC?)
nek '?ema ko newocek I went to see you
Group 24: '^ema ho (2)
no'i pulek^s ku laregor '^enaa ho swoyikeyef then she scattered it
at the river mouth where the waves run in
No. 5. "^ap '>o
Group 25: "^ap *?o
no'i wistu*? kem *?ap *?o na-ga*?s so then he gathered sweathouse wood
there too
^ap •^o cek I sat down there
No. 6. *?ela kiti, would
Group 26: ^ela kiti
nimi hasi'> wit *?ela kiti so*>n it was not thought that it would happen
like this
No. 7. ki*'^
Group 27: ki kic (cf. kic ki, above, Group 8)
kus ki won kic so-tokw where else could it have gone?
Group 28: ki *?ap
moco ki *?ap newolc kic *?umerkewecelc if I see him already dead
Group 29: ki '?ela, habitual action |
ko'?l ki ^ela key kolo lceni'*?n you keep sitting somewhere apparently |
gazing I
*'**niela was not found singly. Its meaning here appears similar to that of ?ela. |
'Wemi is a negative preverbal particle not found singly or initially in a group. |
'^Groups introduced by ki and followed by a pronominal prefix verb form are excluded, |
See 14.21 No. 12. |
I
GRAMMAR 115
Group 30: ki ko(*>)
ki ko cpinah we will wait
ki cpi kohci ko nepe^m you will eat only once
Group 30a: ki ko(?) ni
ki ko ni cyegu-lcWenelc I will be sitting there
Grroup 30b: ki koC?) mei
ke*?! ki ko poy mei ko'^moyok kesi '^o gegolc I will hear from you
before I go there
jrroup 31: ki '>o
moco kic ha? pel to*? ki kena *?o hekcelt if you have forgotten I will
tell you again
yo*? wehinoy ki '?o no**?repelc I will follow behind him
kem ki ke'^l wi'> *?o negeme'^m and you will carry it
jroup 31a: ki *?o koC?)
nekaJi ki cpi '?o ko ni'?i*?yoh we two shall be here alone
jroup 32: ki ni
moco ki ni ceporeg ko*? moyke*>m lei ci*§ep if it gets cold here the
flowers will die
ki ni teno*? we must have more (lit., there must be much here)
ki ni teno*? hes do you want more?
ki numi ni ko**?ope*?m you must just stand there
Iroup 33: ki nu
kus no*?ol ki kem nu nesk^eco**?m when are you coming back again?
nekah hasoh kohpey ki nu goh we have decided to go to Crescent City
pulik ki nu mi*ge4*?en we will go around asking down river
ki nahksemi nu k^i-get I will visit her three times
moco ki ko*?l nu nes co hegole'?m kus *?i Ueme*?w if anyone comes
ask him "Where are you from?"
Iroup 34: ki mei
nek ki m.ei mei'^en I will ask there
ki *?oli^ kemec ki mei humonepe*?m there will be a fire for you to
warm yourself by (lit., there will be your fire, you will be warm
by it)
Jroup 34a: ki mei ko('?)
wi*? ki mei ko hohkume*?m you will make something with this
iroup 34b: kii
A form kii is found, which seems best interpreted as a special con-
traction of ki mei, having the same syntactic status and the same
meaning.
ni mok^ kii hoh there is nothing I can do with it
^ocka- pe'?m ku we*?ylcoh kii *?e*?gah she is now cooking what we shall
eat today
kos'^ela ko*si ^o**? lei kii ?e*?gah may there everywhere be food to eat
(lit., what we have meals of)l
jrrpup 35: ki so
*?upahtun ku kesmecoy ku Icekesomewet ki so ^ok^ the neck of your
deerskin is to lie grj ygur Igft
116 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
na?mi U-lu*?! ^o '?welui mi'? ki so (= so, 6) komcu'?m weselc wi^i-t ku
ho goh he put two ridges round its mouth so that he should know
that it was this one that he had made
Group 36: ki coC?)
lei we*?ylcoh we*?gor ki co*> nesk'W^ecolc I will come back this m.onth
(for the temporal use of coC?) see 14.21 No. 37b)
Group 37: ki cu
ki numi cu sku'?y so- ^o**?^^ they will all grow very well
Group 38: ki niki so*
kem ki niki Iceso^"* negemek and then you will carry it this way
Group 39: ki '?iki
welowa* co'moyi ki no-i nagase'^m kem ki *?iki kewey -^or ten days
you will gather sweathouse wood and then you will have finished
Group 40: ki so-
yo*?ikoh wis ho la*yolumei ku *?nu*k ki So* (= so-, 6) tmo*? it was thej
who taught my child to shoot (lit., they taught my child, he will the
shoot)
*?o go*leike*?n mi*? ki so* mecewolo*? he stirred them (the embers) up
so that they would glow
Group 40a: ki so* mei
kus ki so* (- so-, 6) mei mui how are you going to sell them?
Group 40b: ki so* miC?)''^
kus ki so* (= so-, 6) mi*? koloni kahselopel how could they fail to be
rather taken aback?
Group 41: ki semi(*?)
i'?os ku kekawjgjs mei ku kolin Icecewes mi'? ki semi keycek hold
your wrist with your other hand so that it will not get tiredl
No. 8. ku^**
Group 42: ku *?o
nekah ku *?o mei*? en we will go and ask there
Group 43: ku *?iki
hegoyelc ku '?iki helomeye'?m I heard that there was to be dancing thfl
No. 9. kiti
Group 44: kiti nu
wonew kiti nu hegolc I am going up in the hills
kiti nu cege*?lohselc I am going to gather seaweed
nekah kiti nu cki'?moh we will go to bed (lit., to sleep)
Group 45: kiti coC?)
ku yo*? kiti co so*tolin nek ki megelolc when he goes I will go with hil
(for the temporal use of co(*?) see 14.21 No. 37b)
^^See so-, 14.21 No. 40.
^^See 13.141.4L.
^'For mK-?) see 14.32 No. 43.
^**Groups introduced by ku and followed by a pronominal prefix verb form are excluded
See 14.21 No. 12.
GRAMMAR 117
). 10- kit
Group 46: kit ^u
Mt '?u wo-k kem *?o gegolc^ he went even before daybreak
Groi4p 47: kit "^o
kit *>» wo-u it ic jiifit before dawn
kit ">o cme*?y '^o na-gjr'^s as evening fell he gathered sweathouse wood
(lit., it was just before evening, he then gathered)
kit "^o ma-yonew ku '^yoc the boat was just about to pass there
Group 4 7a: kit '>o ko(*?)
kit ">o ko sawelel they began to cool off
Group 48: kit ni
nahcicek keci-k kolo won kit ni §onowo'?ni I have given you your money
you seem to be starting to act rather queerly about it
Group 49: kit nu
kit nu cege'^lohselc I am going to gather seaweed
nekah kit nu tm.i*go*? we are just off hunting
Group 50: kit me4
ku mera* kit mei teleU I am getting ill from the smoke
Group 51: kit *?emei
ku kic "^o nu-*?moni ^wo-gey kit *?emei meguikocel after the arrival
of the white men they (the Indians) began to sell them
Group 52: kit miC?)" wo
kit mi wo ma'?jni*? ku mulah that horse cannot be overtaken
. 11. kesi '^o
Group 53: kesi *?o
nekah hinoy kesi *?o wohpeye'^moh we will cross behind (the others)
. 12. *?esi
Group 54: ^esi me
noi *?esi me wegesah then they went to take a bath
Group 55: *?esi nu
to"? ko'?mi cpega-k *?esi wi*? nu la-ye'^m it is too long since you last
passed this way (lit., at long intervals then you pass here)
Group 56: *?esi niki ma
hasi hinoyks la-'^y *?esi pa*?a-liks niki ma la-^y he passed behind it
and then went into the water
, 13. "^ocka- wo^ni
Group 57: '^ocka- wo'^ni
Oocka- wo^ni wj*?J'S right now I am dying it orange
•^ocka- wo^ni tahpsoy "^o le'^loyek while I was ironing I burnt myself
(for this use of wo^ni see 14.21 No. 22)
'For miC?) see 14.32 No. 43.
118 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
No. 14. kitk^o
This particle does not occur singly; in groups its meaning may be com-
pared to that of kitk^ela. still.
Group 58: kitk^o '^u
kitk^o 7u megey wi*?§lcoh it is still mourning to this day
Group 59: kitk^o ?o
kitk^o '>o ka-mewe{ he still had a bitter taste there (in his mouth)
Group 60: kitk^o miC?)'® *?u
kitk^o mi '>u hewecelc I am not well yet
kitk^o mi*? ko'?l '?u so'?n ku ke*?l tmo*lo-mom pegak the man you shot
has not died yet
cmeya*n kitk^o nai "^u nes he had not come back by yesterday
kitk^o mi *>n '?ok^s wahpew he is not married yet (lit., there is not
yet his wife)
kitk^o mi numi '^u ho*?ohko*?l it is not yet quite dark
No. 15. koC?)
Group 61: koC?) *?o
koC?) "^o always refers to future time (contrast *?o koC?), below, Grou;»
64, and cf . koC?), 14.21 No, 24).
keski pa*?a'i ko '>o so*tok I am going down to the water
kus ko ^o lego*?omah where are they going to do the running?
nek ko *?o no'*?repelc I will follow [
moco ki newo-lc Icanaam to*? ko '>o gekselc yok ni '?o*?l if I see your soaj
I will tell him you are here (lit., I will say to him. "he is here") j
to"? wo-gin ko "^o ko^oyewelc then I will hire someone else ^
nimi nahcelei pulek^ ko '^o *?wo-le*?melc they were not allowed to
walk to the river mouth
Group 62: koC?) so- (cf. so* koC?), below, Group 124)
cpiwi ko so* no*?r he ran as fast as he could
No. 16. ^o
Group 63: *?o me
*>o na'?a'>n me lo'^m then he took two
Group 64: '>o ko(?)
^o ko(*?) always refers to past time (contrast koC?) *?o, above, Group
61 and cf. koC?), 14.21 No. 24).
•^o ko tye^^woli*? kolin ku '^o'^lei one of the houses was burnt down at
that time
nek niko'^i necpawak ku *?weikelonah ku "^o ko newocoh I always
remember the place where I saw you
noi '>o ko ska^eike^n hohkum so pulik then he scattered tobacco out^
to the river mouth
tu*> knewetik *?o ko co'mo'?o*?l he was away nine days there
Group 64a: '^o ko(*?) ^i
•^o ko *>i yego- then he shouted
"For miC?) see 14.32 No. 43.
GRAMMAR x^^
Group 64b: ?o ko(^) ho (2)
k^esi wi i-t yoncik "^o ko ho myah segep and then Coyote jumped into
the boat
Group 64c: ^o ko(?) so
won *?o ko*? so murek then I dodged in a different direction
Group 65: *?o *?i (cf. ?i *?o, below, Group 77)
'>o *?i yego-*?s then he shouted
Group 66: *?o so
no*i hinoy '>o so na*?mi na-me{ then he took two steps back
no- 4 pecku ^o so kelomoh noi *?o naenek^ then it turned upstream,
and then disappeared
Group 66a: '>o so nimi ki
ke*?l ?o so ko^r nimi ki rurowo'^m you alone will not be able to sing
Group 67: '^o ci nu
tu*? sega*?ani poy "^o ci nu ra-yo'^r and frequently it ran right on aheai
Group 68: '>o so- (cf. so- '^o, below. Group 125)
ku nek me^womecol won *>o so* cegeykoh ha'^ag where I come from
th§ rOGkg §r§ (differently) so small
no-4 wit *?o so- cwin mewimor then the old man spoke thus
No. 17. ni
Group 69: ni i^ci
nekah kohpey m rna go- we went to Crescent City
ni ma mo*?ohkeloyi wecewes so he doubled up his fist
kus no-i ni ma gego-*?m how far did you go?
Group 70: ni koC*?)
kyu*? ni ko '>o)k^ neci*k my money was there
Group 71: ni nu
wonew ni nu go-le'?me4 they are going up in the hills
nekah niko*?! pulekuk ni nu '>no-le'?moh we always go down to the
river mouth
Group 72: ni so
wok ni So (= so, 6) *?o-lo*? he stood aside there
Group 73: ni so- (cf. so* ni, below. Group 126)
wok ni §o- (= so-, 6) '^o-lo'? he stood there as he was
Group 73a: ni so- niki
tu? ni §o- (z so-) niki ko*?mo*?y and then he heard it like this
No. 18. ?i
Group 74: ^i ho (1)
ku '>o klewolui pa?ah *?i yo (= ho, 6) ko"? I was standing by the wat<
fall
Group 75: *?i ma
?i ma to-lek it (the rope) got fouled there
120 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
Group 76: *?i koC?)
*?i ko '?o*lo'?oh they are standing there
kolo '^ne'^walka? wi *>i ko kmoyi ho so* telelc it seemed as if just my
bones were left, I was so ill
Group 76a: '^i ko(*?) *>o
nek ki '>o*>6o'> ]ii nepi'?mo*?w mi*? *>i ko ">o himeni le'?mo'?w I will give
you all something to eat so that you can be off quickly
Group 77: *?! ^o (cf. *>o *?i, above, Group 65)
ma*gin kyu*? '>i '?o gO'le'?m some stayed around there
Group 78: '?i ho (2)
kowico *?i yo (= ho» 6) tektese*?m me4 wi'? don*t be angry about it!
Group 79: *?! nu
'>o no*wo'>r ku ?i nu '^a'^gap there ran up someone who came to tell
him
Group 80: ?! mel
tu*? wit *?! mei wew we*?y tege*?mur that is why its name is "snowbird'
Group 80a: *>i me4 ho (1)
wi*?i*t *?i now mei ho lelkeni*? that is why it was cleared away
Group 80a(l): ?i mei ho (1) so*
k^esi wi*?i*t '^i mei ko^mi ho so* no*lumelc and I loved you so very
much for that reason
Group 80b: *?i mei *>o
tu*? wit *?i mei *?o so*?n and that is why it happened
Group 81: *?i so
k^esi wok ^i so (= so, 6) cyu-lcWe*?n so she sat on one side there
Group 82: *?i niki
*?i niki kosi '?ekone*?m lei nepuy she is holding all the salmon there
(cf. niki, 14.21 No. 41a)
No. 19. nu coC?)
Group 83: nu coC?) (cf. co('?) nu, below, Group 108)
nu CO lekete*?!!! go and pick them upl
No. 20. mei
Group 84: mei ho (1) (cf. ho mei, above. Group 2)
hikon wi*? mei ho regurowo-'?m they used to sing that song a long
time ago
nekah k^elek^ kic *?© ma*ye?moh ku ke*?l mei ho ^a'^gap we have
passed the place you were telling about
kic cpa-na'^r ku nepuy ku cmeya*n mei ho nepi^moh the salmon we
ate yesterday was stale
Group 85: mei '?o
koloni sweyokseyek mei cpa-ks '^o nes he rather slighted me by
coming late (lit., I was rather slighted, he came here late for it)
Group 86: mei nu
kus so'^n mei nu nu-'?mo'?w what have you all come for? (lit., how is
it? You (pi.) have come for it.)
ti*?!! mei nu hego*'?m what are you going for?
Group 87: mei mela^^
kus "^elek^ weson mei mela teloye'^w I wonder why she told a lie
Group 88: mei mi(*?)®°
kus so*?n mei mi hego-'?m why don't you go? (lit., what has happened?
For it you do not go.)
Group 88a: mei mi(*?) wo
ho mo*?ohpirk mei mi*? wo newoco*? it was foggy and so I did not see
you
kus so'?n mei mi*? wo nesk^eco'^m why did you not come? (lit., what
happened? For it you did not conie.)
Group 88b: mei miC?) '^uma®*
kus so^n mei mi *?uma nes why did you not come? (lit., what hap-
pened? You did not come for it.)
No. 21. '^eni ho (2)
Group 89: ?eni ho (2)
^eni yo (= ho, 6) gegoyU I am continually being told
No. 22. so koC?)
Group 90: so koC?)
nek so ko korelt newecelc I was the sole survivor (lit., I was there
alone, I lived)
No. 23. si
Group 91: si ki. almost
si ki leko'^n he almost fell
si ki lo'^ogey it is almost black
Group 92: si '>o
si '^o leko-melelc I should have been stabbed
ku ke-^l CO hego'lom si '?o megelok when you went I should have gone
with you
Group 93: si ni
k^elek^ si lek^sis ni hohkumel they ought to be working outside
Group 94: si nu
yo*? k^elek^ si nu mege'^l he ought to go too
si nu k^eget you ought to visit us
Group 95: si *?emi^^ wo , ^ . ^
•?ef5ei wi*? no* '^o-^m si '^emi wo ho'?omohtkoye'?m if you had stayed
here (with the others) you would not have been hurt)
^'For mela see 14.31 Group 17.
"'For miC?) see 14.32 No. 43.
«Wuma does not occur singly; following a negative preverbal particle it refers to
past time.
"For "^emi ijee 14.31 Group 20.
122 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
No. 24, no- mei
Group 96: no- me4
kelew wencok^s kowico no* mel wi*? mel tenowoiu? you women,
stop chattering about this I
No. 25. coC?)®^
Group 97: coC?) kic
kus CO kic soninepe'^m how do you feel now?^
Group 98: coC?) '^ap "^o
ku ke*?! ki kenohpewelc co meci no*i "^ap *?o key when you come in,
sit down by the fire!*^
Group 99: coC?) "^ap ^emei
CO*? wo'?o*?lomah *?ap *?eme4 *?j*?gap go and tell them in their homesi®*
Group 100: coC?) *?u
CO '?u ni-*?n go and look!
Group 101: coC?) *?ela
CO *?ela :'o*?onepe*?ni run there!
kos CO *?ela tene*>me4 lei nepuy nepi§ka-i may there be plenty of
salmon in our seal
Group 102: coC?) ki
See under Adverbs 15.82B.
Group 103: co(*?) mesi
CO mesi hekse*?m moco kic he*?we*?i don't tell her till she wakes upl
(lit,, tell her then when she has woken upl)
Group 103a: coC?) mesi mel
CO mesi mei io'*?m ne*?yoh moco wonek^ kic mela hego*'?m fetch my
wood for me when you have been up in the hills!
Group 104: coC?) ko(?)
CO*? ko cpinah wait!
CO ko himeko-*?m kepewomelc be quick with your cooking!
CO sku'?y so- ko negi''?nowopew®^ look each other over well!
Group 104a: coC?) ko(*?) *?o
CO poy ko "^o key ku kerahcin your friend must sit in front
Group 105: co(*?) '?o
kelew CO yo*? '^o ko**? you people stand over there!
nekesomewet co *?© cekceye*?m sit on my left!
Group 106: coC?) ni
CO*? ni megi*?repe*?m perform it there!
Group 106a: coC?) ni so
wok CO ni So (= so, 6) '?o*lo'? stand over there!
^Most groups containing co(*?) are imperatival in meaning. Cf. 14,21 No. 37(a).
"For this use of co('?) see 14.21 No. 37(c).
On the intervening noun see 14.21 No. 37.
**See so-, 14.21 No. 40.
GRAMMAR ^2
Group 106b; coC?) ni so-
wok CO ni §0- (= so-, 6) ^o-lo? stand there as you are!
Group 107: co(*?) ho (2)
yo? CO ho cpeyu^r tell him a story!
Group 108: co(9) nu (cf. nu co(?), above, Group 83)
CO nu cwegin mei nek go and speak for me I
CO? nu nagay come and help!
Group 108a: co(?) nu ko(9)
CO*? nu ko*? pu-^wetu"? go and wash your hands, all of youl
CO? nu ko*? kemeyoneme'?m ku ceykeni go and fetch the child home!
Group 109: co(?) mel
CO mel mei^en repcem ask for some sugar while you are there!
Group 110: co(9) ?emei
CO 9emei knoksime'^m ke pig-^on leave some of your scales there as
you passl
Group HI: co(?) so
CO Icenekomewet so kelomo'>ope'?m turn to your right!
Group 112: co(*?) so*
CO so- megeto4kWo-9m look after it like that!
kus CO so-*^ newoyek how do I look?
Group 113: coC?) niki me4
CO wi^i-t 9emki niki mei cecomeyo^r from then on run at a trot!
Group 114: co(*?) niki cu 9ap ?emei®^
CO niki cu ^ap 9eme4 •?a'?gjp wo-^o^lel go and tell the news at every
house!
Group 115: coC?) niki cu ho (2)®®
CO pulekw niki cu ho ^a^gjp go and tell them all at the river mouth!
Group 116: co(*?) niki cu so®*
CO niki cu so hecah tell them all there!
Group 117: coC?) '^iki cu®^
CO ?iki cu weyko*?w ko*?l so'^nlcenu-^mo^w no-i co *?iki cu kemeye^mo"?^
stop fishing everyone and then all go home!
^o. 26. ci
Group 118: ci ko(*?)
ci ko^l ko? net5s have something to eat!
ci ko ce'^ykus take a bite!
ci ko reki-n sit down (pi.)!
Group 119: ci nu
ci nu nohsewen go and help!
ci lekWsi nu ko?! hohkumek^ go outside and do some work (pi,)!
For this use of coC?) see 14.21 No. 37(c).
"Cf. niki cu, 14.31 No. 31.
•'Cf, oiki cu, 14.31 No. 31.
124 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
Group 119: ci nu (continued)
ci nu meneike'^nes come and put the fire outi
ci nu i*?os go and fetch it I
No. 27. cu
As first member of a group of preverbal particles cu has a hortatory
force, and is used with first person plural indicative verbs and noninflected
verbs in equivalent syntactic positions to mean "let us . . . ."
Group 120: cu ki
cu ki kemeye*?m let us go home
cu ki k^omie*?moh let us return
Group 120a: cu ki nu
cu pulik ki nu k^i-get let us go visiting down the river
Group 121: cu ku
cu ku k^i-get ^o ku me nu-'^moni "^o-le^moni let us go visiting where
those who came here live^°
cu ku ni*ge*?yoh let us both go together
cu ku mi-gei'^en ni pulik let us go asking down the river
Group 122: cu coC?) nu ko(*?)
cu CO'? nu ko wegesah let us go and have a bath
No. 28. so-
Group 123: so* me (cf. me so-, above, Group 22)
wit so- me gegok that is how I went
Group 124: so- ko(?) (cf. koC?) so*, above, Group 62)
mos wi nu'wi*? wit weso*^^ ko '?o-le*?mo*?w it had not been seen that
people should live like this
Group 125: so* *>o (cf. '?o so", above. Group 68) I
so* '^o gegeyU so I was told about it ]
Group 126: so* ni (cf. ni so*, above. Group 73) |
no*i '>o go'^ohko*?! so* ni ro'?onep then it grew dark there but it sped >
on just the sanne
Group 127: so* mel
so* mel niyop wo*gey it was so crowded with white men
Group 128: so* nimi wo (cf. nimi wo so*, below, Group 150b)
so* nimi wo cpa-ninep so little had he felt the time drag
Group 129: so* mi(*?) wo'^
nekah yo^k^en m.e laye'^moh so* mi*? wo skewok ki *?nenewo* ku
*?upelepek we passed by there; so much did we not want to see
the fighting
No. 29. niki
Group 130: niki hoC?)
niki ho cme*?y then it was evening
'°For the construction of this sentence see 13.141, 6I(2)d.
'*See 13.141.4L.
"For miC?) see 14.32 No. 43.
GRAMMAR 125
Group 131: niki kic
niki kic wo'k then it was morning
niki kic ho*?ohko*?4 no*l hohkumoh ne^yoc we went on building our
boats till nightfall (lit., it was then getting dark, we were then
building our boats)
With pronominal prefix verb form (cf. niki, 14.21 No. 41a):
niki kic '^uwey then it was finished
Group 132: niki me
ku pegak su skewoksemin ku '^wena'^awolc pa*?a-4iks niki me la-*?y
and so the man who wanted to catch surf- fish went right into the
water
Group 133: niki ma
niki ma to-^mei we'?y welayo'?omah we all passed that way together
{cf. niki, 14.21 No. 41a)
Group 133a: niki ma ho (1)
ke*?l niki ma merk^eni ho sanayah you have seen everything
Group 134: niki koC?) *?o
niki ko-si ko *?o i*?jca*'?m you will touch bottom all the way (cf. niki,
14.21 No. 41a)
Group 135: niki koC?) so*
niki cpiwi ko so* no*?r segep then Coyote ran as fast as he could
Group 136: niki mei
niki mei sega*>age*?y *?o*i by that means a person becomes rich
Group 137: niki nimi wo
wi*?i*t niki ko*si nimi wo pemu'? none of this was cooked (cf. niki,
14.21 No. 41b)
Group 138: niki mo *?o^^
niki ko-si mo '>o pegar there was no one at home anywhere (cf. niki,
14.21 No. 41b)
No. 30. *?iki
Group 139: '^iki coC?)
ku "^yoc '^iki co sloyonek^ the boat slid at once into the water
Group 140: *?iki miC?) wo ko(*>)''*
no*i kolo '^iki mi*> wo ko pahcew then it seemed at once to stay
motionless
No. 31. niki cu, *?iki cu, kiki cu
These pairs constitute groups of particles never separated by other words,
but entering into larger groups with other particles. They have a generalizing
or universalizing meaning, translatable by "all"; but this generalization or
universalization may refer to the subject or to the object of the head verb.
or to attendant circumstances, without grammatical differentiation in the
particles concerned.
'^For mo see 14.32 No. 37.
'*For miC?) see 14.32 No. 43.
126 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
niki cu and '?iki cu are not restrlcLeU in tim© x'oio-^anne^z kil^i cu refers
to future time.
Group 141: niki cu
niki cu peyoge'^n it is all rotten
niki cu hego^omoh they all got hurt
nekah niki cu nowinah nekepoyuri*?naoh we all enjoy swimming
wek niki cu keipenoi they are all thick
nahscuh niki cu newo*?s'?o'? I saw them all last night
niki cu now leikeni*? it was swept quite clear
niki cu sonowoni hore'^mos all kinds of animals
Group 141a: niki cu kic
nahksey yoc niki cu kic tik^tik^onei all three boats have broken up
Group 141b: niki cu "^o
niki cu "^o ka-mof5 it is rough water all the way
Group 141c: niki cu nu
nekah niki cu nu regem.oh we are all going to dance the doctor dance
Group 142: "^iki cu
•^iki cu he4 co megi '?repe'?m everyone said "Perform iti "
k^esi *?iki cu nu**?ni and so everyone came
Group 142a: *?iki cu so*
*?iki cu so* hego'sei everyone shouted like this
Group 143: kiki cu
kiki cu ko'?l nepi'^m they are all going to have something to eat
kiki cu wo'^ik le*?moh nekoyck^oh we will all go inside and buy it
lei mera* kiki cu ro*?m the smoke will spread everywhere
Group 143a: kiki cu ko(^) '>o
kiki cu ko *?o *?o*?co*? Iti ki nepi*?mo*?w I will give you all something
to eat
Group 143b: kiki cu *>o
kiki cu wi? ^o nepi*?m they will all eat there
Group 143c: kiki cu mel
ki sega'?ageyn '^emsi lei wa'?soy kiki cu me4 tewomel rich and poor
will be glad at it
No. 32, *?ini
Group 144: *?ini ki co(?)
?ini ki co teno* there is bound to be plenty more
Group 145: *?ini ni
ke*?l *?ini hinoy ni soninepelc I feel inferior to you
Group 146: '>ini noni
wek yok '^ini noni muncey this is whiter than that
No. 33. noni ho (1)
Group 147: noni ho (1)
kos*?elson noni ho '^wenagaypa-i I wish they had helped me more
GRAMMAR
14.32 Groups introduced by a negative particle
No. 34. nimi
Group 148: nimi ho (1)
cmeya-n nimi ho sku'?y soninepek I did not feel well yesterday
Group 149: nimi kic (contrast kic nim.i, above, Group 18)
nimi kic leko'?n it has not fallen (when it was expected to, cf. mos
kic, Group 160)
Group 150: nimi wo (the commonest method of forming negative sentences
referring to past time)
nimi wo newo-lc ki *?o*?lel 1 did not see the house
yo*? nimi wis wo skewok lei ke'^l soc she did not like what you said
nimi wi*? wo so'?n it did not happen
nimi hinoy wo ho*le'?moh so- mo'^ohpirk we did not follow you it was
so foggy
tu*? nimi wi§ wo skewok wi *?weso*k but he did not like that sort of
thing
nimi wo gegok '?oikumi tenpewe*?! I did not go because it was raining
he4 ni**?n yo*? "^upoykoh nimi wo weyki*? look at her tattooing! It was
not finished.
Group 150a: nimi wo ko('?)
yo"? ninai wo ko {poi he never got his senses back
Group 150b: nimi wo so- (cf. so* nimi wo, above. Group 128)
nimi wo so* hohku^m he did not do it like that
Group 151: nimi *?u
nimi '?u nu**?m they have not arrived
Group 151a: nimi *?u mep
nimi *?u mep kego'^moyolc wi'^it wesok I have never heard anything
like it
Group 152: nimi ki
nimi ki ko*yc ko*?mi tegenonil I shall not buy it, it is too expensive
nimi ki yegok I shall not go
nimi ki sku*?y so- ho-le'?mo'?w'^ you will not fare well
Group 153: nimi me4
ma*gin ki "^o-l nimi mei hego*?omah the rest of the people did not use
it to make fires
Group 154: nimi '^emei
nimi '^wes'^oni wi 'kernel toh this is not to be talked of openly
Group 155: nimi so*
nimi ko*?l so* newi*? she is nothing to look at
muico*? nimi so* komcumei perhaps they do not know it
Group 156: nimi *?uma^^
nimi *?uma hek^sek I did not find it
nimi *?uma kohcewok I did not catch it
^'See so-, 14.21 No. 40.
'*For '?uma see 14,31 Group 88b.
128 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
No. 35. ^imi
Group 157: *?iini wo
tu*? nek nepsec "^imi numi wo tenpe'^y but my father did not eat very
much
cmeya-n si nes tu*? *?im.i wo nes tu"? nekah kelomek new he should
have come yesterday, but he did not come, and we were worried
•^imi wo gohku'^m ki *?wena*?mi milcolumelc he did not manage to take
two mouthfuls'^
temaloh negi'*?n ku ke*?l Icerahcin tu? *?imi wo gek^sesoh we looked
for your friend a long time, but we did not find him.
Group 158: *?imi ho (2)
*?imi yo (= ho, 6) geseyk I am not intended to do it
Group 159: *?imi *?uma^^
tu*? "^im-i '^uma koh but we did not catch anything
to*? numi '^wesk^elo'^y '?imi *?uma poy so'^n although he was brave he
did not come first
ku wi*?it '?o *?wo*?oh "^imi *?uma cki'?m when it was dark then they did
not sleep
ke*?! hes '^imi '?uma newo-*?m did you not see it?
No. 36. mos
Group 160: mos kic
mos kic ko*?l nepelc I have not eaten anything
mos kic leko*?n it has not fallen (when it was expected to, of. nimi
kic, Group 149)
mos kic hopkeko'?m he has not started yet
mios kic kohcemi newolc ko?! weso'k I have not once seen anything
of the sort
mos numi kic sku*?y so- heweceK^^ I am not quite well yet
Group 161: mos wo
mos wo ko^moyoi they did not hear
mos wo gi*? ki megelo*?l he was asked not to accompany them
mos cita- wo pahcew it did not move at all
mos wo gesi*? wit ?ela kiti so'?n it was not thought that it would
happen like this
Group 162: mos ki
nek mos ki ko*?! nepelc I cannot eat anything
mos ki yegokw he cannot go
mos kem ki lo'?op anyway it will not burn
mos ki nohtenelc nerurek I am unable to swim
mos nek wit ki nepelc I will not eat this
mos ki koma hegohkume'?m moco kic "^o peloye'?m you cannot work
hard when you are old
Group 162a: mos ki '?ela
mos wo'^ik ki ^ela ho-le'^m Ico-re'^mos mi*? kic swoyi lcerewi-§ your
animals will not stay inside because your fence is broken
"See 13.141.4L.
*For *?unia see
"See so-, 14.21 No. 40.
'*For *?uma see 14.31 Group 88b.
GRAMMAR I2i
Group 162b: raos ki ko(*?)
mos ta* ti'?nisow ki ko knoksicek I shall not leave you anything
Group 162c: mos ki *?o
mos kus ki 9© so'?n it is no use (cf. 18. 3G)
Group 162d: mos ki ni
mos cita- ko*?! so*k ki ni *?oyl^***' nothing whatever must remain here
Group 163: mos kito
pa* mos kito ckeyek no, I do not want to sleep
Group 164: mos ko(*?)
mos ko pah so* *?ek^eyl he did not move he was so frightened
mos ko'?l ko*? *?oyi nothing was left there
mos ko komcumek sj-4jpeU so- no*?peyolc I did not know what I was
doing I was so angry (lit., I did not know, I did, I was so angry)
Group 165: mos ho (2)
mos ke*?l ho skuyahpele'^m ho neka-noi ku kic wi "^o'le^^moh you hav<
not been treating us well since we have been here
Group 166: mos si
mos wiS si sa*i "^epei sku'^y so'^s he would not have done that if he
had been good natured
Group 167: m.os no*
mos no* nep ku ma*gin nepi'?moni he did not himself eat what other
people ate
No. 37. mo, a negative preverbal particle, not found singly.
Group 168: mo ^o
mo *?o pegar there is no one living here
Group 169: mo nimi (. . . hes) (used in questions expecting an affirma-
tive answer, cf. 18.21)
mo nimi ko*?moyo*?m hes don't you hear it?
Group 169a: mo nimi wo (. . . hes)
mo nimi wo newoye*?m hes did they not see you?
No. 38. ninaoksu
Group 170: nimoksu koC?) so*
nimoksu won kena ko so* '?ekoneme'?m you will not hold it in any
other way
Group 171: nimoksu ''o koC*?)
Tiimoksu kem won "^o ko neku^ it was not put in any other place
Group 172: nimoksu nu
iiimoksu kem kyu? nu le'^moh we will not go there again
No. 3^- '?imoksu
Grc>up 173: *?imoksu wo
Nimoksu wo socpeyu-'^moh we said nothing
iooj^39l so*k acts here as a compound pronoun. See 11.23.
130 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
Group 174: ^imoksu kg(*?)
'^imoksu ko teloge*>mo*?w the people will not be ill
No. 40. pa-s
Group 175: pa-s wo
hewoni *?o ge'^s pa*s wo hegolcw at first he thought he would not go
Group 176: pa-s ko(*?)
pa*s ko knokseyek I am not going to be left behind
Group 177: pa-s ni
pa's wistu? yo*? ni '^o'^l so he does not go around
No. 41. kenimi, emphatic negative particle not found singly
Group 178: kenimi wo
kenimi wo ko*?moyoU *> emsi nimi wo newo-lc I did not hear or see it
Group 178a: kenimi wo ko(*?)
kenimi cita- wo ko ni-*?n she did not even look at all
Group 179: kenimi ci
kenimi ci rek^oh pa'^ah he did not even drink water
No. 42. semi{^) ho (2)
Group 180: semiC?) ho (2)
semi yo (= ho, 6) geseyk I am not intended to do it
No. 43. miC?)
miC?) as a negative preverbal particle is distinguishable from the con-
junction mi*?, because (17. 2E), by the different syntactic positions of the
two words, and by the fact that ^ is facultative in the particle, but always
present as part of the conjunction, miC?) does not occur singly and is most
commonly used noninitially in a group. It is not restricted in time reference-
Group 181: miC?) *?uma
yo*? mi '^uma nes he has not come
14.321
In some cases, sequences of preverbal particles, the first of which is a
negative particle, with an adverbial word or words intervening, must not be
interpreted as a disjoined group of particles, but the negative particle must
be taken as immediately endocentric with the adverb to form an adverbial
phrase, the whole sequence being endocentric with the verb as head.
nimi cpa- ko *?o nepi*?mo'?w nepuy soon (lit., not late) you will eat salmon
mos cpega-k no^oi kem *?o cwinkep ku mewimor then the old man spoke
at frequent intervals (lit., not regularly after a long time)
14.4 Particles with Nominals
The following constructions involving preverbal particles preceding nom-
inals in endocentric groups were found. Only those particles listed were
observed in such constructions.
GRAMMAR 131
14.41 Preceding nominals used predicatively in equational sentences.
14.411 ho
nek wi*? ho '?ne*?yoc it was formerly my boat
ke?l ho Icenah it used to be yours
14.412 kic
kic pegak ku ^namam my son is already a man
kic mewimor ku *?nepsec my father is now an old man
kic wi*? la*yek^ the path was finished there (lit., it was already a path
there)
kic *?o
kic *?o cinomewes he had already become a young man
kic '?i
kem kic *>! *?netektoh now it is my log again
kic mel
yo*? k^elek^ we*?e^goroyewelc kic mei ka*?a"l he has become a slave
through being continually in debt
14.413 ki
wo'^O't ki *?wahpew ku ^nelet my sister shall be his wife
14.414 ni
ko'^l hes ni *?weso'k does it matter? Is anything the matter ?^°*
14.415 *?i
ko'?l hes ^i "^weso'k does it matter? Is anything the matter ?^**^
14.416 nimi ni
nimi ko*?! ni '>weso*k it does not matter, there is nothing the matter
14.417 mos *?i
mos ko*?! •?! "^weso-k it does not matter, there is nothing the matter °
14.418 mos
mos its the regular negative particle in nominal + nominal equational
sentence^ (10.22).
mos n^k yo*? "^upa- I am not his brother
mos ngki*? ne(*i§ it is not my dog
*°'Cf- ^.356. ni and ^i were only found in this type of construction with (9)weso-k as
used in th^gg examples.
132 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
14.42 Between article and noun
ho
ku ho *?uka*?ar his former pet
ku ho '?we'?gor last month
kic
•?o *?ekso*? ku kic la'yek^ he closed the completed path
ki
ku ki ?we'?gor next nnonth
*?©
lei *?o wahpayah the bridge there
so
ku pa'^a-l so '^wetmenomen the half of it that lay in the water
14.43 Fixed phrases with *?o and ni
The following fixed types of phrase with *?o and ni are found:^**^
(ku) wi^i't ^o perey the old woman from that place
(ku) sapah *?o perey the old woman from Serper
(This construction is productive and may be used with any noun denoting
a person and with any place name word.)
comics wero- *?o *?we'?i'?i'?gah lunch (meal at midday)
cmeyonen *?o '>we*?i*?i*?gah dinner (meal in the evening)
core*?wik ni '?wa*p moth (butterfly in hell)
core*?wik ni ma"k green heron (crane in hell)
helkik ni nah red huckleberry (berry in the hills)
helkik ni knu'u a species of hawk (mountain hawk)
pa*?a*i ni keget water panther
tewol(ew) ni tepo* Sitka spruce (tree by the ocean)
culu ni nep wild parsley (wild parsley in Bald Hills)
hufJo* ni halcWjh black- tailed jack rabbit (Hupa rabbit)
14.44 cu, mos
Exceptionally cu was once used with a preposition + noun phrase follow-
ing, in a hortatory sense: cu so '^o'^lepik, let us go into the house; and mos
was once found without a verb or noun predicate following in the "elliptical"
sentence mos cita* kus no'?ol, it seemed no time at all (before som.ething
happened). ^**^ Neither of these sentences appears to belong to productive
types.
^**^It would be possible to assign these phrases to the prepositions "^o and ni, see
16. 2C, 16. 2D, but as the local reference of the words is back, as with many preverbal
particle constructions, and not forward to the noun following, as with prepositions, it
seems better to treat them as preverbal particles.
*°^For kus in negative sentences see 18. 3G.
15. ADVERBS
15.1 General
Adverbs may be distinguished from preverbal particles by their greater
freedom of syntactic combination and positional occurrence in the sentence.
Though most commonly used singly or in groups in endocentric construc-
tions with a verb as head word, adverbs are also found in such constructions
with a noun or with another adverb as head. In most cases adverbs may pre-
cede or follow the verb or other head word in their construction, and the
restrictions on intervening words between preverbal particle and verb de-
scribed above (14.1) do not apply to adverb + verb constructions.
Generally speaking adverbs are invariable words, though some can have
pronominal prefixes, mostly third person (15.4), and some have the -s (-s)
suffix (15.6). A few adverbs are formed with the -eg- infix (cf. 13.151).
cegeykek^ in small quantities (cf. ceykel-, to be small)
cpega-k regularly late, at infrequent intervals (cpak, late)
kego*?si everywhere (ko'^si. all over, everything, everywhere)
meguc regularly by oneself (muc, by oneself, for oneself)
sega'^ni, sega*?ani often (sa'^ni, sa^ani, sometimes)
tmegenom^ni ckey- to doze (lit,, to sleep in part, tmenomeni, half [adv.]
Single adverbs corresponding to the "adverbs of manner" of European
languages are relatively rare, the construction verb + so* (14.21 No. 40)
being used in their place.
15.21 Advertjs
Examples of adverbs:
ci'^n, cini recently
cmeyan yesterday
cpiwi very, most, as much as possible
himeni, hiicnenomi quickly
kem agairi, also, even
kitwa{ay§ too much, very much^°*
kolo, koloAi like, it seems^°^
ku*?y lateir
lek^si oultside
mu4 CO*? p<erhaps
niko*?i, •?ik:o'?i, cpikah, scey always^°^
now away
numi very, exce^^dingly^"^
pecan for a little whiJ<5
poy, poyew in front, befc^j'e
tema, temaloh for long, in V'ai.n
we'^ykoh. wi*?§koh today, now
wogi in the middle
yokmoki around
^°*Always precedes a pronominal prefix verb form.
^°*Always precedes head word.
^°*These adverbs always precede their head verb, which is a pronominal prefix form,
except when semi(9) intervenes (= never, 14.22 No. 49).
134 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
?emki then, after that
*?isku- gradually
*?uweyu*n, ('?)wenu"woyk the most . . . ever^**^
15.22 Adverbial constructions
15.221 With verb as head
heiku reweyetek I bring (a boat) ashore
koloni no*?s he seems to be laughing
kolo kiti ten it looks like raining
skeliS ?o *?0'linei they lay down there
ko?l ho nepek nahscuh I ate something last night
ku pegak no'^^e'>n naewil cmeyan the man chased an elk yesterday
numi Imeyowoni "^o-l a very nasty person
nekah ki kem newohpew pek^su numi cpa* we will see each other again
soon (lit., not very late)
hikon ku *?ela hole*?moni niki cu '?o gok^ once upon a time all who
were there were gambling
15.222 With noun as head
koloni Ikolon ku pa*?ah the water is muddy (like mud)
ki helkik weroy the river in the hills (a designation of the Klamath
river in its upper reaches)
ku numi *?o*>lei the main house
?o ku nimuc wek^ol on their very own fishing rock
ke'?l numi poyweson kepewomek you are first class in cooking
15.223 Adverbial phrases
Some adverbs may be preceded by an article to fornci adverbial phrases.
ki ko'si all over, everywhere
ki we*?ykoh at present
The latter phrase may be treated as a noun and followed by "^ukecoyn,
day, and (^)we*?gor, month.
ki we'^ykoh "^ukecoyn today
ki we^ykoh we*?gor this month
15.31 Adverbs formed with hi
A group of adverbs, mostly of place, share an initial element hi.
himar below hikoh, hikoc across
hitoy Jiere himec in front
hipec upstream hicmey the day before yesterday
hinoy behind, after hikon. hikoni once upon a time, formerly
^"Always precedes head verb, which is a pronominal prefix form; <'>)wenu-woylc is a
third person singular pronominal prefix form of nu-woy-. passive stem of new-, to see
with e/u- alternation. See 13.152.2A.
GRAMMAR
135
15.32 Adverbs having differing forms
Several adverbs exhibit a number of slightly different forms, sometimes
in free variation, sometimes with varying though related meanings.
kyew. kyu?, kyu^n, kyus there
hikoh, hikoc across
hiko*?cuk across water
keski, keskik down
hinoy, hinoyk behind, after
sohci, sohcik up, on top, above
wonekuk, wonek^, wonu up, above
wonukuk above, overhead
wonew overhead, up in the hills
wonik upward
wonoyo* up high
wonoye*?ik in the sky
pecu, pecow, pecik, pecku, hipec up river
pulek^, pulik, pulekuk down river
pul, puloyoh lower down the river
powow, pawah, paway, pawa'^kuk south
helku on land, ashore
heikik inland, in the mountains
helkew in the mountains
wohpek^, wohpew* wohpewk across the sea, west
wohpu, wohpuk into water
wo*pi, wo-pik out in the water (of an island, etc.).
15.4 Adverbs with Pronominal Prefixes
Some adverbs take pronominal prefixes, according to the sam^e morphologi-
cal rules as with nouns (11.35). These follow nominals (which may be in the
locative form), or nominal phrases, and occasionally other adverbs, to pro-
duce adverbial groups corresponding to many of the preposition + noun
phrases of European languages.
These adverbs, among others, were recorded with pronominal prefixes:
himar down, below
hinoy behind, after
hipec upstream
himec in front
hirkik inland
lek^ outside
na-'^nik on the other side,
to the other side
nesk^i near
no'oi then
poyew in front, before
wonu, wonek^ up, above
wo*>ik inside
ha*?a g wehimar under the rock
ha*>ag wehinoy behind the rock
tmayweroy wehipec upstream from
Cannery Creek
*?o*?lei wehimec in front of the house
wek wera-yoy wehirkik at the back
of this creek
'^a^gac welek^ outside the sweathous
ha'^ag wena*?nik on the other side of
the rock
rilcew wenesk^i near the sand bar
ku*?y weno'^ol after a time
ku nek *?o key *>upoyew in front of
where I am. sitting
tepo' *?uwonek^ on top of a tree
tepono4 ^uwonu above the trees
('?)wesrac *?uwo*?ik inside his quiver
136 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
15.41
In this construction adverbS following fiFit 8F iieSHa person pronouns
may have the third person prefix or the prefix in concord with the pronoun.
nekah nepoyew or nekah ^upoyew in front of us
kelew kehinoy or kelew wehinoy behind you (pi.)
15.42
The adverbs merk^eni and kosi, everything, may have a pronominal
prefix in concord with the subject (expressed or implied) of the verb.
nek kic nemerk'^eni sanayjh I have seen everything
*?uko-si pa'^a-mi'? it was all wet
15.43
A few examples were found of noun + adverb with pronominal prefix fora*
ing a nominal phrase:
sohci above '?o*?lei wesohci roof (top of house)
poyew in front, before ('?)yoc ^upoyew prow (front of boat)
(*?)yoc ^upoyew is, however, also used adverbially, in front of the boa:
15.44
Third person pronominal prefixed adverbs are also used following numi,
very, as "superlatives." comparably with the pronominal prefixed verbs
described in 13.141.5.
nek nepsec numi '^wehinoy ko nagJty ku wi*?i-t weso-k my father was the
last man to assist at this sort of thing.
15.45
Note the following phrases:
*?owo-k, tomorrow, with third person pronominal prefix (always with
vowel harmony), ku '?wo'?owo*k, the next day (nominal phrase).
na-4, together, like (with noun of comparison preceding), e.g., k^eyuc
ki ni na*4 sonowo*?m, you will be like the k^eyuc, an extinct bird, i.e.,
dead; with pronominal prefixes = alike.
nekah nena*4 tomowoh we are of an age
15.5 Adverbs without pronominal prefixes
Adverbs may be used without pronominal prefixes, following the basic or
the locative forms of nouns, with similar meaning to the noun + prefixed ad-
verb construction, though the syntactic form is different.
nepuyoi wonu on top of the salmon (lit., on the salmon on top)
nepuyol himar under the salmon
Uapa*?n wo'>ik inside your nose (lit., [in] your nose inside)
GRAMMAR 137
15-6 The -s {-§) Suffix
A few adverbs may add -s, or -§ when ending in i or y, if the subject of the
verb (expressed or implied) is third person. Cf . the similar process in
nominal locatives (11.342.3). The following such adverbs were noted:
cpa-k, cpa-ks late
heikik, helkiks inland
heiku, helkus ashore
hinoyk, hinoyks behind
keski, keski§ down
lekw, leit^s, andlek^si, lek^si§ outside
now, nows away
pecu, pecus up river
pulek^, pulek^s down river
skeli, skeliS down
wonekw, wonek^g up, above
wonew, wonews above
wonik, woniks upward
wonu, wonus above
woy, woys strangely
wo*?ik, wo*?iks inside
k^ahiey *?o*i wonu(s) ki '?wela*yelc it was forbidden for a person to
pass over it
now(s) neli waskay he took off his dress
skeli(§) *?o *?0'linei they lay down there
This form is to be found in the compound words wonewsleg, moon,
wonewslepah, rainbow, heikusleg, dried surf fish (9.24).
15.7 Subclasses of Adverbs
-^mong subclasses of adverbs may be recognized the following:
1 5.71 Sentence Introductory Adverbs
These always occur as first word or among the first words in the sentence;
"they frequently have a quasi-exclamatory force.
J.5.711 koweco, kowico, negative imperative
kowico hoyikepe*?m don't roll aroundl
kelew wencok^s koweco mei socpeyu**?mo'?w you women, don't say a
word about this!
^5.712 kos(always with preverbal particle co(*?)), kos'^ela, mayitbethat. . .1
kos CO tene'^mel may there be many of them!
kos'^ela teno* may there be many of them!
15.713 kos*?elason, kos*?elson
These arg similar to the above, but are always followed by pronominal
138 THE YUROK LANGUAGE ]
prefix verb forms (son may represent the noninflected §t§ni of son(ow-), I
to be). j
kos'?el(a)son '^ukemeyek I wish he would go home j
kos'?el(a)son wewecei I hope they get well j
15.714 dume*?y, howl etc., followed by pronominal prefix verb forms
cume'?y wetenoi ku wencok^s how stingy that woman is',
dum.e'^y si '?neikyork^oy how I wish you had seen us!
15.715 wesinik, whati howl, how terrible 1 etc.
wesinik kic sonowoi ku wi*? me*?wome'?moni what a terrible thing hap-
pened to those who left here I
wesinik kic so* sku'^y sonowok how lucky I have beenl
wesinik is also used in relative clauses, - I have no idea who ....
wesinik wi*? ku mel cwinkepin I have no idea who spoke about it
15.716 merogeyah, it is long since
merogeyah kic cpa-nik "^o ko newocek it is a long time (and it is late)
since I saw you last
15.72 Sentence Connectives
These usually occur as first word or among the first words of a sentence
to connect it with a previous sentence, either consequentially or adversa-
tively. They may also be used more loosely with reference to specific event*
or features of the general context.
15.721 to*?, then, and, so, etc. (consequential)
to*? nek kem ki cwin and I too will speak
kic mo'^okw nekac ki wa*?sok to*? yo*? nowk^ope'^n there was no one to
pity me, so she is looking after me
moco kic ha'?fie4 to*? ki kem '>o hekcek if you have forgotten I will tell
you again
to*? ki 4oy well, I will try
ke*?! hes to*? koma ko*?moyopa*? then can you still hear me?
15.722 tu*?, and, but, etc. (adversative or consequential)
nek no*?penek mewii tu*? tepo-noi wehinoy *?o ro*?op I was chasing an elk
but it ran behind the trees
kus tu*? ku ci§ah where then are the dogs?
nek k^elek^ ma hasek ku kepoyurek tu*? nimoksu megelok ho kelew I
have decided to go swimming and shall not come with you
ka-mege*?4 tu*? hes *?i yese*?m ki yegok the weather is bad; do you still
intend to go? (lit., do you think in the circumstances (*?i) "I will go"?)
kic ho*?omoh tu*? nimoksu nohte'?n wegok he is hurt and cannot walk
GRAMMAR 139
15.723 no-i
A. (Temporal or consequential) then
cpa-nik no! cpinah I waited a long time (lit., it was late then I was waiting)
ki nahksemi sroy co noi *?o iegohpew I shall signal three times, then
start wrestlingl
wo-yl no -4 ko*?moyolt ^uk^omkepek then I heard him groaning all night
kic no?omunowo4 kic no -4 werahcin they have been friends all their lives
(lit., they are now old, in that period they were [each other's] friends)
niki kic ho*?ohko*?l no-4 hohkumoh ne'^yoc we went on building our boats
till nightfall (lit., it was then becoming dark; we were then building
our boats)
we4owa- ci hegol^w wesa'^awor no-4 *?esi pk^eco'^l ku '^uma^ah its shadow
appeared ten times before (lit., and then) the devil came out
no'4 ri-kew ni ko*?oh ku '?wenegi*Vnowo4 then they stood on the shore to
look at it
no'4 ki sku*?y so* "^apacelc now I will tell you in full (well)
3, no-4 is also used as an ordinary adverb with other adverbs or adverbial
jhrases meaning "far," "long," "right on.'*
poyew no-4 weno*?omo*?r ku mewah the boy is running far ahead
no-4 wonew high up
no* 4 pa*?53L.iik skelik "^olonek^ it lay deep down in the water
no* 4 ho k;i cawasilc hegor right up to the seventh month
no-4 hikon long ago
Z. In relative clauses no-4 may m.ean "as far as."
ku nek no>-i ho newo- niki ko'si tenpewe'?4 as far as I can look it is rain-
ing everj-ivhere
). For the use of no-4 cirter kus see 18.3A(3).
5.724 k^esi, and, then, so, etc.
k^esi wit kit '^o weno*?i'?me4 and so then they began to come
k^esi ye'?m so he spoke
k^esi *!*iki cu nu-^m and then everyone came
.5.73 Sentence Particles
These may occur at various places in the sentence, and frequently bear
I very loose syntactic relation to the remainder of the sentence.
l5.731 hes, interrogative particle (see also 18.2- 18.22)
hes is usually the second word, but it may occur anywhere except initially.
kic hes nesk^ecolc^ ku wa*?yas has the girl com.e back yet?
kic sega*?ageye'?m hes are you rich?
kelew hes ho helomeye'^mo'^w have you all been dancing?
L5.732 pekWgy. n§gativ§; U§§d with hes in questions expecting an affirmative
inswer (see also 18.21)
140 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
pek^su hes kelew ko nagaykapa*? won't you all help me?
pek^su hes '^ohpa*? won't you give me some?
pek^su is more rarely used as a negative adverb in statement sentences,
pek^su ko*?! nepelc we'^ylcoh I will not eat anything today
ki kem newohpew pek^su numi cpa* we will see each other again soon
(lit., not very late)
15.733 k^ei, emphatic particle, usually second word in the sentence
nekah k^el ko*? hakaye'^moh well, we hid
to*? k^ei kit ma*?anor there he is starting to show off
to*? k^ei nesk^e'^y he was just awful
15.734 k^elek^, k'^elok^, very frequently used sentence particles, usuaiir
first or second in the sentence, with no very definite translation meaning;
they naay often be rendered "well."
yo? k^elek^ si nu mege?l he ought to go too
nekah k^elek^ kic *?o ma-ye'?moh well, we have passed it
ku ke'?l ko'>moyo*mom rurowo* k^elek^ kic cpa*ni wi*? mei regurowo'*? —
the songs you sing, they have been singing them for ages
nek k^elek^ nimi haselc skuya-noi well, I don't think they are nice
people
k^elok^ kic *?u nu-'^m well, they have come
k^elok^ nimi ske'^wi*? well, it is not cooked
nek k^elek^ wig *?upa- well, I am his brother i
nisa- k^elok^ kic peleji look, there's a fight started j
k^^elok^ wit so'^n that is how it happened
15.735 '^ekW, that is just the case, etc. "^ek^ is usually second word.
wit ^ek^ me so* hegolc that is exactly how I went
piS wi '?ek^ so*?n well, that is just what happened
15.736 '?elekW
A. In questions introduced by kus (18.3), I wonder, etc.
kus ?elek^ kic le*?m I wonder where they have gone
kus '?elek^ weson I wonder how it happened
kus ?elekw sonkoi ku *?yoc what on earth have they done with the boat''
B. In statements, similar to k^elek^, but less common,
to*? '^elekW wi*? '^uweyu-n to*?m ki pu-k well, this is the biggest deer eve-
C. Alone in answer to a question, I don't know,
kic hes le'^m. *?elek^ Have they gone? I don't know.
GRAMMAR 141
15.74 Exclamatives and Modes of Address
cu**?, cui goodbye, well
hai, hei hey I
hoyi-/°® '^oyi-^*** ^oyek^i?, ?oyu-k^i*? heyl , hello! , oh!
kowey don't do that!
ni§, ney§, nisa*, *?iyah ohl
pa-, pa*s no
*^ey, *?eyi, '?!•, '^o-, muscen yes
to^woh enough!
piS well
solo* alas! *^^
'^a-wokW alasl^***
now, nowoh man's greeting
neyen women's greeting
wor mode of address by a man to his wife
tos mode of address to a younger person
15.8 Negative Complements and Other Words
The following words are conveniently listed and described under the general
heading Adverbs:
15.81 ta-, cita-, negative complements
These are used after some negative preverbal particles to form an em-
phatic negative sentence.
mos cita- wo pahcew it did not move at all
mos ta* ti'^niSow ki ko knoksicelc I shall not leave you anything
kenimi cita* wo ko ni**?n she did not even look at all
mos cita* ko*?! so"k koma ko '^olc^^^^ there was nothing at all left
mos cita- kolin cwinkep not one of them said a word
In the following sentence cita* is used predicatively:
mos cita- ku '?wo'?o'?4 his house was no more
15.82 k^en, k^eni. indefinite relative adverbs
These are used in the following types of construction:
A. k'^^eni with, or, less commonly, without an article, followed by a pro-
nominal prefix verb form, is used in "indirect question" sentences.
mos wo ko*?moyo4 ki k^eni '?wesoc they could not hear what he was saying
nek skewok ki "^nekom ki k^eni numi *?weskewok ki ^uko-yc ki '?o'?lei
I should like to know which the house is that he is so keen to buy
^'^^E.g., solo- "^nu-ksoh, alas for my children!
^^''in a sentence "^a-wokw may be followed by a pronominal prefix verb form. See
I3.141.4K(l)c.
^^'ko*?! so"k acts here as a compound pronoun. See 11,23.
142 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
nirai kom k^eni '?uinei toh"^ I do not know what they are talking abo-*
ni kahselewomi*? lei k^eni *?u-k it is not known whose children they are
(equational clause, cf. 10.24)
B. k^en preceded by lei and followed by the preverbal particle co(*?) (14.1
No. 37d) forms the equivalent of indefinite or general relative clauses (tr^a*
lated "whoever," "whatever," etc.). The syntax of these clauses is the sar ^
as for other clauses introduced by lei or ku (13.141.61).
Mi k^en co kohcewo*?nii§ kem '?ap nahcpu'?ni ku "^ukucos whatever he
caught he gave to his grandmother
lei k^en co "^ohk^in mek ol co "kernel knoksime'^m IcepiS'^on whereve-
there is a fishing rock leave some of your scales there!
]ii k^en co*? kic no-i ri-gohsoni nepuy tu*? cpi ko'^r '?o*i niki merku'^m
all the time salmon have been speared only one m.an has eaten it al. iu
ki k^en co ki^^^ yunowoni ki skune*?ni everything that can grow will g*
well
lei k^en co '?ek^ey4peli*?me4 pahpic wis "^i "^o-le^mei those who are
afraid had better stay where they are
ki k^en co nu so'to-*?m kem tu*? ni teno* '?j-wjh wherever you go ther-
is a lot of grass
C. The construction described in A. was twice used in the sense of the c:ir-
struction described in B.
nek ki megelok ki k^eni kele'^mo'^w I will go with you wherever you :
*?ini ki co teno- ki mei '>e'>gah ki k^eni kit wele'^mel there is bound
be plenty more to eat wherever they are going
D. k^eni or ki k^eni after an interrogative word z "what on earth?" etc.
kus ki k^eni ho wi*? nu-Omei how on earth have they come here?
ti'^n k^eni nuk^o *?o yoh what on earth are you doing there?
E. ki k^en may be used as an adverbial phrase, all the time, right on, ei!Z,..
kic ki k^en *?o ro*?op ku nepuy the salm.on ran right on to the end
kahkah ke*>win keges '?emsi k^o'^ro'^r k^elek^ ki k^en ki nepu*? people
could eat sturgeon, eels, surf fish, and candlefish all the time
niki ki k^en ho cme*?y no-i hohkumoh we went on working right until
nightfall (lit,, then it became fully evening, then we were working)
15.83 nuk^o
This word has two uses.
A. Preceding the verb in imperative or prohibitory sentences it means '^
and do," etc.
nuk'W'o no'^nowos go and fetch itl
nukwo pe'^wete'^wes go and wash your hands'.
^*^See 13.141.4L..
'^^The group of preverbal particles co(*?) ki was not recorded elsewhere.
GRAMMAR ^^^
nulcWo swopi9nes go and empty it'
kowico ken. ^o^lep nukWo la-ye^m don't go into the house again!
^ fenotr:^CreVn7<^lT''' ''''''" ^^"^^^^ ^^'^ ^" interrogative sen-
!J'f k w ''^.'^° ll P^'^"^ ^^^' ^^« y°" going to do up river ?
ti-'n kWeni nukWo ,o yoh what on earth are you doing there?
15.9 Adverbial Uses of Certain Pronouns
15.91 wok. yok, yo-?. here, there
wok ni cyu-kwe9n he sat there
yok "Jema kohcenio^olc I stayed there one day
kelew CO yov 9o ko-v you people, stand over there!
15.92 wi(9); wi§ may be used with third person subjects
(1) here, there
wi wenoKw pggjk a man is coming here
tene^m -Po-i wi 9o-le9m a lot of people live here
ki wi -^o tek hava-g the rock standing there
ke?l kern wi"? ho weno^omure^m you swam there too
wig ra '?o-lo'? ku -Jnepsec my father stood there
(2) thus
'epei neskWecokw meges ^imi wi gi§o9n if the doctor had come
things would not have been like this
tu9 wi^Skoh 9enumi wi"? so^n and that is just how it is today
yo-^lkoh wi so -set they thought so
nimi wi? sa-na^y it is not that color
15.93 wek
I (1) thus
I wek tomikin pekcic a rope so thick (holding one 's hand out as a
I measure)
I wek tomoyeic that is my age
(2) here
wek ni yo-le^m pu-k there are deer around here
;5.94 wit. thus
wit ?o so- cwin ku mewimor then the old man spoke as follows
15.95 wi^i-t
(1) thus
'^ey wi^i-t sosek yes, I think so
144 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
(2) then
wi*?!*! wi *?o we*? at that time
wi'^i-t '>o no'?o4 at that time
(3) there
to*? wi*?i-t ko hek'^spa*? then you will find me there
15.9G ko*?!, somewhere
kolo kic ko*?l le'^m or kolo ko*?l kic le*?m it looks as if they have gone
somewhere
kolci ko*?l *?olcW nesk^i *?emel ra-yo'?r ku *?yoc whenever he was at soxnt
point the boat was passing near by there
ko*?! *?i key cpa*ni ni-'?no*?w ho pa*?a*4 he sat somewhere and gazed far
out over the water
15.97 ci-ko*?!, in various places
ci-ko*?l so'tolcw ?o tepo-noi he wanders round in the forest
ci'ko*?l ni §o*?n he is unreliable (lit., he is in various places)
15.98 kolin, in one place
kolin lekome'?y it was collected into one place
16. PREPOSITIONS
16.1 General
Prepositions immediately preceding nominals, nominal groups, or adverbs
form groups with the syntactic function of adverbs. Yurok prepositions are
few in number, and mostly of very generalized meanings, which are usiiially
further specified for translation purposes by the verb in the sentence. The
construction nominal + adverb with pronominal prefix (15.4) to some extent
takes the place of many of the prepositional phrases of European languages.
Nouns following prepositions may, but need not, be in the locative form; the
comitative forms of pronouns may be used after prepositions.
Several of the prepositions are the same in form and of related meaning
to certain preverbal particles; but their quite different syntactic function,
even when compared to the preverbal particle + noun constructions (14.4),
makes it necessary to set them up as a separate category in the grammar
of the language.
16.2 Examples and Comments
The following prepositions are found:
A. ho, to (cf. ho (2), preverbal particle, 14.21 No. 28)
yo*? '?o'?lowo'>m wenepuy ho ku pegjk she gave the man her salmon
cpa'nilc ho kohpey it is a long way to Crescent City
GRAMMAR 145
nekah ku ni-go**?m ho ku '^o wahpayah we will go with you to the bridge
there
cawahsalc ho wi*? I will point to it
skuyahpele*?m ho neka-nol you are good to us
^o*?lel neskWeni ho pa*?a-4 -^o tek the house stands near the water
nek pelomew ho yo*? I fought him
*?o ga*?m ho ku ^nepsec then he said to my father
B. so, to, more narrowly restricted to local meaning (cf. so, preverbal
particle, 14.21 No. 33)
nek kiti hegoU so rek^oy I am going to Requa
ki lahcu'? so kohpey '^owo-k they are making a voyage to Crescent City
tomorrow
keniR^ecos lce*?yoc so helku steer your boat to the shore!
*>i le*?moh so pecu we went up river
myo-{ kowi§ so skelik he pushed the pole down
so hikoh to the other side
la-tek^so^m me4 ku ^uma'^rx so ku ?wetu-k she slit it from its gills to
its tail
kus cpa-nayS so skelik how deep is it to the bottom?
C. ni, in, at, on (cf. ni, preverbal particle, 14.21 No. 25b)'
ni yo*? here, there
ni pecu up river (location)
teloge?mo*?w ni pulik they are ill at the river mouth
ni *?welulik in his mouth
na'^a'^m yegom ni heikew there are a lot of quail in the hills
yokmoki so-tolc^ ni wi*? ku pegak the man has gone wandering around
here
D. *?o, very general positional or referential meaning (cf. "^o, preverbal
particle, 14.21 No. 25a)
wenos *?o hitoy come herel
*?o *?o*?lep at home
*?o tepo*noi in the forest
nepuy hima*?rlcuk *?oyi '^o ku ha*?a*g a salmon is lying underneath the
rock
now so'fos '>o yo*? keep away from her
teykelewomoyek *?o ?necewes I have been bitten on the hand
yo*? wo*?ik me neU ku ci*k '^o ku tek^onek^s he put the money in the box
yo*? mei lo'?m ci*k ^o ku tek^onek^s he took money out of the box
samayawi*? *?o lei walpah he was beaten in the stick game
numi wogi *?o ku ha*?a-g right in the middle of the rock
*?o we'^y here
kic helomeyek *?o ku pyeweg I have been dancing in the deerskin dance
numi ta'?anoy'?i '^o hupo- it is very hot at Hupa
welci me tmi-go? '?o ku '>o *>we*?gor we went hunting ten times last month
niko*?i wo*?ohko4elc *?o melkuk it is always dark in the cave
numi niunipi*? *?o rewonek^ it is very sharp at the point
146 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
Note the following temporal adverbial phrases:
(ku) wi'^i-t *?o no*?o4
*?o wi*?i*t '>o no*?oi
ku wit *?o 00*^01
•?o wit *?© no'?oi
at that time
ho tene*?ni nepuy *?© wit "^o no'^oi there was plenty of salm.on at that time
In view of these expressions it seems best to treat *?o as the preposition
rather than the preverbal particle in sentences of the type kic *?o no'?o4 ki +
verb, it is now timte to . . .
kic *?o no*?oi ki kemeye'^moh it is time now for us to go home
In comparative sentences (cf. 14.21 No. 42) *?o = than
nek noni peloyeli "^o yo*? I am older than her
won so'^n "^o ku yok ni hunowoni it is different from those that grow here
won ki la*k^om4e*?moh *?o ku ho laye'^moh we will go back by a differerr
way from the one we came by
hinoy ni soninepek *?o ke*^! I feel inferior to you
kenumi *?o so'^n "^o ku hewoni newoni nepuy he did just the same as with
the first salmon that appeared
E. hasi, hesi, towards (cf. has-, hes-, to think, to intend)
hasi pureyow so* tmo-'?w you will shoot to the north
hesi hinoyks la**?y he passes to the inside
hasi yo*? '^o murelc I dodged in that direction
hesi pur to the north
F. mei, various circumstantial meanings (cf. mel, preverbal particle,
14.21 No. 30)
(1) by (agent)
nek kic teykelewomoyeU me4 leyes I have been bitten by a snake
kic le^loylc mel me'?ye4 I have been stung by a nettle
(2) with (instrument)
yo*? samat cucis me4 ha'?a*g he killed the bird with a stone (cf. yo?
ha'?a'g mei samat cucis he killed the bird with a stone, where
nael is a preverbal particle)
so* myop me4 wo-gey it was so crowded with white naen
ho pegpegoh we'?yoh me4 tak^tap he split his wood with an axe
*?e*?gah me4 nepuy they make a meal off salmon
skewok ke*?l ki keregohpinek ki tkek^e'^1 mel pa'^ah I want you to fill
this bucket with water
(3) for
yo? kiti tektet '^o'^lomel mel ku '?umam he is going to build a house
for his son
CO nu cwegin met nek go and speak for mel
GRAMMAR 147
(4) about
kus so*se'?m me 4 wi*? what do you think about it?
nek kemolocek mei ku ke*>yoc I am jealous about your boat (cf. yo'?
k^elek nek mei kemoloc she is jealous about me, where mei
is a preverbal particle)
teloye^w mei nek she tells lies about me
kowico *?i yo tektese*?ni mei wi*? don't be angry about itl
(5) from
cnieya-n nesk^ecolc mei kohpey yesterday I came back from Crescent
City
io'*?moh *?o*?lei mei yo*? we got the house from him
ki ko cpega'?r mei kelew kesi *>o le'^moh we will not go until we hear
from you
no'i, as far as (cf. no-i, adverb, 15.723B)
no*i hupo* as far as Hupa
17. CONJUNCTIONS
17,1 General
Conjunctions are employed to link clauses subordinatively or coordinatively
into conaplex sentences. They occur initially in their clause, and, with the
exception of mewistu*?, because, are followed by indicative or noninflected
verb forms.
17.2 Examples and Comments
The following conjunctions were noted:
A. naoco, if, when (with reference to actual or possible situations)
CO mesi mei hekse*?m moco kic he*?we*?l don't tell her until she has
woken up! (lit., tell her then when she has woken upl )
moco kic ha'?pei to*? ki kem '?o hekcelc if you have forgotten I will tell
you again
yo'? ho nagaykapa*? moco hohkumeU nelew he used to help m.e when I
was mending my nets
yo*? heyomoks moco kic holcWc he is lucky if he starts to gamble
mo is used as a variant of moco, but less commonly. It may be distin-
guished from mo, the preverbal particle (14.32 No. 37) by its different syn-
tactic environments.
nimi ki sku'^y so* ho-le'?mo*?w mo nimi *>o^^ wi§ Mi mei cweginkep
you will not get on well if there is not someone to speak for you all
B. *?e(5ei, if (introduces unreal or impossible conditional clauses; the other
part of the sentencL. the "apodosis," contains the preverbal particle si,
14.21 No. 35)
148 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
'^epei wi no* '?o-'?m si *?eini wo ho*?oniohtkoye*?m if you had stayed here
(with the rest) you would not have been hurt
*?ef3ei wo ioyelc si "^o li-ko-melelc if I had been caught I should have bee:
stabbed
mos wii si §a-i *?epei sku*?y so'?s he would not have done that if he hac
been good natured
'^epel wi '>o^^ ku "^nepsec k^elek^ "^imoksu hekcoh if my father were
alive we would not ask you
*?epei is also used adverbially in simple sentences, meaning "should ha\
ci*?n "^epei no-i kic nesk^eco**?m you should have come back earlier th<
C. '?o4kumi, because
nek nimi ko*?l nepek '^olkumi nimi ciweyelc I am not eating anything
because I am not hungry
kimo*?! ko'?o'?i '?o4kumi nimi sloylketoy ke*?l your house is dirty be-
cause you have not swept it
D. mewistu*?, because (followed by pronominal prefix verb forms)
'?o gegoyi ko '>o nepi*?mo'?w nepuy mewi§tu*? wo'?ohpelei ku "^uknapayak
they were told "you will eat salmon" because they were given the
leftovers
E. mi*?, because, in order to
CO tenowene'^m keka*? mi*? niko?! weceporeg take plenty of blankets
because it is always coldl
me4 megenefi weyah mi*? ko*?mi tegenpe*?y his stomach aches because
he regularly overeats
mos wo'^ik ki ^ela ho-le'?m lco-re*?mos mi? kic swoy4 Icerewi-S your
animals will not stay inside because your fence is broken
nek no-lumelc neto*'?mar mi*? numi skuya-no4 I like my friends because
they are good people
to*? kiki cu ko *?o '?o'?co'> ki ki nepi*?mo*?w mi '^i ko "^o himeni le^mo'^w
I will give you all something to eat, so that you can be off quickly
l*?os ku kekawagas mi*? ki Semi keycek hold your wrist so that it will
not get tiredl
F. kitowco*?, although, even if
nimi ko*?l ni ?weso-k kitowco"? wa*?soy '^o-l wi*? ko'?mo'?y it does not
matter (14.416) even if a poor man hears it
G. tosoh, although, even if
tosoh njgay wi*? wesa-lah tu*? *?imi wi*? pyekcoh although I helped him dc
it I did not approve
H. '^apoto*?, but
*?imi wo tektesoh *?apoto*? nunoi kimolel we were not angry but they wertu
very rude
GRAMMAR 149
I. kolci, whenever
kolci tagaw kem tu"? *?o goylkep wetu-k every time he spoke its tail
flapped
kolci newohpe'^n tu*? kem niki •?wa'?a'?gap every time he sees me he tells
me of it
kolci wolkeci*? tu*? ko '^o nj-gjse*?m every (time it is) morning you will
gather sweathouse wood
kolci kyah means "every month" (lit., whenever [the moon] rises)
J. kofuskini, however, whatever
neps kofuskini §o-se'?m eat whatever you feel likel
K. '^em.si, and (in negative sentences, nor)
nekah helomeye^m *?emsi ho rurowo-'^moh we danced and we sang
ro^opes *?emsi ni-?nes run and look I
kenimi wo ko*?moyolc '?emsi nimi wo newo*lc I did not hear it nor see it
•?emsi is also used to coordinate two or more nominals in the same syn-
tactic relation to one verb.
pegak *?emsi wencok^s helomeye'?m men and women were dancing
nekah me newo- tene*?m pegak *?emsi hu-ksoh we went and saw lots of
men and children
L. Conjunctival phrases
The following two conjunctival phrases are found. They occur initially
in their clause and are never divided by intervening words.
(1) to*? numi, although
to'? numi Owesk^elo*?y '^imi ^uma poy so'^n although he was brave
he did not come first
to'? numi ka-meg '?i le'?moh so pecu although the weather was bad
we went up the river
(2) wo*?n ho, until (wo'?n. adverb, thither, ho, preposition, to, here
followed by the rest of the clause as a nominal substitute)
yo*? cwegin wo*?n ho mo'?ok^ wesew he went on talking until his last
breath (lit., until he had no breathing)
^emel knoksi'?m '?upii'?on "^enumi wo'?n ho mo'?okw '?upi§'?on it left
some of his scales at those places right on until it had no scales
left
18. INTERRCXJATIVE WORDS AND SENTENCES
18.1 General
Interrogative sentences in Yurok may be divided into those requiring an
answer Yes or No and those requiring other answers. The two classes are
formally differentiated.
150 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
As has already been stated (7) there are no specific intonation sequences
assigned to interrogative sentences, though they may be somewhat higher
pitched than statements. There is no specific interrogative word order.
18.2 Questions requiring an answer Yes or No are marked by the sentence
particle hes (15.731).
kic hes nesk^ecolcW ku wa^yas has the girl come back yet?
kic sega*?ageye*?m hes are you rich?
to*?s is found as a contraction of to*? hes; it occurs initially,
to'?s tagawamele'?m were you spoken to?
18.21 Questions expecting an affirmative answer have hes with a negative
preverbal particle or mo nimi (14,32 Group 169) or with pek^su, negative
adverb (15.732). pek^su "^elek^ is also used.
nimi hes newo-^m ku '>neka'?ar haven't you seen my pet?
pek^su hes '^ohpa^ won't you give me some?
pekWsu '?elekw megelol< shan't I go too?
mo nimi ko'^moyo^m hes don't you hear it?
18.22 Questions expecting a negative answer are introduced by muscen,
really.
muscen hes skewok ko*?l ki Icenepek do you really want something to eati
18.3 Other questions are introduced by the interrogative adverb kus, or by
one of the interrogative pronouns (11.24), normally as first word in the i
clause or sentence. I
A. kus has a wide range of application and a variety of translation meanings,
depending on the context and the remainder of the sentence. It is sometimes
further specified by being coordinated with another adverb or by the presence
of one or more preverbal particles in the sentence.
(1) where? (often further specified in this usage by one of the locative pr
verbal particles, '?o, ni, and *?i, before the verb)
kus *?o pa^a'^n where is there water?
kus so-tolc^ where has he gone?
kus ni ^ol^^ ku keci-k where is your money?
kus *?o-*?m where do you live?
kus ko '?o lego^omah where are they going to do the running?
kus may be used without a verb, meaning "where is?" "where are?"
kus tu*? ha^a-g where is the rock?
(2) when? (often further specified by no'>oi, adverb, then)
kus CO nesk^ecolc^ when did he arrive?
kus no'?o4 ki kem nu nes when are you conaing back?
GRAMMAR 1
kus no'?oi ni ma hego**?m when did you go?
kus no*?o4 ki kenieye*?m when are you going home?
{•}) how? (often further specified by the preverbal particle so*, thus, so;
kus peme^m ici nepuy how did you cook the salmon?
kus ho SO" ho'le*?mo'?w how did you travel?
kus SO' hegole^m how do you say it?
kus so- hase'^m why (lit., how) do you think that?
kus so'^n what has happened? (lit., how is it?)
kus kic me so^n how did it happen?
kus to -molts Ide^yoc how wide is your boat?
kus tego- how much does it cost?
kus CO soninepe'^m how do you feel?
kus wew ku we'?yon what (lit., how) is that girl*s name?
kus noi (no*i, adverb, far, long), how long, how far?
kus ki no -4 nu helomeye'^m how long are you dancing?
kus no'i ni ma gego*?nn how far did you go?
Without a verb kus no-1 means "how far is it?"
kus no'i ho wi'?i-t how far is it to that place?
kus so*?n, kus son (noninflected stem), and kus weson (cf. 13.141 .4 K(l)b)
ire often used with a c.^use containing the preverbal particle me4, in the
ircumstances (14.2: No. 30), following, to mean "How is it that?" "Why?"
kus so'?n mel nes why have you come? (lit., what has happened? Because
of it you have come)
kus so'^n mel mi hego''?m why don't you go?
kus son kic mei mi*? k^i-get why don't you all come visiting now?
kus weson mei mela teloye*?w why did she tell a lie?
kus sonowoni, followed by a noun, means "What sort of?'Mlit., being how?)
kus sonowoni c?uci§ wi keskewok what sort of dog do you want?
There is also an interrogative adverb kuscah, what sort?, used in a
jimilar manner with son(ow-).
kuscah sonowoni cucis what sort of bird?
(4) Which of a specified set?
kus wi*> Iceskewok ku nepuy which salinon do you want?
p. ti'?nisow whaf^
ti*?nisow wi'^ keskewok what do you want?
ti'?nisow me newo-'^m what did you see?
ti'^nisow me 4 ^oh what are they talking about?
ti'?ni§ow h'>' what is he doing?
ti*?nisow s * ID what does he do?
As a one question ti'?nisow means "What is that?"
152 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
C. ti^niv, what?
ti*?!!!*? Kohkumeic what are you doing?
ti'^ni'? skewoksime'?m what do you want?
ti*?ni*> so'k (ti'?ni'? §o'k, 6) what sort is it? (equational sentence, 10.24)
D. ti'^n, what?
ti*?n skewok what do you want?
ti'?n mei nu hego*'?ni what have you come for?
E. ti§, what? (only with third person verbs or noninflected verbs in equ. -
alent syntactic positions)
ti§ hegohku*?ni or tis hegoh what does he do?
F. ti'^now, who?
ti*?now ho helome'^y who was dancing?
ti'?now ho helonieye*?niei who were dancing?
ti'^now wi soc who spoke there?
As a one word question ti'^now means "Who is that?"
Like other interrogative words, ti'^now normally occurs initially in tht
interrogative clause or sentence, but a different relative word order car -^
used to distinguish the categories of subject and object (cf. 10,4).
ti*?now newo^m ku ke*?i Icepsec who saw your father?
ku ke'^1 Icepsec ti'?now newo'^na whom did your father see?
G. Preceded by the negative preverbal particle mos, kus and ti*?nisow for-aa
emphatic negative expressions.
mos kus ki *?o so*?n it is no use (lit., it can happen with it no how)
mos kus wi ki *?nesonowolc I can do nothing about it
mos ta* ti'?nisow ki ko knoksicelc I shall not leave you anything (for ta-
see 15.81)
mos cita- kus no'^oi it seemed no time at all (before sonnething happen
"*Cf. 14.44.
TEXTS
TEXTS
The translations of the following texts are as close to the original as norir
English will allow. In addition the first two texts are accompanied by a wc
for word translation with grammatical notes and section references to '
relevant parts of the grammar.
1. The Mourning Dove
hiknn^ ku2 9ela^ ho-le^moni^ Once upon a tinne all the
niki cu^ *?o^ go-k^'^ k^esi^ ku^ inhabitants of the earth were
'?o*?rowi'?^** kem^^ ^o*^ go-lcWc^^ gambling, and the dove too
k^esi^^ -^ol^^^^ '^upicowos.^^ '?o*'' was gambling. He had a
no-wo'?r*^ ku^'' *?i^ nu^^ '?j'?gjp^^ grandfather. Someone ran up
wegolelc^^ "k^elek^^^ kit" and told him, "the old man
merkewec^^ ku^*^ mewimor."" is just going to die." The
•>o^^ ga'?m^ *?o*?rowi'?^^ "to*?" ki*^ dove said, "I will have
Explanatory Notes
^Once upon a time (adv., 15.22; 15.31)
^the (article, 12.2)
^there (on earth), past time (p. v. p. 14.21 No. 8)
^dwelling (verb, 3 pi. (incremental) attrib. active, 13.141.6A; 13.141.61(2
^all (p. V. p. group, 14.31 Group 141)
^there (p.v.p. 14.21 No. 25a)
^gambled (noninflected verb, 13.112)
®and (adv. sent, con., 15.724)
^the (article, 12.2)
^^'dove (noun, 11,3)
^^also (adv., 15.21; 15.22)
^^there (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
^^gambled (e-class verb, 3 s. indie, active, 13.141 .1F(3))
^^and (adv. sent, con., 15.724)
*^there was (second type o-class verb 3 s. indie, active, 13.141.1B(4))
^^his grandfather (noun with third person pron. pref., 11.351)
^^here (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
^^ran up (noninflected verb, 13.112)
^^who (article used as relative word, 13.141 .6I(2)c)
2°there (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
^^coming (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 29)
^^told (noninflected verb stem with infix, 13.151.2; 13.151.4)
^^saying (e-class verb 3 s. pron. pref. form active, subordinate to '>a'?gap,
5.141.4C, 13.141.4K(3))
^ Veil (adv. sent, part., 15.734)
^^near future time (p. v. p., 14.21 No. 14)
^Vill die (e-class verb 3 s. indie, active, 13.141.lA)
"the (article, 12.2)
^®old man (noun, 11.3)
^^thereat (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
^^said (e-class verb 3 s. indie, active, g-form of h-initial word, 6;
3.141.1F(13))
^Move (noun, 11.3)
^^then(adv. sent, con., 15.721)
^^future time (p.v.p. 14.21 No. 10)
I 155 ]
156
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
kem^ ko^^ go-k^cek"^^ •?olkumi"
kic^* rewpe-^n.^^ k^esi^ kem^i
'^o*^ no-wo'?r*^ wegoyek** "k^elek^**
co*^ hiinoTeyowo*?m^^ k^elek^*^
kit*^ merkewec* ku^^ kepicowos."^^
kem^^ 91^ ye'^m^^ *?o'?rowi*?^ "to*?"
ki^® kem*^ ko" ho-kWcelc.^* moco"
kem^ ki^ ?ap^^ newoU^^ kic^'
'^umerkewecelc" kem^^ ki^** wit^^
another gamble," ^o^ ^^ was
winnine. And aga^'^ *^^ mes-
senger ran up and said, "Well,
hurry I Your grandfather is
just going to die." The dove
said, "I will have another
gamble ; and if I find my
grandfather already dead
when I come, this is what
again (adv.. 15.21; 15.22)
at the time (p. v. p.. 14.21 No. 24)
^^I will gamble (e- class verb 1 s. indie.
6; 13.141. lA)
active, g-form of h-initial word
39
because (conjunction, 17. 2C)
past time continuing to present (p. v. p.,
he was winning (e-class verb 3 s. indie
*°and so (adv. sent, con., 15.724)
^^again (adv., 15.21; 15.22)
*^there (p.v.p.. 14.21 No. 25a)
'*^ran up (noninflected verb, 13,112)
*^that he should be told (e-class verb 3 s.
14.21 No. 2)
active, 13.141.lA)
ordinate to no -wo*? r, 13.141.4A; 13.141.4C;
''Veil (adv. sent, part., 15.7 34)
^^imperative (p. v. p., 14.21 No. 37a)
47
you (s.) hurry (first type o-class verb 2 s
^VelUadv. sent, part., 15.7 34)
*^near future time (p. v. p., 14.21 No. 14)
*will die (e-class verb 3 s. indie, active, 13.141.1A)
pron. pref. form passive, sub
13.141.4K(3)
indie, active, 13.141.1B(l))
J4he (article, 12.2)
your grandfather (noun with second person pron. pref., 11.35)
again (adv., 15.21; 15.22)
*thereat (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25c)
53
said (e-class verb 3 s. indie, active, y-form of h-initial word, 6;
13.i41.1F(13))
^dove (noun, 11.3)
"^'then (adv. sent, con., 15.721)
'^future time (p.v, p., 14.21 No. 10)
^again(adv., 15.21; 15.22)
"at the time (p. V. p., 14.21 No. 24)
"l will gamble (e-class verb 1 s. indie, active, 13.141.lA)
"if (conjunction, 17.2 A)
^^also (adv., 15.21; 15.22)
^future time (p.v.p.. 14.21 No. 10)
"starting (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 4; 14.31 Group 28)
^I see (second type-o-class verb 1 s
^'already (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 2)
^*he has died (e-class verb 3 s
newok, 13.141.4A; 13.141 .4K(3))
*^also (adv., 15.21; 15.22)
indie, active, 13.141.1B(3))
pron. pref. form active, subordinate to
^future time (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 10)
^Hhus (nonpersonal pronoun used adverbially, 15.94)
TEXTS
157
no'?omu'?n'^ lii" •>wes'?onah^* kf'
no-4® megeykWele^weyk."** tuo®^
wi'?ikoh*^ *?enumi** wi'>*^ sC^n^
moco*^ ki*® ko^l*' ko'>moyo*>m^
^o'^ key^^ ^o^rowi^'^ ko"** ko'^mo-
yo'^m^^ kolo^^ woken"^ '>o^* meykWe-
le*?we*?y^^ numi*°° aku^y so*^°^
woken*°^ *?o^**^ ge^m''^ "wi- pu-
pu-"^**^ tu'?^*'^ so->n*" kitkWo ^u^°«
me gey ^^'^ wi'^Slcoh.**
I will do: I will mourn for
him so long as the heavens
endure." And today that is
just what he is doing. If
somewhere you hear the dove
as he sits there, you will
hear him as it were mourn-
ing. Very well he says "Wee
. , . poo . . . poo," and so it
is that he is still mourning
to this day.
^^thereat (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a) ^
^^I will do (first type o-class verb 1 s. indie, active, 13.141 .1F(13))
^^all the time that (indefinite relative group. 15.82B)
^^future time (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 10)
"'^shall endure (first type o - class Terb 3 s. indie, active. 13.141 .1F(4))
"the (article, 12.2)
'^heavens (noun, initial ^w after ^owel, 6; 11.3)
^%ture time (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 10)
**then (adv. sent, con., 15.723A)
®4 shall continuously mourn (e- class verb 1 s. indie, active, with infix,
13.141.1F(3); 13.151)
®^and (adv. sent, con., 15.722>
^Hoday(adv. 15.21; 15.22)
**exaetly (adv. 15.22)
®^thus (third person pro«d«n used adverbially, 15.92)
*^he does (first type o-cl»»s verb 3 s. indie, active, 13.141.1F(13))
^'if (conjunction. 17.2 A)
®^future time (p.v.p., l^^l J«c. 10)
'^somewhere (indefimteironoun used adverbially, 15.96)
^you (s.) hear (first ^Ji^-ciass verb 2 s. indie, active, 13.141.1B(1))
'Hhere (p.v.p., 14.21 4u2te)
^^sits (noninflected ver%| coordinate with ko*>moyo'?m. 10.322; 13.112)
^^dove (noun, 11.3)
^*at the time (p.v.p,, 14^1 No. 24)
^Vo^ ^s.) will hear (first type o-class verb 2 s. indie, active, 13.141.1B(1))
'^like (adv., 15.21; 15.22)
^somewhere (adv., 15.22)
'^here (p.v.p., 14.21 No-25a)
'^he mourns (e-class verb 3 s, indie, active, 13.141.lA)
***%ery (adv., 15.21; 15.22)
***^well (adverbial phrase, 14.21 No. 40)
^°^somewhere (adv., 15.22)
^**^there (p.v.p.. 14.21 No.25a)
*°*he says (e-class verb 3 s. indie, active, g-form of h-initial word, 6;
13.141.1F(13))
*** ^imitation of bird's cry
^**^and (adv. sent, con., 15.722)
^**^it happens (first type o-class verb 3 s. indie, active, 13.141.1F(13))
^***still (p.v. p. group, 14.31 Group 58)
^°^he mourns continually (noninflected verb with infix, 13.112; 13,151)
*^**today (adv., 15.21; 15.22)
2. The Story of the Klamath River Song
pis* wistu'?^ cpeyu'?r^ tewpos^ So this is the story of
'^o^ cin^ wegolelc^ "wit^ sonowolc the young man from Tewpos;
neskewoksimelc*" ku** pak^tul*^ he said, "It has happened to
'^o*^ we*?yon.** '?o*^ gegolc*^ ku*^ me that I love the girl at
'?neko-yck^oU.^^ so**^ *?o^^ gegeyic^* Pak^tui. So I went to buy her,
'pa-s" mi*?" nekah^^ k^elekw^s but I was told, 'No, Wohpeku-
wit^^ ho^^ so'^® weyki*?^^ wohpe- mew has so commanded, say-
Explanatory Notes
* Well (adv. exclam., 15.74)
^so (adv., 15.1)
^it is the story (noun, predicate of equational sentence, 10.24; 11.3)
*Tewpos (noun, 11.3)
^at (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
Voung man (noun, 11.3; 4, 5 and 6 = the young man from Tewpos, l4.<
forming expanded nominal group with cpeyu'?r as head noun, 10,311)
'how he said (e-class verb 3 s. pron. pref. form active, subordinate t;
predicate noun cpeyu*?r, 13,141.4C; 13,141 .4K(3))
®thus (nonpersonal pronoun used adverbially, 15,94)
^I am (first type o-class verb 1 s. indie, active, 13.141.1F(13))
*°that I love (e-class verb 1 s. pron, pref. form active, subordinate to
sonowolt, 13.141.4A; 13.141 .4K(3))
*Hhe (article, 12.2)
^^Pak^tui (noun, 11.3)
*^at (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
**girl (noun, 11.3; 12. 13, and 14 = the girl at Pak^tul , 14.43)
^^hereat (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
*^I went (second type o-class verb 1 s. indie, active, g-form of h-initia
word, 13.141.1B(2); 6)
"to (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 12)
*®buy (second type o-class verb 1 s. pron. pref. form active, 13.141.4.Ai
*^hus (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 40)
^there (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
"l was told (e-class verb 1 s. indie, passive, g-form of h-initial word
13.141.3A; 13.141.31; 6)
"no (adv. exclam., 15.74)
^^because (conjunction, 17.2E)
^^as for us (pron., independent subject, 11.21, 10.25)
^^welUadv. sent, part., 15.734)
^^thus (nonpersonal pron. used adverbially, 15.94)
"past time (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 2)
2®thus (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 40)
^^it was ordained (o-class verb 3 s. indie, passive, 13.141.3A)
f 158 1
TEXTS
159
kumew^ "wek^^ mos^^ kelew^^
hasi^ wohpew^^ ki^^ negosepi*>m^^
•?oikumi^^ mos^' ki^ sku'?y so'*^
kmoyikesi'^mo^w.'*^ oey**' kimo-
le'^n*® l^i'"' -^weikelonah.** won^*
so-" lohkow^^ mos^ wit^^ ki^*^
skuye'^n^^ ki^* ke*?wegahpemew. " ' "
ing, "Here you shall not marry
into families in the west, be-
cause you would not fare well
and would perish on the way.
Yes, their country is bad.
They talk a different lan-
guage; it would not be good
for you to marry with them." ' "
And that is why people lived
like that in former times.
^°by Wohpekumew (noun, agent of weyki*?, 11.3; 13.141.3J)
^^here (nonpersonal pron. used adverbially, 15.93)
"not (p. V. p., 14.22 No. 44)
"you (pi.) (pron., 11.21)
'"^low ird (preposition. 16.2 E)
^""across the water (west) (adv., 15.1; 15.32)
^^future time (p. v. p., 14.21 No. 10)
^^regularly marry (e-class verb incremental indie, pi. active without
inflection, with infix, 13. 141. IE; 13.151)
^^because (conjunction, 17. 2C)
^Vot(p.v.p., 14.22 No. 44)
*°future time (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 10)
*^well (adverbial phrase, 14.21 No. 40)
^^you will fare (verb 2 pi. (incr.) active, g-formof h-initial word, 13. 141. IE; 6)
*^somewhere (indefinite pronoun used adverbially, 15.96)
^^future time (14.21 No. 10)
*^there (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25b)
*Vo^i will die (e-class verb 2 pi. (incremental) active, 13. 141. IE)
*Vgs (adv., exclam., 15.74)
**is bad (e-class verb 3 s. indie, active. 13.141.1F(5))
*'the (article, 12.2)
^their place (noun with third person pron. pref., 11.351)
^differently (adv., 15.1)
thus (p. v. p., 14.21 No. 40)
52.
^Hhey talk (noninflected plural verb, 13.141.1F(ll)f)
^not (p.v.p., 14.22 No. 44)
^^thus (nonpersonal pronoun used adverbially, 15.94)
^^future time (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 10)
^^it will be good (e-class verb 3 s. indie, active, 13.141 .1F(13))
^®that (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 12)
^'you should nmarry with them (noninflected verb with second person
pron. pref., subordinate to skuye^n, 13.141.4J; 13.141.4K(3))
^and (adv. sent, con., 15.722)
^4hus (nonpersonal pronoun used adverbially, 15.94)
^^in the circumstances (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
^^for that reason (p. v. p., 14.21 No. 30)
^there (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
^^it was (first type o-class verb 3 s. indie, active, 13.141 .1F(13))
^4hat (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 12)
^■'past time (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 1)
^^people lived (verb 2 pi. (incremental) active used indefinitely with third
person pron. pref. subordinate to so-^n, 13. 141. IE; 13.1 41. 4D; 13.141 .4K(3))
^'formerly (adv., 15.22; 15.31)
160
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
mos^ ko*?!^^ ki
^72 j^j^73 YlOBepJ'^
79
•^o" gi*?^* ku
tewpos* *>o^^ cin" "nimi®^ wo®*
41*?®* ku®^ kewe'^yoneselc®'' co*?"
wit®^ ?o^ kWom4eco''?m'^ ko-
weco^^ ko^^ k^am4ayahsa*9m'*
ki'^ ki^^ so-^'' hego-lom^* wo-gey'
wo*gey^**° wogeyelke^s^*** wohpe-
kumew^°2 wis^°^ ko^*** wey^^^
and Jio one could marry into
a family in the west. And so
the young man from Tewpos was
told, "Your offer of a bride
price has not been accepted.
Go back home, and do not turn
round while you are traveling.
Holy, holy, holy is Wohpeku-
mew; he ordained and we live
in obedience." Well, so the
■'^not (p.v.p., 14.22 No. 44)
^^anyone (indefinite pronoun, 11.23)
^^could (p.v.p.. 14,21 No. 10)
^Hhere (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25b)
^*marry (e-class verb 3 s. indie, active,
^^and so (adv. sent, con., 15.724)
'^thus (nonpersonal pronoun used adverbially,
^^thereat (p.v.p.. 14.21 No. 25a)
'®was told (e-class verb 3 s. indie, passive, 13.141.31)
■''the (article, 12.2)
^Tewpos (noun, 11.3)
®^at (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
®Voung man (noun, 11.3 ; 80, 81, and 82 = the young man from Tewpos,
13.141.1A)
15.94)
14.43)
®^not (p. V. p.
**past time (p.v. p.
^Ht is accepted (o-class verb 3 s.
**that (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 12)
14.22 No. 43a)
14.2 1 No.
3)
^'you (s.) offer a bride price (e-class verb 2 s. pron,
subordinate to 4 !*>, 13.141.4A; 13.141,4K(3))
^imperative (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 37a)
thus (nonpersonal pronoun used adverbially, 15.94)
indie, passive, 13. 14 1.3 A)
pref. form active
thereat (p. v. p., 14.21 No. 25a)
you (s.) return (second type o-class verb 2 s. indie, active., 13. 141*. IB I
don'tl (sentence introductory adverb, 15.711)
at the time (p.v. p., 14.21 No. 24)
turn round (j-modifying second type o-class verb 2 s. indie, active,
13.141.1F(1))
'*at the time when (article used as relative word. 13.141.6I(2)d)
'^future time (p.v.p., 14,21 No. 10)
^thus (p.v. p., 5-form of s-initial word, 14.21 No. 40; 6)
Vou (s.) go (second type o-elass verb 2 s. attrib. active. 13.141.6B)
98.
99, WO
101
is holy (noninflected verb, 13,112)
is holy (e-class verb 3 s. indie, active, 13.141.1A)
^^'^Wohpekumew (noun, 11,3)
*°^he (3 s. personal pron., 11.21)
^**^at the time (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 24)
^**^ordained (noninflected verb, 13.112)
^°Ve (1 pi. personal pronoun, 11.21)
^**^thus (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 40)
*°*live (verb 1 pi. (incremental) indie, active, 13. 141. IE)
TEXTS
161
young man, the young man from
Tewpos, stood. "I so love the
girl" (he said) and so he
turned round in that direc-
tion, and as he turned round
there he heard the wind blow-
ing all around through the
leaves, and then he heard
them begin to sing.
pi§'°^ wistiiiio 9o^^* ko^^^ ko-*?^"
ku*^^ cinomewes'''* tewpos"** *?o**^
cin^^® "so-^^^ skewoksimelc^^ ku^^^
we^yon"^" k^esi^" so^^ k^amla-
yah.'"' k^esi^'^ ku^^ •?o*''kWjmla-
yah*^^ ^iki ko-si^^ ko'?mo'?y^^^ ki"^
ka-p*^3 kWelekWi34 wero-k^selci^'
t^,U6 ^^137 g^.l3« ^iki>'^ ko-^mo^y^^
ku^** kit^'*^ werurov/o-'?m.^*^
^** Veil (adv. exclam,, 15.74)
^^^'so (adv., 15.1)
^^Hhereat (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
^^^at the time (p. v. p., 14.21 No. 24; *?o koC?) refers to past time, 14.31
Group 64)
^^^stood (noninflected verb, 13,112)
^^^the (article, 12.2)
*^*yo^^g man (noun, 11.3)
^*^Tewpos (noun, 11.3)
^^■'at (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
*^*young man (noun, 11.3; 116, 117, and 118 - the young man from
Tewpos, 1^.43, forming an expanded nominal group with 115, cinomewes,
as head)
^^^so much (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 40)
^^do I love (e-class verb 1 s. indie, active, 13.141.1A)
^^Hhe (article, 12.2)
*"girl (noun, 11.3)
^^^and so (adv. sent, con
^^in that direction (p.v
15.724)
p., 14.21 No. 33)
^^^e turned round (noninflected verb, 13.112)
^^^and then (adv. sent, con., 15.724)
^^when (article used as relative word, 13.141 .6I(2)d)
^^®there (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 25a)
^ he turned round (noninflected verb, here syntactically equivalent to an
attrib. verb with 127, ku, 13.112; 13.141.61(2))
^^all around (p. v. p. + adv., 14.21 No. 41b)
^^^he heard (first type o-class verb 3 s. indie, active, 13.141 .1B(1))
^^^fin) the (article, 12.2)
^^^leaves (noun, used in locative sense, 11.37)
^^*well (adv. sent, part., 15.734)
^^ the wind blowing (e-class impersonal verb 3 s.
subordinate to ko*>mo'?y, 13.141.4D; 13.141,4K(3))
pron. pref. form active
136,
137
138x
and (adv. sent, con,, 15.7 22)
there (p.v. p.
14.21 No. 25b)
*'thus (p. V. p., g-form of s-initial word
^^^hen (p.v.p., 14.21 No. 41a)
***he heard (first type o-class verb 3 s. indie
^'•^not translated (p.v. p., 14.21 No. 12)
14.21 No. 40; 6)
active, 13.141.1B(1))
142i
143
beginning (p.v. p., 14.21 No. 14)
them singing (o-class verb 3 pi. (incremental) pron. pref, form active,
subordinate to ko'?mo'?y, 13. 141. IE; 13.141 .1K(3))
162 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
3. Wohpekumew and the Salmon
so nes wohpekumew '^ap ni-'>no*>w '>o nesk^^ecolc^. '^o ga'?m "pis ciweyl^,
nepuy skewok ki '?nenepel<" '>o gi*? "ni molcw nepuy mi*? lcema*?wamay '?ume'?y
wo*?ot *>i niki kosi '?ekone*?m lei nepuy. nekah k^el wa'?a-gJ[c wi*?i-t nepi*?moh
*?ini kegoh puk tu? wi^i-t cpi ki '?o Ice nahceleK." k^esi "^o ga'?m "cu*? tu*? ki
yegolc" k^esi *?o gego*?!. *?o nesk^ecok^ ho ma'?wjmay '^o '^ohpe'?! k^elek^
tokto*?m ku nepuy. '?o ga*?m "pa- mos nek wit ki nepelc mi*? nimuc '>o\iy^ njmawi
wesrac '?uwo'?ik *?ela hoTece'?w wiStu*? *?o mu*?mone'?m ku •?wa'>a-gj:c mecis
Oo nek kosi ni-*?nowi'? weseyU "kus Ui k^eni mu*?mone'?m." komcumel we-
sek "nekah wi*? cpi ^ekoni? ki nepuy *?o ki ma'^wanijy." k'w^esi ku kic *?o wey
ku ko?! wenepek *?o ga'?m "to*? wi'? kic ro* kiki ^neckeyek" k^esi *?© kosi
le*?m ku kiti *?wecki*?mo*?w. k^esi no-1 kic ro* kiti ye*?wome'?y lek^si "^o
sotokw komcu*?ni '^ockic ko*si cki'?mo*?w. hinoy so so-tok^ *?o newo*?m k^esi
wi*?i't *?o gunkek so pa'?a-iik pi§ wistu*? *?o la-^y skelik ^o la**?y k^elas kem
noleni ku nepuy ko*si ho-le'^m. "^o ko gunkekso*? *?© ko '?i yego* '^o *?i yego'^s
ku kic *?o gunkek kiti ^^wero*?. ko*?m.o'?y hinoy kic "^o no-lo* '^o ge*?s "cis k^esi
kic komcumei kic nenah." tu*? wit '?i mei so'^n we*?ykoh ki '?weroy *?ukaku*?ya-
may teytko*?i mi*? kic *?© kom.cu*?m wesek hinoy kic •?o gegokw. "tu*? we*?ykoh*
*?o ga*?m "tu*? *?iki so'?n ki '?wela-ye*?m so piska*l ki nepuy ki k^egom4e*?nn
mi*? kegesomewtei so mj:*?wamay" tu*? we'?ykoh nekah ki *?o-l ki la-yoh mei
negepi'?moh nepuy.
4. The Owl
tek^e*?s kohci wit so'?n ku ^u-ksoh kic tegahtok. k^esi kohci *?we-
nesk^ecok *?ap ko'?mo'?y *?uworu wonukuk nini ko*?mo*^y ku "^wahpelin ku
hu-ksoh womtah. k^esi '?ap hegomu*?m ku *?wahpew "kus sonei ki
hu-ksoh." '?o ga*?m "k^elek^ kic heksu*? ki keke'?mow ki kes'?eyoh we-
himar." k^esi '?o gegoyi ku huksoh "co*? nu pewahckeye'?mo*?w *?o ra-k"
k^esi temaloh pewahckeye'?mei ku nepuy '?u'?was ho mjna*?sk^ay *?uko-si
pemey ku '?welu4. k^esi no*i pontet *?o ii*? no-i wit weluloi *?eni mu-
loni*? wi*?i-t not kic *?emi newi*? ku '?upemeyomoni ku '?werewoh. tu*?
wit '?i mel wew we*?y ku tege*?mur tu*? wistu"? ni so* nohsunowol. no-i
*?o gego-mu*?m ku *?wenos hegi*? ku tek^'e'?s "ke*?l k^elek^ ki so- no'?omu-
nowoni ki '?wes*?onah tu*? ki ni tegeytko*?! ki cpi ni '?e'?goIoyew. tu*? niki
cu son ho-re*?mos ku cucis tu*? ki rurowo-'?m tu*? ke'?l '?o so ko'?r nimi
ki rurowo*?m kit cpi keweganeyo-cek ki ni tegeytko*?! ki so* hewece'?m.
nek k^elek^ ki ni pegarkol wehimec ki ko ni cyegu-k^enek." tu*? wit
to-*? wetek^e*?s we*?a*?gap.
TEXTS 163
3. Wohpekumew and the Salmon
Wohpekumew came ana louKed and went back. He said, "Weil, I am hungry
[ want some salmon to eat." He was told, "There is no salmon, because the
daughter of the head of your river holds all the salmon by her. So we eat
alder bark, and we catch more deer, and this is all you can be given here."
^nd so he said, "Well, I will be going," and he went.
He came to the head of the river, and there he was offered salmon in
yreat quantities. He said, "No, I will not eat it as I have my own food with
ne." He reached into his quiver and took out the alder bark, and put it on
he fire. They all looked at him thinking "Where on earth has he got it from?"
They knew that the salmon was held by them alone at the head of the river. ^
When he had finished eating he said, "Now it is time for me to sleep"; and
hey all went away to sleep. Then the time came when the sun was setting,
md he went out. He knew that they had all just gone to sleep. He went away
>ehind and saw (the salmon), and so he opened (the way) to the water (of the
•iver). So he passed along, he passed down (on the river bed) and the salmon
irent all round him. He opened the way and shouted; he shouted when he had
opened the way for them to run out. He heard them, behind him answering,
ind he thought "Well, now (the folk there) know that the salmon are mine."
That is how it came about that today the bends in the river are sharp
lecause he knew that (the daughter of the head of the river) was coming after
im.^ "And now," he said, "it shall come to pass that (the salmon) shall go
[own to the sea, and that they shall return, because they are homesick, to the
lead of the river." And today we Indians eat salnaon regularly from the river.
*He had made the alder bark (used for orange dye) look like bits of salmon.
^Lit., they knew "the salmon is held by us alone."
^Wohpekumew made the sharp bendg to hinder her pursuit.
4. The Owl
Once the owl acted in such a way that his children were starving. And one
ay when he came home he heard around and overhead happy folk and the
hildren playing. So he said to his wife, "What are the children doing?" She
5iid, "Well, we found your food underneath your pounding stone." The chil-
ren had been told, "Go and wash your faces in the stream"; and they washed
hem for a long time. Where they had pulled off the skin of the salmon their
nouths were all grease. Then they took ashes and rubbed them on their
tiouths there, and then the greasy part of their lips no longer showed. And
hat is why their name is Snowbird, and so they grow like that.
Then the owl's wife spoke to her husband and told the owl, ^ "As long as
he heavens endure you will just be hooting in the canyons. All the animals
md the birds will sing, but you alone will not be able to sing, so that you
vill just make a noise foretelling evil in the canyons, and so you will live.
But I shall sit in front of people's dwelling places."
And that is the end of the story of the owl.
^Lit., the owl was told.
164 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
5. The Fox and the Coon
no-i ki wek wera-yoy wehirkik "^Q wghpeye'?r tektoh tu*? wi?i-t ^i-ga--
yo'?r ku wJgas lcenego*?i ketn kic kyu*? weno*?onio'?r. k^esi kohci kem
hikoc so OuwahpayjkseU k^esi "^ap new ko*?! numi wogi *?o key kolo ko*?!
so-k ni nep. k^esi niki *?wegolel( "ti*?niiow wi*? "^o gohkunie'^in mi*? neki^
netektoh," '^o ni-'?no*?w ku wi *?o key k^esi twegoh. k^esi ye*?ni "kus so*
hase'^m ^neki*? netektohl " k^esi *?o tekte'^s ku wagas wegolek "now so'ios
himenomi now so*{os nek k^elek^ wi*? nimuc netektoh." kem '^i ye*?m ku
twegoh "kus so* hase'^m 'neki*? netektoh.' k^elek^ kic komcumelt wi kernel
haselc ^neki*? netektoh' ku ke*?! k^elek^ '^oU^ kek^ol *?o hima*?rliuk tu*? wi
'^o kegemole'^m. ke*?l regork cpi nepe'?m." k^esi niki *?umya-lkepelc ku
wagas kic so'?no'?y. k^esi wi'?i-t ^o pelep ku tekto-i wonu so* ge'?s k^eleli
"kiti io'melelc ku '^nekWol" k^esi niki *?upel '^o wi*?i*t to*? tema koma ce-
gohcoh ku twegoh. k^esi low wohpuk '^o leko'^n ku twegoh tu*? koma so*
ha'^m "mos keli*? Uek^ol" k^esi noi '^o ga'?m ku wjgas "nek poy kic
sonowok *?oikumi kem kic ^i *?netektoh" no*i *?© ko ni-'^n so pulek^ 9o
new *?a*wok^ noi kyu*? kic weno'^monek^ ku twegoh, kic samayawi*?.
6. The Toad and the Mouse
hikon *?enumi pe*?l so- meli*? . k^esi ku kiti ^umawayli '?iki to**?m nu
iki-gor, k^esi ku loco^m *?© ge'?s "nek kem ku ikyork^elc." ku negenic
tu*? kem wi*? *?o gegolcw kolo wi*? nini halc^s weselc "k^elek^ so* mama-
yjwjU nek kem ku ikyork^elc." k^esi kic *?ela skuykep ku loco'^m no-i
*?o gi*? ku negenic "ney kus co*? so* newoyelc." k^esi ye*?m ku negenic
"•?iyah ke*?! k^elek^ kolok^in to-me*>weye'?m ki ko'si swektkelo''?weye*?m.'' ;
k^esi *?o te'^no'^y ku loco'^m k^esi wok ^i §o cyu-ltWe9n. k^esi wi*? nini
no**?s ku negenic k'^esi kic *?ela wey wecurpay ku negenic no-i wit '?ela
myah no*i '?ap ha*?m "kus co so* newoyelc ney to'?s kic mamayjwjli."
k^esi ye'?m ku loco*?m "nek so- ke*?! hase*?m 'mamjyawjlt' k^elekw nek
hasek cpiwi '?ukWere*?weyelc *?o-l *?o Ki wek '?u'?wes'?onah."
7. The Young Man from Serper i
no-i hikon pecik ho '?olcW pgrey tu*? wo*?o-t ho '?oUWs *?ukepew. tu*? '?o
cahcew ho so- megetoikWo'?m ku ^ulcepew. kei numi to*?m ku mewah,
k^esi kit *?© pe*?! wit '?o so'?n keski cpi ni yegok^ mos wey '?ukatkalc, ix
k^en CO kohcewo'?mis kem '?ap nahcpu'?m ku •?ukucos. tu*? kit '?o sku-^y
so- *?olcW ku perey mi*? niko*?! ko*?! weso'?nlcenelc ku mewah. kit *?© pe*?!
*?emki lei to-meni sonowoni cucis tu*? numi cu kegohce'?w kem '?o ga^m
ku perey "tos k^elek^ skuye*?n were*?noh ko*?! so-k wi*? ki mel ko hohkii-
me*?m wek ki neku*? ."
TEXTS 165
5. The Fox and the Coon
In those ^^^^ ^^^ ^^ck in this creek a log lay across the water, and a
fox used to ^lusB over on it and was often running there. Once as he was
crossing over he saw something sitting right in the naiddle of it and appar-
ently eating something. So he said, "What are you doing there, because
this is my log?" He looked at what was sitting there, and it was the coon.
It said, "Why do you think 'This is my log'?" And then the fox got angry at
this and said, "Be off! Be off quicklyl This is my own private log." Again
the coon said, "Why do you think 'This is my log'? Well, now I know why
you think 'This is my log'; you have your own fishing place underneath and
are always stealing there. You eat nothing but trout." At that the fox junaped
Bit the coon; he was furious. And there was a fight there on top of the log;
tie thought, "I shall lose my fishing place." So the fight went on there and
the coon vainly struggled for a long time. At last it fell down into the water,
Dut it was still saying, "It is not your fishing place." And then the fox said,
"Now I am on top, because it is now my own log again." Then he looked
down the river and saw the coon, poor thing, floating away there. It had
Deen killed.
6. The Toad and the Mouse
Once upon a time a very big brush dance was held; and when the final
iance was about to take place everyone went to watch. So the toad thought,
"I will go and watch too." The mouse was walking around there too; she was
.aughing around a bit thinking "Well, I am good looking; I will go and watch
:oo." The toad dressed herself and then said to the mouse, ^ "My dear, how
io I look?" Then the mouse said, "Oh, your face is ever so broad and you
ire covered with warts all over." The toad was annoyed at this and sat down
it one side. The mouse went giggling around, and when she had finished
combing her hair she jumped up and said, "How do I look? My dear, ana I
Dretty now?" Then the toad said, "I believe you think you are pretty/ but I
;hink you are the sharpest faced person under these heavens.^
^Lit., the mouse was spoken to.
*Lit., I think that you think "I am pretty."
^The verb kWere'wey- is used literally, to have a pointed face, of a mouse and the
Like, and metaphorically of a discourteous person, like the English expression "sharp
tongued ."
7, The Young Man fronci Serper
Once upon a time an old woman lived up the river, and she had her grand-
pon there with her. It was difficult for her to look after her grandson. The
boy was very small; but as he began to grow up it turned out that all he
would do was to go down to the water's edge and was never done with fishing
for trout; whatever he caught he gave to his grandmother. And then the old
woman began to live better because the boy was always catching something
^.n his fishing. He began to get bigger and then he would catch all sorts of
birds, and the old woman would say, "Child, this one's feather is pretty; you
yvill make something with this; we will put it away."
166 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
•^emki kic '>o numi pe*?l kic '>o cinomewes tu*? wit so'?n cpi '?wetini-
golt. k^esi kohci kolo *?o gi*> "co*? no*l sohci so-to**?m" k^esi '^ap ne-
wo'^m wi'?i*t *?oy4 numi cey muntJ*?ay kepceniS, k^esi *!*ap io'^m *?o
nege*?m kolok^in so* sku'?y soninep k^esi "^ap ha*?m "hal ni'?nes kuc
k^elek^ kic kohcewok tu? nek ka'^ar wi*? ki yoh." pek^ "^u tewoniei ku
perey, k^esi wit kic *?o so*?n kic *?o go*ro'?rep ku *?uka*?ar, kolci ko*?l
so'tokw ku cines kem tu*? sega*?ni poy *>o ci nu ra-yo^r ku *?uka*?ar.
kic *?o pe'>\ ku ka*?ar tu"? *?o sego*?n sega*>ani "^o menecokw kem tu'?
negi-*?no'?w sega*?ni no! sohci "^u galcWg. kohci "^o ge'^we'?! ku cines
'^ap new temaloh negi**?n ku '?uka'?ar k^esi kic mo*?olcw. no*i niki ^wo-
To*>r wenegi'^nowolc kus ki won kic sotoltw. ku ^ukucos kem *?enia ha*?m
"nimi hes newc'^m kuc ku '?neka*?ar," kem ?o ga*?m "pa* tos mos lei
we*?ykoh *?uwok ko*?! *?o newok." tu*? woro'?r tu*? *?okws werahcin ku
cines wistu*? *?o so*to*?l '^eme ga*?m "cu ku nige*?yoh ku negi*'?nowoh
k^elek^ kic menecolcw ku *?neka'?ar." tu*? temaloh ko'^si negi*?nowo4
kem *?o nu'?m skeli§ '>o *?olinei, cmeyonen '?o ge'^s "nek so* mulco*?
wi*?§koh nesk^eco^l."
'?owo*k koy kem '?o ni'*?n pa- mios cita- ko'^l *?o gegolcW tu*? no* so*?n
tu*? meykWele*?we*?y ku cines kic so*?n nekile{ ku ho *?uka*?ar. k^esi
kohci kolo *?imi sku'^y so- cke*?y kolo *>o ko*>mo*?y kolo kic ko'^1 *?o cwin.
9o gi*? "nah co he*>wonii k^ene*?m ku Icerahcin keski co*? le'?mo*>w. co*?
poy ko "^o key ku Icerahcin ke*?l co*? hinoy *?olo'?oh kowico k^ei m.e-
iownenae^m ke'^go*'? ki numi ni ko'?ope'?m."
wistu*? "^enumi so*?n Vem-e ge'?woni'?4 ku *?werahcin keskis *>o le*?me-l
yonci§ kic '>o key '?o poyew ku '^werahcin, *?o ni-'?no*?w '?imi ko*?l wo
soc. no*i '^o pahcew ku '?yoc pa*?ai *?iki co sloyonek^ tu? niki ^we-
ro'^onepek. ku numi la*ka-mopin tu"? la-yonek^ ku '^yoc kolo nimi ka*-
mop *?o wi*? mi*? kolo woru ni ra*yo'?r. k^esi no*i *?o newo^m weselc
k^elek^ pulekuk wi kit wesoncoyelc.
k^esi heikew "^ela new ku ko*?l weno'?omo'?r k^esi segep kic ko*?mo'?y
wegoyeU k^elek^ kic 4oye4 ku cines mel hiko?cuk. *?o ge*?s segep
"k^elek^ pas ko knokseyelc "^ini ki co k'^elek^ teno* ki mel '?e*>gah
lei k^eni kit wele*?mei pek^su ^elek^ megelolc nek." heiku ni ra-yo*?r
k^esi koici ko'?l *?olcW heiku nesk^i *?eme4 ra-yo*?r ku *?yoc kem wit
*?ela myah segep kem *?ap new k^^esi hasi pur no'4 kic weno'^monekw
weno*?omo*>r ku *?yoc. kem niki *?wero*? segep heiku ni ra*yo*?r so ho-
pew kem no-i '>ela myah ?ap new k^esi no-4 hipur kic weno'^monek^
ku *?yoc niki cpiwi ko so- no*?r segep heiku ^wera*yo*?r kic no*?pe*?n
ku *?yoc.
k^esi *?oregos no*4 "^ela myah k^esi ku hewon wesiyowek, ku *?oregos
kit *?o ma-yonew ku *?yoc k'^^esi wi*?i*t yoncik ^o ko ho myah segep no*4
wonek^ mel tek^onu'^r. no*4 '^o ga'?m "*?ey nekepeworoh nek k^elek^
ki megelolc ki k^eni lcele*?mo*?w *?olkumi nek so* kelew k^elek^ nimi
ki sku'^y so* ho-le'?mo*?w mo nimi '^olc^ wis lei mel cweginkep lei k^en
CO SO' ho-le*?mo*?w."
tu*? niki *?wero*yonew ku '^yoc welowa- nima kohci siyo*?w '>o pulek^
no-4 ?o ma-yonek^ ku '?yoc tu*? wi*?i-t "^o so*?n *?emki niki '?wero*?onepelc
wohpew niki ro*?onep. to*? cpa-ni no*4 *?© go*?ohko*?4 so* ni ro*?onep ku
*?yoc.
k^esi ku wit *?owo*k kecoyk *?o newi*? kolo *?i newi*? weseyelc k^elek^
ko*?l so*k poy '?uweno*?omure4. tu*? kem segep kem kic "^ek^eyl kic nai
cwinkep mi*? ho tom.owo*?4 tu*? 4ow kic *?o ckirisi*? ku wi *?o key tu*?
nimi wo hewon newo*?m weselc k^elek^ kolo 4ke4 wi*?. no-4 '?o newi*?
TEXTS ^^^
Then he Lj«jl^^ s'^^" ^\^ c**au uc^o-xaac a. yuung man, and it so turned out that
ill he did was to hunt. And once it seemed as if something said to him, "Go
vay up into the hills"; and he saw lying there a tiny white fawn. He took it
ind carried it away and felt very pleased. He said, "Look, grandmother, I
lave caught this and will make it a pet." The old wom.an was very glad. It so
urned out that his pet ran around there; whenever the young man went any-
vhere his pet would often run right on ahead of him. The pet grew up and it
►ften happened that it disappeared in these runs. He would look for it and
requently found it high up in the hills.
Once the young nian woke up, looked, and searched in vain for his pet. It
v&s not there. Then he ran straight off to look where else it could have gone.
le also asked his grandmother, "HavenH you seen my pet, grandmother?"
Ihe said, "No, child, I have not seen anything here this morning." Then he
•an off; and he had a friend, and so he went to him. He said, "Let us both
JO together and look; my pet has disappeared." And for a long time they
ooked everywhere; and they came back and lay down. In the evening he
hought, "I believe that maybe it will come back now."
The following morning they looked for it again; but no, there was nothing
noving about there. So it went on; and the young man mourned its loss and
:ame to pine for his pet. Then one night it seems he was not sleeping sound-
y, and he heard something apparently talking to him. He was told, "Wake
rour friend up, and both of you go down to the water. Your friend is to sit in
he front of the boat, and you stand behind. DonH touch your paddle; you are
ust to stand there."
So he did just as he was told. His friend woke up, and they went down to
he water. His friend sat in the boat in front and watched; they did not speak.
Then the boat moved and slid down into the water, and then sped along. The
)oat passed through patches of very rough water as though it was quite smoot
IS it seemed to move along on top of the water. Then he saw that it was bein|
:aken down the river.
From up in the hills Coyote had seen where something was moving along,
md had heard tell that the two young men were being carried down from
icross the river. Coyote thought, "Well I will not be left behind. There is
sound to be plenty more to eat wherever they are going. ShanH I go too?"
ie ran along the bank, and whenever he got to any point on the riverside the
Doat was passing near him. And in this way Coyote jumped along and saw the
3oat floating down and moving toward the mouth of the river. Then Coyote
ran and came along the bank to Hopew (Klamath); he jumped and saw the boai
already moving far down stream. The Coyote ran for all his might along the
bank to pass it, and chased after the boat.
Then he leaped on to the rock Oregos as the boat was first breasting the
breakers. It was just going to pass the rock, and Coyote jumped in and came
crashing down from high up into it. Then he said, "Yes, my grandchildren,
I will come with you wherever you are going, for I think you will not get on
well if there is no one who will speak on your behalf wherever you may go."
Then the boat sped on; eleven times it broke through the waves at the
mouth of the river, and then went on its way. So it was that it sped on; it
sped on toward the west. Then it was dark for a long time, and the boat still
sped on.
The next morning they looked and fancied they saw some things swimmmg
ahead of them. Even Coyote was now afraid and did not talk, because he had
been chattering and at last had felt drowsy where he was sitting, and was no1
the first to see that it looked like land in sight. Then they saw that it really
168 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
k^esi muscen 4ke4 wi? wo'pik numi ?olon§k^, W to"§i HlUriGgy ki
ca-4 to*? k^ei na'?a*?mo*?w *?o wi'?i-t noi ri-ltew ni ko*?oh ku '?weni*'?no-
woyk ku wi *?! ko *>uinyah ku '?yoc.
no-i *?o scepo* ku so scepo • no*4 *?o newi*? ku helku '?wele'?inelc ku
*?eck^oh k^esi wo*?4 tu*? wis ho reweyetel ku *?yoc. k^esi no-4 ku
ni*?i-n we*?yon wi ^ela nu**?m '>o ga^m "weno'?e'?mek^ ku nekah no*?o*?4
ki le^moh nek so- kic kegeycek mi*? cpa*nilc wi lcenie*?woine'?mo*?w."
segep poy niki ^o-'^rep tu*? kic ro'?op ku *?wenegi**?n kus so- *?o-le*?ino*?w
ki wi ni *?ole*?nioni. wonew *?o le'^m *?o'?lep '^ela nohpewi*?ni k^esi *?o
ko**?op cines no*4 '^o ga'^m "woklew kic kenesk^ecolc tey" '?o ga*?ni "cu
CO*? nu ko wegesah." lek^sik ^o le^m kic tego**?me4 ku ni ^ohk^in
cines.
k^esi segep no*4 '^o ge*?s "to*? cume'?y *?uniagamay lei we*?yon nek
so* wi ko*?l cinamawah k^ei nek." meci *?i relci*n ku kic "^uwey *?upe-
womu*? '^enunii wogi *?ap key segep. k^esi naos cita- wo ni-'?nowi'? ku
wi '>o key.
k^esi ku wi '^o nonpewi*?!!! kic "^ela *?e*?gah ku nu-*?nioni. no*4 kus
ki §0' mi*? koloni kahselopel kus Iti k^eni ho wi*? nu'*?nie4 mi*? kcsi
muncey Iti cal mos wi nu-wi*? wit weso* ko '?o*le*?mio'?w. no'4 *?o ga*?!!!
ku we'?yon "no'4 ki sku*?y so- *?apacelc lei wi Itemel nesk^ecolc, nek wi'
ku ho lceka*?ar kic cpa*nilc •?i lek'^si *?ne*?e*?go-lo*?oh kem tu*? *?iki newo-
celc ku ho so* *?o*loni. '?iki newo-lc ku lcesku*?y so- *?o-k tu wi*?i-t me4
pirwjksicelc. tu*? nek wi*? ko'?oyumelt ku *?eck^oh nekselc "ci nu 4*?os,"
tu*? nelet, kem '?o gesek k'^elok^ ki sahkainaypewe'?m '?o yoh mo kimi
ni*ge*?yu*? ku Icerahcin tu*? wo*?o*t wi§tu*? ki *?wahpew ku *?nelet." *?o ge*?s
"cu-*?" no*4 wiStu*? *?© so**?s wesek "k'^esi we'?yon wi*? ku ho '?neka?ar
k^esi wit *?i me4 ko*?mi ho so- no-lumek." no-4 kic *?o sku*?y so* kem.
pirwaksipew kic no-4 *?o '?wegah wi§ '?o cpa'na*?r kic *?o sku*?y so- *?o*-
le*?me4 kic *?o'le*?m *?uk. k^esi *?isku* newo*?m ku wencok^s wit kic
so*?n ku *?wenos no-4 wonu no*4 ni yegokw kem tu*? ko*?l '?i key. cpa-ni
ni-*?no'?w ho pa*?a*4 k^esi kohci hinoy '?o *?orogolcW ku wencok^s '?ap
ha'?m "*?a-wok^ nenos kolo ko*?I so-k ni §o-se*?m." *?o ga*?m "pa- to?
wi 'i key mos ko*?l so-selc." k^esi ye*?m ku *?wahpew "nek so- nek
komcumelc ki wi me4 sonowo*?m ko'l ki *?ela key kolo lceni'?n nek so-
k^elek^ kesahkamay wi?. skewoksime*?m hes ki kekemeyek." kem ?©
ga*?m "pa," *?o ga?m "riek k^elok^ komcumek muscen kesahkamoypewk.
k^elek^ ki yekcek moco ki yese*?m 'ki kemeyek* nek ki kem *?o gohku-
mek ki So* kenrieye*?m.."
k^esi ye*?s "k^elek^ ku geksek ku *?nerahcin nek k^elek^ kiti keme-
yek." k^esi *?o nohpe*?w *?o ku *?werahcin *?ohkWin ?ap ha*?m "cu ki
keme'?yoh k^elok^ ki yohku*? ki *?nekeme*?yoh." k^esi *?o ge?s ku ?we-
rahcin "pa- now nek k^elek^ nimoksu megelok kic nowinepek yok no*?o*k
mi*? kic *?o'le*?m nemekey tu*? nimoksu knoksimek," ?o ga*?m "nek k^elek'
ki kemeyek nek k^elek^ ki k^om4ecok. *?awokW 9 a wok^ welepe4ek
wewecek ku *?nekucos mi*? nek so* nimi komcu*?m ki k^eni so *?neinene-
cok."
k^esi kic *?i *?© so'?n ki kem welahcu*? k^esi *?o new to*? na*?a*?mo?w
ko*?l so*k wi la-menetk^elesi*? k^esi ku segep wi kic ma •?umenetkWele-
soyk k^elek^ kic kosi ma-ma'?epoyew yoncik *?eme lo* mi*? kic cegeyo-
nahpi*? ku segep ku kic no*?ome4 '?o wi*?. kolci ko?l ?o pegar kem tu*>
'?o'?lep *?o myah wegolek "kuc ni mok^ hes '?oy4 ki nepek," kem *?o gi*?
TEXTS 169
1$.
was land lying right out in the ocean. And the sand was all white, and a
crowd of people were standing on the shore to watch the boat bounding in
there.
Then they landed; when they landed they saw that there were seals going
ashore, and that it was they that had towed the boat. And then two girls
arrived there and one said, "Come to our house; we will be going. I ana
sure you are tired for your voyage here has been long."
Coyote went on ahead, and ran to see how people lived who lived there.
The two young men went up to the house and entered; and there stood another
young man. Then he said. "I am glad that you have come, brother-in-law,"
and then he said, "Let us go and bathe ourselves." They went outside and
were all together at the young man's dwelling.
Then Coyote thought, "How very pretty that girl is. I think I will get ac-
quainted a little with her." They were sitting by the fire when the cooking
was finished, and Coyote sat down right in the middle. No notice whatever
was taken of him where he sat.
The two who had arrived had a meal when they came in. They could not
but feel strange wondering where on earth they had come to at this place,
for the sand was all white, and they had never seen people living like this.
Then one of the girls said, "Now I will tell you in full why you have come
here. I am your former pet. For a long time I stayed outside, and then I
saw how you lived. I saw that you were good and loved you for it. It was I
who engaged the seals, saying to each of them 'Go and fetch him.' I have
a sister. I thought too that you would be lonely here if you did not bring
your friend; and my sister may be his wife." He thought, "Well," and then
he thought, "So this girl is my former pet, and that is why I loved her so
much." Then they loved one another well, and were married, and lived long
and happily, and had children.
Then gradually the woman noticed that it happened that her husband would
go far up in the hills and sit somewhere there. For a long time he would
gaze out over the water. And one day the woman followed him and said,
"Alas, my husband, you seem to have something on your mind." He said,
"No, I sit here, but I have nothing on my mind." Then his wife said, "I
think, nay I know, how you are; you keep sitting here and gazing. I think
you are homesick here. Do you want to go back home?" Again he said, "No."
She said, "Well, I know that really you are homesick. And I will tell you
that if you dfecide to go home, I will arrange it that you shall go home."
Then he thought, "I will go and tell my friend, and I shall go home." He
went in where his friend lived and said, "Let us both go home. Arrangements
can be made for us to go home." Then his friend thought, "No, friend. I will
not go with you, I now like living here; I have my children and I will not
leave them." The other said, "Well, I shall go home; I shall return. Alas,
alas that my grandmother's life is a burden to her, as I fear she does not
know where I have disappeared to."
And so it came about that the boat was launched. And then they saw there
was a crowd and that something was being dragged along there. It was Coyote
being dragged along; he was all tied up, and thrown into the boat, because
people were fed up with Coyote ever since he had been there. Whenever any-
one was at home he leaped into the house and said, "Grandmother, isn't
there anything lying here for me to eat?" And he was told, "Be off out-
side I Who are you and what on earth are you doing here?" Coyote ran
up again; "Aha," he said "It seems there is some soup in the pot here;
I think I will have some." Then he gobbled it all up. and heard the old
170 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
"lek^sik so*{os ti*?!! ki k^eni sonowoni ti^n k^eni nulcWo *>o yoh."^ yo*?
kem '^o ro*? "yaha kolo wek *>o ketop *?ahspeyu*?r hai ki ko no*yc." *?iki
merkii*?m kem "^o ko'?mo'?y kem ku perey *?ukowi§ nege*?!!! "ci now sotos
k^el kem kit kemole'^m ni wi*?, *?ih^ tyohpeyoksicelc kowico kem nult^o
la-ye"?!!! kowico kem *?o'?lep nulcWo la*ye*?m ko'?l Icekemolek." wi kic co
ko*?si cegeyonahpi*? k^esi wi*?i*t noi yoncik me ko lo*. ku kic wego*
no*i *?o lahcu*? .
kem no*4 *?o nesk^eco*?! ho ki wek weikelonah *?o pecus "^iki so-to*?l,
ku *?wenesk^ecolc ho pecus *?ap new k^esi co-mi*? kic ko'?l so*?n ku ho
*?ukucos. mos cita* ku *?wo'?o*?4 kem kic lek^o*?4 m.os cita- ko*?! sok
koma ko *?ok^. no-i *?o ge'?s "to*? wesinilc kic sonowok noi kic yok *?i
nu kagjK, cume'?y kic me *?nesku*?y so* *?o*lc *>o hikoh tu*? kic knoksimek."
tu*? wi*?i*t mei hi*gi*? *?o-4 pek^su "^o skuye'^n moco ko*?m.i ha?s "kiki
cu •?ok^." k^elek^ wi*?i't sku*?y so* hewec ^o-i mo ni ko*?! '?ole'?m
tene*?m weto-'?niar '?emsi *?weci*k kem '>o\L^ pa-s wistu*? yo*? ni yego*?l
wesek ki numi cu ku nim.i k^^elas ki Owenah ha'?s "kos*?ela nek nenah."^
^The sentence ti'?n Ui k^eni sonowoni ti'?n k^eni nulc^o ^o yoh is best interpreted as
changing in construction after sonowoni. ti'?n . . . sonowoni would normally be followed
by a noun to form an attributive construction of the type described in 13.141 .6l(2>a. E.g.,
ti'?n . . . sonowoni hore'^mos, what sort of animal is it? The sentence, however, con-
tinues as though it had begun with a subject nominal, what on earth (are you) doing here?
An ejaculation of disgust. Nasalized vowels were nowhere else recorded.
^In the final sentence pa-s wiStu*? . . . nenah, ki numi cu should be understood as
though a verb such as *?okw, followed. Lit., so he does not go about thinking (wesek)
that what is not his property should all be his, and (he does not) think (ha^s) "Would
it were mine."
TEXTS 17J
woman pick up her stick. "Be off! You are just going to steal again. Ughl
somethr.. ,?° ?°"' """' !^"'"= °°"" ^°"^^ ^° ^^^ ^-- ^g-" *° -tell
fnT^i K^' A. "^^^ """^ ^^'^^ ^y everyone, and therefore he was thrown
into the boat. After a shout the boat was thrust out into the sea
nien the young man came back again to this part of the world. At once
he went up the river, and when he arrived there he saw that it was now a
long time since his grandmother had died. His house was no more; it had
i.lT f ,T"' ^"'^ T^'"^ remained. Then he thought, "What a terrible thing
has befallen me! Now I have come to be here alone. Now happily I was living
across the water, and I have left it all." ^
And so for this we say that it is not good if a person thinks too much, "I
will have everything." But a man lives happily if somewhere he has plenty
of friends, and has his money; then he does not go around thinking that he
should have everything that does not belong to him, and wishing it were his
own.
Introductory Note to Text 8
The following text is an account of the first salmon ceremony at Weik^ew,
as told by Robert Spott.^ This account had been familiar to my inform-
ant from Spott's mouth, and was told by her as if it were still his
story (e.g., "my father" is Spott's father), and with the aid of the Eng-
lish text in Kroeber and Spott, which was in her possession. It is not,
however, a straight translation from the English into Yurok, and differs
in the wording often, and in the facts sometimes, from the English ac-
count.
It cannot be regarded as a wholly spontaneous text like the others;
but it is included here both for the interest of the content, and as an
example of a continuous Yurok text. It does not appear to differ appre-
ciably in style from the other texts given here. A close translation is
added, which may be compared with the version of the ceremony given
in Kroeber and Spott.
Robert Spott and A. L. Kroeber, Yurok narratives, UC-PAAE 35. 9. 171-178 (1942).
172 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
8. The First Salmon Rite at Welk^ew
wek k^elekw cpeyu'^r wi*? mei so*?!! ki helku "^weni-ku*? nepuy. wi'?i*t
hewoni sonki'? '^esi nepu*? lei nepuy. nek nepsec wo'?o-t numi '?wehinoy
ko nagay ku wi*?i't weso'k. wo'?ot wis nep ku nepuy. ku wi? hegohku-
min k^elek^ Charlie Williams wecekoh wis "^upicowos pewolew '^o me-
wimor wit so* neke*?y. na'^a'^li '>o*?lel *?o welk^ew tu*? wit "^o megetoi
ku ro'wo'?s. ku "^wenahkseyi ku ko ^wohku*? ku heiku '?weniku*? wo*?o-t
tu*? wi*? ku mewimor weromec, wo'O't noni pe*?l *?o ku *?nepsec. tu*?
nimolc'^s wenos pewolew '?uine*?y so- wegeni*?. ku ro*wo'?s wit so- we-
genoyl pewolew ^o ro'wo*?s. nek scselc neseli k^elek^ wit mei hi*?
pewolew ^oikumi ku ro*wo'?s pe'^wol me4 hohku*?. negi'?iyei tu*? wi'?i-t
niel hi? wahpemew.
'?o*?lei ^o leikeli'? tu*? katJksinoni ha*?a*g wiktu*? '^o**?. nimi komeu-
melc neselc k^^elek^ muico*? ku "^uwen mulco'? ku pegak ki ro-wo'^s mei
ho gohku*? ki mesk^oh. k^elek^ ku wis megetoi numi poyweson *?o ku
'?o'?lei. kolci kyah *>o gunkekso*? wo*?iks *>o leike'^n wo'^4pe*?y. hewon
wenewoyi wo'gey negi'^ii ca-i wela*ye*?melc *?o ko tye*?woli*? kolin ku
*?o'?le4 ku *?o megetoikWoni ku ro'wo'^s, na'^ami tmohkeli*? ki ro*wo*?s.
ku mewimor ku wi*? megetolk^omin k^elek^ nek so* '?weto-*?inar
muico*? '^upicowos wi*? ku mesk^oh hegoh ku nek nepsec ho nagayka-
min. imeyorkWo*?m weseU k^elek^ muico*? now so*tokw ku ro-wo*?s
*>oikumi kic tik'w^o'^n ku *?u'?wahpemew. wiStu*? mei hohku'?m wo'gin
ro'wo*?s, numi *?weson ku tik^oni, *?oti§ no'?ome'?l. *?enumi wi*? weson
tu*? na'^anai ta-lu*?l '>o '^welui mi'? ki so* komcu'?m wesek wi'^i-t ku ho
goh. hikon k^elek^ nimi wi'? mei ho rego-wo*?s *?o-i, ku kic *>o nu*'?mo-
ni "^wo'gey kit *?eme4 meguikocel tu*? nimi wis wo skewok wi*? weso'k
ku nek nepsec.
ki cawasik hegor wi*?i-t wi*? ^o we*? hewon '?o rohsi*? ki nepe*?wo'.
nimi ho negepu*? nepuy "^o pulek^ wit '^uweno'^omei kohcewec no*i ho
ki cawasik we^gor, k^elek^ hegi*? moco *?o-4 wis ki nep ki nepuy
k^elek^ ku *?umeworoyek ku *?upekoyek. ki numi mu-wimor '^emsi
pegerey vo*?! tu*? cpi wis ki nepi'?me4, k^elek^ nepuy wi cpi mei
so^n, kahkah ke'?win keges *?emsi k^o*?ro*?r k^elek^ ki k^en ki nepu*? .
no-i tmayweroy ho rigor tu*? wi'?i*t no*i '>o gi*? pewolew. tmayweroy
k^elek^ ku *?wo*gey so* hegoni Requa *?emsi ku *?o*i so* neke*?y rek'W'oy
•?enunni wogi '?wera*yoy. moco tmayweroy heiku '^o so*tokw nepuy
k^elek^ ko*? nepu*? ki k^en co heiku no*?moye'?we*?y tu*? wi*?i-t cpi nepu*?,
ku pa'?ai wetmenomen k^elek^ nimi nepu*?. mosi '?wegoyi ki rek^oy
*?en.si weik^ew ni *?o*le*?nioni kimi nepi*?mei nepuy, k^elek^ ku pulek^
wi*^ cpi *?o k^ahley, ku tmayweroy wehipec k^elek^ ni kohcewi*? no*l
kiki cu wi *?o nepi'?m..
kohtoh hegor nima tmoh noi poy me hi*? ku *?nepsec "k^^elek^ ske-
wokseye'?m ki kanagay ki heiku *?weneku*? Ri nepe'?wo'." hewoni ?o ge*?s
pa-s wo hegokw k^elek^ ^iki cu hei "co*? nu megi*?repe'?m," niki ku
wit '?o no*?oi *?enaki '?wohkepek mos wistu*? no* ne[5 ku magin nepi'?moni.
nimuc *?ok'^s wak^taks *?iko'?i *?uwesepek kenimi ci rek^oh pa*?ah *?oiku-
mi ku *?ukegoh cpi rekW'oh. "nepuy" kem hi*? "koweco nepe*?m.'* koypoh
*?emsi ki *?o cme*?y *?o na-ga*?s.
hewon ko cpega*?ro'?y ku mewimor ho ku *?weromec wegolek "to*?s ni
mok^ sonolewkWe*?m," *?o ga*?m "pa-," no'i *?o gi*? "ke'?l ki nagayka''?m
ke*?l ki peme*?m ki hewon koh ki nepuy,"
TEXTS 173
8. The First Salmon Rite at Welk^ew
This is the story of the taking of salmon ashore. This was done before
any salmon is eaten. My father was the last person to assist at this kind of
rite. He ate the salmon. The man who performed the ceremony was the
grandfather of Charlie Williams' mother, and was called the Old Man of
Pewolew. There were two houses at Weik^ew and the pipes were kept in
them. The third person present when the salmon taking ceremony was per-
formed was the girl;^ she was the old man's niece, and was older than my
father. She was unmarried and was called the Daughter of Pewolew. The
pipes were called the Pipes of Pewolew. I think it was called Pewolew be-
cause each pipe was made of soapstone (pe*?wol). There were two of them,
and so each was called the mate of the other.
Each was buried in one of the houses; there was a stone (box) with a lid
inside. I do not know whether it was with the female or the male pipe that
the medicine was made. The man who kept the pipes was the head of the
house. Every month he opened the box and scattered angelica root inside.
When white men were first seen there were two of them walking along the
sands, and at that time one of the houses was burnt down where the pipes
were kept, and one pipe was broken in two places.
The old man who looked after the pipes was a connection or perhaps the
grandfather of the man who m.ade the medicine and whom my father helped.
He was afraid that the other pipe might go away because its mate had been
broken. So he m.ade another pipe just like the one that was broken; it was a
foot long. It was just like the other, but he made two ridges round its mouth
so that he should know that this was the one that he had made. In former times
no one used pipes like this for smoking; but after the arrival of white men the
Indians began to sell them, though my father never liked that sort of thing.
It was in the seventh month that the salmon was first speared there. Dur-
ing the season from the first to the seventh month salmon was not eaten at
the mouth of the river, and it was said that if anyone did eat it his blood
would flow away. Only very old men and very old women could eat salmon
then; but this only concerned salmon; and sturgeon, eels, surf fish, and
candlefish could be eaten all the time. Waves came up as far as Cannery
Creek» and this was then called Pewolew. Cannery Creek is the creek be-
tween the place white men call Requa and the place the Indians call relc^oy.
If a salnaon came ashore at Cannery Creek people could eat whichever part
faced away from the water, and this alone was eaten, the half that was toward
the water was not eaten. It was not meant that the inhabitants of Requa and
Weik^ew should not eat salmon; it was only forbidden at the mouth of the
river. What was caught upstream from Cannery Creek everyone could eat.
A month and a half in advance my father was told, "You are wanted to
help in the taking ashore of the first salmon to run." At first he thought No,
he was not going, but everyone said, "Go and perform it there." So from
then on at that time he went into training, and did not eat what other people
ate. He had his own drinking basket, and was constantly cleansing himself,
and did not even drink water, as he drank only his own acorn soup. He was
also told, "Do not eat salmon." In the morning and evening he gathered
sweathouse wood.
First the old man questioned his niece and said, "Is there anything in
which you are sexually unclean?" She said "No," and then he said, "You will
help; you will cook the first salmon that we catch."
^Lit., was her.
174 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
ku ro-wo*?s megetoi wo*?o*t kocpolcs wesek wek ki co rohsi? ku ne-
puy, no*i wistu*? "^o saga-i hohkum wiktu*? welegel no-i '>o tegeru'?m
ku ro'wo'^s. '^o gegoyi ku rowo*?s "nimi cpa- ko*? nepi'?mo*?w nepuy"
mewiStu*? wo*?ohpelei ku nagay "^ukrupayak.
cawasik koma co-moyi no i "^o gi*? "co wohpeye'?m" ku nek nepsec
"so welk^ew." meruh cego*?onep pu*k *?u'?was wiStu*? '^uka'?. ^o gi*>
"wi*? ki cpi negeme'?m '?einsi kero*wo*?s '?einsi Icohkum." *?o gi*? co*?
"knoksinie*?in ku "^wo-gey son Iceslek^ kolci wolkeci*? tu*? ko*? *?o na-gj-
se'^m wit ki cpi "^o nepe*?m ku mewimor weromec *?upewomelc" *?o4kuini
wok kem niko'?4 wohkepelc tu"? wok ki cpi pew mei ku ni*?iyen pegak.
cmeyonen *?© gego*?! so hikoh ku *?nepsec. "^o ga'?in ku mewimor
"co*? num.i cpe'?royo'?m co *?enumi wi*? sonowo*?m lei nek ki §o- hekcoh."
no-4 *>o gi*? "ka-cah *?olegok^ co *?o nj-gjse'^m" mi*? wit '>o gune'^m
stowstek, ma-gin ki *?oi k^elek^ wis nimi hegohkumel stowstelc
'^u'^wesk^en nimi mel hego*?omah *?o '?a*?ga*c. no'4 *?o ga'?m. ku mewi-
mor "wi'^i't '^i *?nenfie4 megelolc mi*? ke*?! ki mei komcume'^m ki numi
cu lcesku*?y so- hoh."
kohcew koma co-moyl ku ki *?werohseyelc ku nepuy *?o ga*?m ku me-
wimor '"^o we*?ylcoh co ko tenpeyo*?m *?o4kumi "^owo-k k^elek^ ki cpi
kohci ko nepe'^m, kiki cmeyonen kesi ko*?! "^o nepe*?m." tu*? ku '?nepsec
'?imi numi wo tenpe'?y ku wi'?i*t wecmeyonen, ku kic '?o go*?ohko4in
no-4 *?o ga*>m ku mewimor "co now le'?mo*?w *?o ku *?a'?ga;k nekah ki
cpi *?o ko ni*?i*?yoh." ku wi *?o negokcenol *?emki wistu*? Ie*>me4 ku
scek^el *?oca*4 ^o tek *?j*?gj-k ^o welk^ew.
ku '?wenahksemoy4 ku mewimor *?emsi '?nepsec no- 4 *?o gohkume4
wela*yek^ so ku nunai *?upa'?a-4 werek^oy. niki cu now leikeni*? mos
ta* ko*?l kem ko *?oy4 peceyk^sei ku numi *?wecey kem now le4keni*?.
na'?mi meckah to-moks ku la-yek^ tu*? mos cita* ko*?l so-k ki ni "^oyi.
'^enumi wo*?n ho ku kohcew weco*moy4 *>o weyko4 no*4 ku mewimor *^o
'^ekso? ku kic la-yek^. k^elek^ *?o tene^m *?o*4- '>o welk^ew hikoc
so rek^oy so wohpeye'?m '?o4kumi wit *?ini meroge*?y ki *?welo-4 we*?yoh
*?emsi •?upa'?ah '?o4kumi kic wi*? la-yek^ kic *?o cahcew ki *?we4oyel^
yo4koyc '^o pulek^.
ku ho mirwjnani wi*?i-t no*4 lek^seg. ku pegjk me4 welk^ew ku
skewoksemin ku Vwena'^awok hasi hinoyks la-*?y *?emsi pa'?a*4iks niki
ma la-Vy 9o ku mirwanjni, so- hasi*? pa-s wonu la-*?y ku kic ho la--
hohku*? ku la-yek^ mi*? kWah4ey *?o-4 wonus ki *?wela-yek *?o ku layek^.
wencok^s k^elek^ ninai nahcele4 pulek^ ko *?o *?wo*le*?mel:C.
no* 4 '?o ga*?m ku mewimor ho ku ^nepsec "nek ki muc rohsimek ku
nepuy, kem ki ke*?l wi '>o negeme'?m so '?o*?lep. wi'?i-t *?! now me4 ho
lelkeni*? ci*ko*?I sok mi*? k^ah4ey wonu Icena-metelc ko*?I so-k. co '>e-
numi ni*?nowo'?m ku tik^o4 wi'?i-t ki no*?o4 no-4 negeme'?m ku nepuy
'?o kenekomewet moco kic ^o newo-*?m ku tik^o4 no-4 *?emki Icekeso-
mewet neke*?m ku nepuy, kemi ki niki Iceso- negemek nimoksu kem won
'?o ko neku*?."
ku kohcew weco-moy4 *?o *?owo*k ki ko rohsi*? ku nepuy *?enie ga*?ni
ku nciewimor "co now le*?mo*?w '>o ku numi •?o*?le4 k^elek^ nekah kic
cpi ko nahkseyoh." ku wit *?o '?wo*?oh *?imi '?uma cki*?m ku *?nepsec
*?emsi ku mewimor niki wo'k no-4 tegeru'?m ku *?wero*wo*?s ku mewi-
mor. wo*y4 no'4 ho'?op me4 wo'?4pe'?y tu*? wi§tu*? kic ni so* swo*'?me-
le4 ku *?j'?ga-c kem niki soOn. no-1 wi§tu*? '?o ga'?m "kos*?ela tenowoni
ci'k kiki sku'?y so* ho-le'?m *?o-4 njhpjy tu*? ki tege'?n ko teno*? ki k^en
CO ki nepu*? '?emsi pas teloge*?mo'?w." ku wonik werohpek ku '?wo'?4pe*?y
TEXTS 171
The keeper of the pipes thought it over and decided that the salmon shoul
be speared like this, and then he regularly made tobacco, and scattered it
inside the box, and spoke to the pipes. They were told, "Soon you will eat
salmon," because they were given what was left over by the assistant.
Seven days before my father was told, "Cross over to Welk'^ew," The hie
of a five-point deer was his blanket. He was told, "You will only carry this,
and your pipe and your tobacco." He was told, "Leave behind your white man
type of clothes; every morning you will gather sweathouse wood, and you wi
only eat the old man's niece's cooking," because she too was always in train
ing and she alone cooked for the two men.
In the evening my father went across. The old man said, "Listen carefull;
and do just as I am going to tell you." Then he was told, "Go and gather swea
house wood at Ka-cjh "^olegok^," because small fir trees grew there, but oth
people did not pick their branches and did not use them for making fire in th
sweathouse. Then the old man said, "This is why I am coming with you, so
that you will know how to do everything properly."
It was six days before the spearing of the salmon when the old man said,
"Eat plenty today, because tomorrow you will only eat once; it will be even-
ing before you have anything to eat." But my father did not eat much that eve
ing; and when it became dark the old man said, "Leave the sweathouse all ol
you; we two will be here alone." Those who usually sweated there then went
to the sweathouse at Scek^ei '?oca'4 in Weik^ew.
On the third day the old man and my father built a path down to the water
edge at the river mouth. Everything was cleared away, and nothing lay on tl
path; even the smallest bit of gravel was cleared away. The path was two fe
wide and nothing at all lay on it. They were finishing the path right up to the
sixth day, and then the old man closed the path. And then there were a lot oJ
people who crossed over from Weik^ew to Requa, as it was easier there fo:
them to get their wood and their water now that the path was finished and it
was difficult for wood to be fetched at the river mouth. ,
The path ran down to the high water line there. A man frona Weik^ew wh
wanted to catch surf fish went inside of the path and then into the water at th
high water line; so strictly was it intended that one should not pass over whe
the path had been made, because it was forbidden for anyone to walk on the
path. Women were not allowed to go down to the river mouth.
Then the old man said to my father, "I shall spear the salmon naysel]
but you will carry it to the house. This is why everything was cleared
away, because you are not allowed to tread on anything. Look carefully
for where there is a low gap; that far you will carry the salmon on
your right shoulder; when you see the low gap, then you put it on your
left shoulder, and from then on you carry it like that and it must not
be put in any other position."
On the sixth day and the next day the salmon would be speared, the old
man said, "Go away all of you from the main house; we three shall be
here alone." That night the old man and my father did not sleep, and thi
old man spoke to his pipe until morning. All night he made a fire with
angelica root and so they both smelt of it and the sweathouse did as wel
Then he said, "May there be lots of money, and the people will fare wel
and may there be lots of berries and lots of all that can be eaten, and
may there be no sickness among the people I " As the smoke from the
angelica root drifted upward the old man said, "This is the breath of the
pipe: it will spr^ead everywhere and there will be no sickness from here
to the heavens."
176 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
'^umera- "^o ga*?!!! ku mewimor "k^elek^ ku ro*wo'?s wi§ wesewtpeic k^e-
lek^ wi*?!*! kiki ko*si ro'?in tu*? *?inioksu ko teloge'?mo*?w mel hiko'?duk
ho '?wes*?onah,"
ku wit *?ukoypoh wonews '>o sotolcW nu *?wena-gaselc no*i '?ap ho*?oinah,
ku kic '^umecewolo'? no*i lek^siS ^o le*?me4 •^emki wiStu*? *?i kmoyl kit
*?o ko sa-welei no*i '^esi me wegesah. ku*?y weno*?o4 rek^oy wonew *?ela
ni-*?n '^o newi*? k^elek^ kic ta*?anoy*?l, ce'^taek^ kic *?o humonepei no'l
'>o ga*?!!! ku mewimor "nek ku io*lc ku ma'?ahske4 kic *?i '?weson ki ?ne-
go**?loh nek ku io'lc ku keka*?." *?o na'?a*>n 4o*?m tu*? smecoy wiS '?ume4
io'lc no*4 *>a'?ga-c "^o le*?me4. no-4 '^o ga*>m "to'^s kic *>i *?weson ki "^ne-
go**?loh hela*? we'^y Icesnaecoy Iceto*? ki la-*?y, wi*? ki *?oy4 ku Itesrahk^oh,
lcero'wo*?s co cpi negeme'?m." ku mewimor nege*?m wo4i weyew keyom
tu*? wiktu*? '>o\V^ ku '?wero-wo'?s *?emsi "^wohkuna.
no-4 ^o ko curpay no*4 nepe*?wi§neg *?u*?was '?eme4 ma*?epoyew ku
•^we'^lep. "nek ki negemelc ku '?nekeyom no-4 ko myo-tek neka*?, ke*?! co
kenunai sonowo*?m "^emki k^^^elek^ ku'?y *?upahtun ku Icesmecoy ku Iceneko-
mewet ki so '>o^^, ku ?uwj4 kekesomewet ki so ^okw, ?emsi lcero*wo'>s
k^elek^ numi lceya-4 ki ^►okw."
lei numi '?o'?le4 ku we'^yon kem *>i numi so'^n, nows nek waskay wo*gin
wo4i weykoni skay *?o myo*{. perey wi *?olc^ tu wo'^o-t numi ha'?m "wek
ki lonowo'^m."
no*4 wi§tu*> *?o ga*?m ku mewimor "co numi cpe*?royo'?m lei neki*? soc,
hinoy co •?orogo**?m k^elek^ wi*? kic '?oy4 ki ma*?ahske4, ku kenekomewet
co ^oloneme'^m. co sku'?y so* *?ekoneme*?m '?o4kumi nimoksu won kem ko
so* '?ekoneme*?mL, kiki nu''?moh wi*? ki so* *?ekonenae'?m." no"4 ?o ko 4o^rr
ku ?ukeyom *?enunai poy wenok^, no'4 ku *?nepsec woniks '>o so'?n ma'^ahske^
no*4 pulek^s *?o newo*?m kyu*? ni *?uko*?oh ko'?l weso'?nkenu*?m. to? niiiii
hime'>me4 mos cita- kolin cwinkep.
ku kic *?o nu-'?me4 ho pulek^ no"4 *?o ga*?m ku mewimor ho ku *?nepsec
"co numi sku*?y so- skeli neke'^m ki ma*?ah pecu ki no'?moye*?we'?y."
no*4 ku layek^ werewon '^o cyu-kWe9n ku mewimor no*4 '^o ga^m
"nekesomewet co *>o cekceye*?m." no-4 wi *?o wenokw pegak ku mewimor
wehinoy '?ema ^o-lo*? no'4 ?o ga*?m "nekah k^elek^ kahkah *?emsi ke^win
kegoh." no*4 wit *?o so* cwin mewimor wegolek "kowico no* kegohcewo*?w
kahkah, ke'?win co*? cpi kegoh, co*? ni**?nowo*?w me4 nepuy, hewon wene-
woyk nepuy co *?o hego'se*>m, no*4 nek ku '>o ma^ahskumek. co "^iki cu
weyko*?w ko*?l keso*?nkenu*'?mo*?w no*4 co *?iki cu kemeye*?mo'?w. co pulek^
niki cu ho *>a*?gap kegoiek wek kic so'?n." no-4 ?o kWom4eco'?l ku pegak
wi§ '^i numi so'^n ma*gin "^iki *?uwey ma-gin kyu*? "^i ^o go*le'?m.
naos cpega*k no*?o4 kem *?o cwinkep ku mewimor, no* 4 *?o ko ska*?e4ke*
hohkum so pulik *?emsi so he4kew *?emisi so wohpewk ?emsi so pawah.
numi ku '?werekWoy so ni-'?nowo4 ku wii *?o ?wereki-n.
kic ma-'^y comi'^s wero* *?o newi*? kic sega*?awo'?r '^o ku *>o reki-n
k^esi wit kit '?o weno'?i'?me4 ku lemolu**?inoni, no* 4 *>o ko*?m kic wego*
"nepe*?wo*." no*4 "^o mene'?me4 so hir no-4 *?o ko 4o'?m ku '?uma*?ahske4
ku mewimor ri*kew *?iki la**?y so pulek^. tmenomi newi*? wi weno'?omo*?r
*?enumi sku'^y so* ni'*?no*?w ku *?nepsec. *>enumi poy weno'?omo*?r ku nepuy
no*4 *>o ga*?m ku mewim.or "4-*?o'?ronefJes," no-4 kolo "^iki nai*? wo ko
pahcew, no '4 hinoy *?o so na'?mi na*me{ ho ku *?wenekomewet no-4 *?o
ga*?m "sela ro*?onepes," kem '>o pahcew ku nepuy, kem '?o ga*?m "4*?o*?ro-
nepes." meruh ci wi§ sa*4ap tu*? ku kem wegolek "4*?o*?ronepes" no*4 *>o
ko 4o*?m ku ma*?ah ^iki na'?asane*?m, *>o na*?mi wonik so'?n no'4 *?o ga*?ni
"co 4*?o*?ronepe*?m ki k^en co ko rega*yo'?repe*?m, ki k^en co *?ohkWin
TEXTS
17*;
pipe; it will spread everywhere and there will be no sickness from here
to the heavens."
In the morning he went up to gather sweathouse wood, and then they
made a fire; when it had burned down they went outside and lay down,
and began to cool off, and then they went to bathe. Later they looked '
over to Requa and saw that the sun was shining; they warmed themselve
a little, and then the old man said, "I will fetch the spear; now we are read
to go; I will bring your blanket." Then he brought two, and deerskins were
what he brought; and then they went into the sweathouse. Then he said, "Is
all ready for us to go? Here is your deerskin; it must pass around your hips
your loincloth will stay here; just carry your pipe." The old man took a new
ly made dipper basket; in it were his pipe and tobacco.
Then he combed his hair, and then his hair was tied up with an otterskin.
He said, "I will take my basket and put on my blanket. You do just as
I do, and then the neck of your deerskin will be on your right, and its
tail will be on your left, and your pipe will be right over your belly."
In the main house the girl was doing the same; she took off her
dress and put on another newly finished. There was an old woman there
and she said, "This is what you will do."
Then the old man said, "Listen carefully to what I say. Follow be-
hind me. The spear is lying here. Carry it in your right hand, and
get a good hold on it because you will not carry it in any other posi-
tion; you will carry it like this until we arrive." Then he took his baske'
and went ahead; then my father picked up the spear, and he saw people
standing at the mouth of the river fishing. They did not hurry, and
neither spoke a word.
When they arrived at the river mouth, the old man said to my father,
"Put the spear down carefully; it must point upstream."
Then the old man sat down at the end of the path, and said, "Sit
down on my left." Then a man came and stood behind the old man and
said, "We are catching sturgeon and eels." Then the old man said,
"Stop catching sturgeon; catch eels only, and watch for salmon; when
a salmon is first seen shout, and I will come and spear it. Then you
must all finish fishing and all go home. Go and tell them all at the
river mouth that this is happening." Then the man went back and did
as he was bidden; some of them stopped fishing at once, and others
stayed around there.
Soon afterward the old man spoke again; then he scattered tobacco
to the north, ^ to the east,^ to the west, and to the south. They were
looking right at the river mouth where they sat.
Midday passed, and shadows were seen moving where they sat; it was
the eel fishers conaing. Then they heard people shouting, "First salmonl"
Then the men went away from the water, and the old man took his
spear and went down to the river mouth along the shore. It was half
visible and was coming in; my father watched it intently. The salmon
came on forward. Then the old man said "StopI " and it seemed that
it did not move. Then he took two steps to his right and said "Run
on!" and again it moved. Again he said "Stopl " He did this five times,
and when he said Stop'." he took his spear and grasped it in both hands;
he lifted it twice and then said, "Stop at each place you pass, and
^Lit,, in the direction of the river mouth, to the mountains.
178 THE YUROK LANGUAGE *
mek^ol CO '?emei knoksime*?m lcepis*?on, lei wek wera*yoy '>uma*?wjmay
CO no'i ho no'wo*?repe*?m co '?ela ro'?onepe*?m."
ku *?uwey wecwin wit "^o so- newi'? ku nepuy kolo niki ko'?si ko*?mo'?y. :
no'4 *?o menecolcw no-4 wiStu*? '?enuini lo'?n ku hegoni "ki sonowo'^m." ]
lei k^en co '?o tektoni mek^ol kem *?emei knoksi*?m *?upis*?on *?enumi I
wo*?n ho ino*?oUw 9upi§'?on "^esi nowo*?r ho ]ii we*?y *?uma'?wamay. I
kic lei k^en *>o ro*?op ku nepuy nol '^o k^omleco'?! ku mewimor, j
skeli *?ap nel^ ku '?uma'?ahske4 wistu*? "^ap *?o key ku *?nepsec *?o key, *?o
ga'>Tn "co*^ yokmoki negi''^nowo*?ni moco ki hase*?in." ku so newoni kic
cyu*lcWe*>n ku mewimor niki *?uk^onn4e'?nielc ku pegak ko*?! weso*?nlcenu-'?m^
kic *?o cpa-nilc no*i wi5 *?o rel(i*n "^o ko*?nio*?y kic hego* "nepe'^wo"
mei pulik. *?iki cu wis so* hego-sei no"i '?o ko io*4 ku *?uke*?win no'i
hinoy *?o le'^mel, no*i *?© ga*?in ku mewimor ho ku *?nepsec "co kem.
no'i pulekuk ho ni'*?nowo*?m." kenumii wi *?o so'^n ku mewimor *?o ku
hewoni newoni nepuy ku '^wenewoyk. meruh ci tagu'?m *?o ga'^m "hinoy
lenewlcWes" "sela ro*?onepes" "i*?o*?ronepes." "^o ko io'^m ku *?uma'?a-hske^
yu*?s '^o so*to*?l ku weno*?omo*?r ku nepuy.
wis *?enumi so*?n ku nepuy ku sonoyew, '?o cona'?m.i kolo *?werohsimelc
ku meruh weci wonik so-*?n ku '?uma*?ahskei "^iki Ouma*?ahskelc, mos cita
wo pahcew kolo hir ni lenek^. ku so hir so'toh ku mewimor kolo '?eme
lek^^o*?! '?umeyk^elu-'?m *?o reic^oy ku kic *>o kohcewoni ku nepuy.
ku he4ku kic *?o so-noni no-i nows ^o nelc ku '^uma'^ahskei pecu no*?md
ye'?we*?y ku nepuy. no*4 ku *?nepsec '^o key '?ap nelc ku '?uma'?ah, *?o ^le-^
poyewf ku '^we'^lep, ku nepuyoi wonu '>o neku? ku '?nepe*?wi§neg '?u'?was,
no-4 ^o pegah wetu-k ku nepuy, no*4 *?o 4o'?m ha'?a*g *?umo4 "^ela kohto-.
ku pa'?a*4 welo*telc ku ha*?a*g wonu *>o legayo*? no-4 pecku *>o so kelomoh
no*4 *?o menekw,
hasi pawaw *?o so ko-'^op *?o ku nepuy no-4 *?o gaVm ku mewimor
"cunae'?y netewomei kic nekohcewocelc. ke^l k^elek^ ki tene'^m kenowo-
nemek nepuy *?o Ui wek wera-yoy. ki sega'?ageyowoni *?emsi ki wa^soy
kiki cu wis me4 tewome4, ke*?I kWelek'W" ki sose*?m ki k^en co ki yuno-
woni ki skune*?m, ke*?l k^elek^ wi*? ki §o*se*?m ki numi cu sku*?y so-
*?o-*? ki to-meni *?wenepu*?." kolci tagaw kem tu*? *?o goy4kep wetuk kolo
*?weno*lo*cek ku nepuy.
no'4 now '^o nek ku nepe'?wisneg *?u*?Wvts ku '?ukeyom wiktu*? *?o nek.
no*4 ska*?e4ke*?n hohkum ho pulekuk ho pecik ho pjwj*?kuk '?emsi ho
wohpewk. no-4 '>o ga'?m ho wohpewk. no*4 *?o ga*?m ho ku ^nepsec "co
ko*'?ope*?m neka*?a4 so-tos co '?alamaka4 ku keka*? skeli lekomeyCes
kecewes." no-4 now *?o nek ku '^uka*? no-4 *>o ga'?m "490S ku nepuy '^o
ku wa4ay, to'^s kic sku*?y so- *?ekoneme'?m, co*? numi cpurko-'?m wonik
kesonek wit numi *?o k^oyteme*?! co *?oloneme*?m, 4*?os kekawjgas me4
ku kolin kecewes mi*? ki Semi keycek. co kenekomewet so kelomo*?ope*>ii
kowico hinoy so ko ni**?nowo*?m, kowico nek ho ni**?nowopa'? , kowico ho
ko*?l hi ni-'?nowo*?m. moco wit kic ho nesk^eco**?m ku kekesomewet *?o
nekom ku kema*?ah ku pulek^ nele*?moh co no* 4 ku kekesomewet '?o lo*-
te*?m ku nepuy. kowico k^e4 ke*?yoneme*?m co wi'?i-t *?emki niki me4
cecomeyo*?r ."
ku ra-yo'?r so pewolew ki *?o*4 '?iki to'*?m wegole4 "kos co *?ela te-
ne*?me4 ki nepuy nepiska-4 he4ku tu*? ki ni tene'?m ho*re*?mos ki teno-
ci**?s." ki k^en co skewoksime4 "kos'?ela teno*" kolo *?o lu-k^o*?4 ku
'?wegose'?m.
ku kic '?o no'wo*?r ho pewolew no'4 wiStu*? "^o so*?n ku kic ho "^wela*-
yolew. no-4 ku ^ukesomewet "kernel 4o4pep ku '?o*?lepik weso'tok, kitk^o
TEXTS XY»
wherever there is a fishing rock leave some of your scales there. Go
right to the head of this river; run on there."
When he finished speaking the salmon seemed to have heard it all.
Then it vanished and did just as it had been told "You shall do it."
Wherever there was a fishing rock built it left some of its scales, right
on until it had no scales left; and then it went on to the head of the river.
The salmon went right ahead; then the old man went back and > it
down his spear, and sat down where my father was sitting. He said,
"Look round about if you feel like it." When the old man was seen to
be sitting down the men came back to their fishing.
It grew late; they were sitting there, and he heard them shouting,
"First salmon!" from the river mouth. All of them were shouting like
this, and then they took their eels and went back. Then the old man
said to my father, "Look down the river." The old man did just as he
did with the first salmon to appear when this one appeared. Five times
he spoke to it, and said, "Drift backl" "Run onl" "Stopl" He took his
spear and went over to where the salmon was coming in.
The salmon did just as it was told. After making as if to spear it four
times, the fifth time he lifted up his spear and then speared it. It made no
movement, but seemed to drift to the shore. When the old man went away fror
the water the air seemed full of wailing over at Requa, now that the salmon
was caught.
When the salmon had been lifted out of the water, he put down his spear;
the salmon lay with its head pointing up the river. He put down the spear
where my father was sitting, and unbraided his hair; the otterskin was put
on top of the salmon. The salmon moved its tail, and he took a stone and hit
its head with it. When he threw the stone into the water, it ricocheted up,
turned upstream, and then disappeared.
The old man stood to the south of the salmon and said, "I am so glad that
I have caught you. Many are the salmon you will bring to this river. Rich and
poor will all rejoice at it. You will see to it that all that grows will grow well
you will see to it that it will all grow well to be eaten by every sort of person
Every time he spoke its tail wagged as if the salmon were answering.
Then he put the otterskin away in the basket. Then he scattered tobacco
to the north,* to the east,* to the south, and to the west. Then he said to my
father, "Stand up and come to me. Untie your blanket and lower your hands."
Then he took his blanket away and said, "Pick up the salmon by its tail.
Have you got a good hold of it? Lift it up very carefully, and carry it like
this right on your shoulder. Hold your wrist with your other hand so
that you do not get tired. Turn to your right and do not look back; do
not look at m.e, and do not look at things round about. When you come
to where you put your spear on to your left shoulder when we came
down to the river mouth, then throw the fish on to your left shoulder;
do not drop it. Now run straight on from here at a trot."
When he made his way to Pewolew the people all shouted "May there
be many salmon in our sea, and many animals on land, and many wood-
pecker scalpsi" The air seemed full of their shouting "May there be
much" of whatever they all wanted.
When he reached Pewolew, he carried out his instructions. With his
left hand he lowered himself into the house. He did not yet enter the
*Lxt., to the river mouth, up river.
180 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
mi *?u nohpe*?w ho ku numi *?o'le^mo^w, no*4 nows *?o lo*{ ku nepuy, wi*?
no'?olcs yolkoyceni *?lahpsew nahpcuh '^o ro'^oh tu*? wogi ^enumi ho^omah
'^o ku •?o*?lei. tu*? ku '^werohselc mei ku nepuy skeli *?o leiko-*? ku nahko
•^enumi wonu leko^n ku nepuy. tu^ wi ^o relci*n wencok^s» kolin ku
we'^yon ku ho nagaykamin tu*? wo^o*t niki *?uniyah *?o *?jlainakji ku '^ukay
nows •^o nelc ku nepe*?wi§neg *?u^was wonus *?ap nek ku nepuy *?oyi. wi§
*>i '?o-lo^ ku '?nepsec wecpinah ku mewimor, noi "^o newo*?!!! weselt ku
'?o'?le4 k^elek^ kem wi*? *?enunii ho so- sloylketi*? ku k^ela-k^s ho sonkc
ku la-yek^. ku pontet kem wi ?o lelkeni', mos cita- ko*?! so*k ko *?oy4
cpi ckeno'!* so* ho*?oniah.
ku ^wenesk^ecolc ku mewimor ^o ga^m "cu so *?o*?lepik," Oo no*?oh
4o*?m cik^ar wistu*? "^o relci*n *?o myo*te4 ku '^uka'?, no! '>o gi*? ku
we*?yon "co lco'k'w^so*'?m. ku nepuy,"
*?o ku '?wenekomewet la-yekin wit latek^so'^m mei ku '^uma'>ax so ku
■^wetu'k, no*4 *?o tek^si*? ku '^weta* no-i ku *?wetu*k, no*4 *?a*wah me4
mu4so*?m *?emsi '?wecewes now me4 lohpi*?n pekoyek. no*4 wa-weco4 wog;
*>o tek^si*? no'4 ku '?weya-4 ^o tmenomen tek^so'^m, wiStu*? Icok^si*? *?o
ku nahko*? ku nepuy lekoni.
no-4 '^o ko-*?op ku mewimor '?eme4 4o*?m. ku '?wo'?4pe*?y meciks ^o nelf
no*4 '^o tegeru*?m ku ro*wo*?s *?o ga*?m "lei mera* k^elek^ kelew wi Icese
wepelc kiki cu ro*?m. ki '?o-4 wi '^o key k^elek^ kelew ki na-4 nepu*? lei
nepuy."
ku kic *?uwey woktketoy ku we*?yon ku '^j-wah '?eme4 mewolete*?w. ku
kic '?o '?o-'? welo^og ku *?wo*?4pe'?y no-4 '^o 4o*?m skuyeni kowiS *>o go*-
le4ke'?n mi*? ki So* mecewolo*? no*4 *?eme4 4o*?m ku nepuy weyah meciks
'?o nelc. no'l se'^reconi kowis *?eme4 co*ne*?n '?o tek^so*?m no'l ku *?neps
*>o key poy *?ema nelc ku "^lahpsew no*4 '^enumi cpurko'?m so- cyu*lcWe'?n
*?o meci. no*4 '^o ga*?m ku m.ewimor "ki kic no*?omu*?n ki *?wes'?onah tu*?
nekah kic no*4 wi'? segonki*?. co*? ni*'?nowo*?m ki k^en co hase'?m 'ki ne-
pek.'" noi *?o ga*?m ku "^nepsec "ku *?u'?wayken ki nepek," k^elek^ mep
kego*?m wegoyek moco ki nahksem.i ceyku*?m kiki Oo merku^m k^elek'w^
wi*?i't ki numi sega*?ge'?y. '^o ga*?m ku mewimor "ki k'w^en co*? kic no*4
ri'gohsoni nepuy tu*? cpi ko*?r *?o'4 niki merku*?m ku nahce*?li§ ki *?wene-
pek ki nepuy."
no*4 '?o ge'?s ku '?.nepsec "k^elek^ ki himenomi mikolumiek," k^esi
'?imi wo gohku*?m ki '?wena*?mi mikolumek mi*? num.i skena*? *?o4kumi
*?wo'?4pe*?y cpi me4 pemu?, to*? *?elek^ wit '?i numi '?wecahcew ki '?umikc
lew nni*? k^elek^ niki mei sega*?age*?y '?o*4,
kic cme'?y lek^si§ *?© so-to*?! ku mewimor, hinoy *?o *?orogo*? ku '?nepsi
no*4 *?o gi*? "co*? kem nu nagase'?m." ku *?wonek^s weso*tok no*4 wek '?i
lelko'*? '?umey so* ha*?s "*?a*wok^ kic nemuc newo*k," so* ha'?s "kic ne-
wo*k muc ku segonkoni ku helku '?weni*ku*? ku nepuy." hewoni k^elek^
ni mok^s wis numi nne4 ho so*?s. wiStu*? wi§ so* wa'?sok wesek k^esi
wit ho so* ho-le*?m '?o*4 tu*? k'w^elas kic ho no* wistu*? ko hohku*?m.
ku *?wenesk^ecok ^ap ho'?op '^o '?a'?gj[*k k^esi ye'?m ku mewimor "kus
co soninepe*?m." *?o ga'?m ku '?nepsec "ku kic no*?o4 ho nepoh ku nepuy
tu*? *?o capa4 soninepek, kenimi ciweyek '?imi ce'?loksek."
'?o wo*y4 no-4 he'?woni4e4 tu'? '?o tegeru'?m '?umes ku mewimor no*4
'?o huma4. wo*?n kic so*?n kit •?u wo*k kem '?o gegok^ ku ^nepsec ku
wena-gasek. no*4 koypoh '?o'?lep '?o le*?me4 kegoh '?emsi ce'?loni nepuy
cpi nepi'?me4, *?imi ciwe'?y ku *?nepsec *?o4kumi kitk^o *?o ka*mewe{ ni
TEXTS 181
main part of the house. ^ Then he threw down the salmon; two wooden
plates stood there, on the far side, and they had made a fire right in
the middle. When he threw it at them, the wooden plates fell down and
it fell right on them. Two women were sitting there, and one was
the girl who was helping, and she jumped up and untied her hair tie,
and took off the otterskin and put it on the salmon where it lay. My
father stood there waiting for the old man, and then he saw that the
house too had been swept as they had done the path. The ashes had
been cleared away; nothing lay there, and there was only a small fire.
When the old man came he said, "Let us go into the house." He
took two chairs, and they sat down and put on their blankets; then the
girl was told, "Split the salmon."
She cut it along \he line on its right from its gills to its tail; then
its head was cut off, and then its tail. Then she wiped it with grass,
and scraped out the blood with her hand. Then the salmon was cut
across the middle of its back, and finally she cut it in half at its belly,
and so it was cut up on the platters where it lay.
Then the old man stood up and took angelica root, and put it on the
fire; then he spoke to the pipes, and said, "This smoke is your breath;
it will spread everywhere. The person sitting here and you will share
in eating the salmon."
When the girl had finished cutting up the fish, she wiped her hands
with the grass. When the embers of the angelica root were left, she
took a stout stick and heaped them up so that they would glow; then she
took the salmon's belly and put it on the fire. Then with a sharpened
stick she cut four pieces and put the plate in front of where my father
was sitting; then she sat down carefully by the fire. The old man said,
"As long as the heavens have endured this ceremony has been performed
by us; look for whatever you think you would like to eat."^ My father
said, "I will eat the part between the fins and the gills." He had often
heard tell that if a man could take three bites and swallow it all he
would be very rich. The old man said, "All the time that salmon have
been speared, only one man has eaten all the salmon he was given to eat."
Then my father thought, "I will gulp it down quickly"; but he could
not manage to take two bites because it was very bitter as it had been
cooked with angelica root. Well, it was difficult for anyone to swallow just
because a man got rich by doing it.
In the evening the old man went out, and my father followed him. He was
told, "Go and gather sweathouse wood again." As he went up his weeping could
be heard; he thought, "Ah, now I have seen for myself." He thought, "Now I
have seen for myself what is done when the salmon is taken ashore." Former-
ly there was nothing about it that he had thought of much. And so he was full
of pity that this was how they the people had lived and now he himself had
taken part.
When he returned he made a fire in the sweathouse, and the old man said,
"How do you feel?" My father said, "Since I ate the salmon I feel strong from
it; I am not hungry and I am not thirsty."
They were awake all night, and the old man made his medicine; then they
sweated. Before daybreak even it happened that my father went out to gather
sweathouse wood: Then in the morning they went to the house, and ate only
acorn soup and dried salmon; my father was not hungry because he still had
Lit., where p^eople really dwell.
^Lit., whatever you think "I will eat."
182 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
•^weliiiik mei ku ho nepin nepuy. kic wey ko*?l ho '?wenepi'?me4 '^emki
*?j*?ga'C welek"^ *?! relci-n. '?o ga'^m ku mewimor "moco kite ckeye*?m
we*>ylcoh kecoyn co*? ko *^o ckeye*?in." *?o gSi'^m ku '?nepsec "pa* mos kito
ckeyek." '^o ga'^m ku mewimor "nek sc k^elek^ ke*?l ki ckeye*?in."
no*l ^oca-iwerepok^ me'^womecolcw 9o-4 '>exne ga'?m "pek'^su hes kic
ki wohpeye*?inoh *?o ku la*yek^." ?o ga'?m "*?ey" ku mewimor "kem ki
hasu*? 'ki ko*?l so'?nlcenu-'?moh *>o pulek^,' kem k^elek^ meruh ki co*moyi
ki no'i meci cpi '^o pemu*? kahkah '^em.si nepuy *?emsi ke'?win, moco kic
•?ela Ico-k'^si'? kesi '?o kohcemi tek^si? la-wogi, kowico k^el ce'^lohtemew.
pi*?ih kem ki numi sonki'> kiki wi *?upemu*> kowico k^el ce*?lohtemew.
no'4 *?o*?lei co cpi ko*?l ni nepu*? *?emsi ku ra*yoy ki cpi *?o *?ahspu*?. co
niki cu so hecah, nekah k^elek^ komcumoh tci segonkoni *?o yoh, k^elek^
pecu mulco*? nimi so* komcumel ."
no'i '^o ga*?m ku mewimor "ki na*?mi weiowa* co*m.oyi ki no*i na-ga-
se'^m kem ki '?iki Icewey." '>o ga*?m ku *?nepsec "mos k^elek^ wi^i-t ko*?I
mei so'?n mi*? ku '?neto**?mar komcumei ku so*tol." kohcew kic '>o co-
moyl *?o nesk^ecolc^ •?ume*?loh mel ku hiwow "^o tek '?o'?lei '?o relc^oy
nu *?wecpega*?r "to*?s wi no*?o*^l kic ki *>na'?ahspi'?nioh '?emki wit ki *?neso-
*?e*?gah." no'i *>o ga'?m "*?ey k^elek^ co wit so* lco*k^so'?w ku nunepuy
no-4 ko '?o ce^Iohtemew, co^ wo*>o'?lomah '?ap '?eme4 "^j^gap, co no-i *?©
*?a*?gap *?o ku *?wo'?o*?i ku me*>wonieco'?lis kegoielc 'to'? sku'?y soninep.'"
kolo mos cita* kus no^ol kic ki no'^oi "^ukemeyek ku *?nepsec k^esi
so* nimi wo cpa*ninef5, tu*? knewetilc kem '?o ko co*mo'?o'?l no-4 '^esi
keme'^y so relcWoy. no-4 wistu*? kem ^ap "^o na-ga*?s tu"? '>o kohtoh hegor
no'4 wiStu*? so*?n wohkepelc.
no'4 *>o cpega*?ro'?y ku '?nepsec ho ku mewimor "^o ga*?m "kus sonki"? ku
naa-gin ku nepuy." "nekah k^elek^ wonu lekome'^y *>o '?o*?lep ku ho pemu'
nie4 wo*?4pe*>y. moco kit mo'^olcW nohkum Vemsi *?ne'?wo'?4pe'?y cegeycek^
ku nepuy ku ce*?loni *?o '?o'?s'?o'? ku ro*wo*?s. ku '?uma*?j[x *?emsi *?u'?wa*?alox
•^enasi ku '?wa-wec weta; '?wetu'k niki ko*si nimi wo pemu*? tu*? we'^yon wij
ho tek'W^tek'^so'^m, no-4 pulek^s ku la*regor '?ema ho swoy4k^eyef. moco
ku kego*?sneg '^emsi lea*"? wi§ me4 pelomeye4 k^^elek^ *?imoksu tene'^m ku
nepuy ku wit weloksi'?4 k^elek^ moco wis nini reki-n '?imi nepe4 k^elek^
wit ki *?wetene'?melc nepuy ku wit weIoksi*?4,"
'?imi wo pelep me4 wi*? tu*? *?enumi ho tene'^m nepuy "^o wit '>o no'?o4.
•uoseas ;Bq; x^^JT^^^ld Xjsa sbm uouitbs puB ';t aaAO SupqStj ou sbm ajaqx
ii'jBaX ;bii; x^JP^^I^ ^ ni* uouixBS ^Bq; subbiu ;t ';Ba
;ou op puB punojB ;is Xaq; jt ;nq 'jBaiC ;bi|| uomxBS qDnm aq ;ou XXT^ aaaq;
;t jaAO ;q3TJ smojd puB sxxn§Bas aq; ji -daoqs aq; Suoxb ^Bajq saABM aq;
aaaqM jaAij aq; jo q;noui aq; ;b ;t paaa;;Bos puB dn sjq; ;no x-^T^ ^^^ ipasjooo
;t jo auou sbm uoxuxbs aq; jo XT^; aq; puB 'pcaq aq; 'ifOBq aq; *s;nS aq; puB
sxxT^ aqx 'saDatd ax;;TX ux sadid aq; o; uoxuxbs p^up aq; aAiS i ';ooj: BoixaSuB
ou puB ooDBqo; ou aABq i uaq//v *;ooa bdix^Sub \^xm p^^qoo *jooa aq; ut dn
asnoq aq; ut sn ^q Kbavb ;nd sbm ;i„ (pxo; sba an) «iuoaix^s aq; jo ;saa aq;
q;TM auop sbm ;BqyWit 'PT^s puB 'ubui pxo aq; pauor|«anb aaq;Bj Aui uaqx
■aaoui
q;uoui auo aoj Sutuibj; ut jxastUTq ;da3t puB pooj& »snoq;BaMS paaaq;B§ aq
uaq; fBnbay o; axuoq SutoB aaojaq ajom SiCsp acmi P3Xb;s ajj 'pa93Bap aTxij;
aq; pBq ax;;Tx os * axuoq oB pxnoa j[aq;Bj Xtu aaojaq n^ le auiT; ou paxuaas ;i
^^t'\lB^^ SuTOp
ST 9Hi '>^BS puB g*;jax oqM auo aq; jo asnoq aq; o; oS uaq; puB 'sasnoq ajaq;
XXB ;b STq; luaq; xx^; puB oo •;t ^*ip ^bxu noX puB 'iCBA XBnsn aq; ux qsxj dn
;nD *sa^„ *ptbs an niop ^Tl^^isn bja sb ;Ba puB 'axuoq ;b ifxnap mou aM Xbi^[„
'pa^SB puB 'Bnbaa ut momjh ;b asnoq aq; xuoaj Bmeo srq jo aAT;Bxaa b puB
passBd SiCBp xTg ji'auoS aABq i aaBu^/A Moujf spuatjj Axu sb 'bui o; ja;;Bxu ;ou
saop sxqx,, 'pxBS jaxi;Bj Ay^ ,|-paqsxuxj aABq xTT^v noX uaq; puB *pooM asnoq
-;BaMs jaq;BS XTT^ ^^^ aaotu s^Bp iC;uaM; ao^^^ 'pres uvui pxo aq; uax(x
i,*MOU>l
;ou op ^aq; sdBqaad aaAXj aq; dn ;nq 'ajcaq auop uaaq »Bq ;BqM mou:ii bja :auo
-iCaaAa o; pjoM puas puB oq *A\xio aaAxj aq; xnoaj ^utjp ax puB 'iCxuo axuoq ;b
;Ba o; ajB noX atux; sxq; SujanQ *paTap ;ou puB aocio jm pdi|ooD aq o; ajB Xaq;
:Xbm axuBS aq; ut pa;Baa; aq o; aaB sxassnp^ 'P^T-rp aq o; job st ;i 'axppxxu aq;
UMop aouo ;nD aq o; sx ;x uaq; ;Txds uaaq SBq qsij ^^ vs^i^m *ajTj b uo pa^iooD
aq Xxuo ;snxu sxaa puB 'uoxuxbs 'uoagan;s sjCbp aaoa »aij ao j ^■q;noxu aaAxa
aq; ;b qsxj o; apxoap Xbxu noX puE 'sa^,, 'PJbs ubxu pxo aqx niM^^d aq; aaAO
ssojo Mou ;ou BJVi ^B]/\[„ 'pxBS puB ^^odaaaMf .Boo^ luojj axuBO ubxu b uaqx
ii'daaxs XXTAV noiC >iuTq; I 'XTSMu 'P^^s
UBUi pxo aqx .fXdaaxs ;ou uib j *ojs[„ 'pxBS aaq;Bj iCj^ „-^Bp aq; ux mou daaxs
'Xdaaxs laaj noX ji„ 'pjBS ubxu pxo aqx *asnoq;BaMS aq; apxs;no ;bs puB Sux
-;Ba paqsxuTj ^Caqx •ua;Ba pBq aq uoxuxbs aq; xuoaj q;noxu sxq ux a;SB; aa;;xq b
^81 SXX3X
LEXICON
LEXICON
In the Yurok-English section entries are made in an order corresponding as
nearly as possible to the order of the English alphabet. Words appearing in
the language in more than one morphological form are cited by their stems
(9.1); in cases where more than one stem form is used in the total paradigm
of the word, it is cited under its most commonly occurring stem. Where the
various forms of words are sufficiently indicated by the form of the stem
and the designation of the word class to which it belongs, the relevant infor-
mtation given in the grammatical sections is not repeated here; on the other
hand all irregular forms or exceptions to the general rules are listed under
the relevant stems.
Where a verb stem is entered with the final part bracketed, this indicates
that the unbracketed part is used as a noninflected verb (13.112) with the
same meaning as the longer inflected forms of the inflected stem. Thus
skewok(sim-), to love, means that skewok is used as the equivalent of the
inflected forms skewoksimek, I love, skewoksi'?m, he, she loves, etc.,
formed on the stem skewoksim-; and pla'?ay(-), to be big (animals and birds)
m.eans that pla*?ay is used as the equivalent of the inflected forms pla*?j[*?y,
it is big, pla'?ayei, they are big, etc., formed on the stem pla*?ay-.
Among the inflected verbals the following subclasses of stems are found;
their inflections, where they differ from the general verbal inflections, are
described in the grammatical sections listed below, and apart from irregu-
larities within these subclasses they are not referred to individually in the
dictionary, as the citation of the stem makes clear the subclass (if any) to
which the word belongs:
a-modifying verbs, 13.141.1 F(l), 13.141.2A(1), 13.141.2A(2)a, 13.141.3C,
13.141.4B, 13.141.6C, 13.141 .6 G( 1), 13.142.1A, 13.143.lA, 13.143.2A.
stem-medial h verbs, 13.141.1F(2), 13.141.2A(1), 13.142.2.
consonant cluster verbs, 13.141.1F(3), 13.141.2A(1), 13.142.2.
e-class verbs with stems ending -W-, -k^-, 13.141 .1F(7), 13.141.6E.
e-class verbs with stems ending -ew-, 13.141.1F(9), 13.141.1F(ll)a.
e-class verbs with stems ending -y- (including passive stems),
13.141.1F(8), 13.141.2A(2)a, 13.141.3E, 13.141.6E.
e-class verbs with stems ending -iC-, 13.141.6D.
e-class verbs with stems ending -im-, -um-, 13.141.2A(2)b, 13. 141. 3D,
13.142, 13.142.2, 13. 143. IB, 13.143.2B.
e-class verbs with stems ending -nem-, 13.141.2A(2)c, 13.141.3F,
13.142. IC, 13.142.2.
monosyllabic o-class verbs. 13.141.1B(3), 13.141.6A, 13.141.6B,
13. 142. IB, 13.142.2, 13.143.2C, 13.151.3.
o-class verbs with stems ending -c-, 13.141.1F(ll)b.
o-class verbs with stems ending -OW-, aw-, 13.141.1F(4), 1 3.141. 2A(2)b.
13.141.6H.
o-class verbs with stems ending -y-. 13.141.2A(2)a, 13.141 .3E.
The English- Yurok section is intended as a reverse listing of the Yurok-
English section, and information given there is not repeated. Certain Yurok
I 187]
188 THE YUROK LANGUAGE
words (e.g., some preverbal particles, exclamatives, and a few others),
for which no isolated English translation can reasonably be given, are not
listed in the English- Yurok section.
In both sections English nouns are written alone (e.g., swallow), verbs
are followed by "to" (e.g., swallow, to), and adjectives are followed by "to
be" (e.g., red, to be). Other English parts of speech are indicated where
necessary.
"Transitive," "intransitive," and "impersonal" referring to Yurok verbals
designate the formal subclasses to which the words belong in the language
(13.111, 13.113). "Transitive" and "intransitive" used of English verbs
serve to specify them further in terms of traditional English grammar.
YUROK-ENGLISH
-ah
-al^
-a?
-a-4
1.
2.
1. 1 pi. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, a-class
verbs, 13.141.1G, 13.141.4A
2. subject pronoun inflection 2 s. 1 s., 2 pi. 1 s.
pron. pref. and attrib. bipersonal conjugation,
o-class verbs and e-class verbs with stems end-
ing im- and um-. In other e-class verbs = stem
vowel, subject, and object pronoun inflection,
13.142.3, 13.142.4.
1 s. indie, and 1, 2, 3 s. pron. pref. inflection,
a-elass verbs, 13.141.1G, 13.141.4A
3 s. indie, inflection, a-class verbs, 13.141.1G
subject pronoun inflection 2s. Is., 2 pi. Is.
indie, bipersonal conjugation, o-class verbs and
e-class verbs with stems ending im- and um- .
In other e-class verbs = stem vowel, subject,
and object pronoun inflection, 13.142.1.
2 s. indie, inflection, a-class verbs, 13.141.1G
2 pi. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, a-ciass
verbs, 13.141.1G, 13.141.4A
1. 3 pi. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, a-class
verbs, 13.141.1G, 13.141.4A
2. subject pronoun inflection 3 pL Is. indie, and
pron. pref. bipersonal conjugation, e- and o-elas
verbs, 13.142.1, 13.142.3
cahcew
cahk^oh
ca*?age4
ea'^am-
ca*?anar
ca-ge4
ca-4
ca*ikemLoy-
calkes-
ca-nun
canu-ks
2 s. object pronoun inflection bipersonal conjugation,
e- and o-elass verbs, 13.142.1
noninflected verb, to be difficult
noun, pants, trousers; altern. stem with pron. prefs
-eah, 11.355
= ca-ge4, noun, mattress
e-class trans, verb, to boil; noninflected passive
ca*?amew, 13.141.3G
noninflected verb, to be new
= ea*>age4, noun, mattress
noun, sand
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be sandy,
13.141.3B
e-class intr. verb, to be sandy (floors, ground, etc.)
noun, young shoot of a plant
noun, young child, baby
189 ]
190
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
cecekw
cecomeyo*?r
cega*noks-
cegecil
cegemem
cegemem weci'sep
cegeykek^
cegeyoh
c egeyonah pim-
cege*?!
cege*>loh(s-)
cege'^roy-
cegohcoh
c ego'? one p
cegun
cek(cey-)
cekce*?ii
-cekos
cekor
cek^cekWah
cek^cem
cekWg
cele*?!
celog
celogei J
celogepil /
cemin -
ceporeg(ei_)
ceriku*?
cerko'
cew )^
cewah /
cewes
cewin
cewip-
cewonem-
ceyceyjs
ceykeliw^on-
cey(kel-)
intensive
to hear with distaste
ceyketew
ceyke*?r(on-)
noun, fin of a fish
noninflected verb, to run at a trot
e-class trans, verb, to forgive
noun, small woodpecker
noun, hummingbird
a plant (sp.) ( hummingbird* s flower)
adverb, in small quantities, 15.1
cf. ceykel-, to be small
noun, small knife
e-class trans, verb, to be tired of
noun, seaweed
e-class intr, verb, to gather seaweed;
form cige'^loh, 13. 152. 2D
first type o-class trans, verb,
noninflected verb, to struggle
see meruh
noun, fallfish
e-class intr. verb, to sit
noun, prayer rock
inalienable noun mother, 11.354; vocative form,
-cek, 11.32
noun, periwinkle
noun, vertical stripes round a basket
noun, acorns decayed in soft clay
noun, heart
noun, kingfisher
noun, close woven basket for seeds, fancy basket
for valuables
noun, ribs; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -eel,
11.355
noun, hog's fennel
e-class impersonal verb, to be cold weather
noun, mountain robin
noun, dried head of fish
adverb, exclamative, herel (said when handing
something)
noun, hand
noun, mother-in-law
a-class verb, to tidy
e-class trans, verb, to straighten
noun, mosquito
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be small (plants, etc.);
3 s. and pi. attrib. ceykel^Woni, 13.221, 13.223
e-class intr, verb (adj.) to be small (human beings,
animals and birds, tools, etc., trees, etc., body
parts, utensils, clothes, worms and ropes, etc.,
flat things, boats), 13.221; 3 s. indie. ceyke*?n,
3 s. and pi. attrib. ceykeni, alt. 3 pi. indie, (ex-
cept for human beings) cegeyke*?n, 3 pi. attrib.
cegeykeni, 13.223
noun, little finger
first type o-class intr. verb (adj.), to be small (treei
etc., houses). 13.221; 3 s. and pi. attrib. ceyke'>ro-
noni. 13.223
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
191
ceykoh
ceykoks-
ceykum-
ceyohpek(et-)
ceyohpin-
ce*>loh(t-)
ce*>lo4k-
ce^loy-
ce'?loyi-
ce*?lo*ks-
ce*?mekw
ce'^mekw ni ma
hahk^sek
ce*?muc
ci
cic
ciki
cilcWar
cimos
cin
cinah
cines
cini
cink-
cinomel-
cinomewes
cinamawah
cir*?ay*?
cir'^ay*? *?umohka'?
ci§
cita-
ciwey
ciwey-
ciweyet-
ci^m
ci*?n
ci*?!! koy
ci-gjy
noninflected verb (adj.), to be small <round things,
houses). 13.221; altern. plural form cegeykoh.
13.223
e-class intr. verb (adj.) to be narrow (flat things.
cf. ceykel-, to be small, flat things), 13.221
e-class trans, verb, to bite; 2 s. imperative
ce'^ykus, 13.141.2A(2)b
e-class trans, verb, to put by, to store
e-class trans, verb, to hide, to put by; altern. 2 s.
imperative ceyo'^pines, 13. 141.2A(2)d. passive
ceyohpey-, 13.141.31
e-class trans, verb, to dry (trans.), to bake, to
cure (food); noninflected passive ce'?iohtemew.
13.141.3G
second type o-class intr. verb, to be stuck high and
dry; 3 s. indie, -olc^, 13.141.1B(4)
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be dry.
13.141.3B
e-class impersonal verb, to be dry weather
e-class intr. verb, to be thirsty
adverb, a little
I chuckled (laughed a little)
adverb, hardly
1. p.v.p. imperative, emphatic, 14.21 No. 38
2. numeral, second element compound numerals,
times. 13.211, 13.212
noun, younger sibling
noun, chicken (loan)
noun, chair
noun, uncle; vocative form ci*?m, 11.32
= cinomewes, noun, young man
adverb, exclamative. go onl
= cinomewes. noun, young man
= ci'?n. adverb, recently, early
second type o-class trans, verb, to change (trans.)
e-class intr. verb, to give away part of one's win-
nings in a game
= cin, cines, noun, young man
noninflected verb, to get acquainted
noun, bear
a tree with long red berries (bear's gooseberry)
adverb, sentence particle, well
= ta-. adverb, negative complement, not at all,
nothing at all. 15.81
noun, hunger
e-class intr. verb, to be hungry; altern. incr. pi.
ciweyoneni'?m(-), 13.141.1F(ll)e
e-class trans, verb, to crave
see cimos
= cini, adverb, early, recently
this morning
noun, huckleberry
192
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
ci*k
ci'ko*?!
ci*ko'?l weso'k
ci-ko*?l son(ow-),
ci'ko*?! ni 0on(ow-)
ci-kjk
ci*p
ci-Sep
ci'somoy-
ci-'?s
-ckah
ckem
ckemckem
ckemkoh
cken-
ckenowoi -
ckey-
ckipai
ckiri§ay-
cki*?m(-)
ckohpin
cku*?rogei-
ck^a^^rlc
ckek^on-
ck^eges
ck^eporil-
ckwoi
cmekoh(s-)
cmeya*n
cmey- )
cmeyoksii- |
cmeyonen
cmeyonen "^o
cmu-k
-cnewli^os
cnin
co(v)
-coc )
-cocos /
cohcoh
cohkiks
cohpos
noun, dentalium money, money in general
indefinite pronoun, everything, various things; used
adverbially, in various places, 15.97
all his things
to be unreliable
noun, fork
noun, nuthatch (bird)
noun, flower
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to flower,
13.141 3B
noun, woodpf^cker scalp
four form inalienable noun, foot, 11.354
noninflected verb, to count
noninflected verb, to tattoo
noun, flint used in face tattooing
second type o-class verb, to bfe scarce
3 s. indie, -o*?, 13.141.1B(5), iincr.
13.141.1F(ll)c
e-class intr. verb, to talk maliciously
e-class intr. verb, to sleep; incr. pi.
cki*?m(-), 13.141.1F(ll)c
noun, a plant (sp., ? snowdrop)
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to doze,
13.141.3C
see ckey-
noun, blackcap, wild raspberry
e-class intr. verb, to be shallow
adverb, near (nearer than nesk^i)
e-class intr. verb, to be shallow, to be short; 3
and pi. attrib. ckel^Woni, 13.141.6H
noun, hair seal
e-class intr. verb, to be brushy
noun, steelhead (fish)
first type o-class trans, verb, to knock out (stun)
adverb, yesterday
e-class impersonal verb, to be evening
to be few;
pi. ckene'?m(-).
-e*?m(-) and
s.
noun, evening; noninflected verb, to be evening
dinner (evening meal)
noun, wild cat
inalienable noun, son-in-law, 11.354; vocative form
-cne*?w, 11.32
noun, sister-in-law
p.v.p. 1. Imperative. 2. Temporal. 3. Used
generally after kus. 14.21 No. 37.
inalienable noun, more distant relative, 11.354
noun, apron, skirt; altern. stem with pron. prefs.
-coh, 11.355
noun, gnat
noun, fly
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
193
cokcop
cokcopa*?r
conii*?s
comi'^s kic ro*
coini*?s wero*
comi'^s wero" '>o
'?we'?i'?i'?gah
copele*?y
corelcWik ni^wa-p
corek^ik ni mak
cowon
cowon-
coyk-
coyow-
co*?
co'^onemi
co'?oney-
co*?oney4
co*?one*?n
co'^onamayS
co'^worec
colekw
CO lew
co-moy-
comoyi
como*?-
kus co-mo'?0'*?m
meruh ki co*mo*?olc
co-na*?amoy4
cona*?awec
cona*?nii
cona*?ino'?-
cone*?n
co-*?m
)*'?mei /
co-
co*
co-*?in(-)
a seme let; incr.
kus co*'?in(o'?w)
noun, drum
noninflected verb, to drum
noun, noon
it is midday
noon, m.idday
lunch (midday meal)
noun, short blanket coat, baby's rabbit skin blanket
noun, hell
moth (butterfly in hell)
green heron (crane in hell)
noun, seine net
e-class trans, verb, to fish with
pi. -e*?m(-)
second type o-class trans, verb, to treat roughly
first type o-class intr. verb, to be nervous, to be
sickly; 3 s. and 1, 2, 3 pi. indie, coye'^m,
13.141.1F(12)
see coi?)
= co-na*?mi, numeral adverb, four times, 13.211
e-class intr. numeral verb, to be four in number,
13.217
numeral, four (human beings), 13.211
= co*ne*>n, nunaeral, four (body parts, streanis,
utensils, clothes), 13.211
numeral, four arm's lengths, 13.211
noun, driftwood
adverb, down
adverb, below
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be or do
something for some time, 13.l4l.3B, 13.217
numeral, second element compound numerals, days,
13.211
second type o-class intr. verb, to be somewhere a
number of days, 13.212, 13.217; 3 s. indie. -olcW
or -o'^l, 13.141.1B(4)
how long will you be?
I shall be five days
numeral, four days, 13,211
noun, fourth month in old Yurok calendar, 13.216
= co*?onemi, numeral adverb, four times, 13.211
second type o-class intr. verb, to be somewhere
four days, 13.212; 3 s. indie. -olcW or -o'?l,
13.141.13(4)
numeral, four (body parts, streams, utensils,
clothes), 13.211
numeral, second element compound numerals, body
parts, streanns, utensils, clothes, 13.211
numeral, second element compound numerals,
human beings, 13,21 1
incr. pi. intr. verb, to be in a group, to be together,
to be so many, 13.217
how many are you?
194
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
cpa-
numi cpa-
cpa"k(s)
cpak ro-
cpega-k(s)
mos cpega-k(s)
cpa*na*?r
cpa'nec-
cpa'ni
cpanik-
cpa-ninep-
cpega'?r
wi*? necpega*?r
cpega*?roy-
cpega-
cpega-k(s)
cpego*?r
cpeyu^r
cpe^roy-
cpi
c pikah
piko
pikoma
pikomi
ih(pim-
cpinah(pum
cpinep-
cpiSap-
■-',}
cpi§a'?Jl
cpiwi
cpi'go*?r
cpjga?
cpjwak(sim-)
cpa*njy§
cpurk-
cacamakji
cagiku*?
cagiS
cagJCJyah
caga*cai
cahkay-
adverb, far, long (time), late, very
very
adverb, late, 15.6
it is late
at infrequent intervals, 15.1
at frequent intervals, often
noninflected verb, to be stale, to live long
second type o-class intr. verb, to be away
adverb, far, long (time), late
e-class intr. verb, to be far, to be from afar; as
impersonal verb, it is a long time
e-class intr. verb, to take a long time, to feel the
time dragging
noun, ear
I have heard about it
first type o-class trans, verb, to enquire
noun, shag (sea bird)
see cpa*k(s)
noninflected verb, to hold races; intensive form
cpi-go*?r, 13,152. 2D
1 . noun, story
2. noninflected verb, to tell a story
first type o-class trans, verb, to listen; altern,
2 s. imperative, hecpe'^r, 13.141.2A(2)d
adverb, only
adverb, always; with pron. pref. verb forms,
13.141.4K(l)c
adverb, only
e-class trans, verb, to await
e-class intr. verb, to wait
e-class intr. verb, to look at oneself (in water, in
a mirror, etc.)
noun, mirror
adverb, most, as much as possible
see cpego*?r
noun, razor clam
e-class trans, verb, to remember, to think of, to
miss, to pine for
noninflected verb, used in kus cpa-nay§, how deep
is it? (water)
second type o-class trans, verb, to take care; 3 s.
and pi. attrib. passive cpurkoni, careful. Reflex-
ive cpurkep- also = to take care.
noninflected verb, to gnaw
noun, swamp robin
noun, small woodpecker
noun, kingsnake
noninflected verb, to be lazy
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be bright
colored, 13.141.3C
YUROK ENGLISH LEXICON
195
cjhpah
cjk
canup
capa4(k-)
cjwahs-
cawasilc
cawasataw
cawasa*?
cayka*?jty(-)
ca*?anj['?ay4
ca-njy§
canun
cu
culu
culu ni nep
cui
curfSay
curpa*?y
cuy
cu-p-
cu*wah(s-)
cwin(kep-)
nirm cwi-gm
ku wonoye*?ik '?o
cwi-gin
cwinkor
cwinkuk
cwi-gin
cye^wol
cye^w(ol-)
cyu-lcWec(-)
cyu-lcWen-
noninflected verb, to be low (round things), 13.221
noun, bird's tail
noun, licorice fern
second type o-class intr. verb, to be strong; 3 s.
indie. -olcW (-aj^w)^ 13.141 .1B(4), 13.141.1F(1)
e-class trans, verb, to point; intensive form
cu*wah(s-), to point repeatedly, 13,152.2F
numeral, first element of compound numerals, seven
noun, index finger (of. cawahs-)
noun, seventh month in old Yurok calendar, 13.216
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be small (animals and
birds), 13.221; 3 s. and pi. attrib. cayka*?yanani,
13.223
numeral, four (animals and birds), 13.211
numeral, second element of compound numeralsj
arm's lengths, 13.211
noun, sprout
p.v.p. 1. All, 14.21 No. 39. 2. Hortatory (as first
member of a group of p.v.ps.), 14.31 No. 27.
noun. Bald Hills
wild parsley (wild parsley on Bald Hills), 14.43
= cu*?, adverb, exclamative, well, goodbye
noninflected verb, to comb
noun, comb
noun, digging stick
= cewip-, a-class verb, to tidy
see cawahs-
= cui, adverb, exclamative, well, goodbye
e-class intr. verb, to say, to speak, to pray; tohkow
used as group plural, to talk together, 13,141. lF(ll)f
intensive form cwegin, to talk a lot, to act as go-
between in marriage negotiations, 13.151,5D; in-
tensive form cwi'gin, 13.152.20
to be dumb
(Christian) God (he who speaks in the sky)
noun, word
noun, sayings, language
see cwin(kep-)
noun, musical instrument
e-class intr. verb, to make music; incr. pi. -e'^ml-)
or -u-*?m(-), 13.141.1F(ll)a
second type o-class trans, verb, to steer (a boat);
incr. pi. -u-*?m(-), 13.141 .1F( 1 l)b
e-class intr. verb, to sit; relci'n used as plural,
13.141.1F(ll)f
cek
cewoloh
ce*?gi*?
2 pi. object pronoun inflection, bipersonal conjuga-
tion, e- and o-class verbs, 13.142.1
noun, wren
noninfleeted verb, to wash by squeezing in water
noun, black oak
196
ci§ah
ciyo*?
cucis
cume*?y
cwona*?
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
noun, dog; altern. stem with pron. pjrefs. -ci§,
11.355; locative cisa'?o4, 11.341
noun, locust
noun, bird
sentence introductory adverb, howl Ipollowed by
pron. pref. verb forms, 15.714
noun, coat
-eckenek^
-eg-
-elc
-ek^
-el-
-ei
-eni
-ep-
-epew
-es
-ew(omoy-)
E
stem vowel, bipersonal conjugation, 3 s. 1 s.,
3 pi. 1 s., 1 s. 3 s., 2 s. 3 s., 1 pi. 3 s.,
2 pi. 3 s., 1 s. 3 pi., indie, pron. pref., and
attrib., e-class verbs except those with stems
ending im- and um-, 13.142.1
3 pi. indie, inflection, some verbs denoting m.ove-
ment, etc., in or on water, 13.141.1F(10)
1. pluralizing infix, some nouns. 11.31
2. intensive infix, verbals, 13.151
3. intensive infix, some adverbs, 15.1
1. Is. indie, and 1, 2, 3s. pron. pref. inflection,
e-class verbs, 13.141.1, 13.141.4A
2. 3 pi. pron. pref. inflection, sonie incr. pi. verbs,
13.141.4H
3. subject pronoun inflection, 1 s. 2 s,, Is. 3 s.
indie, Is. 2s., 3s. 2s., Is. 3s., 2s. 3s.,
3 s. 3 s., pron. pref., bipersonal conjugation,
e- and o-class verbs, 13.142.1, 13.142.3
1. 3 s. indie, inflection, some verbs denoting move-
ment, etc., in or on water, 13.141.1F(10)
2. 2 pi. imperative inflection, e- and o-class verbs,
13.141.2B
passive stem formative, some e-class verbs,
13.141.3H; used without inflections for certain
places in the bipersonal conjugation of these verbs,
13.142.1
3 pi. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, e-class and
incr. pi. verbs. 13.141.1, 13. 141. IE, 13.141.4A
attrib. suffix, some nouns, 11.36
reflexive stem formative, e- and o-class verbs, ex-
cept e-class verbs with stems ending im- and um-,
13.143.1
reciprocal stem formative, e-class verbs, except
those with stems ending im- and um-, 13.143.2
2 s. imperative inflection, e-class verbs with stems
ending y-, *^C-, or a glottalized consonant,
13.141.2A; 13.141.2A(2)a
passive stem formative, e-class verbs whose active
stems end in um- , 13. 141. 3D; -ewomoy used with-
out inflection for certain places in the bipersonal
conjugation of these verbs, 13.142.1
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
197
-ey-
-e*?m(-)
passive stem formative, e-class verbs, except those
with stems ending um- and nem-, 13.141.3A; used
without inflection for certain places in the biper-
sonal conjugation of these verbs, 13.142.1
intensive infix, verbs whose stems begin with ?,
13.151.2
1. 2 s. indie, inflection, e-class verbs, 13.141.1
2. subject pronoun inflection, 2 s. 3 s., 2 pi. 3 s.
indie, and 2 pi. 3 s. pron. pref. bipersonal con-
jugation, e- and o-class verbs, 13.142.1,13.142.3
e-class plural increment, 13. 141. IE
subject pronoun inflection, 3 s. Is. indie, and pron.
pref. (primary set), bipersonal conjugation, e-
and o-class verbs; in e-class verbs except those
with stems ending im- and um- it may represent
stem vowel, object, and subject pronoun inflection,
13.142.1, 13.142.3A
For words in connected texts with initial g see the
corresponding h-initial word, 6.
H
haces
hahk^s-
hahk^se^^wey
hahpelin(ep-)
*hahpemew
*hahpew
hal
has-
hasi
ha*?a'g
ha?a*g ni yegun
ha*?a*gone4-
ha*?m
ha^fSel
ha^poh
ha*lop
ha*moh
ha-mur
*ha*wec
hecec-
see hegol-
e-class trans, verb, to laugh, to laugh at; passive
hahk^sel-, 13.141.3H
noun, smiling face
e-class intr. verb, to be lively, to be happy
inalienable noun, mate, spouse, as plural, man and
wife, male and female, 11.354
inalienable noun, wife, 11.354
= hei 2, adverb, exclamative, hey!
= hes-, e-class trans, verb, to think, to intend,
13.141.1F(13), 13.141.4C; auxiliary verb with
verbs of perceiving, etc., 13.141.4K(3)
= hesi, preposition, toward, 16. 2E -
noun, rock; locative ha'?a-gono4, 11.341
alum root (growing on rocks), 13.141.6l(2)c
e-class intr. verb, to be rocky
see hegol-
noninflected verb, to forget
noun, resin, pitch
noun, glue from a tree
noun, squaw grass, used as white material in basket
making
noun, pendant worn in mourning
four form inalienable noun, back (body part), 11.354
e-class trans, verb, to send word, to tell, to inform;
noninflected plural hecah, 13.141.1F(ll)f
198
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
hecpe*?r
heg-
to
hega*?
hega*?poh
hegelc
hegepa*?
hegey-
hegol-
hegon
hegor
hegoy-
hegoyek^
hego*?oc
hego*inuin-
hego rekic
hego*(s-)
hego*?
hego-?loh )
hego**?lu'? /
hekcelc
hekcoh
hekcor
♦hekcum
heksek
hekse*?m
heksoh
hek
hekWc
*hekWol
hek^s-
hekWsa*?
hela*?
helog
helomey-
hel
hel ni*?nes
hel ko-'?0(Ses
heikew
irregular indi-
imperative
see cpe'?roy-
second type o-class intr. verb, to go, to travel,
walk; 3 s. indie, -okw or -o?l, 13.141 .1B(4),
incr. pi. le*?m(-), 13.141.1F(ll)c» 2 s. impera-
tive hego*?oc, 13.141.2A{2)d. 3 pi. pron, pref.
form ('>)wele'?mek, 13.141.4H, 1 ^nd 2 dual
hego-'^loh, hego'^lu*?, 13.144.1
see hegol-
noun, Cottonwood tree
see hegol-
see hegol-
see hegol-
e-class trans, verb, to say, to tell;
cative forms, 13.141.1F(13); 2 s,
hades, 13.141.2A(2)d; passive hegey- or hegoy-,
3 s. indie, passive hi*? or hegi*?, 13.141.31; inten-
sive form (passive) higey- or hi-goy-, 13.152.1C;
irregular bipersonal forms, 13. 142. ID
hegelc, I hate the idea of (doing something), 13.151.51
noun, spoon, seraper
noun, month
see hegol-
noun, flying squirrel
see hegol-
e-elass trans, verb, lu sa^, to speak to
noun, yerba buena
e-class trans, verb, to shout; incr. pi. -e?m(-)
noun, paddle
see heg-
see hegol-
see hegol-
noninflected verb,
inalienable noun,
see hegol-
see hegol-
see hegol-
see hegol-
noun, eating basket
four form inalienable noun, fishing rock, claim,
title. 11.354
e-class trans, verb, to find; passive hek^sel- (incr.
pi. hekWseli?m(-)), 13.141.3H; irregular biper-
sonal forms, 13. 142. ID
noun, whale
adverb, exelamative, here I
noun, cooking paddle
e-class intr. verb, to dance; incr. pi, -e?m(-)
1 . see hegol-
2. = hai, adverb exelamative, heyl
look!
stop!
adverb, in the mountains
to welcome, to greet
nephew. 11.354
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
199
helkik(s)
he4-kik ni nah
heikik ni knu'U
heikik weroy
he4ku(s)
heikusleg
herikw
herikW(on-)
herpuc
herpun
hes
hes-
hesi
*hew
kus Icew
hewec-
ta'^ani'? newecek,
heweikeloy(p-)
hewoloc-
wonoye'?ik lo'^l
kewolocelc
hewolon
hewomes
hewomop-
hewonel
hewon )
hewoni /
hewono*?
heyomoks-
heyomoksiSon
heyomus
he9in
he^mi*'
he'^wel-
he^wonek
he'^wonil-
he*?woni4k^en-
hicmey
hicoy
hikoc
hikoh
hikon )
hikoni j
hiko'?cuk
adverb, inland, in the mountains, 15.6
red huckleberry (berry in the mountains), 14.43
mountain hawk, 14.43
the river from the mountains, the Klamath River
adverb, ashore, on land, 15.6
noun, dried surf fish; compound helkus + leg(a*y-),
9.24
noun, cough
e-class intr. verb, to cough
noun, ant
noun, mint
adverb, sent, part., interrogation, 15.731
see has-
= hasi, preposition, toward, 16. 2E
inalienable noun, name, 11.354
what is your name?
e-class intr. verb, to live, to be healthy, to get well
noninflected stena used with pron. pref . s *hew in
the phrases kelomek new, Icew, I, etc. ann worrie
(my living is twisted), 13.141.4G
etc. I, etc., am hot and bothered (my living is hot)
e-class intr. verb, to get up; noninflected plural,
hu-wel. 13.141.1F(ll)f
e-class intr. verb, to live, to survive, to get well;
pron. pref. forms also used as nouns, = soul
your soul flies to heaven
noninflected verb, to heal, to cure
noun, a plant (sp.) made into humonah by pounding in
hot water
e-class intr. verb, to be warm
noun, red eagle
adverb, first, at first
noun, condor (bird)
e-class intr. verb, to be lucky
noun, lucky person
noun, skunk
see hegol-
noun, pigeon
e-class intr. verb, to wake up (intr.)
noun, wild oats
e-class intr. verb, to wake up (intr.), to be awake;
intensive form hu'*?wonii-, 13.152.2A
e-class trans, verb, to wake up (trans.)
adverb, the day before yesterday (cf . cmeyan,
yesterday)
below, underneath
adverb, across (water)
adverb, across (water)
adverb, formerly, once (frequently first word in stories
adverb, across (water)
200
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
himar
himarkik
hima'?rkuk
himec
himec-
himek-
co*? himeko*?m
kepewomelc
himen
himeni
himenomi
himo^rep-
himoreyow-
himo-re'>y
nerecu-'?moh
himacaw-
himaks-
hinahpc
h ink ah
hinoy
hinoy son(ow-)
hinoy ni son(ow-
hinoy ni soninep
hinoyk(s)
hipcoh
hipec
*hip4
hipur 'I
hipureyow /
hir )
hirkik j
hitoy
hiwoh
hiwon
hi*?
hi'^monem-
hi-gey-
hi-goy
ho
hogec
hogecoy
hogi-s-
hohco'*?
hohkenci
hohkep-
hohkum
adverb, below, underneath; himar takes pron. prefs.,
15.4
adverb, in front; takes pron. prefiS. 15.4
second type o-class intr. verb, to hurry (going
somewhere)
second type o-class intr. verb, to hurry (doing
something)
hurry up with your cooking!
adverb, quickly
e-class intr. verb, to run quickly; altern. nonin-
flected plural himo*?omah, 13.141.1F(1 l)f
first type o-class intr. verb, to hurry (going some-
where)
we paddled quickly (our paddling was quick)
e-class trans, verb, to weave (baskets) quickly
e-class intr. verb, to hurry (going somewhere)
adverb, behind (a person); of, naihpcuh
noun, small acorn
adverb, after, behind; takes pron. prefs., 15.4
to be backward
) to be backward
to feel inferior
adverb, after, behind, 15.6
noninflected verb, to sift
adverb, up river, upstream; takes pron. prefs., 15.4
four form, inalienable noun, tongue, 11.354
adverb, northward, toward the (Klamath) river mouth
adverb, inland; hirkik takes pron, prefs., 15.4
adverb, here
adverb, across the sea
adverb, above
see hegol-
e-class trans, verb^ to pack
see hegol-
1. p.v.p., past time, 14.21 No. 1
2. p.v.p., to, 14.21 No. 28
3. preposition, to, 16. 2A
noun, star
noninflected verb, to be starry (night)
e-class trans, verb, to wish
noninflected verb, to boast
noun, eleventh or twelfth month in old Yurok calendar
13.216
e-class intr. verb, to be in training
noun, tobacco
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
201
hoh(kum-)
'?o'?le4 hegoh
hohkus-
hohsep-
hoktketoy
holil
holii ka-(5
holim-
holoyu*?!
homonah
homtep-
nimi homte[5weci'k
hopkek-
hop4
hopew
hot mo n
hoyi-
hoylkep-
hoypiS-
ho*?golo*?
ho? mono*?
ho^ohCkol-)
ho*?olek
ho*?omoh
ho^omohtk-
ho*?op-
ho*?ow
ho-
le! ni yc
kecoyn hego*,
kecoyn hi'go*
ho-kck-
hO'kW(c-)
ho'la*?anek
ho'la*?anein-
holel
ku CO hegolel
ho'lelken-
ho-len-
e-class trans, verb, to make, to build, to repair, to
gather (flowers, etc.), to cause; passive hohkel-,
13,141.31
house builder, 13.141.61{2)c
e-class trans, verb, to judge, to settle a dispute
e-class intr. verb, to be ashamed
noninflected verb, to clean (fish, meat, etc.)
noun, hazel shoot (used in basket m.aking)
hazel
e-class trans, verb, to weave (baskets); noninflected
passive holimew, 13.141.3G
noun, water for soaking basket materials
noun, live oak
e-class trans, verb, to play, to play with
he is careful (does not play) with his money
second type o-class trans, verb, to begin; incr. pi.
hopke'?m(-), 13.141.1F(ll)c
noun, deer sinew
noun, (site of) Klamath
noun, baby rabbit
adverb, exclamative, oh', heyl hellol abnormal
f hpnpjp^cal structure, 5
e-class intr. verb, to flap (intr.), to roll around;
noninflected plural, hoylkah, 13.141.1F(ll)f
e-class intr. verb, to have an itch
noninflected verb, to shake (intr.)
noun, tan oak
e-class impersonal verb, to be dark
noun, brake fern
1 . noun, injury
2. iinninflecting verb, to be hurt
second type o-class trans, verb, to hurt
e-class trans, verb, to make a fire; altern. nonin-
flected plural ho9omah, to make fire together,
13.141.1F(ll)f
noun, cedar
noninflected verb, to go, to travel
(poor) white man (one who travels around)
sun (day traveler), 13.152.2C, 13.141.6l(2)c
second type o-class trans, verb, to chip obsidian
blades
e-class intr. verb, to gamble; alternative incr. plurals
-e?m(-) or -i?m(-), 13.141 .lF(ll)e; 1 and 2 dual
ho-kWce'?loh, ho-kwce'^lu?, 13.144.1
noun, objects of value buried with the dead
e-class trans, verb, to bury with objects of value
1. noun, seed, garden; locative ho*le4ik, 11.342
2. noninflected verb, to sow, to plant
planting time
e-class trans, verb, to stir or bank a fire
e-class trans, verb, to wear (clothes); 3 s. and pi.
attrib. ho-le*?ni§, 13.141.6F
202
holenek^
ho-leni(c-)
ho'lep-
ho-le?m(-)
ho'liS
ho'loh
ho-lopin-
ho'loy-
ho'lo't-
ho-lu-1
ho-lu'Kes-)
ho'inel-
ho'recew-
wo'?ik ho-recew-
ho*rek^ec-
ho'ret
ho*re'?mos
hoToks-
ho'ro'?r(ep-)
hoTur-
hoTurei-
ho?y(ket-)
hagik^sawah
hagamcap-
haga-WJi
haltay-
hak^taks
\^.j.^y^ah wenep
hdi^^sh '^upi'S
haikah
*hapa*?n
hawJsk^ay-
huhuhurcin
humcor
hum-
humonah
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
third person sing, verb form (3 pi. ho-leckenek^),
to lie in water (cf. ho-le*?m(-)), 13.141.1F(10)
second type o- class trans, verb, to inherit, to own
by inheritance
a-class verb, to rummage, to investigate
incr. plural verb, to go, to travel, to be around,
to fare (well or badly); compound ho* + le*?!!!-
(pl.ofheg-), 9.24; altern. 3 pi. pron. pref. form
(*?)wo-le*>melc, 13.141.4H
noninflected verb, to paddle
noun, basket (general term)
e-class trans, verb, to stir
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be twisted
(of a badly made basket in which the uprights are
not vertical), 13. 141. SB
e-class trans, verb, to wave (trans.)
noun, baggage
noninflected verb, to pack, to carry (a load)
e-class intr. verb, to be dizzy
e-class trans, verb, to weave (baskets)
to reach into (e.g., a receptacle)
e-class trans, verb, to carry on the back
noninflected verb, to quarrel, not to be on speaking tern
noun, animal
e-class intr. verb, to be cunning, to be clever
e-class intr. verb, to run around
e-class intr. verb, to wade; incr. pi. -i'?m(-);
? compound ho* + rur- (cf. 9.24)
e-class intr, verb, to feel sick
e-class trans, verb, to lose; passive ho**?ykel-,
altern. incr. pi. -im'?(-), 13.141.31, 3 s. and
pi. attrib. ho-^yldeni. 13.141.6H
noninflected verb, to smile
e-class intr. verb, to be unfaithful in marriage
noun, flowering dogwood
e-class intr. verb, to hide (intr.); incr. pL -e*?m(-)
noun, small basket used as drinking cup
noun, rabbit
pale sweet pea (rabbit's wild parsley)
peas (rabbit's peas)
noun, brodiaea bulb
four form inalienable noun, nose, 11.354
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be rough,
to be blistered, 13,141.3C
noninflected verb, to be fresh (food, etc.)
noninflected verb, to itch
noun, a bird of the wren species (said to be onomato
poeic)
noninflected verb, to welcome, to greet
second type o- class intr. verb, to sweat in a sweat-
house; altern. a-modifying inflections, 13. 141. IF
noun, hewomes pounded in warm water and used for
bathing and purifying
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
203
humonep-
hunkek(s-)
hunow-
hunowom(c-)
hunoyol
hupupos
hupo'
hufSo- ni hall^ah
hu*?uh
hu-k )
hu'ksoh /
mew ah hu*k
wa'^yas hu-k
hu-wel
hu-*?wonii-
e-class intr. verb, to get warm; noninflected plural
humonah, 13.141.1F(ll)f
second type o-class trans, verb, to open (trans.);
3 s. indie, -o*?. 13.141.1B(5)
first type o-class intr. verb, to boil (intr.), to sprou'
to grow; 3 s. and 1, 2, 3 pi. indie, hune^m,
13.141.1F(12)
altern. noninflected stem with -eg- infix hegun, to
grow in a habitat (plants), 13.151.4
e-class trans, verb, to bring up, to rear
noninflected verb, to change into other beings (intr..
used of animals, etc. in stories)
noun, a big black bug
noun, Hupa
black-tailed jack rabbit (Hupa rabbit)
nut
noun, child
son (boy child)
daughter (girl child)
see hewe4keloy(p-)
see he'^wonil-
-ik
-in
-ip-
-ipew
-i*?
(-e-/)-i*?i-
(-a-/)-i'?i-
I
1. locative inflection, sonae nouns, 11.342
2. 3 s. and pi. attrib. inflection, some verbals,
13.141.6H, 13.223
stem vowel bipersonal conjugation. Is. 2s., Ipl. 2fl
1 s. 2 pi., 1 pi. 2 pi., e-class verbs except those
with stems ending im- or um-; with these latter
verbs -i- is stem vowel for all the specific biper-
sonal inflections, 13.142.1
subject pronoun inflection 3 s. Is. pron. pref,
(secondary set), bipersonal conjugation, e- and
o-class verbs, 13.142.3B
locative inflection, some nouns, 11.342
1. 3 s. and (nonincr.) pi. attrib. inflection, e-class
verbs, 13.141.6A
2. subject pronoun inflection 2 s. Is. imperative,
bipersonal conjugation, o-class verbs and e-class
verbs with stems ending im- or um-, 13.142.2
reflexive stem formative, e-class verbs with stems
ending im-, 13. 143. IB
reciprocal stem formative e-class verbs with stems
ending im-, 13.143.2B
3 s. indie, passive inflection, e- and o-class verbs,
13.141.3A
intensive vowel alternation, verbs with stems begin-
ning ?e, 13.152
intensive vowel alternation, verbs with stems begin-
ning ? a, 13.152.2F
204
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
(-e-/)-i--
(-a-/)-i-
e-class plural increment, 13. 141. IE
intensive vowel alternation, verbs with e as first
vowel in stem, 13.152
intensive vowel alternation, verbs with s as first
vowel in stem, 13.152.2F
K
kahc-
kahkah
kahkah wenep
kahselop-
kahselum-
ka'?a'?n
ka*?ar
kaoa-l
ka'meg(e4-)
ka-mei
ka-m.e4kes-
ka-mes
ka-mes wanah
ka-mes *?uka-f5
knewe*?lononi
*?welu4 ka-mes
ka*mes hegor
ka-mewet-
ka'mil-
ka-moh
ka-mok
ka*moksim-
ka-mop-
ku '^o ka*mopin
ka'mo*?m(ol-)
ka'munow-
ka-mu*ks
ka'p
ka-pei
ka-fSolii-
ka-fSoliik^emoy-
kece'^w
kecoy-
kecoyn hego*,
kecoyn higo*
e-class trans, verb, to sew; incr. pi. kahcu'*?m(-)
or kahcpu-*?m(-), 13.141 .1F( ll)a; noninflected
passive kahcemew, 13.141.3G
noun, sturgeon
hog's fennel (sturgeon*s wild parsley)
e-class intr. verb, to feel strange
e-class trans, verb, to forget
noun, blanket: altem. stem with pron. prefs. -ka*?,
11.355
noun, pet
noun, (debt) slave
e-class impersonal verb, to be bad weather
noun, dirt, grave, graveyard
e-class intr. verb, to be dirty, to be rough
noun, evil creature, shark
slim Solomon (shark's berry)
skunk cabbage (shark's leaves)
(long-mouthed) shark
= ka-moh (shark's mop-tli)
e-class intr. verb, to aave a bad taste in one's mouth
e-class intr. verb. %o dream the doctor's dream
noun, twelfth or thirteeatfa month in old Yurok calen-
dar, 13.216
noninflected verb, to be disliked
e-class trans, verb, to dislike
e-class impersonal verb, to be rough water
rapids
e-class intr. verb, to stink; 3 s. and pi. attrib.
ka*mo'?mononi, 13-141,6H
first type o-class intr, verb, to grow badly; 3 s.
and 1, 2, 3 pi. indie. ka-mune*?m, 13.141 .1F(12)
noun, bastard
noun, leaf
noun, brush (vegetation)
e-class intr. verb, to be brushy, to be covered in
scrub
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be wild
(animals), 13.141.3B
noun, cover on baby basket
e-class passive inflecting impersonal verb, to be day-
light, 13. 141. 3B; 3 s, attrib. kecoyn, day, 13.141.6G
sun (day traveler), 13.141 .6I(2)c
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
kecoyk
kecoyi
keges
keget
kegey
kege'?y(pei-)
kegoh
kegor
kego*?si
kego'^sneg
kekelepinew
keke'?y(ei-)
kekWon-
kekWono't-
kekWsah
kelac
kelew
keli*?
kelok
kelomek
kelomek new, kew,
wew
kelomei
kelomen-
kelomoh
kelonio?(op-)
keikem
kelpen-
kelpey-
kem
kem-
kemey-
kemeyonem-
kemol-
kemoloc-
kemoroy
kenilcWec(-)
keniini
kenumi
adverb, all day, by day
noun, day
noun, surf fish, grunnion
noun, panther, mountain lion
noun, doctor
e -class impersonal verb, there is lightning
noun, acorn soup
noun, porpoise
see ko*?si
noun, seagull; compound kego'?s(i) + neg(ep-), 9.24
noninflected verb, to be knocked over; additional
3 s. and pL indie, forms kekelepinek^ and
kekelepineckenek^, to be bowled over by water,
13.141.1F(10)
e-class intr. verb, to shine
second type o- class intr. verb, to break (intr.); 3 s.
indie, -o*?, 13.141.1B(5)
e-class trans, verb, to break (trans.)
noun, apron of bark
see ke*?!
pronoun, second person plural, you (pi.); comitative
form, kelewnoi, 11.212; locative form keya-^ik,
11.213
see ke^l
noun, goose
noninflected verb, to be twisted
I etc. am worried (see hewec-)
noun, fall, autunmn
e-class trans, verb, to turn (trans.); reduplicated
form kekelomen-, to turn several things
noninflected verb, to turn (intr.)
e-class intr. verb, to turn round (intr.)
noun, red clay, floor
e-class intr. verb, to be thick (cloth, etc.); 3 pi.
indie, kelpenol, 13.141.1F(13); 3 s. and pi.
attrib. keipeni, 13.141.6H
first type o-class intr, verb, to lose control of
oneself at the doctor dance
adverb, also, even, again
e-class trans, verb, to steal
e-class intr. verb, to go home; incr. pi. -e*?m(-);
1 and 2 dual keme'^yoh, keme'?yu'?, 13,144.1
e-class trans, verb, to take home
e-class trans, verb, to steal; with -eg- infix kegemol-,
to be a thief, 13.151.5
e-class trans, verb, to be jealous, to envy; intensive
form ki-gemoloc-, to be jealous by nature, 13.152.2C
adverb, secretly
second type o=class trans, verb, to steer (a boat);
incr. pi. -u-?m(-), 13.141 .lF(ll)b
p.v.p., emphatic negative, 14.32 No. 41
adverb, exactly
206
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
kepceniS
kepoyur-
kepsc-
keptoh
kefJeyl
kefJeylk^el-
ke(5o4
ker
kerkel
keromeca'?
keromekin-
keromeUWoyS
keromoh
kerpeyew-
kesel-
kesi
keski(s)
keskik
kesomewel-
kesomewep-
-kesomewet
kesomewt-
kesomuy
ke{ey
ku *?o kegeley
ke{ke{ey-
keioh
ketoksil
ke^op-
kekl-
kewoy
key(celcin-)
keycek
keycok(sim-)
keycoksimeU ne-
tikWohsok
keyoh ^
keyohkemoh j
keyom
ke*?!
ke*?letulow-
ke^moh
ke*?mohpec-
fawn
e-class intr. verb, to swim; incr. pi. -i'?ni(-)
second type o-class trans, verb, to lie in ambush
for; nonincr. pi, kepscoh, etc., 13,l4l .1F( ll)b
noun, horse neck, Washington clam,
noninflected verb, to be deaf
second type o-class trans, verb, to deafen
noun, house pit
noun, key (cf. keromekin-)
noun, ring-tailed civet
noun, sugar pine tree
e-class trans, verb, to twist, to lock
noninflected verb, to control water, to turn off
1 . noninflected verb, to turn round (of awheel, etc., intr.
2. noun, vehicle (< 1, above)
e-class intr. verb, to be crazy
to feel lonely
14.21 No. 17
e-class intr. verb,
p.v.p., future time,
adverb, down, 15.6
adverb, down
e-class intr. verb,
e-class intr. verb.
to be homesick
to be lonely
inalienable noun, left (hand, side, etc.), 11.354
e-class intr. verb, to be homesick
noun, death, corpse
noninflected verb, to park, to moor
mooring place
e-class intr. verb, to lie (boats)
noninflected impersonal verb, there is a lagoon
noninflected impersonal verb, the land is flat
e-class intr. verb, to be in a pot (food), to be barked
(shins)
e-class intr. verb, to form a pool, to forna a lake;
reduplicated form ke{ke{ul-, impersonal verb,
there is a series of lakes
noun, burden basket; with pron. prefs, -kew is
singular, -kewoy plural, 11.355
e-class intr. verb, to sit, to ride
noninflected verb, to be tired
e-class intr. verb, to act on purpose
I broke it on purpose
noun, early fall, early autumn (before kelomel)
noun, dipper basket
pronoun, second person singular, you (s.); emphatic
form keli*?, 11.21; objective form kelac, 11.211;
com-itative form kela^ai, 11.212; locative form
lteya-?ik, 11.213
first type o-class trans, verb, to release (involun-
tarily)
noun, bailer
e-class trans, verb, to bail out
YUROK-ENGLISH L^fflCON
207
ke*?inow
ke'^win
ke*?win wanah
ke*?yolew
ku ho ke'?yolew
ke'?yonem-
ki
ki "^ela
kic
kiki
kikai
kikaikin-
kikWten
kik^tenomoy-
ki4
kim
kim SO'
kim so- ro'lc^s
kim soninep-
kim so'(s-) mel
kimi
kim,inep-
kimk-
kimol- )
kimolahp- /
kimolep-
kimol-
kimjlu'^rwjy-
kim.so"k
kimten
kipun
kisen
kit
kiti
kitkah
nimi kitkah wegoli
kitk^ela
kitkWo
kito
kitowco'?
kitu
kitwaijy§
noun, food; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -ke*?m.
11.355
noun» eel
Indian peach (eel's berry)
noninflected verb, to spit
spittoon
e-class trans, verb, to release
p.v.p., future time, 14.21 No. 10
habitual action. 14.31 Group 29
p.v.p., past time continuing into, or with effect on,
the present, 14.21 No. 2
p.v.p.
1. subsequent occurrence in future time, 14.21 No. 4:
2. all (future time), 14.21 No. 41c, 14.31 Group 143
noninflected verb, to be dislocated (joint)
e-class trans, verb, to dislocate
noun, moss, rotten wood
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be mossy,
13.141.3B
contraction of ki mel, p.v.p. group, 14.31 Group 34t
adverb, badly
badly, very
it is terribly windy
to feel bad, to regret
to dislike (to think badly about)
p.v.p.. negative with reference to time, 14,22 No. 43c
e-class intr. verb, to feel bad
second type o-class trans, verb, to treat badly, to
harm, to spoil, to punish
e-class intr. verb, to be bad
indie • kimolep
and pi. attrib.
to be winter
e-class intr. verb, to be bad; 3
orkimole'^n, 13.141.1F(5); 3
kimoleni, 13.141.6H
e-class intr. verb, to be dirty
e-class intr. verb, to be ugly
noun, bad news
noun, rubbish
1. noun, winter
2. noninflected impersonal verb
1 . noun, summ.er
2. noninflected impersonal verb, to be summer
p.v.p., near future time, 14.21 No. 14
p.v.p., future time, 14.21 No. 13
noninflected verb, to be strong, to be able
he is too weak to walk
p.v.p.. still, 14.21 No. 23
p.v.p., still (not) yet. 14.31 No. 14
p.v.p., to want to, 14,21 No. 16
conjunction, even if, although, 17.2F
p.v.p.. future time, 14.21 No. 15
adverb, very, excessively; with pron
forms. 13.141.4K(l)c
pref. verb
208
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
ki'gemoloc-
ki'4
kla*moks-
klew
klewolul
kle*?upoh
klohstoy-
kloypey-
kmoyi(kes-)
knek^omeyt-
knetknet
knewetiU
knewe*?l(on-)
knewolek
knewolek-
knewolep-
knewoleta*?
knewoletew
knewolop- |
knewolopil- /
knok(sini-)
knapayak
knu^logel-
knu'u
koC?)
kocpoks-
kohcah
kohca-wec
kohcel-
kohcemoyl
kohcemo*?-
kohcew
koh(cew-)
kohcewec
kohcewei
kohci
kohcamays
kohpey
kohtelc
kohtepir
kohtey
see kemoloc-
noun, redwood tree
e-class intr. verb, to leak
noun, waterfall
noninflected verb, to fall (water)
noun, clover
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to overhang,
13.141.3B
first type o-class trans, verb, to taste (trans.)
e-class intr, verb, to lie down, to die; incr. pi.
-i'?m(-)
e-class trans, verb, to leave
noun, arrowhead, cartridge; altern. stem form
with pron. prefs., -knet, 11.355
numeral, first element of compound numerals, eighi
first type o-class intr. verb (adj.), to be long, to be
tall, to be high (plants, etc., trees, etc., body
parts, clothes, utensils), 13.221; 3 s. and pi.
attrib, knewe*?lononi, 13.223
noun, sea serpent
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be long (worms, ropes,
etc.), 13.221
= knewolop-, knewolopil-, to be tall (human beings),
13.221
noun, eighth month in old Yurok calendar, 13.216
noun, middle (long) finger
see knewolep-
e-class trans, verb, to leave
noun, leavings, remainder
e-class intr. verb, to be deep
noun, hawk; pi. knu*uwerel, 11.31
p.v.p., past or future time, 14.21 No. 24
e-class trans, verb, to think over, to meditate
numeral, one (shoe), 13.212
noun, sixth month in old Yurok calendar, 13.216
noun, soaproot, large brodiaea bulb
nunaeral, one day, 13.211
second type o-class intr. verb, to be somewhere
for one day, 13.212; 3 s. indie. -olcW or -o'?l,
13.141.1B(4)
numeral, first element of compound numerals, six
second type o-class trans, verb, to catch; 3 s.
indie. kohce'?w or kohcewo*?!!!, 13,141.1F(5)
noun, first month in old Yurok calendar, 13.216
noninflected verb, to be full
numeral adverb, once, 13.211
numeral, one arm's length, 13.211
noun (site of) Crescent City
numeral, one (worm, rope, etc.), 13.211
num^eral, one (plant, etc.), 13.211
numeral, one (dentalium length measurement), 13,21
num.eral, one (boat), 13.211
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
209
kohte*?!!
kohte*?r
kohtoh
kohtoks
kohtonah
kohto"(lis-
kokonew
kokonewe*?l(on- )
kokos
koko*?yopah
kolci
kolin
kolin namam
kolo )
koloni /
kolo(ni) has-,
kolo(ni) hes-
kolo(ni) lo'^ogey
kolo kiti numi
ka-meg
kolokWin
koma
mos koma *?oicW
kohcew koma
coTTioyi ku ki
*?werohsek
kom.(cum.-)
kom.ine p-
komtenep-
nimi komtenep
kor-
korpew-
kos )^
kos*?ela /
kos'?elason )
kos*?elson j
kotkoti*>r
kotkoti*?r *?usegon
koxuskini
koweco
koweco no',
kowico no*
numeral, one (house), 13.211
numeral, one (tree, etc.), 13.211
numeral, one (round thing), 13.211
nunaeral, one (flat thing), 13.211
nunaeral, one (piece of money), 13.211
second type o-class trans, verb, to hit; altern. incr.
pi. -o-'?m(-), 13.141.1F(ll)e
noun, redheaded woodpecker
first type o-class intr. verb (adj.), to be long(tufted
things, grass, hair, etc.), 13.221; 3 s. and pi.
attrib. kokonewe'^lononi, 13.223
noun, mother; vocative form kok, 11.32
noninflected verb, to waddle
conjunction, whenever, 17.21
indefinite pronoun, one (of a number); used adverbi-
ally, in one place, 15.98
one of my sons
adverb, it seems, it looks like, probably
to suspect (to seem to think)
to be blackish
it looks like being very bad weather
adverb, very
adverb, hard, for long, very, still; with days series
of numerals, before
there is none left
it was six days before the spearing
e-class trans, verb, to know
e-class trans, verb, to feel; noninflected plural
kominah, 13.141.1F(ll)f
e-class intr. verb, used after negative p.v.ps., to be
blind; noninfledted plufal komtenah, 13.141.1F(ll)f
he is blind
e-class intr. verb, to survive
e-class intr. verb, to be alone
sentence introductory adverb, I hope that . . . ,
may it be that ... 1 15.712
Sentence introductory adverb, I hope that . . . ,
may it be that ... 1; with pron. pref. verb
forms, 15.713
1. noun, a plant (sp.) ? wild celery
2. noninflected verb, to jump up and down
gambleweed (likekotkoti'^r 1), 13.16
conjunction, however, whatever, 17. 2J
z kowico, sentence introductory adverb, don'tl ,
15.711
stop (doing something)'. , 14.21 No. 36
210
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
kowey
kowico
kowi§
kowiSco*?
kowiStewol
koy )
koypoh /
numi koy
koyku'*?l
ko*?
ko*?l wi§
ko*?! so'k
ko*?l son(ow-)
ko*?li§
mos ko*?li§
ko'?lsonkei
ko*?ini
ko*?ni(oy-)
ko^oh
ko^omec
ko*?oyew- 1^
ko'^oyum- j
ko*?r
ko^ses
ko?si
ko'4
ko-ra*?
ko'si
ko-yc(kw-)
ko''?(op-)
kri'C
kag-
kagac-
kjga? jmac-
kagu'k
kic kagu'k
kahpin |
kahpa*? J
kahpin *?usegon
adverb, exclamative, don't do that!
see koweco
noun, stick
noninflected verb, to thank
noun, cemetery
adverb, in the morning, early
at dawn
noun, hollow rock (lucky)
see ko(*?)
indefinite pronoun, something, someone; with nega-
tive p.v ,ps. no one, nothing; used adverbially,
sonaewher e , 1 5 .96
sonieone
something, 11.23
to die (euphemism used of human beings; lit., to do
something)
indefinite pronoun, used with mos
no one
noun, regalia, wedding present
adverb, very, excessively
first type o-class trans, verb, to hear; altern. incr.
pi. -o-'?m(-), 13.141.1F(ll)f; intensive form
kego'?m(oy-), to hear regularly, to be an inter-
preter, 13.151,5D
see ko''?(op-)
noun, Orleans Indian
e-class trans, verb, to ask, to hire, to request
numeral, one (human being, body part, utensil,
stream, piece of clothing), 13.211
noun, crab
= ko'si, adverb, all over, everywhere, everything;
with -eg- infix kego'^si, everywhere, 15.1
noninflected verb, to be open
numeral, one (human being, body part, utensil,
stream, piece of clothing), 13.211
= ko'^si, adverb, all over, everywhere, everything;
takes pron. prefs., 15.42
second type o-class trans, verb, to buy
e-class intr. verb, to stand; noninflected plural
ko-^oh, 13.141.1F(ll)f
noun, a plant (sp.) used as a herb
second type o-class intr. verb to be alone; 3 s.
indie. -o'?(-a?), 13.141 .1B(5), 13.141.1F(1)
e-class trans, verb, to r nw
e-class intr, verb, to s^ oak Kard^
noninflected impersonal verb, a round is won (in a
game)
that round is over
thimbleberry tree
a tree with fluttering leaves used in a medicine (like
a thimbleberry tree), 13.16
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
211
kahta*?in(k-)
kahtjpi*?
kahta'?ay4
kahtJ'^a'^y
kjhtJ[*?y
kakacp-
kakj*>wjk
kjkj*?wak cikWar
kaka'^wakWs-
kjku'?yamjy(k-)
kaku*?ya*?
kalamakal
kalamaw
kai
kjlkah
kamataw
kamsal
kJtk-
katkal
kjtaksin-
kdia'^j.y
kjwagas
kawayah
kay
kaycagah
kaycai
kjyamah
ka*?niakWs
ka'?yawet-
ka-cah
kj'can-
kj'milc
kaTnaca*?
ka'nia4(kap-)
ka*nit
ku
kuckuc
kucos
kurnkurn
kus
kus no'^oi
kus no*i
kus so-
second type o-class trans, verb, to hit on the head
numeral, one (tool, etc.), 13.211
numeral, one (aninnal or bird), 13.211
second type o-class intr. verb, to menstruate; 3 s.
indie, -o*? (-a*?), 13.141 .1B(5), 13.141.1F(1)
noninflected verb, to rock (trans, and intr.)
rocking chair
e-class intr. verb, to be cranky (of a boat)
e-class intr. verb, to flow crookedly (of a river,
etc.)
1. noun, zigzag design on baskets
2. noninflected verb, to be crooked
noun, pistol
noninflected verb, to turn inside out (trans.); cf.
kelomen-, 9,21
noun, earring
noun, small turtle
noun, little finger
noun, large white edible mushroom
e-class intr. verb, to go trout fishing; incr. pi.
-i*?m(-)
noun, trout fishing pole; altera, stem with pron.
prefs. -kat, 11.355
e-class trans, verb, to put a lid on
noun, lid
noninflected verb, to be bald
noun. Wrist
noun, chin, jaw
noun, braids, hairtie
noun, mink
noun, ring-tailed civet
noun, skull
noun, tan-oak mushroom
e-class trans, verb, to release
noun, mountain ridge
e-class intr. verb, to be ridgy (country); 3 s. and
pi. attrib kj'cjni, 13.141.6H
numeral, first element of compound numerals, nine
noun, ninth nnonth in old Yurok calendar, 13.216
e-class intr. verb, to be dirty (water)
noun, falcon
1. p.v.p., future time, 14.21 No. 11
2. article, the, that, who, which
noun, angleworm
noun, grandmother; vocative form kuc, 11.32
noun, the inside of a salmon's head
interrogative adverb, where?* when?, how?, which?
(of a specified set), 18. 3A
when?
how long?, how far?
how?
212
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
kus so'^n
kus sone*?in
kus sonowo*?in
kus sonowoni
kuscah
kuscah sonowoni
duci§
ku^y
kyah
ku ho kyegah
kolci kyah
kyahceni
kyahceniS
kyahto*?r
kya^ewol-
kya'^io-^
kyew
kye?w(ol-)
kyolpo**?
kyoyem-
kyanikat
kyus \
kyu? >
kyu^n )
kyu*? . . . we 4
what has happened?, what is the matter?
how are you?
what sort of?
interrogative adverb, used with son(ow-),
of?, 18.3A(3)
what sort
what sort of bird?
adverb, later
1. noninflected verb, to rise (sun or moon)
2. noun, spring (season)
east (where (the sun) always rises)
everymonth (whenever (the moon) rises)
attrib, noun, vernal, 11.36
noun, anything vernal
1 . noun, sweat
2. noninflected verb, to sweat
e-class intr. verb, to be a nuisance
noun, sore, ulcer; altern. stem with pron.
-kya*?, 11.355
adverb, there, yonder
e-class intr. verb, to capsize
noninflected verb, to fall over, to tumble
e-class trans, verb, to bend back (trans.)
noninflected verb, to sprain
adverb, there
there
prefs.
K
-k
^-
Ka-
ke-
kel
lcenego*?i
Itenroksim-
Icensonow-
lcenso*noksim-
-l^ep^ )
-kepcem /
altern. 1 s. indie, and 1. 2, 3 s. pron. pref. inflec
tion, e-class verbs with stems ending oy-, ey-,
ay-, ew-, 13.141.1F(8), 13.141.1F(9), 13.141.3A,
13.141.3C, 13.141.4A
second person pron. pref. , nouns and verbs with
stenas beginning with h, except hi, 11.353,
11.141.4C
vowel harmony form of second person pron. pref.,
nouns and verbs, 11.352, I3.141.4B
second person pron. pref., nouns and verbs, and
some adverbs, 11.351, 13.141.4A, 15.4
adverb, used with tomoy-, to be very young, to be
very small
adverb, frequently, at frequent intervals
e-class trans, verb, to trust, to admire
first type o-class intr. verb, to take care, to be
sensible; incr. pi. -o'?m(-)
e-class trans, verb, to dislike
inalienable noun, daughter-in-law, 1 1 .354
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
213
-ItefJew
Uerep
Iceso
ketkel
Uewen
kewet-
keya'*?ik
Hi
kirwala*? ay
kirwala*?ay son(ow-)
lcla'?lcla'?
Iclimow-
Icloyk-
ItO-kWg-
Ica-c )
lea-'? /
lia-
lea-
ka*c weci'Sep
Ida-c wanah
l£j-9 segon
Icyow
Icyoyk^on-
inalienable noun» grandchild, 11.354; plural -kepe-
woroh, 11.32
noun, widow
p.v.p., apparently, 14.21 No. 34
noun, sweet colt'sfoot
noun, widow who has cut her hair as a sign that she
will not marry again
e-class trans, verb, to wash, to dye; passive kewo-
loy-, 13.141.31
see ke*?!, kelew
article, the, this, who, which
noninflected verb, to be gray-haired
to be light gray, 13.161
noninflected verb, to drip (probably onomatopoeic)
first type o-class intr. verb, to feel ill; 3 s. and
1, 2, 3 pi. indie. lclime'?m, 13.141.1F(12)
e-class intr. verb, to wilt
vowel harmony form of second person pron. pref.,
nouns and verbs, 11.352, 13.141.4B
second type o-class trans, verb, to cut up, to split
(fish, etc.)
noun, blue jay
vowel harmony form of second person pron. pref.,
nouns and verbs, 11.352, 13.141.4B
noun, crow
lupin (crowds flower)
twinberry (crow's berry)
blackbird (like a crow), 13.16
noun, swan
e-class intr. verb, to be slimy (cf. tyoyk^on-); 3 s.
and pi. attrib. Icyoyk^oni, 13,141.6H
second person pron. pref., nouns with initial hVg,
except where V = i, 11.353
K"
k^ahley
k^ar
-k^a-
k^ecoyek^
k^egeru*?
k^eget
kWegokW
k^elas
k^ela-kw ;
kWela-k^s .
k^elekw ^
kwelokw /
k^ei
noninflected verb, to be taboo, to be forbidden
noun, nail (hammered)
inalienable noun, distant relative by marriage, 11.354
noun, ground squirrel, groundhog
noun, hog
noninflected verb, to visit; intensive form k^i-get,
13. 152. 2D
noun, raven, crow
pronoun, third person singular, he, she, it
pronoun, third person plural, they
adverb, sent, part., well, 15.734
adverb, sent, part., emphatic, 15.733
1. noun, chest (body part)
214
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
k^en 2 )
k^eni /
k^enomet
k^ere*?wey-
k^ere*>we'?y
k^escin
k^esi
k^esk^es-
k^es'^oyew-
k^etoyos
k^eyk^eyur
k^eyuc
k^ic
k^i-get
k^omkep-
k^omlec-
k^omlen-
k^om4o*?(oc-)
k^oyc-
k^oyteme*?!
k^o'>To'>r
k^ac
k^ahk^ayac-
k^al
kWam4ayah(s-)
kWanii'?a'?ac-
k^ayk^ayjc
k^jyah
k^ayaw-
k^aytJp
kWa9a9i7
k^j'mic
indefinite relative adverbs, 15.82
noun, part of sweathouse
e-class intr. verb, to have a pointed face, to have
a sharp tongue
noun, dugout (canoe, < above)
noun, strawberry
adverb, sentence connective, and then, and so,
15.724
e-class intr. verb, to have a cold; incr. pi. -u''?ni(-!
13.141.1F(ll)a
e-class trans, verb, to treat (used of prayer doctor)
noun, pear-shaped piece of wood put near fire in
wishing ill on someone
noninflected verb, to whistle
a bird now extinct
• k^ac, noun, a plant (sp.) with large leaves
see k^eget
e-class intr. verb, to groan
second type o-class intr. verb, to return; 3 s. indie,
-ok^ or -o*?!, 13.141.1B(4)a; 3 pi. pron. pref.
form *?ukWomie'?melc, 13.141.4H
e-class trans, verb, to bring back
e-class intr, verb, to return by water
second type o-class intr. verb, to go slowly; 3 s.
-okw, 13.141.1B(4)
noun, shoulder
noun, candlefish
= k^ic, noun, a plant (sp.) with large leaves
e-class intr. verb, to whistle
noun, image
second type o-class intr. verb, to turn round (intr.)
e-class trans, verb, to drive back, to drive away
noun, screech owl
noun, whistle (sound)
e-class intr. verb, to whistle (esp. in calling some-
one)
noun, an edible plant with white flowers
noun, towhee (bird)
noun, small abalone found on rocks
lahc-
('?)lahpsew
la*?ase4
la--
la-moi-
la-s
e-class trans, verb, to launch; passive lahcel-,
13.141.3H
noun, plate; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -"^lah,
11.355
noun, a poisonous plant (sp.)
first element of several compounds, along, 9.24
e-class intr. verb, to make a noise by pounding,
etc.
noun, road; locative la'si, 11.342
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
215
la-y-
la-yekah
la'yekin
la-yek^
la'yoh
la*yol-
Ia*yoIum-
la'yoneckenek^ )^
la-yonek^ j
la-yop-
la-yo*?
la*yo*?omah
lec-
leckec-
lecken-
legec
legemem
lekah
leket-
lekitav
lekol-
lekomeyt-
lekoy-
ce'^mek^ lekoyo*?
leko"(s-)
leko*(t-)
lek^(s)
lek^ol-
kolo "^ema lek^o*?4
'?uineyk^elu'*>in
lek^seg
lek^sKs)
lek^sik
lek^temeK-)
lelkel-
e-class intr. verb, to pass; incr. pi. -e*?m(-); add-
itional 3 s. and pi. indie, forms la'yonek^, la-yo-
neckenek^, to pass on water, 13.141.1F(10); al-
tern. noninflected plural la-yo'^omah, to pass in
a group, 13.141.1F(ll)f; 3 pi. pron. pref. form
('?)wela-ye'?mek, 13.141.4H; additional 3 s. and
pi. attrib. la*yoni, used with wogi and wo*?ik, =
half, 13.141.6H
noun, used in wonu *?wela*yekah, rainbow
noun, line, stripe
noun, road, trail, path
noun, river
e-class intr. verb, to fly; incr. pi. -i*?m(-)
e-class trans, verb, to teach; altern. passive la*yo-
lumel-, 13.141.31
see la-y-
e-class intr. verb, to flow, to run (liquids)
noninflected verb, to jump up and down, to pitch (of
a boat
see la-y-
second type o-class trans, verb, to knock down; non-
incr. pi. lecoh etc., 13.141.1F(ll)b
second type o-class trans, verb, to pull out
e-class trans, verb, to knock down
noun, mudhen
noun, pheasant
1 . noun, measure of length
2. noninflected verb, to measure
e-class trans, verb, to pick up
noun, back (body part)
e-class intr. verb, to fall down; 3 s
13.141.1F(5); 3 s. and pi. attrib.
e-class trans, verb, to put; passive lekomey- (3 s
indie, lekome'^y), 13.141.31
second type o- class intr. verb, to flow; 3 s. indie
-o*?, 13.14 1.1B(5)
(the water) is sluggish (flows little)
second type o-class trans, verb "I
e-class trans, verb /
passive leko'mel- or leko-moy-
sive form li-ko-(t-), 13.152. IC
adverb, outside, 15.6; takes pron. prefs., 15.4
e-class intr. verb, to fall in (buildings etc.), to fill
the air (noises); 3 s. indie. lek^o*?n or lek^o*?4,
13.141.1F(5); 13.152.2A
their wailing seemed to fill the air
noninflected impersonal verb, there is a path
adverb, outside, 15.6
adverb, outside
e-class trans, verb, to dig
trans, verb, to bury, to bake
indie. leko*?n,
lekoni, 13.141.61
to stab
13.141.31; inten-
216
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
lelkeloy
leikem-
leikemoy
leiken-
now lelken-
leiko-v
lelko"*? '?umey
leraegel-
lemol-
lenahpim-
lenewk^-
lenk^ei-
lepah(tep-)
lepel-
(o)lepoyewt-
leptenok
leptenoksii-
leptenoyl
('?)leptoyi
-let
letkol-
letk^eloS-
lewet
lewet-
lewk^enoi
lewoleyt-
lewol-
leyce4
leyes
leyolek^sa*?
-ley-?
le'?go'?
le*?loy-
le*?m(-)
le*?we4
noninflected verb» to crawl
second type o- class trans, verb, to wrap) in skunk
cabbage leaves (for cooking)
noninflected verb, to be misty
e-class trans, verb, to throw, to scatter; altern.
noninflected stem with -eg- infix legel, 13,151.4
to clear away
noninflected verb, to fall, t6 be h§ard (fiQises)
his weeping was heard
e-class impersonal verb, there is a noise
second type o-class intr, verb, to fish for eels;
incr. pi. -u''?m(-)
e-clasB trans, verb, to blame, to suspect
e-class intr. verb, to drift, to drown; 3 s. and pi.
indie, forms lenek^, leneckenek^, 13.141.1F(10);
intensive form (trans.) legenewk^-, to send logs
down a river, 13.151.5D
e-class impersonal verb, to be overcast, there is
an eclipse of the moon
e-class intr. verb, to stretch (intr.), to crawl along
e-class intr. verb, to ache
e-class intr. verb, to unbraid one's hair
noun, cloud
e-class impersonal verb, to be cloudy, to get cloudy
noninflected impersonal verb, to be cloudy, to be
misty
noun, hair; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -'?lep,
11.355
inalienable noun, sister, female cousin (of a woman),
11.354
e-class intr. verb, to fly; incr. pi. -i'?m(-)
second type o-class trans, verb, to drag along
noun, net; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -lew,
11.355
e-class trans, verb, to fish with a net; noninflected
plural, lu-?, 13.141.1F(ll)f
noninflected impersonal verb, to be cloudy
e-class trans, verb, to pull (a boat) through shallow
water by hand; passive lewoley- (3 s. indie.
lewole^y), 13.141.31
e-class impersonal verb, there is an earthquake
(cf , yewol -)
noun, blackberry
= le'^yes, noun, snake
noun, zigzag design on baskets
inalienable noun, brother (of a .voman), 11.354
noun, fisher (bird)
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to burn one-
self, to be burned, to be stung (by a nettle),
13.141.3B
see heg-
noun, house used at the making of the Fish Dam at
Kepel
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
21'
le9y \
le'^yes /
-lin
li'ko'mel-
li'ko'inoy-
li-ko-(t-)
loco'^m
lohk^oi-
lohp-
lop we*?lep
lohpil-
lohpin-
lohtun
lok(si4-)
nahksemi lok(si'?l)
kic nahksemi lok
to*?m
loks-
lol-
lolkey-
lo'?lip4
lo*?nco'>
lo^og
lo'^ogeni
lo'ogeni '?a-wah
sisonowoni
lo'?ogey(ow-)
lo?oge^r(on-)
lo*?omah
lo^op-
lo-
lo'gin
lo'liSoy
lo-t-
lagj'?!
lahpoyei
Ijpsuway-
laptanu'^rway-
Ia*>ga'?
la'^agah
= leyes, noun, snake
four-form inalienable noun, eye, 11.354
see leko'(t-)
noun, toad
e-class impersonal verb, to be dull weather
e-class intr. verb, to come in lum^ps
it is molting
e-class impersonal verb, the clouds gather (cf.
rohpil- , 9.23)
e-class trans, verb, to scrape out
noun, ling, snapper (fish)
e-class impersonal verb» to be a year
it is three years
he is now three years old
second type o-class trans, verb, to press down wit
a weight (cf. lo*?s-, 9.21)
e-class intr. verb, to fly; incr. pi. -i'?m(-)
e-class intr. verb, to marry (said of a widow who
m.arries again)
noun, chief builder of the Fish Dam at Kepel
noun, sting of insect, fang of snake
noninflected verb, to be greedy
noun, embers, coals
adverb, with other color words, dark
dark green
first type o-class intr. verb (adj.), to be black, to
be dark-colored (human beings, tools, etc.,
plants, etc., trees, etc., body parts, utensils,
clothes, worms and ropes, etc., flat things,
house, boats), 13.221
first type o-class intr. verb (adj.), to be black
(charred) (trees, sticks, etc.), 13.221: 3 s. and
pi. attrib. lo*?oge'?rononi, 13.223
see ro*?(op-)
e-class intr. verb, to burn (intr.).
second type o-class trans, verb, to cover, to hold
down (cf. loks-. 9.21)
noninflected verb, to be thrown
noun, the Fish Dam at Kepel
noninflected verb, to knit
e-class trans, verb, to throw
noun, buzzard
noun, saliva, spittle; altern. stem with pron. prefs
-lah, 11.355
e-class intr. verb, to be covered in mist
e-class impersonal verb, to be bad weather
noun, Negro
noninflected verb (adj J, to be black, to be dark-
colored (round things), 13.221
218
la^agjyl
-lu4
lumon
lu-k^oi-
lu-1
lu-woloy-
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be black, to be dark-
colored (animals and birds), 13.221; 3 s. and
pi. attrib, la'?aga'?yanani, 13.223
noninflected verb (adj.), to be black, to be dark-
colored (water), 13.221
noun, dark-skinned person
four-form inalienable noun, mouth, 11.354; altern.
locative form -luiik, 11.342
noun, eel trap
see lek^ol-
noun, long grass, iris stem (used for twine)
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to have cramp,
13.141.3B
le'^mekw
4k-
ku co(*?) 4ku-^mo'>w
4kek^ol-
Ikelikra*?
Ikelomoy-
4kelonah
4ke4
4keyom
4keyomoy-
4ke'?go"p
4ke'!*mah
4ki*gor
4ko4 )
4ko"lon /
4ko'lonkemoy-
1. locative inflection, nouns ending in vowel.s and
in ah, oh, ah, uh, 11.341
2. altern. 3 pi. indie, and pron. pref. inflection,
e-class verbs with stems ending ey-, iy-, oy-,
jy_, ew-, 13.141.1F(8), 13.141.1F(9). 13.141.3A,
13.141.4A
second type o-class trans, verb, to take, to fetch,
to catch; nonincr. or incr. pi. -o''?m(-),
13.141.1F(ll)e; 2 s. imperative 4*?os, 13.141.2A(2)
additional passive 4o"mel-, to have something
taken away, 13.141.31; reciprocal 4ego(h)pew, to
wrestle, to shake hands, to embrace ea(:h other,
13.151.3, 13.151.5D
noun, heel
second type o-class intr. verb, to gather acorns;
incr. pi. -u-'?m(-); 3 s. indie, -o, 13.l41.1B(5)
acorn harvesting tinae (when people gather acorns)
e-class intr. verb, to linap, to be lanae; 3 s. indie.
4kek^oVn, 13.141 .1F(5); 3 s. and pi. attrib.
4kekWoni, 13.141.6H
noun, shrew mole (cf. skelikra*?)
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be dirty,
13.141.3B
noun, place, world (usually with third person pron.
pref. (*?)we4kelonah)
noun, land, ground; locative 4kelik, 11.342
noun, clay
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be slimy
(water), 13.141.3B
noun, slug
noun, ladder, stepping stones
see 4kyork^-
noun, mud
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be muddy,
13.141.3B
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
219
Ikjikapic
4kj'?inakai{kin-)
Ika'^aniay
ikj'^amay-
IkJ'WJs
Ikyork^-
4kyork^i§on
Ik^atak^s
ik^atak^s-
4 me ye pi*? r
4meyk-
4meyonem-
4meyor(kW-)
4nieyow-
4o4pep-
4ow
4oy(k-)
-4pe4
4pagap
4'?ekW4*?ew
4*?enah
4'?ewk^oh
4?ohko4-
49o*?ronep-
4'?ac-
4*?akic
4'?a'?jmac-
4Vu4(kWon-)
noun, spotted fawn
e-class trans, verb, to knot, to tie^ reduplicated
form 4kam4kj'?maka4(kin-). to tie up in knots,
9.22
noun, war dance
e-class intr. verb, to sing a war dance song
noun, lizard
e-class trans, verb, to look at, to watch; incr. pi.
-e*?m(-): altern. noninflected stem with -eg-
infix 4kyegor, 13.151.4; intensive form 4ki-gor.
13.152.2C
noun, thing of beauty
noun, frog
e-class intr. verb, to spring back, to be supple
noun, rattlesnake
second type o-class trans, verb, to treat badly
e-class trans, verb, to frighten
second type o-class trans, verb, to fear
first type o-class intr. verb, to be mean (nasty), to
be bad (persons)
e-class intr. verb, to lower oneself down by one's
hands
adverb, at last
second type o-class trans, verb, to try; 2 s. im-
perative 4o*?ylcos, 13.141.2A(2)d
inalienable noun, eyelash, 11.354
noun, flounder (fish)
see 4*?ewk^oh
noninflected verb, to restrain oneself
noninflected verb, to be broken; reduplicated form
4'?ekW4*?ew, to be broken (of several things), 9.22
e-class impersonal verb, to thunder; altern. non-
inflected stem with -e'?g- infix 4*?e'?goh, 13.151.4
e-class intr. verb, to stop moving
second type o-class intr. verb, to hit bottom, to
stick on sand (of a boat); 3 s. indie, passive,
4'?aci*?, used impersonally, 13.141.3J
noun, large wild rose with big hips
e-class trans, verb, to stop (trans.)
e-class intr. verb, to explode (of a gun, etc.); 3 s.
and pi. attrib. 4'>u4kWoni, 13.141.6H
M
m-
ma
mah
mahkew
m.ahku4
ma*? ah
ma*?ahske4
fourth pref.. fgyr-fgrm inalienable nouns with stem
initial *h, 11.354
see me
noninflected verb, to pass
noun, salal bush
noun, salal berry
noun, spear
220
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
ina'?ah(sk-)
ma'?ah(skum-)
ma'?anor
ma*?epet-
ma*gin
(•?)nema*gin
ina*ma*?epet-
nia*{pol
ma*w-
ma-y
ma-y-
ma-yonew
ma*yo'?r
me
me-
mec
mec pa*? ah
meca'nep
mecewolo*?
mecken-
meclah
megel-
megenep-
meges
megesik
inegetoi(kw-)
megey *?o^rowi^
megeyo'
megil
ki megil hegolc
megi'^rep-
megi'goneinelc
megok^
mego'^oh
megjsik
meguc
mekey 'i
mekeyowok )
e-class trang. verb, to §p§§r; int§niive form
mi-ga^ah. 13.152.2C
noninflected verb, to be conceited, to show off
e-class trans, verb, to tie up, to be greedy for; non-
inflected passive ma*?epoyew, 13.141.3G; redupli-
cated form ma*m.a'?epet-, to tie right up, 9.22
noun, some, the rest, remainder
the rest of us
see ma'^epet-
plural noun, "senseless ones," used of children (cf,
{poi)
e-class intr. verb, to pay a fine (for an insult)
noninflected impersonal verb, to clear (weather)
e-class intr. verb, to pass; incr. pi. -e'?m(-); 3 pi.
pron. pref. form *?uma-ye*?melc, 13.141.4H.
noninflected verb, to pass on water; 3 s. and pi.
indie, forms ma-yonek^, ma*yoneckenek'^,
13.141.1F(10)
noninflected verb, to pass
= ma, p.v.p., past time, 14.21 No. 6
fourth prefix, four form inalienable nouns, 11.354
noun, fire; locative naeci, mecik, 11,342
whisky (fi re water)
noun, tansy, yarrow (plant)
noninflected verb, to smolder, to glow
e-class intr. verb, to be so many feet long (< mecki
me- prefix form of -ckah, foot, 13.212); 3 s. ind
mecke*?n or mecka?, 13.141.1F(5)
noun, fireplace
second type o-class intr. verb, to accompany, to gc
with others; nonincr. or incr. pi. -o'*?m(-) or
-u-*?m(-), 13.141.1F(ll)e; 3 s. indie. mege*?l,
megeloltW, or megelo'^l, 13.141.1B(4); altern.
3 s. and pi. attrib. mege'^lig, 13.141. 6F; 1 and
2 dual mege'?loh, mege'^lu'?, 13.144.1; intensive
form mi-gel-, 13. 152. 2D
e-class intr, verb, to ache (used of the stomach onl
noun, doctor
noun, mink (cf. megasik)
second type o-class trans, verb, to look after, to
protect
see mey(kWele*?wey-)
see meyo'moy-
adverb, without anything
I will go without it
e-class trans, verb, to do, to perform (a ceremony
e-class trans, verb, to poke a fire
noun, dog (cf. mok^omok^oc-)
noun, pepper nuts
noun, weasel (cf. naegesik)
see muc
plural noun, children
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
221
melcoh
mek^c
inek^co'mek-
mek^co"me'?r
mek^ei
mek^eiken-
mek^ta^
mela
meloy-
'^o ku meloni
melo*
me 4
melcegiSew
meikuk
melk^ei
meiownem-
mel^en
menec-
ku ho menecoh
nxeneckenek^
menecol-
ineneg(one4-)
menek^
menel
menelken-
menetk^eles-
menewk^-
inene'?ru4-
mene*?s
menok^olum-
menomen
menomen-
meno**?
menunow-
mep
mefSoc
mera*
mera's-
mera-*?
merkewec-
merkum-
noninflected verb, to hit right in the center (e.g., in
target shooting)
noun, snail
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be thin (worms, ropes,
etc.), 13.221
noninflected verb (adj.), to be thin (trees, etc.),
13.221
noninflected verb, to be in a heap
e-class trans, verb, to pile up (trans.)
noun, stump
p.v.p., past time, 14.31 Groups 17, 87
e-class passive inflecting impersonal verb, there is
a brush dance, 13.141.3B
at the brush dance
noun, brush dance
1. p.v.p,, circumstantial, 14.21 No. 30
2. preposition, by, with, for, about, frona, 16. 2F
noun, shootingstar (flower)
noun, cave
noun, cane, walking stick; altern. stem with pron,
prefs. -me4, 11.355
e-class trans, verb, to touch
noninflecting verb, to ask, to beg; intensive form
mi*ge4*?en, to go around begging, 13,152.20
second type o-class intr. verb, to disappear
west (where (the sun) disappears)
see menewk^-
e-class intr. verb, to disappear
e-class impersonal verb, to be low tide
see menewk^-
noninflected verb, to go out (of a fire)
e-class trans, verb, to extinguish
second type o-class trans, verb, to drag along
e-class intr. verb, to drown, to go under water, to
be bashful; 3 s. and pi. indie, menek^, menecke-
nekw, 13.141.1F(10)
e-class trans, verb, to make way for
1. noun, boat rope
2. noninflected verb,
e-class trans, verb,
noun, Juneberry
e-class intr. verb, to twitch
noninflected verb, to pull a boat ashore
first type o-class intr. verb, to disappear; 3 s. and
1, 2, 3 pi. indie. menune*?m, 13.141.1F(12)
p.v.p., past time, 14.21 No. 9
noun, beard, mustache, whiskers
noun, smoke
e-class intr. verb,
noninflected verb
e-class intr. verb, to die, to faint
e-class trans, verb, to eat up, to exhaust; passive
merkewpel-(3 s. indie, merku*?), 13.141.31
to tow a boat
to gulp down
to be smoky
222
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
merk^eni
lei merk'^eni sono-
woni
merk^ewoi
merk^sew-
merogey-
merogeyah
meroyo'
meruh
meruh cego*?onep
mescah
mescem-
mesew
wohpekumew *?ume-
sew
me si
mesik-
inesi*?r(on-)
mesi'gonem-
meska 'p
mesk^oh
mesYek
mes*?ei
metkoh
mew
mewah
mewec-
mewii
m.ewi4 wecpega*?r
mewipil
mewimor
mewiStu^
mewi?r(on-)
mewoletew-
mewole*?wey-
m.ewom
meworeget-
meworoh
meworoy-
mewpew
m.ewpewet-
mey(k'w^ele'> way- )
niegey *?o'?rowi*?
adverb, everything: takes pron. prefs,, 15.42
all kinds of
noninflected verb, to perish
second type o-class trans, verb, to beat up, to get
rid of
e-class intr. verb, to be easy, to be cheap
sentence introductory adverb, it is long since,
15.716
noun, fifth month in old Yurok calendar, 13.216
numeral, first element of compound numerals, five
nominal phrase, five -point deer
noninflected verb ) ^^ ^^^^
e-class trans, verb /
noun, ointment (cf. naasaw)
pink honeysuckle (Wohpekumew' s ointment)
p.v.p., subsequent occurrence, 14.21 No. 19
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be thin (worms, ropes,
etc., streams), 13.221
first type o-class intr. verb (adj.), to be thin(trees,
etc., body parts, clothes, utensils, boats), to be
slender (human beings), 13.221; 3 s. and pi.
attrib. mesi'?rononi, 13.223
e-class trans, verb, to massage
noun, leaves used for flavoring and storing seaweed
noun, medicine; altern. stem with pron. prefs.
-mes, 11.355
noun, lining of leaves in a basket (cf. mastak)
noun, a basket for drying things in
noun, soft- shelled abalone, china slipper
noun, widower
noun, boy; pi. mewasegoh, 11.31
e-class intr. verb, to blow (of wind)
noun, elk
fat Solomon (elk's ear)
noun, waist, tree trunk
noun, old man; pi. mu-wimor, 11,31
conjunction, because; followed by pron. pref, verb
forms, 17. 2D
first type o-ciasc inir verb, to be long a^d smooth;
3 s. and pi. attrib. mewi*?rononi, 13.141.6H
e-class intr. verb, to wipe one's hands
e-class intr. verb, to wipe one's eyes
noun, gopher, bullsnake
e-class trans, verb, to spend
noninflected impersonal verb, to be clear weather
e-class intr. verb, to flow away
noninflected verb, to be strangled
e-class trans, verb, to strangle
e-class intr. verb, to mourn, to cry; nonincr. or
incr. pi. -u'?m(-) or mu-*?m(-). 13.141 .1F(1 l)e
mourning dove
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
223
meyo'moy-
me*?gec
me'?loh
me*? lorn- ^
ine*?lomum- /
me^lonem-
me'^repin-
me*?repo'?y
me*?upeg \
me*?upegah )
me*?w(omec-)
kus *>! Iceme'^w
me'^won-
me*?wo*
-me*?y
me*? ye 4
me'^yei *?usegon
me*?ykWela-moy-
me*?ylcWelep
me*?ylcWelu"p
mi(?)
micos
mikoy-
m.ikolum-
milpei
m,in-
m.irwan-
ku mirwanani
mit
mi*>
mti-ckah
ini"ga'?ah
mi'gel-
ini*gei*?en
mo
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be pregnant,
13.141,3B; alter, noninflected stem with -eg-
infix megeyo', to lose children in childbirth,
13.151.5D
noun, trillium (plant)
noun, relative
e-class intr. verb, to vomit; me*?lom- has 3 s,
indie, me*?!, 13.141.1F(5)
e-class trans, verb, to paint
e-class trans, verb, to rub
noun, file
noun, hole in the ground
second type o- class intr. verb, to come out, to
come from a place; 3 s. indie, -olc^ or -o*?l,
13.141.1B(4)
where are you from?
second type o-class intr. verb, to come across;
3 s. indie, -o*?, 13.141.1B(5)
noun, a fish (sp.)
inalienable noun, daughter, 11.354; pi. -me*?ypor,
11.31
noun, stinging nettle
soft-leaf nettle, dumb nettle, 13.16
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be burnt by
poison ivy, 13.141,3B
noun, poison ivy
noun, poison oak
p.v.p., negative, 14.32 No. 43
noun, male cousin, elder brother; vocative mit,
11.32
second type o-class intr. verb, to surge, 3 s. indie.
-o*?, 13.141.1B(5)
e-class trans, verb, to swallow, to gulp down
noun, leg; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -mil,
11.355
e-class intr. verb, to bet
first type o-class impersonal verb, the waves run
up to the shore; 3 s. and pi. attrib. mirwanani,
13.141.6H
the water line
see micos
1. see mi(*?)
2. conjunction, because, in order that, 17. 2E
noninflected verb, to go on foot (< meckah, me-
prefix form of -ckah, foot, with e/i' intensive
vowel alternation, 13.152.2E)
see ma*?ah(sk-)
see megel-
see me4*>en
1. p.v.p., negative, 14.32 No. 37
2. = moco, conjunction, if (possible conditions),
when, 17. 2 A
224
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
moco
mohka*?
mohkicsonk-
mohkoh
mohko-moy-
mohpum-
mok^cec
mok^omok^oc -
mokw^sek
mok^semoy-
mokw(s)
mol
molkWoh
mosceyum-
mosiC?)
mosk-
moskoc-
moyk-
mo'^ohkeloy-
ino*?ohkeloyt-
ino*?ohkeroy-
mo^ohpir
mo'^ohpirk
mo'?okw(s)
inoTno*?ohkeloyt-
makca*?jka4
makWai
-mam
mamay(aw-)
ma nay
manaVs
mana'?sk^ay
m^asow
mastak
matalap
verb, to be m.uscu-
verb, there is
matalap-
conjunction, if (possible conditions), when, 17. 2A
noun, gooseberry
second type o- class trans, verb, to reward, to take
revenge
noun, louse
e-class passive inflecting intr, verb, to be lousy,
13.141.3B
e-class trans, verb, to mourn, to mourn for
noun, nightfish
e-class intr. verb, to bark
noun, muscle, sinew
e-class passive inflecting intr.
lar. 13.141.3B
= nio'?olcW( s), negative 3 s. indie.
not, 13.141,1F(6)
noun, dung
noun, head; altern. stem, with pron. prefs. -mol,
11.355
e-class trans, verb, to pay for services
p.v.p., negative, 14.22 No. 48
e-class trans, verb, to borrow
e-class trans, verb, to lend
e-class intr. verb, to die (used of gods, plants, and
animals, see ko'?l sonow-; cf. maykai, 9.21);
incr. pi, -e^m(-); 3 pi. pron. pref. form
•^umoyke'^mek. 13.141.4H
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be (large
and) round, 9.23. 13.141.3B
e-class trans, verb, to make into a ball, to clench
(a fist); reduplicated form mo*mo*?ohkeloyt-, to
make several balls, 9.22
e-class passive inflecting intr, verb, to be (small
and) round, 9.23, 13.141.3B
noun, fog
noninflected impersonal verb, to be foggy
= molcw(s), negative 3 s. indie, verb, there is not,
13.141,1F(6)
see mo*?ohkeloyt-
noun, hip (body part)
noun, mountain, peak; reduplicated form
mak^amak^ai, mountain chain, 9.22
inalienable noun, son, 11,354
first type o- class intr. verb, to be handsome, to be
pretty
noninflected verb, to take puffs from a pipe
noun, fish skin
noninflected verb, to pull the skin off a fish
noun, ointment (cf. mesew, 9.21)
noninflected verb, to line a basket (cf. mestek, 9.21)
noun, nasal mucus; altern stem with pron. prefs.
-mat, 11.355
second type o-class intr. verb, to run at the nose;
3 s. indie, -o*? (-a*?), 13.141.1F(1)
mawp-
mawpjh
mawaksiSon
mawjksi§on(ow- )
mawaksay-
mjwasiSleg
mjway-
mjykal
ma*?lus
ma? ah
ma?an-
ma^ox
ma^a-wa*?
ma^^wamak^s-
kus ma'^wamalcWs
maVwamay
ma-
ma* gen
ma-k
ma*k weci-§ep
ma**?
muc
muc ro*?
mulah
mulinep-
mulotnul
mulonem-
mulco*?
muico*? . . , muico*?
mui(koc-)
mulkoh
mu4s-
muncel
inuncey(ow-)
(*>)way4 '?umuncey
munce'?r(on-)
muncoks-
muncah
second type o-class intr. verb, to carry food with
one
noun, food carried with one, food brought by bride;
altern. stem with pron. prefs. -maw, 11.355
noun, clean person
first type o-class intr. verb, to be clean; incr, pi,
-o-'?m(-)
e-class intr. verb, to be (very) clean
noun, biting lizard
e-class impersonal verb, the final dance at the
brush dance is danced
noninflected verb, to wither, to be frail (cf. moyk-,
9.21)
noun, a small bony river fish
noun, skin of an animal
e-class trans, verb, to overtake
noun, gills
noun, mock orange
e-class impersonal verb, the wind is in a particular
direction
which way is the wind?
noun, head of river
noun, a sea bird whose eggs are eaten
noun, lungs
noun, crane (bird)
lupin (crane's flower)
noun, baccharis consanguinea (plant)
= nimuc, adverb, by oneself, for oneself*, intensive
form meguc, 15.1
used as a nominal phrase, automobile (runs by itself)
noun, horse (? loan, mule)
e-class intr. verb, to be relieved of pain; noninflected
plural mulinah, 13.141.1F(ll)f
noun, wild currant
e-class trans, verb, to wipe, to carry off
adverb, perhaps
may be . . . or . . .
e-class trans, verb
noninflected verb
second type o-class trans, verb, to wipe, to lick
noun, Indian skirt
first type o-class intr. verb (adj.). to be white
(human beings, animals and birds, tools, etc.,
plants, etc., body parts, utensils, clothes,
worms, ropes, etc., houses, boats), 13.221
nominal phrase, white of egg
first type o-class intr. verb (adj.). to be white
(trees, etc.), 13.221; 3 s. and pi. attrib.
munce*>rononi, 13.223
e-class intr. verb (adj.). to be white (flat things),
13.221
noninflected verb (adj.), to be white (round things),
to be light-colored (plants, etc.), 13.221
to sell
226
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
muncas
munic -
munipoy-
munipjni
muntas
muntj'?ay(-)
mur-
muscen
muscen hes skewok
musmus
pegil musmus
muOmonem-
mu'?rip
mu'?uk^ole*?wey
mu'lmu'l
mu-*?m(-)
myah
mya'lkahpim-
mya-lkep-
myewoles-
mye^wey-
myop-
myo'?rep-
myo'ley-
myo'leyon-
myo't-
- muntas, noun, fair- skinned person
second type o-class intr. verb, to have an accident,
to suffer misfortune; 3 s. indie, -o*?, 13.141.1B(5)
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be sharp,
13.141.3B
noun, thistle (cf. above, 9.21)
= muncjs, noun, fair-skinned person
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be white (animals and
birds), 13.221; 3 s. and pi. attrib. munta'^yanani,
13.223
e-class intr. verb, to dodge; incr. pi. -i*?m(-)
adverb, really, as exclamative, yes
do you really want it?
noun, cow, bull
bull (male bull)
e-class trans, verb, to fetch, to bring
noun, basket for cooking acorn mush
noun, swell (at sea), blunt wedge
noun, berry of Indian peach tree
see mey(k^ele'?wey-)
noninflected verb, to jump, to jump at
e-class trans, verb, to jump at
e-class trans, verb, to jump, to jump at
second type o-class trans, verb, to push under
water, to beat
e-class intr. verb, to bend sharply (of a river)
e-class intr. verb, to be crowded
e-class trans, verb, to challenge, to attack; altera,
noninflected pi. myo*?omah, to challenge as a
group, 13.141.1F(ll)f
e-class intr. verb, to be fixed in the ground
second type o-class trans, verb, to push aside, to
push over
e-class trans, verb, to push, to put on (clothes);
passive myo-tel-, 13.141.3H
N
(*?)n-
('?)na-
nah
-nah
nahc-
3 s. and nonincr. pi. attrib. inflection, e-class
verbs with stems ending y-, 13.141.6E
first person pron. pref., nouns and verbs with stems
beginning with h, except hi, 11.353, 13.141.4C
vowel harmony form of first person pron. pref.,
nouns and verbs, 11.352, 13.141.4B
adverb, exclamative, hesitation in speech (like
English "er")
inalienable noun, property, 11.354
e-class trans, verb, to give, to allow; passive
nahcel- (3 s. indie. nahce*?l, 3 s. and pi.
nahce'?li§), 13.141.3H, 13.141.6F; stem vowel
of bipersonal conjugation is -i- throughout,
13. 142. ID
X UKUJV-l!;JNUi-.l»n L.JliAH^UiN
nahcpum-
nahko*?
nahkselc
nahseli^o*?!!
nahksemi
nahksemoyl
nahksemo*?-
nahksemjys
nahksepir
nahksewec
nahksey
nahksey-
nahkseyi
nahkse*?!!
nahkse*?n
nahkse*?r
nahksoh
nahksoks
nahkW-
nahpcuh
nahscewen
nahscuh
na*?alc
na*?akWo9n
na'^ami
na'^amoyi
na*?amo'?-
na*?amays
na'^apir
na*?aw-
na*?awec
na'?a'?m(o'?w)
na'^a'?!!
na'>a'?r
na*?ey
na'?ma'?w
na*?mi
na-gin
na*gin so'tos
e-class trans, verb, to give, to allow
noun, plank, board
numeral, three (worms, ropes, etc.), 13.211
numeral, three (plants, etc.), 13.211
numeral adverb, three times, 13.211
numeral, three days, 13.211
second type o- class intr. verb, to be somewhere
three days, 13.212; 3 s. indie, -okw or -o*?!,
13.141.1B(4)
nunneral, three arm's lengths, 13.211
numeral, three (dentalium shell measurements),
13.211
noun, third month in old Yurok calendar, 13.216
numeral, three (boats), 13.211
e-class intr. nunaeral verb, to be three in number,
13.217
numeral, three (human beings), 13.211
numeral, three (houses), 13.211
numeral, three (body parts, streams, utensils,
clothes), 13.211
numeral, three, (trees, etc.), 13.211
numeral, three (round things), 13.211
numeral, three (flat things), 13.211
second type o-class trans, verb, to do
adverb, on the far side (cf, hinahpc)
noun, night
adverb, last night
numeral, two (worms, ropes, etc.), 13.211
numeral, two (plants, etc.), 13.211
= na*?mi, numeral adverb, twice, for a long time,
13.211, 13.212
numeral, two days, 13.211
second type o-class intr. verb, to be somewhere
two days, 13.212; 3 s. indie. -olcW or -o'?l,
l3.141.1B(4)a
numeral, two arm's lengths, 13.211
numeral, two (dentalium length m.easurements), 13.211
second type o-class trans, verb, to catch surf fish;
incr. pi. -o''?m(-); intensive form ni'ga*>aw- , to
catch surf fish as an occupation, 13.152.2C
noun, second month in old Yurok calendar, 13.216
numeral, two (houses), 13.211
indefinite (2 pi. form) intr. verb, there are several
people, there is a crowd, 13,212
numeral, two (body parts, streams, utensils,
clothes), 13.211
numeral, two (trees, etc.), 13.211
numeral, two (boats), 13.211
noun, chipper
= na^ami, numeral adverb, twice, for a long time,
13.211, 13.212
adverb, out of one's way
keep clear'.
228
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
na*ginahp- )
na'ginep- /
na'ginahpim-
na'ginepim-
na-4
na*menewk^-
na-met-
na-mul
na*na'lc
na"*?nik
('>)ne-
negah
nega*?
negec
negel-
sku'^y so* nege*?4
negem-
negenic
nego*?
nego'?o4en
nego'SO'c-
nek
nek-
nekah
neka*?a4
neka-noi
nekcen-
neke'^y
neki*?
neklcwey
nekilet-
nefkomeweks-
-nekomewet
nekomur-
nekomuy
nektey-
neli^ohs-
nemsoy-
e-class intr. verb» to be awe-struck, to be afraid
e-class trams, verb, to be afraid of
adverb, together, like, alike, 15.45
e-class intr. verb, to be washed out by the waves:
3 s. and pi. indie. naTnenek^, na-meneckenek^,
13.141.1F(10)
e-class trans, verb, to step» to tread on, to walk
noninflected verb, to carry a load
noun, ring of black and white dots round the bottom
of a basket
adverb, at the other side; takes pron. prefs., 15.4
first person pron. pref., nouns, verbs, and some
adverbs, 11.351, 13.141.4A, 15.4
noun, swallow (bird)
noun, surf- fish net (cf. na*?aw-), 13.151.51
1 , noun, kiss
2. noninflected verb, to kiss
e-class impersonal verb, used with sku*?y so*
it is good weather
e-class trans, verb, to take, to bring, to carry;
2 s. imperative ne'^ges, 13.141.2A(2)d; passive
negemel-, 13.141.3H
noun, mouse
see no*?ome4(k-)
noun, midwife
e-class trans, verb, to say
pronoun, first person singular, I, me; emphatic
form neki*?, objective form nekac, 11.211;
comitative form neka*?a4, 11.212; locative form
(•?)neya-9ik. 11.213
e-class trans, verb, to put; passive nekel-,
13.141.3H; intensive form ni'k-, 13.152.2C
pronoun, first person plural, we, us; comitative
form neka'Doi, 11.212; locative form {*>)neysi''>ik,
11.213
see nek
see nekah
e-class trans, verb, to meet
noninflected verb, to call, to name
see nek
noun, rainbow
e-class trans, verb, to pine, to m.iss
e-class intr. verb, to be clever
inalienable noun, right (hand, side, etc.), 11,354
e-class intr. verb, to swim well
noun, ability
first type o- class trans, verb, to admire the clever-
ness of a person
e-class intr. verb, to dry surf fish; incr. pi. -i*?m(-)
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be tired of
something from overeating it
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
229
nenipek^
neni*?r
nep
nep-
nepe'^wis
nepe^wiSneg
nepe^wo*
nepoyon
culu ni nep
kahkah wenep
nepuy
nes(kWec-)
nesk^eni
nesk^ey-
nesk^i
new(-)
newon
newonoc-
newor
nework^-
ney )
neyen j
(?)neya*?ik
ney§
ne'mu'p
ni
niki
niko*?4
niko'?! semiC?)
nik^ec
nima
noun, sucker fish
noun, black salmonberry
see nepoyon
e-class trans, verb, to eat; nonincr. or incr. pi.
-e'^mC-) or -i^mi-), 13.141 .lF(ll)e; altern. 2 s.
imperative neps, 13.141.2A(2)d; passive nepel-,
13.141.3H; 1 and 2 dual nepoh, nepu^, 13.144.1
noun, fish
noun, otter: compound nepe*?wi§ + neg(ep-), 9.24
noun, the first salmon to run (up the Klamath river)
noun, wild parsley; short form nep used in some
plant names
wild parsley (wild parsley on Bald Hills), 14.43
hog's fennel (sturgeon's wild parsley)
noun, salmon
second type o-class intr, verb, to come, to arrive,
to return; 3 s. indie, -ok^, 13.141 .1B(4); incr.
pi. nu-?m(-), 13.141.1F(ll)c
= nesk^i, adverb, near, soon
e-class intr. verb, to be troublesome
= nesk^eni, adverb, near, soon; takes pron. prefs.
15.4
second type o-class trans, verb, to see, to allow;
nonincr. or incr. pi. -o-'?m(-), 1 3.141 .1F(1 l)e;
altern. inflections with lengthened vowel as for
monosyllabic o-class verbs, 13.141.1B(3); pas-
sive newoy-, to be seen, to seem, to appear, in-
tensive passive nu»woy-, to be visible (of a static
object), 13.152.2A; 3 pi. pron. pref. passive
(intensive) form (^)wenu'woylc is used adverbially
with pron. pref. verb forms, the most . . . ever,
15.21
noun, breast, nailk
e-class trans, verb, to suckle
noninflected verb, to gaze; also used impersonally,
to be light
e-class trans, verb, to be able to see
adverb, exclamative, woman's greeting
see nek, nekah
adverb, exclamative, oh'.
noun, vetch
1, p.v.p., locative, 14.21 No. 25b
2. preposition, in, at, on, 16.2C
p.v.p.
1. consequential, 14,21 No. 41a
2. all, 14.21 No. 41a. 14.31 Group 141
adverb, always; followed by pron. pref. verb forms,
13.l41.4K(l)c
never; followed by indie, verb forms, 14.22 No. 49
noun, grizzly bear
numeral element, formative of numerals 11-29,
21-29, etc., 13.214
230
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
nimi
nimoksu
nimot
nimuc
nini
ninic-
ninico*?y
ni§ )
nisa- /
ni'?iy-
ni*?i(ye)i
ni*?iyen
ni*?i-n
ni^iyun
ni"ga*?aw-
ni'gem
lo'^ogey ni'gem
muncey ni'gem
ni'gey-
ku nek ho ni'ge'^yoh
ni*go-*?m
ni-gay
ni'k-
ni-*?n(-)
ni'*?n(ow-)
(*?)no-
nohcur
nohpetek^s
noh(pew-)
nohpewii
nohpeyu*?!
nohsec-
nohsel
nohsen-
nohsewen
nohslel-
nohsol-
nohso'
nohsunow-
p.v.p., negative, 14.22 No. 43a
p.v.p., emphatic negative, 14.22 No^ 45
indefinite pronoun, no one
= muc, adverb, by oneself, for oneggg^^
p.v.p.
1. comparative, 14.21 No. 42c
2. around. 14.21 No. 42c
second type o-class trans, verb, to g^^^
noun, saw
adverb, exclamative, ohl
see ni'?i{ye)l
e-class intr. numeral verb, to be tv^^ ^^ number,
13.217; only 1, 2 dual, and 3 pi. forms are used,
(indie. ni'?i*?yoh, ni'^ioyu'?, ni*?i(yg)^)^ 13.144.2
numeral, two (human beings), 13.21 ^
noun, sibling
see na'^aw-
noun, flint
obsidian
white flint (ceremonial use)
e-class (syntactically) trans, verb, to take with one,
to walk in a pair; only 1, 2 dual, and 3 pi. forms
are used (indie. ni*ge*?yoh, ni'ge^yu*?, ni*gey(e)i),
13.144.2, plural supplied by nego''^m, ni'go'*?m
(see no'*?m(onem-))
my late spouse (the one I took with me)
see no"*?m(onem-)
see njgay(k-)
see nek-
e-class trans, verb
first type o-class trans, verb
vowel harmony form of first person pron. pref.,
nouns and verbs. 11.352, 13.141.4^
noun, bone hairpin
noun, bug
e-class intr. verb, to enter, to marry into one's
wife's family ("half marriage"); incr. pi.
-i?m(-), 13.141.1F(ll)a
noninflected verb, to sing solo at the brush dance
noun, raised rim of a basket
second type o-class trans, verb, to take pieces off,
to chip
noninflected verb, to swell, to be swollen
e-class trans, verb, to take off (clothes)
noninflected verb, to go to help
e-class intr, verb, to fly; incr. pi. -Om(-)
e-class intr. verb, to fly away
noun, tenth month in old Yurok calendar, 13.216
first type o-class intr. verb, to grow up, to pass
one's childhood, to be born (in a place)
I to watch, to guard,
^ to look, to look fo
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
231
nohsur
nohsu'Ies-
nohten-
nimi nohte*?nwegolc
noksim-
sku'?y SO' noksim-
nolit
noni
nonow-
-nos
nosah
nosep-
nosonos
noson(ow-)
now
nowinep-
now(s)
nowk'^-
nowoh
nowonem-
nowrepcoy
-noy
noyk^os
no*?inonein-
no*?inoye*?wey-
no*?oh
no*?olcs
no'?ohpi't
00*^0 4
ku'^y weno*?o4
'^o wi*?i't ^o no*?o4
no*?omek-
no'?omel-
kus no'?ome*?l
no'?ome4(k-)
kus ku nego*?
no*?oine*?r
no*?omun(ow-)
ki kic no*?omu^n
ki *?wes*?onah
no*?op-
noninflected verb, to inherit a trait
e-class trans, verb, to pick up and carry
e-class intr. verb, to be (physically) able (to do
something)
he is unable to walk
e-class trans, verb, to think of
to think well of
noun, burl (on redwood tree)
p.v.p., comparative, 14.21 No. 42b
second type o-class trans, verb, to fetch
inalienable noun, husband (11 .354)
noninflected verb 1 to marry into
e-class intr. verb, incr, pi. -i'?m(-) ) a family{saic
of a bride)
noun, tick (insect)
first type o-class intr. verb, to be useful, to be
helpful
= nowoh, adverb, exclamative, man's greeting
e-class intr. verb, to be happy, to enjoy; nonin-
flected pi. nowinah, 13.141 .1F(1 l)f
adverb, away, 15.6
second type o-class trans, verb, to care for
= now, adverb, exclam.ative, man's greeting
e-class trans, verb, to fetch, to bring
noninflected verb, to weed
see no*?oy
noun, shrew
e-class trans, verb, to endure
e-class intr. verb, to lie pointing or facing in a
particular direction
numeral, two (round things), 13.211
numeral, two (flat things), 13.211
noun, belt
adverb, then; takes pron. prefs., 15.4
after a tinie
at that time, 16. 2D
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be long (worms, ropes,
etc.), 13.221
e-class intr. verb, to be long (may be used with
nouns of any class)
now long is it?
second type o-class intr. verb, to be somewhere a
long time; altern. noninflected stem with -eg-
infix nego*?, 13.151.4
how long will you be away?
noun, title of girl helper at the Fish Dam ceremony
first type o-class intr. verb, to be old, to endure
(of things)
from the beginning of time (as long as the heavens
have endured)
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be tall, to be high
(round things, mountains, trees, etc.), 13.221;
reduplicated form no'no*?(op-), 9.
.22
232
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
no*? OS
no*?oy
no'?pen-
no*?(pey-)
no'?r
no*
no'C-
no'kcen-
no-kWo4
no'lek^s-
no'leni
no'loykWel-
no'lo*(c-)
no'lum-
no'i
kus no '4
no '4 hikon
no-nom(ceyum-)
no'no*?(op-)
no'rew(-)
noTur-
no's-
no*siion(ow-)
stem with pron. prefs,- "^oy*
no'we4ken-
no'we4kin-
no-wo*?r(ep-)
ten- )
tin- /
no'yc(k^-)
no*'?m(onem-)
no**?rep-
('?)nj-
nagay(k-)
nah
nahca**?
nahksjpi*?
nj:hka*?ay4
nahksa*?a*?y
noun, baby basket
noun, shoe; altern.
11.355
e-class trans, verb, to pursue, to chase
first type o-class intr. verb, to be angry
noninflected verb, to run
p.v.p., in the same way, like others, 14. 2^ No. 36
e-class intr. verb, to make a noise
first type o-class intr. verb, to sweat in ^ sweat-
house
a dv e rh , re peatedly
= no's- 1, e-class intr. verb, to ride
adverb, all around
e-class intr. verb, to be feeble, to be weak
e-class trans, verb, to answer; intensive form
nego'lo'(c-), to act as interpreter in story tell-
ing, 13.151.5D
e-class trans, verb, to love, to protect; pafesive
no"lew(omoy-) or no'lumel-, 13.141.31
1. adverb, sent, con., then, far, long, 15.723
how far? how long?
long ago
2. preposition, as far as, 16. 2G
e-class trans, verb, to swear at; altern. noninflecte
stem with -eg- infix nego", 13.151.4
see no'?op-
first type o-class intr. verb, to be pretty; 3 s. and
pi. attrib. no-rewoni, 13.141,6H
e-class intr. verb, to swim across; incr, pi.
1. = no-lek^s-, e-class intr. verb, to ride;
pi. -i^m(-)
2. e-class intr. verb, to laugh to oneself
first type o-class intr. verb, to be comical; incr.
pi. -o'*?m(-)
e-class trans, verb, to gather
e-class intr. verb, to complete a journey, to run in,
to run up
e-class trans, verb, to eat food as a guest
e-class trans, verb, to carry (a load); intensive
forms nego*'?m, ni*go*'?m used as plurals of
ni'gey-, to take with one. 13.144.2, 13.152.2C
e-class trans, verb, to follow
vowel harmony form of first person pron. pref.,
nouns and verbs, 11.352. 13.141.4B
second type o-class trans, verb, to help; intensive
form ni-gay, 13.152.2F
see nahpay
noun, fishhook
numeral, three (tools, etc.), 13.211
numeral, three (animals and birds), 13.211
-i'^mC-
incr.
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
233
nahpay
nahpay-
nahpayu-p
nahsap-rt-
njhsapj*?
nak^lkjks-
nalamakjl
napjw
nawaylkap-
njyet
nayps*?-
nayamat
na*?ipjt-
nj^nayah
nji'> amah
na*?anias
('>)wes wana*?
naVamat-
na'>api'?
na'>asanem-
na^a'^ayl ^
na*?a*?a*?y /
na'^wk^ac
-na-^y
na-gas-
na-laykal
na'may(-)
na-wat
na-yaks-
nu
nulc^o
numi
numi cpa-
nuneg
nunepew
nunepuh
nunepuy
nunow-
nimi cpa* nunow-
nur'?urn(c-)
nu'^uh )
nu'?uhpe*?r /
(9)wenu*?uh son(ow
nu-*?m(-)
noun, berry; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -nah,
11.355; nah also used in heikik ni nah, red
huckleberry (berry in the mountains), 14.43
e-class intr. verb, to pick berries
noun, huckleberry bush
e-class trans, verb 1 ^^ shave (trans.), to shave ones<
noninflected verb )
e-class intr. verb, to be hollow, to be empty
noun, stunap
noun, meat
e-class intr. verb, to be clear (liquids)
noun, duck; with pron. prefs. -na'^y is singular,
-nayet plural, 11.355
second type o-class trans, verb, to hook
noun, deer meat
e-class intr. verb, to stumble
noninflected verb, to lie facing or pointing in a par-
ticular direction
noninflected verb, to snare
noun, snare; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -na*?,
11.355
spider*s web
e-class trans, verb, to snare
numeral, two (tools, etc.), 13.211
e-class trans, verb, to grasp in both hands
numeral, two (animals and birds), 13.211
noun, arrow
see nayet
e-class intr. verb, to gather wood for the sweathous
fire
noninflected verb, to be weak, to be feeble
e-class intr. verb, to sing songs
noninflected verb, to visit the sick
e-class trans, verb, to betray a trust
p.v.p., motion, 14.21 No. 29
adverb, going and doing, 15,83
adverb, very
very
noun, food
noun, food, fish
first type o-class intr. verb, to grow old, to grow ui
to die young (not to live long)
second type o-class intr. verb, to climb; altern.
a-modifying inflections; 3 s. indie, -o? (-a*?),
13.141.1F(l)a; incr. pi, -o-'^ml-) (-a-'?m(-)),
13.141.1F(l)b
noun, pair
-) to be the same,
see nes(kWec-)
13.16
234
nu'les-
nu'woy-
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
e-class trans, verb, to fetcch (a load)
see new-
first person pron. pref., nc3uns with initial hVg,
except where V = i, 11.3i53
O
o-class verbs,
-ogoh
-oh
-oh-
-ohkWin
-ohpew
-olc
-ok^in
-oU^
-ol
-olin
-o4
-om
-omin
2.
3.
4.
5.
stem vowel, bipersonal conijugation,
13.142.1
2 s, 1 pi., 3 s. 1 pi., 2 pi. 1 pL, 3 pi. 1 pi. indie.
and pron. pref. inflection bipersonal conjugation,
e- and o-class verbs, 13;. 142.1, 13.142.3
1. 1 pi. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, e- and
o-class verbs, 13.141.1, 13.141.4A
1 s. attrib. inflection e-class verbs, 13.141.6A
1 s., 3 s,, and (nonincr.) 3 pi. attrib. inflection,
o-class verbs, 13.141.6A
subject pronoun inflection 1 pi. 2 s., 1 pi. 3 s.
indie, and pron. pref., bipersonal conjugation,
e- and o-class verbs, 13.142.1, 13.142.3
subject pronoun inflection Is. 2s., Is. 3s.,
attrib., bipersonal conjugation, e- and o-class
verbs, 13.142.4
stem vowel element, bipersonal conjugation, mono-
syllabic o-class verbs, except for 1 s. 2 pi.,
1 s. 3 pi., 1 pi. 2 pi., 13. 142. IB
3 s. and (nonincr.) 3 pi. attrib. inflection, monosyl-
labic o-class verbs with 3 s. indie, -ok^, 13,141.6B
reciprocal stem formative, monosyllabic o-class
verbs, 13.143.2C
1 s. indie, and 1, 2, 3 pi. pron. pref. inflection,
o-class verbs. 13.141.1, 13.141.4A
3 s. and (nonincr.) 3 pi. attrib. inflection, o-class
verbs with 3 s, indie. -oUw, 13.141.6B
3 s. indie, inflection, some second type o-class
verbs, 13.141.1B(4)
1 s. attrib. inflection, o-class verbs with 3 s. indie.
-o*?l, 13.141.6B
3 s. and (nonincr.) 3 pi. attrib. inflection, o-class
verbs with 3 s. indie, -on, 13.141.6B
locative inflection, nouns, 11.341
3 pi. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, o-clasa
verbs, 13.141.1, 13.141.4A
attrib. inflection, e-class verbs, 13.141.6A
1.
2.
2 s.
-class
-opew
3 s. and (nonincr.) 3 pi. attrib. inflection, o-
verbs, 13,141.6A
3 (incr.) pi. attrib. inflection e- and o-class
verbs, 13.141.6A
3 s. and pi. attrib. passive inflection, e- arid
o-class verbs, and attrib. active inflection, some
verbals, 13.141.6G, i3.141.6H, 13.223
reciprocal stem formative, o-class verbs, 13.143.2
1.
2.
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
235
-oy-
-o*?
-o*?l
-o*?lis
-o*?mis
-o*
-o*loh
-o'lom
-o-i
-o'mom
-o"*?m
2 s. imperative inflection, o- class verbs with stems
ending with *?-, a glottalized consonant, *?C-, or
y-, 13.I41.2A, 13.141,2A(2)a
passive stena formative, o-class verbs and e-class
verbs with stems ending nem-, 13.141.3A,
13.141.3F; used without inflection for certain
places in the bipersonal conjugation of these
verbs, 13.142.1
1. 3 s. indie, inflection, some second type o-class
verbs, 13.141.1B(5)
2, subject pronoun inflection Is. 2 pi., Is. 3 pi.,
1 pi. 2 pi. indie, and 1 s. 2 pi., 3 s. 2 pi.,
1 s. 3 pL, 2 s. 3 pi., 3 s. 3 pi., 1 pi. 2 pi.
pron. pref., bipersonal conjugation, e- and,
o-class verbs, 13.142.1, 13.142.3
stem vowel element, 1 s. 2 pi., 1 pi. 2 pi., 1 s. 3 pi.
bipiersonal conjugation, monosyllabic o-class
verbs, 13. 142. IB
3 s. indie, inflection, some second type o-class
verbs, 13,141.1B(4)
3 s. and (nonincr.) 3 pi. attrib, inflection, o-class
verbs with 3 s. indie. -o'?l, 13.141.6B
1. 2 s. indie, inflection, first type o-class verbs,
13. 141. IB
2. 3 s. indie, inflection, second type o-class verbs,
13. 141. IB
3 s. and (nonincr.) pl. attrib. inflection, o-clasS
verbs with 3 s. indie, -o'^m, 13.141.6B
1. 1 pl. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, mono-
syllabic o-class verbs, 13.141.1B(3), 13,141.4A
2. 1 s., 3 s., and (nonincr.) 3 pl. attrib. inflection,
monosyllabic o-class verbs, 13.141.6A
1 s. indie, and 1, 2, 3 s. pron. pref. inflection,
monosyllabic o-class verbs, 13.141.1B(3),
13.141.4A
1 s. attrib. inflection o-class verbs with 3 s. indie.
-o*?l, 13.141.6B
2 s. and (nonincr.) pl. attrib. inflection, o-class
verbs with 3 s. indie, -o^l, 13.141.6B
3 pl. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, monosyllabic
o-class verbs, 13.141.1B(3), 13.141.4A
2 s. and (nonincr.) pl. attrib. inflection, o-class
verbs, 13.141,6A
2 s. indie, inflection, second type o-class verbs,
13. 141. IB
o-class plural increment, 13. 141. IE
2 pl. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, monosyllabic
o-class verbs, 13.141.1B(3), 13.141.4A
•P-
first person object pronoun inflection, bipersonal
conjugation, o-class verbs and e-elass verbs
236
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
pahcew
pah(cew-)
pahk^o*?
pah pic
pah wiS ni ^o^^l
kus pah pic v/i{*>)
so*se*?m
pah soy
pahtek^s
pahtun
pa*? ah
pa*?a*i ni keget
pa*?a'l wj'p
pa*?an-
ku ^o pa'?ani
pa*?arik
pa^arik segon
pa*?a*?is
pa*?a*gei-
pa*?a*inoy-
pa*?a*p
pa*?a'p segon
}
pa-
-pa-
-pa-goh
pa -mew
pa*nioh
pa*rew
pa-s
pecan
peceyk^sei
pecik
pecku
pecog
pecolo-'?
pecow
pecu(s)
pegahsoy
with stems ending im- or um-; in 3 pi. Is. and
alternatively in 3 s. Is. -p- may be object pro-
noun inflection for all e-class verbs, 13.142.1
noninflected verb ) t^ ^love (intr.)
first type o-class intr. verb j
incr. pi. pahcu-'?m(-), 13.141 .lF(ll)c
noun, willow
adverb
1 , had better
he had better stay here
2. after kus» what then? etc.
what do you think now?
noninflected verb, to confess to having had mali-
cious thoughts
noun, store basket
noun, neck
1. noun, water, juice; locative pa*? a* 4 or pa*?a*4ik,
11.342
water panther, 14.43
dragonfly (water butterfly)
2. noninflected verb, = pa*?a"nioy-, to be wet, to
get wet
e-class impersonal verb, there is water; 3 s. and
pi. attrib. pa*?ani, 13.141.6H
watering place (where there is water)
noun, flint
trillium (plant, like flint), 13.16
noun, fireweed
e-class intr. verb, to be wet (ground, etc.)
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be wet, to
get wet, 13.141.3B
noun, ladyfern (dyed in alder juice and used in
basket making)
a fern (sp. ? California wood fern, like pa*?a-^),
13.16
= pa's 2, adverb, exclanaative, no
inalienable noun, brother (of a man), 11.354
noun, octopus
noun, kelp (seaweed)
noun, father-in-law
1. p.v.p., negative, 14.22 No.47
2. - adverb, exclamative, no
adverb, for a little while
noun, gravel
adverb, up river, upstream
adverb, up river, upstream
noun, sugar- pine nut
noun, sugar- pine tree
adverb, up river, upstream
adverb, up river, upstream, 15.6
noninflected verb, to make a wish
YUROK-ENGUSH LEXICON
237
pegar(k-)
pegem
pegemip
pegil
pegil musmus
pegoy
pegpegoh{s-)
pegak
pekcic
pekoye*?r(on-)
pekoyek
pekoyk
pekoyoh
pekoyoks-
pekoyop-
pelconoc-
pek^
pek^ to'*?mo*?w
pek^cken-
pek^olew-
pek^on
pek^su
pel(ep-)
pelil
pelomew(pey-)
pelomoy-
peloy-
pem-
pemey
pemeyomoy-
pemoyek^
penk^
penk^el-
penohpeyow-
penu'les-
second type o-class intr. verb, to dwell, to inhabit
noun, knife
noun, wire
noun, male (animal)
bull (male bull)
noun, flicker (bird)
second type o-class trans, verb, to split; incr. pi.
-o-'?m(-)
noun, man
noun, thread, string, rope; altern. stem with pron.
prefs. -pek, 11.355
first type o-class intr. verb (adj.), to be red (trees,
etc.), 13.221; 3 s. and pi. attrib. pekoye'?rononi,
13.223
noun, blood
noninflected verb (adj.), to be red (round things,
tools, etc., plants, etc., body parts, utensils,
clothes, wornfis and ropes, etc., houses, boats),
13.221
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be red (flat things),
13.221
e-ciass intr. verb (adj.), to be red (water), 13.221
e-class trans, verb, to set on fire
adverb, also, very
there were a great many people
e-class trans, verb, to pinch
e-class intr. verb, to peel sticks (for baskets)
noun, basket used for acorn pounding
adverb, sent, part., negative, 15.732
e-class impersonal verb, there is fighting
noninflected verb (adj.), to be big (human beings),
13.221
first type o-class trans, verb, to fight; incr. pi,
-u'*?m(-)
e-class trans, verb, to fight; incr. pi. -e*?m(-)
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be big (human beings,
animals and birds, tools, etc, trees, etc.), to
be old (human beings), 13.221; incr. pi. pelo-
ye*?m(-) or popeli*?m(-), 3 s. indie, pelo'^y or
pe'^l, 3 s. and pi. attrib. pelin, 13.223; altern.
3 pi. indie. pope'?l, attrib. popelin, 13.223
e-class trans, verb, to cook; 2 s. imperative pemes
or perns, 13.141.2A(2)d; passive pemel-, 13.141.3H
noun, grease, fat (noun)
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be greasy,
13.141.3B
noun, hollow rock used for cooking
noun, acorn flour
e-class intr. verb, to be eaten hollow by bugs
first type o-class intr. verb, to be friendly, to be
tame; incr. pi. -o**?m(-)
e-class trans, verb, to put down (a load)
238
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
per
ke*?win '^uper
perey
perkok^c
perkok^c hegoh
peskoh
pes*?es
peton
pewah(ckey-)
pew(om-)
ku pu'womin
peya*?r
peycew
peyogen-
pe*?!
pe'?r(on-)
pe*?wetew-
pe'?wol
pe*?wolok
picowos
pinos
pijkam
pirwak(siin-)
pirwaksiSonow-
pis
piskah
piska*moy-
piska'?w
piS*?on
pi'^ih
pi^iy-
pi*?iyjs
pi*?!!
pi'S
pkenc
pkenceni
pke*?y(el-)
pke'?y so*
= perkok^c, noun, playing card
redbud (eel's playing cards)
noun, old woman; pi. pegerey, 11.31
= per, noun, playing card
ocean spray (plant, playing card maker), cf.
13-141. 6I(2)c
noun, fish spear
noun, hemlock
noun, small red clover with edible roots
e-class intr. verb, to wash the face; incr. pi.
-e'?m(-); altern. noninflected plural pu"wah,
13.141.1F(ll)f
e-class trans, verb, to cook; incr. pi. pewomu'*?m(-
13.141.1F(ll)a; passive pewomel-, 13.141.3H-,
intensive form pu'wom-, 13.152.2A
cook
noninflected verb, to cook over an open fire
noun, deceased grandfather
e-class intr. verb, to stink, to be rotten; 3 s. and
pi. attrib. peyogeni, 13.141.6H
see peloy-
first type o-class intr. verb (adj.), to be big (houses)
13.221; 3 s. and pi. attrib. pe'?rononi, 13.223
e-class intr. verb, to wash the hands; indie, pi.
pu-*?wetoh, pu-*?wetu*?, pu-'^wetel, 13.141.1F(ll)d
noun, soapstone
noninflected verb, to wash (trans., clothes, dishes,
etc.)
noun, grandfather; vocative pic, 11.32
noun, elder sister, vocative pi'?n, 11.32
noun, roasted green acorns
e-class trans, verb, to love
first type o-class intr. verb, to be lovely; incr. pi.
-o**?m(-)
adverb, sent, part., well, well then
noun, salt, sea
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be salty,
13.141.3B
noun, salt water, brackish water
noun, scale of fish
noun, mussel
e-class intr. verb, to gather mussels; incr. pi.
-e'?m(-); 3 s. indie. pi'?i*?, 13.141 .1F(5); 2 s.
imperative pi*?is, 13.141 .2A(2)d; 3 s. and pi.
attrib. pi'^i'n, 13.141.6E
noun, fresh-water clam
see pinos
noun, pea (loan)
noun, pitch
attributive noun, pitchy, 11.30
e-class intr. verb, to be heavy; 3 s. and pi. indie.
pke'?yo'?n, pke*?yono4, 13.141 .1F(13); 3 s. and pi.
attrib. pke*?yononi, 13.141.6H
hard (adverb)
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
239
pk^ec-
pk^egeno*?ol
pk^o*?oloo
pk^akayah
pk^akayah pa*?ah
pla*?s
plege*?!
plegok
plek^oi-
plep-
pletew
pleyteloy-
ple*?Ioy-
pli**?wes
ploh(keloy-)
plohp-
ku co(*?) pl(eg)ohpin
ploks-
plo4-
plo'lik-
plo-sa-k^
plawan(ay-)
pla*>ay(-)
pohsey
polk^en
poik^en '?uson
poik^en-
poncec
pontet
pope*?l
popolui
popsew
poy \
poyew /
second type o-class intr. verb, to sprout, to come
out; 3 s. indie, -olc^ or -o*?l, 13.141.1B(4)
noun, quill, needle
noun, maple
noun, used with pa'?ah
spring (of water)
noun, stick for measuring meshes of a net
noun, great cinereus owl (bird of ill omen)
noun, headband of woodpecker scalps
e-class intr. verb, to rot and fall; 3 s. indie.
plekWo*?n or plekWo9 4, 13.141.1F{5)
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be big, trees, etc.,
body parts, utensils, clothes, worms and ropes,
etc.), to be pregnant (women), 13.221
noun, thumb, big toe
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb (adj.), to be
big (boats), 13.221
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb (adj.), to be
big (houses), 13.221
noun, gray squirrel
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb (adj.), to be
big (round things, plants, etc., body parts,
utensils, clothes, houses, boats), to be stout
(human beings), 13.221; incr. pi. plohkeloy'?m(-),
13.223
e-class intr. verb, to be in spate, to flood
the flood season, when the waters are in spate,
13.151.3
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be big (flat things), to
be wide (boats, water), 13.221
e-class intr. verb, to be wide (roads, etc.)
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be wide (water, rivers),
13.221
noun, black oak acorn
e-class passive inflecting impersonal verb, to be
high tide, 13.141.3C
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be big (animals and
birds). 13.221; 3 s. and pi. attrib. pla*?yjnani,
13.223; altern. noninflected plural papla'^oy,
13.223
noun, madrone berry
noun, mold
gray (like mold), 13.16
e-class intr. verb, to be moldy; 3 s. and pi. attrib.
poik^eni, 13.141.6H
noun, white deerskin
noun, ashes (cf. pancac, 9.21)
see peloy-
noun, skunk cabbage
noun, bread; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -pop,
11.355
adverb, adiead, in front; poyew takes pron. prefs,,
15.4
240
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
poy sonow-
poy soninep-
(*?)yoc '?upoyew
poykoh
poy we son
po'?oh
pregoni§
preworil
pagan
pagao
paga*?ah
poi'nc^iVi^s
pahsah
pahtoyaw-
pakayah
pakaya*?ay(-)
p^kayu'>T'way-
paka*?ni
paka*?nis-
palcak
pak^ah
pak^ana*?
pak^s-
palk^ah
paik^ay-
paikWa'?ay(-)
pamayah
pamayah son(ow-)
pancac
pancah
pawk^i§
pjwah
paw aw
paw ay
pawa*?icxxk
payka*?
to be ahead, to be fir§t
to feel superior, to be bossy
prow of a boat, 15.43
noun
1 . pan
2. tattooing on chin; altern. stem with pron. prefs.
-poy. 11.355
noun, chief, leader, best (at doing something) (com-
pound poy + ('?)weson, 9.24)
1 . noun, scar
2. noninflected verb, to get well, to heal (intr.)
noun, condor (bird)
noun, screech owl
noun, small willow
noun, Oregon oak
noun, sea boots (a sea creature)
noun
1. moldy acorns
2. sorrel
jDoun^ plain trinket basket
noun, rifle, gun
e-class trans, verb, to visit a new-born baby
noninflected verb (adj.), to be red (round things),
13.221
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be red (animals and
birds, human hair), 13.221; 3 s. and pi. attrib.
pakaya*?yanani, 13.223
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to blush, to
be sunburnt, 13.141.3C
noun, club
second type o-class trans, verb, to club
noun, kindling wood
noun, beak
noun, Indian rhubarb
second type o-class trans, verb, to thread, to string
up for drying (fish, etc.)
noninflected verb (adj.), to be gray (round things).
13.221
e-class passive inflecting intr, verb, to be strong,
13.141,3C
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be gray (animals and
birds, worms and ropes, etc.), 13.221; 3 s. and
pi. attrib. palk^a^yanani, 13.223
noun, rock used to make pemoyek'^
to be smooth
noun, dust (of. pontet, 9.21)
noninflected verb, to be gray (deer)
noun, elbow
adverb, south
noun, brain
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
24
pa^wk^in
pa7wala9ay-
pa'?ypj*?w
pa-gi§
-psec
pul
pulekuk
pulekW(s)
pulews
pulik
puloyoh
pumonah
punomeyo-
punomii
pur )
pureyow j
pusi
pusi *?wecpega'?r
pusc'^mCel-)
pu^nos
pu'k
pu'k wecpega*?r
pu'k wjlkah
pu'n
pu'wah
pu'wiS
pu'wom-
pu''?wetoh, -u*?, -el
pyah^
pya-p
Pyega-goh
pyekceni
pyekcoh
pyeweg
pyewolum-
pyuc
kic miC?) pyuc so'?n
pyurinep-
niini pyurinep-
pyurker-
noun, dried mussel (cf. pi*?ih, 9.21)
noun, onion
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to wash the
hair, 13.141.3C
noninflected verb, to be sour
noun, golden eagle
inalienable noiin, father, 11.354
- puloyoh, adverb, below (lower down the river)
adverb, down river, at the river mouth
adverb, down river, at the river mouth, 15.6
noun, daddy longlegs
adverb, down river, at the river mouth
= pul, adverb, below (lower down the river)
noun, redbud
noninflected verb, to moan in one*s sleep
noun, malicious thoughts (cause of illness in somje-
one else)
adverb, north (in the direction of the Klamath River
mouth)
noun, cat (loan)
calochortus maweanus (cat's ears)
e-class intr. verb, to smell of musk; 3 s. and pi.
attrib. puso''?mononi, 13.141.6H
noun, tumbling bug
noun, deer
bluebell (deer's ear)
firecracker (plant, deer's brodiaea)
noun, cherry
see pewah(ckey-)
noun, sack
see pewom-
see pe*?wetew-
noun, manzanita berry
noun, manzanita tree
noun, eleventh month in old Yurok calendar, 13.216
adverb
1 . for a little while
2. carefully
noninflected verb, to approve
noun, deerskin dance; locative pyewegonol, 11.341
e-class trans, verb, to chew
adverb, well, all right
he is dead (euphemism, he is not now well)
e-class intr. verb, used with nimi; noninflected
plural pyurinah, 13.141 .1F( ll)f
to feel distracted, to feel nervy
e-class intr. verb, to play; incr. pi. -i'?m(-)
object pronoun inflection, 2 s. Is. imperative bi-
personal conjugation, o-class verbs and e-class
verbs with stems ending im- and um-, 13.142.2
242
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
R
-r
rahcin
ra'k
ra-kniye'^y
ra-4kah
ra-yoy
ra'yo*?r(ep-)
ra*yur-
rec-
recah
regohp-
regohpet- )
regohpin- /
regor
regork
rego*?
regu'k^o*?
rekewic
rekiroy
rekoyoys
relci'n
cem-
rek^,
rek^et-
rek%h
relc^oy
remep-
remoh
remohpoh
ren-
repcem
repic-
repok^
repoy-
resoreks |
res'^oges /
reweyet-
rewi'§
rewk^oi-
rewk^on-
rewoh
- -ris. inalienable noun, girl friend* 11.354
noun, friend <more intimate than to-'^^nar)
noun, pre-pk
noun, stem of maidenhair fern (used in baskets)
noun, roof
noun, river, stream.; altern, stem with pron. prefs.
-roy, 11.355
e-class intr. verb, to run past, to move past; altern.
noninflected plural ra-yo'?omah, to run past in a
group, 13.141.1F(ll)f; intensive form ri'ga-yo'?r,
13.152.2C
e-class intr. verb, to swim; incr. pi. -i*?m(-)
second type o-class intr. verb, to paddle; incr. pi.
-u-'?m(-), 13.141.1F(ll)b; 3 s. indie, -o*?,
13.141.1B(5)
noun, mountain ridge
e-class intr. verb, to be full
e-class trans, verb, to fill; regohpin- has 2 s. im-
perative rego*?pines, 13.141.2A(2)d
see rork^il-
noun, trout
noun, feather
noun, liquor
noninflected verb, to fish for trout with two lines
noninflected verb, to broil over a fire
noun, white flint used for cutting j
noninflected plural verb, to sit; used as plural of
cyu-k^en-, 13.141 .1F(1 l)f
second type o-class trans, verb, to hollow out
second type o-class trans, verb, to tattoo with dots
noninflected verb, to drink
noun, river mouth, Requa; locative relc^^oyk, 11.342.
e-class intr. verb, to groan
1. noun, doctor dance
2. noninflected verb, to take part in the doctor danc«
noun, doctor dance song
e-class trans, verb, to fit (trans, and intr.)
noun, honey, sugar
second type o-class trans, verb, to beat
noun, doorway
first type o-class intr. verb, to sing a song with
drum beating; incr. pi. -u*'?m(-)
noun, nest; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -res,
11.355
e-class trans, verb, to tow
noun, fence
e-class impersonal verb, to be misty
e-class intr. verb, to be soft; 3 s, and pi. rewk^onii
13.141.6H
noun, lip
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
243
rewon
rewonah
rewonek"^
reworel
rewpen-
re*? go*?
re'^noh
rikoret
-ris
ri'ga-yo'^r
ri'gohsim-
ri'gor
ri*k(omoy-)
ri'lcew
-rkow
-rk^ec
rohkun
rohp-
rohpii-
kus rohpi*?4
rohs-
rohsim-
r oh tun
roksim-
rom-
-romec
ror-
rorir
rork^il-
rorowen-
-roy
royk-
roykenoh
ro'^oh
ro*?omec-
ro*?(onep-) |^
ro'?(op-) J
ro^otet
ro"
kus kic ro*
kic ?i ro* ki *>ne-
le*? moh
(*?)wero*
conii*?s wero*
girl friend, 11.354
verb, to be fuU,
to spear, to harpoon;
13.152.2C
noun, end, point
noun, end of land, point, bank
e-class intr. verb, to win (in gambling)
noun, maidenhair fern, gold-back fern, five-finger
fern
noun, feather
noun, sparrow hawk
= -r, inalienable noun
see ra*yo'?r(ep-)
see rohsim-
see rork^ii-
e-class passive inflecting intr
13.141.3B
noun, shore, sandbar
inalienable noun, armpit, 11.354
inalienable noun, bark (of tree), 11.354
noun, ball
e-class intr. verb, to float upward
e-class impersonal verb, to clear (of weather), cf
lohpil-, 9.23
which way are the clouds moving?
e-class trans, verb, to throw
e-class trans, verb, to throw
intensive form, ri'gohsim-,
noun, bullhead (fish)
e-class trans, verb, to trust
e-class intr. verb, to spread (of smells, etc.)
inalienable noun, niece, 11,354
e-class impersonal verb, to snow
noun, snow
e-class impersonal verb, the waves break; altern.
stem with -eg- infix regor, 13,151.4; intensive
form ri-gor 13.152,2C
e-class trans, verb, to fish
see ra-yoy
e-class intr. verb, to flow
noninflected verb, to melt (trans.)
noninflected plural verb, to stand, to be rooted;
used as plural of tepon-, 13.141.1F( ll)f
e-class trans, verb, to pursue, to chase
e-class intr, verb, to run; altern. noninflected pi,
lo'^omah, to run in a group, 13.141.1F(ll)f
noun, an edible grasslike plant with white stems
noninflected impersonal verb, to be a particular
time (cf. ro'tah)
what is the time?
it is time for us to go
used in some nominal phrases
noon, midday
244
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
ro'get
ro-k^s-
mei rego'k^sin
ci'Sep
ro'tah
ro-wos-
ro*wo'?s
ro'wo'^s hegoh
ro'yonew
-rpe4
('?)rumicek^s
runcah
runowok
rur-
rurow-
rurowo*
noun, tan-oak bark
noun, wind
e-class intr. verb, to blow (of wind), to be flatulent
mission bells (plant, flower from which one is flatu-
lent)
noun, sun ray (cf. re)
e-class intr. verb, to smoke a pipe; incr, pi. -e*?m(
noun, pipe; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -ro"'?,
11.355
a plant whose leaves are used for colds (pipe maker,
cf. 13.141.6I(2)c)
noninflected verb, to glide along on water
four-form inalienable noun, tooth, 11.354
noun, basket with handles; altern. stem with pron.
prefs. -'?rumic, 11.355
noun, bridge
noun, sucker (on a plant); altern. stem with pron.
prefs. -run, 11.355
e-ciass intr. verb, to swina; incr. pi. -i'?m(-)
first type trans, verb, to sing, to boil over; incr.
pi. -o-'?m(-)
noun, song; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -rur,
11.355
-ag-
-ah
-ak
-ak^
-ak^in
-a4
a-modified stem vowel, bipersonal conjugation, e-
and o-class verbs, 13.142.1A
intensive infix, verbs with first vowel in stem a,
13.151.1
1. 1 pi. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, a-modify-
ing e- and o-class verbs, 13,141.1F(1), 13.141.4B
2. 1 s. attrib. inflection a-naodifying e-class verbs,
13.141.6A, 13.141.6C
3. 1 and 3 s. and (nonincr.) 3 pi. attrib. inflection,
a-modifying o-class verbs, 13.141.6A, 13.141.6C
1 s. indie, and 1, 2, 3 s. pron. pref. inflection,
a-modifying e- and o-class verbs, 13.141.1F(1)
2 pi. imperative inflection, a-modifying e- and o-
class verbs, 13.141.2B
3 s. and (nonincr.) pi. attrib. inflection, a-modifying
o-class verbs with 3 s. indie, -ok^ (-alc^),
13.141.6C
3 pi. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, a-modifying
e- and o-class verbs, 13.141.1F(1)
2 s. attrib. inflection, a-modifying e-class verbs,
13.141.6A, 13.141.6C
3 s. and (nonincr.) pi. attrib. inflection, a-modify-
ing o-class verbs, 13.141.6A, 13.141.6C
3 s. and pi. attrib. inflection, a-modifying passive
verbs, and attrib. active inflection, some a-modi-
fying active verbs, 13.141.6G, 13.141.6H
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
245
-ap-
-apew
-as
-ay-
-a'^w
-a* mam
-a'^m
-a''?m(-)
a-modified reflexive stem formative, 13.143.1A
j-modified reciprocal stem formative, 13.143.2A
2 s. imperative inflection, a-modifying e- and o-
class verbs with stems ending with *?-, a glottal-
ized consonant, *?C- or y-, 13.141.2A(I)
a-modified passive stem formative, e- and o-class
verbs, 13.I41.3C
3 s. indie, inflection, some a-modifying second
type o-class verbs, 13.141.1F(1)
intensive infix, verbs with stems beginning ?a,
13.151.2
1. 2 s. indie, inflection, a-modifying e-class and
first type o-class verbs, 13.l4l.lF(l)
2. 3 s, indie, inflection, a-modifying second type
o-class verbs, 13.141.1F(1)
3 s. and (nonincr.) pi, attrib, inflection, a-modify-
ing o-class verbs with 3 s. indie. -o*?m (-a^m),
13.141.6C
2 pi. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, a-modifying
o-class verbs, 13.141.1F(1)
2 s. and (nonincr.) pi. attrib. inflection, a-modify-
ing o-class verbs, 13.141 .6C
2 s. indie, inflection, a-modifying second type o-
class verbs, 13.141.1F(1)
a-modified o-elass plural increment, 13.141 .lF(l)b
sahksah
sahsip
sarkew
sa*?a4
sa^al weci'sep
sa'?a4 wa*?ah
sa'?a4kun-
sa*?am
sa*?ani
sa*?anor
sa'?arkey-
sa'^awor
sa'?awor-
sa'?n
2.
third person concord suffix, locatives ending -ik
or -yk, 11.342.3, verb forms '^okw and m(o'?)oxW,
13.141 .6F(6), and some adverbs, 15.6
2 s, imperative inflection, e-class verbs with
stems ending y- and some others, 13.141.2A(2)a,
13.141.2A(2)d
3 s. object pronoun inflection, bipersonal conjuga-
tion, e- and o-class verbs, 13.142.1
1 . noun, hail
2. noninflected impersonal verb, to hail
noun, blue blossom
noun, glue
noun, ghost
redwood rose (ghost's flower)
redwood rose (ghost's thorn)
e-class intr. verb, to be haunted
noun, a tree (sp.)
= sa*?ni, adverb, sometinnes; with -eg- infix
sega'^ani, sometimes, often, 15.1
noninflected verb, to be surprised
e-class intr. verb, to be crazy
noun, shadow
€-Gla§§ impersonal verb, shadow fall, shadows move
adverb, sometimes
246
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
sa*?ni
sa'^ro*?
sa'inei
sa'wel-
sa'woginep-
sa'won-
sa'^^agoc
sa-*?agoc-
sa*'?agoh
scek^eni
scepo'
ku "^o scegefio",
ku ho scege(5o'
scey
seckes
sega*>agey-
sega*?ani
sega'?ni
segep
segep weci'k
segol-
sego'
sekeyow-
seke*?y so* hohkum-
sekikoy-
sekin-
sekinelf nes^o'po-
nemelc
seki(tk-)
sekoyor-
sekoyow
sekoyur-
seksah
seksoh
sek^s
sek^soh
sela
semi(*?)
niko*?4 semiC?)
hfix
-sa-^
= sa'^ani, adverb, sometimes; with -eg-
sega*?ni, som.etimes, often, 15.1
noun, sea anemone
noun, widow
e-class intr. verb, to feel cold, to cool ot^
e-class intr. verb, to feel cool, to Be peaceful;
noninflected plural sa'woginah, 13.141 .1F( ll)f
e-class intr. verb, to be cold; 3 s. and pi. attrib.
sa-woni, 13.141.6H
noun, seaweed bug
e-class intr. verb, to speak Yurok; incr. pi.
altern. noninflected stem with pron. prefs
13.141.4G
noninflected verb, to speak Yurok
adverb, last (in a series)
noninflected verb, to land (from a boat)
landing place (where one regularly lands)
adverb, always; followed by pron. pref. verb forms
13.141.4K(l)c
noun, dried strip of salmon; altern. stem with pron
prefs. -sec, 11.355
e-class intr. verb, to be rich; incr. pi. -e'?m(-);
3 s. and pi. attrib. sega*?ageyn or sega'^ageyowo;
13.141.6H
adverb, sometimes, often, see sa9ani, sa*?ni
noun, coyote
poppy (coyote's flower)
e-class intr. verb, to be surprised
see SO'
first type o-class intr. verb, to be hard, to be toug!
to be difficult
to work hard
second type o-class intr. verb, to flow quickly; 3 s
indie, -o*?. 13.141.1B(5)
e-class intr. verb, to make an effort
I hit it hard
second type o-class intr. verb, to be strong; 3 s.
indie, -o'?, 13,141 .1B(5); 3 s, and pi. attrib.
sekitkoni, 13.141.6H
e-class intr. verb, to run quickly; incr. pi. -i*>m(-
noninflected verb, to be tough (of meat, etc.)
e-class intr. verb, to swim quickly; incr. pi. -i*?m
noun, small shell used on dresses
shell of any shellfish
parsley
wild parsnip
action in a particular direction, 14.21 No. 32
negative, 14.22 No. 49. 14.31 Group 41, 14.3
Group 180
never
noun,
noun,
noun,
p.v.p.
p.v.p.
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
247
-sen
senemc-
sepolah )
sepolek /
sepolah ni *?e'?gol
sepolah ni yegun
ses*?-
ses'^onew-
sewep-
mok^ wesew
sewk^elum-
sewom
sewpin-
seyepc-
se*?Iep-
se*?let-
se*?loylik
se'^ra't-
se'?rec-
se*?repcu"p
si
si ki
si4-
siSon
sison(ow-)
siyow-
ska*?
ska*? ah
ska'^atew
ska*?awii
ska*?e4ken-
skego*?oh
skeli(§)
skelik
skelikra*?
sken-
skepol
skeweg(ei-)
skewic-
skewiikes-
skewilket-
ku skewilketin
skewilon-
four-form inalienable noun, arm, 11.354
second type o-class trans, verb, to send; nonincr.
pi. senemcoh, etc., 13. Ul .1F(1 l)b
noun, valley, field, prairie; pi. segepolah, 11.31
meadowlark (singer in the field), 13. 141 .6I(2)c
gentian (that which grows in the field), 13.141.6I(2)c
second type o-class intr. verb, to tinkle
e-class trans, verb, to shake (trans.)
e-class intr. verb, to breathe, to sigh, to suppress
one*s grief; altern. noninflected stem with pron.
prefs. -sew, 13.141.4G
he has passed away (his breathing is no more)
e-class intr. verb, to be bruised
noun, brown acorn
e-class intr. verb, to be soft
second type o-class trans, verb, to singe
e-class trans, verb, to scrape the inside of a basket
smooth
second type o-class trans, verb, to scrape mud off
noninflected verb, to scrape off skin, to bark (shins)
e-class trans, verb, to shave (wood)
second type o-class trans, verb, to whittle
noun, shavings
p.v.p., would, should, 14.21 No. 35
almost, 14.31 Group 91
e-class intr. verb, to lie (be situated)
noun, brake fern (ho*?olek) root
first type o-class intr. verb, to be like, to be so;
incr. pi. -o-'?ni(-)
e-class intr. verb, to break through waves (of a boat)
noun, pipe scabbard
noun, sole (of foot)
noun, finger, toe
noun, nine bark
e-class trans, verb, to scatter by blowing
1 . noun, cloth, sail
2. noninflected verb, to sail
adverb, down, 15.6
adverb, down
noun, gopher (cf. Ikelikra*?)
a-class verb, to be bitter, to be rancid
noun, wyethia angustifolia
e-class impersonal verb, to be good weather
second type o-class intr. verb, to go slowly, to go
easily
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be flat, to be clear
(roads, prairies, etc.), 13.221
e-class trans, verb, to make flat,
road grader (that which makes flat
first type o-class intr. verb (adj. '
to be flat (roads, etc.), 13.221;
skewiiononi, 13.223
to clear
s mooth ,
*;id pi. attrib.
248
skewinep-
skewip-
skewip-
skewi*?r(on-)
skewok(siin-)
skewoi(key-)
skewo*?ni(ol-)
ske'^woy-
skoy
skoyom
skoyon
skoypii
skjwic
skawicew-
skawilkap-
skawahkay-
skawayk-
skjy )
skjytakw j
skaytalc^al-
skunow-
skuweg(el-)
skuwet-
skuyah(pel-)
skuyc
skuyep-
skuyk-
skuyal-
sku'?y
sku'*?(woloy-)
slahpo*?
sla*n-
ku "^o slega*
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
e-class intr. verb, to be replete; honincr, or incr.
pi. -e'?m(-) or -i'?m(-). 13.141.F(ll)e
e-class intr, verb, to be well shaped
a-class verb, to put in order
first type o-class intr, verb (adj.), to be smooth
(trees, etc.), 13.221; 3 s. and pi. attrib.
skewi*?rononi, 13.223
e-class trans, verb, to want, to wish, to love, to
like
e-class intr. verb, to be generous; 3 s. and pi.
attrib. skewolkeyowoni, 13.141.6H
e-class intr. verb, to smell good; 3 s. and pi.
attrib. skewo*!^mononi, 13.141.6H
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be ripe,
to be cooked, 13.141.3B
noun, strip of buckskin
noun, bat (animal)
noninflected verb, to be blue
noun, flank, side (body part)
noun, centipede
e-class trans, verb, to weave (baskets) well and
smoothly
e-class intr. verb, to be clear (water)
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb (adj.), to be
smooth, to be flat (round things, flat things),
13.221; 3 s. and pi. attrib. skawahkaySani,
13.223
e-class intr. verb, to be of good grain (of wood),
to be straight
noun, woman's dress
e-class intr. verb, to dress oneself (of a woman)
first type o-class intr. verb, to grow well; 3 s.
and 1, 2, 3 pi. indie, skune*?m, 13.141.1F(12)
e-class impersonal verb, to be good weather
e-class trans, verb, to like, to enjoy
e-class intr. verb, to be good; incr. pi. -i*?m(-)
adverb, well (good)
e-class intr. verb, to be good; 3 s. indie, skuye'^n,
skuyet^, 3 pi. indie, skuya-nol, 13.141 .1F( 13);
3 s. and pi. attrib. skuyeni, 13,141.6H
second type o-class trans, verb, to treat well, to
repair; reflexive skuykep-, to dress onself, to
adorn oneself
second type o-class trans, verb, to like, to enjoy
1. noninflected verb, to be good
2. adverb, well
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be sweet,
13.141.3B
noun, brodiaea fiber brush
second type o-class trans, verb, to get rid of rub-
bish; altern. stem with -eg- infix slega*, 13.151.4
rubbish heap, trash pile (where one gets rid of rub-
bish)
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
249
slek^ec-
slek^eni
slek^etk^eloS-
slek^oh
slek^slek^
slek^slek^oh
slepslepoh
sloyc-
sloyk-
sloyi
sloylket-
sloylket-
sloyiketoy
sloylketo*?
sloyiketo*? wanah
sloyonem-
sloyow )
sloyowel /
sloyS-
sloyso*?©!
slo-^elik-)
slo'wel
slapjh
smec-
smecken
smecoy
smekolum-
smeiken-
smemoi
ku '>o smemsmenioi
smeyk-
sniohta*?r
so
soc(peyew-)
sohci
*?o*?lei wesohci
sol-
solo*
second type o-class trans, verb
1, to stroke backward
2. to walk backward
adverb, backward
second type o-class trans, verb, to pull backward
noun, shirt
noun, clothes; with pron. prefs. -slek^, single set
of clothes, -slek^slek^, clothes (generally),
11.355
noninflected verb, to dress oneself
noninflected verb, to slip in (e.g., letters into a slot)
second type o-class intr. verb, to descend; 3 s.
indie, -ok^ or -o*?!, 1 3.141 .1B(4); 2 s. im-
perative slo'?ycos, 13.141.2A(2)d
e-class intr. verb, to be loose, to be supple
noun, dried eel
e-class intr. verb, to run downhill (of a path)
second type o-class trans, verb, to sweep
noninflected verb, to sweep
noun, brush, broom
red huckleberry (brush berry)
e-class trans, verb, to launch; additional 3 s. and
pi. indie, sloyonekw, sloyoneckenek^, to slide
into water (intr. of a boat), 13.141.1F(10)
noun, frost, ice
second type o-class trans, verb, to sweep, to brush
noun, broom, brush
second type o-class intr. verb, to be thin, to be
skinny; 3 s. indie. -oK^ or -o*?, 13.141.1B(5)
noun, wild oats
noun, thigh
second type o-class trans, verb, to make supple,
to tan, to split (sugar pine nuts)
noun, chipmunk
noun, tanned deerskin
e-class trans, verb, to pine, to miss
e-class trans, verb, to pull out
noninflected verb, to break (intr.); reduplicated
form smemsmemoi, to break up, to slide (of a
mountain side), 9.22
slide, ravine (where it breaks up)
second type o-class trans, verb, to pick on, to
provoke
noun, bow (for arrows)
1. p.v.p., action in a particular direction, 14.21
No. 33
2. preposition, to, 16. 2B
e-class trans, verb, to say, to speak
adverb, up, on top, above; takes pron. prefs., 15.4
roof (on top of house), 15.43
e-class intr, verb, to fly; incr. pi. -i'?m(-)
adverb, exclanaative, alasl, 15.74
250
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
son-
sonc-
soninep-
sku*?y soninep-
sonk-
sku'?y sonk-
sonolewk^-
son(ow-)
kus so'>n
kus sonowo'?in
ko'?l sonow-
sonoy€w(oy- )
so*?nken-
so'^noy-
so'?o'
so-
so-k
ko*?! so'k
ti^ni^ so-k
wek so'k
wi*?i't weso'k
ko*?! hes *>! *?weso"k
so'n-
co(*?) so-ne*?ni
l^erur
so'nep-
so'ney*?
so'nii-
so'nilpum-
so'nol-
so'no'?m(ol-)
so'ol
so'(s-)
so-(t-)
so-tk-
so'twom-
see son(ow-)
second type o-class trans, verb, to paddle, to
propel a boat
e-class intr. verb, to feel, to think; altern. non-
inflected plural soninah, 13.141.1F(ll)f
to feel well, to feel happy
second type o-class trans, verb, to do, to treat
(well or badly); incr. pi. -o*?ni(-)
to treat well
e-class intr. verb, to be sexually unclean
first type o-class trans, verb, to be, to be like,
to happen, to behave, to do; incr, pi. -o**?ni(-);
3 s. and pi. attrib. sonowoni, 13.14i.6H; col-
lateral e-class forms on stem son-, incr. pi.
-e*?m(-), 13.141.1F(13); third person noninflected
pron. pref. form *?uson, beside regular forms,
with different functions, 13.141.41, 13.16; intensive
segonow-, to happen regularly* See also 13.16.
what is the matter?
how are you?
to die (euphemism, to do something)
e-class intr. verb, to be spoken to, to be spoken
of; 3 s. indie, sonoye'^w, 13.141.1F(5)
e-class trans, verb, to fish; incr. pi. -u'*?m(-),
13.141.1F(ll)a
first type o-class intr. verb, to be angry
noun, ghost
p.v.p., thus, so, 14.21 No. 40; with -eg- infix sego*,
usually, regularly
noun, sort, thing
something, 11.23
what sort?
this sort
a thing of that sort
does it matter?
e-class trans, verb, to lift up, to raise
raise your voice (lit., your song) in singing!
e-class trans, verb, to wear (clothes)
noninflected verb, to pray, to make medicine
e-class intr. verb, to dream
e-class trans, verb, to dream of
e-class intr. verb, to fly; incr. pi. -i'?m(-)
e-class intr. verb, to smell (intr,); 3 s. and pi.
attrib. so'no'^mononi, 13.141.6H
noun, yew
e-class trans, verb, to think
second type o-class intr. verb, to go; 3 s. indie.
-olc^ or -o'^l, 13.141.1B(4)
second type o-class intr. verb, to be strong, to be
able; 3 s. indie, -o*?. 13.141.18(5)
e-class intr. verb, to be good as a woman (as a
mother, housekeeper, etc.)
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
251
so*yc-
so-yl
so**?
spegi*
srah
srahk^oh
sra'ci
sra-kw
sra't
srelc^ahpi-t
srelc^epi"t
sroy
srunoyah(s-)
sru'lc^i
sahkamjy( pew- )
sjkayjh
sam
sanag-
sanjyah
SJnayasay-
SJpayj'?ay-
sas*?ikoy-
sjyakat
SJ'4(jp-)
SJ'noyk-
sa*nah
kus sj'njh
SJ'nak^s-
sa-nay-
SJ'noyk-
ci-ko"?! ni sa-nayk
sj'pan-
stowstelc
stunow-
suwep-
su*?low-
su*?row-
su-likW(omoy-)
second type o-class intr. verb, to go quickly; 3 s.
-o*?, 13.14 1.1B(5); incr, pi. so-ne'?m(-),
13.141.1F(ll)c
noun, gum (part of mouth)
noun, cascara tree, chittamwood
noun, fish hawk
noun, bluebird
noun, loincloth
noun, tanned skin, quiver
noun, ring
noun, California jay
noun, breechcloth
noun, diaper, 9.21
noninflected verb, to signal in games
second type o-class trans, verb, to scrutinize; 3 s.
indie, -o?, 13.141.16(5)
noun, columbine (flower)
e-class intr. verb, to be homesick, to be lonely,
to pine
noninflected verb, to be hard, to be unripe
noninflected verb, to be beaten, to be killed
e-class trans, verb, to beat, to kill; passive
samayawjy-, 13.141.31; reflexive sjmatep-
(sJEmatap-) or samayawap-, 13.143.1A
second type o-class intr. verb, to be unripe; 3 s.
indie, -o*? (-a*?), 13.141.1F(1)
noninflected verb, to think, to see
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to seem,
13.141.3C
e-class intr. verb, to put on a headband (when one
has caught a sturgeon)
second type o-class intr. verb, to be shallow; 3 s.
indie, -o*?, 13.141.1B(5)
noun, redbreast robin
noninflected verb, to do
e-class trans, verb, to do
* SJ'nayk-, e-class intr. verb, to wind (of a river)
noninflected verb, to be a particular color
what color is it?
e-class impersonal verb, to be very windy weather
e-class intr. verb, to be a particular color
= sj'noyk-, e-class intr. verb, to wind (of a river)
it winds all over the place
e-class intr. verb, to be light (in weight); 3 s. and
pi. attrib. sa-pani, 13.141.6H
noun, small fir tree
first type o-class intr. verb, to be middle-aged;
3 s. and 1, 2, 3 pi. stune'^m. 13.141 .1F(12)
e-class intr. verb, to breathe
first type o-class trans, verb, to dash water on
first type o-class trans, verb, to splash, 9.23
e-class passive inflecting intr, verb, to be blunt,
13.141.3B
252
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
su'um
swecoh
swegei
sweget-
swego'pil
swektkelo'*?wey-
swelk-
sweykemoy-
koloni sweykemi*?
welo'^ogey
sweyoksim-
sweyoksiSonow-
sweyoninep-
swoyi
swoyik'^eyet-
swo'inet-
swo'pin-
swo'*?ni(el-)
swahkay-
swaykah
syah4ew(-)
sya'lk-
syo'^o'gec-
syayk^atJh
s*?ecoh
s'^egok
s*?ek^on
s*?ew-
s*?eyoh
s*?e*?goh
s^oks'?o'ponem-
s*?oktoy
s*?olowoy
-s*?owec
s*?o*pe^weyet-
noun, manzanita flower
noun, yard (measure)
see swelk-
e-olass trans, vpi-h, to b© tir'od of
noninflected impersonal verb, to pour with rain
e-class intr. verb, to be warty
second type o-class intr. verb, to be scattered,
to burst; 3 s. indie, -o?, 13.141 .1B(5); swegei,
noun, gunshot (short stem form with -eg- infix,
13.151.51)
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be dull
(colors, etc.), 13.141.3B
it is dull black
e-class trans, verb, to slight, to insult
first type o-class intr. verb, to be rude; incr. pi.
-o'*?m(-)
e-class intr. verb, to be aloof, to fade; 3 s. and
1, 2, 3 pi, indie, sweye^m, 13.141 .1F(12)
noninflected verb, to be broken
e-class trans, verb, to scatter, to pour out
e-class trans, verb, to smell (trans.)
e-class trans, verb, to spill, to empty (trans.)
e-class intr. verb, to smell (intr.); 3 s. and pi.
attrib. swo''?mononi, 13.141.6H
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to fade, to
grow weak, 13.141.3C
noninflected verb, to be dull-colored
first type o-class intr. verb, to be (very) rich; 3 s.
and pL attrib. syahlewoni, 13.141.6H
second type o-class trans, verb, to kick; redupli-
cated form sya^sya'ik-, to kick repeatedly, 9.22
e-class intr. verb, to grunt, to make a noise; non-
inflected plural syo'^o'gen, 13.141,lF(ll)f; altern.
noninflected stem with -eg- infix syego*?o*, 13.151
noninflected verb, to slip
3 pi. object pronoun inflection, bipersonal conjunc-
tion, e- and o-class verbs, 13,142.1
noun, horn; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -s'?ec,
11.355
noninflected verb, to box (fight)
noun, pestle
e-class trans, verb, to pound
noun, pounding stone
noun, niadrone tree
see s'^o-ponem-
noninfiected verh, to be light brown
noninflected verb, to pound to a paste
inalienable noun, enemy, 11.354
e-class trans, verb, to hit in the face; reduplicated
forni s*?oks'>o'pe'?weyet-, to hit in the face re-
peatedly, 9.22
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
253
s*?0'ponem-
s*?aks*?a'paikin-
s*?awah
s^j'pal
e-class trans, verb, to hit with the fist; reduplicated
form s'?oks*?oponeni-, to hit with the fist repeated-
ly. 9.22
noninflected verb, to be hit in the mouth
e-class trans, verb, to hit in the mouth
noun, grouse (bird)
noun, marrow (of bone)
-§ third person concord suffix, locatives ending -i, -y,
11.342.3, and some adverbs ending -i or -y, 15.6
Sek^sew, Sekwgoh noun, quahog clam
For other words (in connected texts) with initial §- see the corresponding
s-initial word, 6.
tahpsoy
tahtis(kemoy-)
tahtos-
ta'^amo'?
ta*?anoy-
ta^ani'? newecelc
ta*?(anoyi-)
ta*?ano*p-
ta-
mos ta* ti*?ni§ow
ta-4
ta-nep
tegerum-
teget
tegetor
tegeto*?
tege*?niur
tege'^y
tegi'^n
tegi*?n cuciS
tegu'k
tekon-
tektekel
noninflected verb, to press, to iron
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to smell ran-
cid, 13.141.3B
e-class intr. verb, to starve; noninflected plural
tegah, tegahtok, 13.141 .1F( 11 )f
noun, red elder tree
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be hot, to
feel hot, 13.141.3B
I am hot and bothered (my living is hot)
e-class impersonal verb, to be hot weather, to be
sunny
e-class intr. verb, to be hot, to get hot (liquids)
= cita*, adverb, negative complement, not at all,
nothing at all, 15.81
nothing at all
noun, cerenaonial singer
noninflected verb, to be yellow
e-class trans, verb, to talk, to pray, to make medi-
cine; reflexive tegerup-, to talk to oneself
noninflected verb, to weep
noun, salnnonberry shoots
noun, sea eggs (sea urchin)
noun, snowbird
noun, flea
noun
1 . porcupine, porcupine quill
2. yellow moss for dying basket materials
canary (yellow bird)
1 . noun, beaver
2. noninflected verb, to play like a beaver
1. e-class trans, verb, to wear (clothes)
2. e-class intr. verb, to be added in (in payment
for an injury)
noun, sturgeon glue
254
tektekoh
tektekon-
tektes-
tektet
tektoh
tektome*?!
tektomoks-
tek(toy-)
tek^ )
tek^e'?s/
tek^onek^s
tek^oni*?s
tek^onur
tek^onur-
tek^s-
tekWsa*?r
tek^skey
tel-
le lo gel
telogura-
teloyew-
teloyu-4
teitelun-
tema 'l
temaloh /
ten-
tenekomoy-
tenol(key-)
tenol(keyow-)
tenonii
tenonilk^-
tenowen-
tenowol-
teno'
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
1. noun, bedstraw (a sticky plant, <cf. tektekon-)
2. noninflected verb, to patch
e-class intr. verb
1 . to be sticky
2. to grow in tufts; 3 s. and pi. attrib. tektekoni,
13.141.6H
= tektomoks-, e-class intr. verb, to be angry
noninflected verb, to build
noun, log
noun, white salmon
= tektes-, e-class intr. verb, to be angry
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to bp situated,
to grow (plants), 13. 141. SB
= tekWoni9s, noun, owl
noun, box (case); altern. stem with pron. prefs-
-tekw, 11.355
= tek^e'^s, noun, owl
noun, hammer
e-class intr. verb, to jump down, tC) dive; incr. pi.
-i*?m(-)
second type o- class trans, verb, to cut, to fell; re-
duplicated form tek^tek^s-, to ciat up, 9.22
noun
1 . heart of salmon
2. uvula
noun, manroot (plant)
e-class intr. verb, to be ill, to be sick; 1, 2, 3 s.
indie, telogelc, teloge'?m, teloga*? , beside the
regular forms; incr. pi. teloge*?m(-). 13.141.1F(13);
3 s. and pi. attrib. telogoni, 13.l41.6H
noun, pain; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -tel,
11.355
e-class trans, verb, to be in pain, to resent
e-class intr. verb, to tell a lie
noun, lie (falsehood)
e-class intr. verb, to be branchy, to be twiggy
adverb, for a long time, in vain
second type o- class intr. verb, to be much, to be
many; 3 s. indie, teno*? or te*?n, 13.141.1F(5);
incr. pi. tene'?m(-), 13.141 .1F(1 l)c; 3 pi. pron.
pref. form ('?)wetene*?melc, 13.141.4H; 3 s. and
pi. attrib. tenowoni, 13.141.6H
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be much.
to be many, 13.141.3B
e-class intr. verb ) to be mean (stingy)
first type o-class intr. verb j
noninflecting verb, to be dear, to be expensive
second type o-class trans, verb, to pay dearly for
e-class trans, verb, to take much of, to take more of
e-class intr. verb, to talk too much
noninflected verb, to be much, to be many
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
255
teno'wok
ten(pewe4-)
tenpey-
tensew-
tenumonok
tenumonoksim-
tenunow-
tenurip
tepoh
tepohs-
tepon-
tepo'
terek^s
terit
tesir
testop-
teton
tewey
tewol 1
tewolew j
tewol(ew) ni tepo*
tewomei
tewon
tewoye*?wey-
tey
teykelui-
teykelum-
teytkol-
tegeytko*?4
teykunow-
te'?nahsp-
te'?noy-
te'?noy4-
te^^rek^s
terek^s '?us(eg)on,
tik^ohs-
noun, educated person
e-class impersonal verb, to rain (cf. tonpewei-,
9.22)
first type o-class intr. verb, to eat much
second type o-class trans, verb, to catch a lot of
noninflected verb, to have bad luck wished on one
e-class trans, verb, to wish bad luck on
first type o-class intr. verb, to grow thickly, to
grow in clumps; 3 s. and 1, 2, 3 pi. indie.
tenune*?m, 13.141.1F(12)
noun, mocking bird
noninflected verb, to be fixed, to be hit (by a bullet,
etc.)
second type o-class trans, verb, to fix
e-class intr. verb, to be fixed, to stand, to be rooted,
to be vertical; ro*?oh used as plural, 13.141.1F(ll)f;
3 s. and pi. attrib. teponi, 13.141,6H
noun, tree; locative tepo'4, in a tree, on a tree,
tepo'nol, in a forest, 11.341
= te*?rek^s, q.v.
noun spotted sandpiper
noun, beaver
e-class intr. verb, to coagulate
noun, rush (plant)
noun, forehead
noun, Pacific Ocean
Sitka spruce (tree by the ocean). 14.43
noninflected verb, to be glad
noun, flesh; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -tew,
11.355
e-class intr. verb, to stick out
noun, brother-in-law
e-class intr. verb, to be a biter (of a dog)
e-class trans, verb, to bite; incr. pi. teykelu**?m(-),
13.141.1F(ll)a
e-class intr. verb, to be steep, to be sharp (natural
features)
there are canyons
first type o-class intr. verb, to grow together; 3 s.
and 1, 2. 3 pi. indie, teykune'^m, 13.141.1F(12)
e-class intr. verb, to be drunk (compound te*?n +
(*?)ahsp-, 9.24); 3 s. indie. te*?na*?s, 13.141.1F(3);
nonincr. or incr. pi. -i*?m(-), 13.141 .lF(ll)e
first type o-class intr. verb, to feel insulted
e-class impersonal verb, there is a big fire
= terek^s, noun, bride's basket
jjj^i^rnble^(^like 3 bride's basket), 13.16
second type o-class trans, verb, to break (trans.);
reduplicated form tik^tikWoWs-), to break in
pieces, 9.22
256
tik^ol
tik^on-
tinu'monok
tis, 18. 3E
ti*?n
ti*?ni§ow
ti9 now
ti9npelah
ti^npeloyt-
ti-gaw
tkartkar
tkektkekohs-
tkek^e-?!
tkek^e-^r
tkeK^e*?!-
tkepah(pet-)
tkohp-
tk^ep-
tk^epil-
tk^epin-
tk^epolil-
tk^e'>r(on-)
tm-
ku tmi'gomin
tmegenomeni
tmektmek
tmek^tmek^onoy-
tmen
tmenomen
tmenomeni
t me no mi
tmentmen
tmepit-
tmi'g-
tmoh
tmohkeloys-
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
noninflected inapersonal verb, there is a canyon,
there is a low gap; reduplicated form tik^tik^ol,
there is much sliding (on mountain side)
e-class intr. verb, to be broken; 3 s. and pi. attrib.
tik^oni. 13.141.6H; reduplicated form tik^tik^on-
to be broken in pieces, 9,22
noun, crazy person
interrogative pronoun, what?
interrogative pronoun, who?
noninflected verb, to be yellow
e-class trans, verb, to dye yellow
see tagaw
noninflected verb, to stick together, to mend
second type o-class trans, verb, to prick
noun, pot
second type o-class trans, verb, to boil
e-class intr. verb, to suppress emotion
e-class intr. verb, to be thick
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be short (human beings,
animals and birds, worms and ropes, etc.),
13.221; reduplicated form tk^eptk^ep-. 9.22
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be short (human beings),
13.221
e-class intr. verb, to be unable to reach, to be too
short
e-class impersonal verb, there is low scrub
first type o-class intr. verb (adj.), to be short, to
be low (trees, etc., body parts, clothes, utensils),
13.221; 3 s. and pi. attrib. tk^e'^rononi, 13,223
second type o-class trans, verb, to shoot; 3 s. indie.
-o*?, 13.14 1.1B(5); 2 s. imperative tmo^os,
13.14l.2A(2)d; with -eg- infix tmeg-, to hunt.
13.151.5D; noninflected pi. tmi-go*?, 13.141 .lF(ll)f;
intensive form tmi'g-, 13.152.2C
hunter (he who hunts a lot)
see tmenomeni
noninflected verb, to have an aching pain
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be shrubby,
13.141.3B
adverb, half, partly; tmenomeni takes -eg- infix in
tmegenomeni ckey-, to doze (lit., to sleep partly),
15.1; tmenomen is also used as a noun, half
noninflected verb, to throb, to ache
second type o-class trans, verb, to cut in half
see tm-
= tmohkeri, noun, half
second type o-class trans, verb, to break (trans.)
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
257
tmohkeloyt-
tmohkeri
tmo'l-
muc tmo'lep-
tmayweroy
toh ^
tohkow j
tohpew
tohpew-
tohpoh
tohpu*?r
tohsoh
tohtei
tohtet
tohtk^on-
tohto*?r
tohta'?
toksim-
toktomoy- |
tokto*?!!! j
tokus
toko lew
tolowec-
tolowei
torn
tomak^
tomak^o'?n
tomik-
tomowey
tomowe'^li
tomowoh
tomowoks
tomowoi-
tomoy-
e-class trans, verb, to break (trans.); passive
tmohkeloy-, 13.141.31
= tmoh, noun, half
second type o-class trans, verb, to shoot; 3 s.
indie, -o*?, 13.141.1B(5)
to shoot oneself, commit suicide by shooting
noun. Cannery Creek
noninflected pi. verb, to talk in a group, 13.141 .1F( 11 )f
noun, hole
e-class intr. verb, to have a hole
noun, wild iris
noun, drill, burrowing animal
noun, doe
noun, red-tailed hawk
noun, eagle
e-class intr. verb, to be rigid
tohtk^oni, 13.141.6H
noun, grasshopper
3 s. and pi, attrib.
tomu*?r
e-class trans, verb, to admire; with -eg- infix
tegoksim-, to praise, 13.151.5D
see tomoy-
noun, pelican
noninflected verb, to coo (of a baby)
e-class intr. verb, to speak Tolowa
noun, Tolowa Indian
see tomowoh
numeral, second element of compound numerals,
worms, ropes, etc., 13.211
numeral, second element of compound numerals,
plants, etc., 13.211
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be thick (worms, ropes,
etc.), 13.221; also used of fog, and of snow ( =
deep)
numeral, second element of compound numerals,
boats, 13.211
numeral, second elenaent of compound numerals,
houses, 13.211
numeral, second elenaent of compound numerals,
round things; tom used for dollars, 13.211
numeral, second element of compound numerals,
flat things. 13.211
e-class intr. verb, to chatter
e-class intr. verb, to be adult, to be a particular
age; 3 s, indie, to'^m, 13.141 .1F(5); redupli-
cated form toktomoy-, to be a particular age
(of things) to be in bits, to be in groups; 3 s.
indie, tokto^m also used adverbially, in large
quantities
numeral, second element of compound numerals,
trees, etc., 13.211
258
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
tonpewei-
topkey-
tos
tosoh
totos
toy
toykem
to*?
to*? numi
to*?ii§ci
to'^onelc
to*>onekWo9n
to*?oney
to'?one*?li
to^one'?r
to*?onoh
to*?onolcs
to'>s
to*?woh
to-
to*kso*?weyet-
to-lek
to'lekic-
to-loh
to'mec-
to'melc^on-
to-meni
to'meni sonowoni
to*me'?wey-
to-mik
to'moh
to'inoks-
to'ino"
to'mu*?logel-
to'ps-
toTa*?r
to-*?
wiC?) to-*? we'^a'^gap
(wa'?a*?gap)
to-^mi-)
niki to-*?moh
neni-*?nowoh
to be showery (cf.
17. 2G
numeral,
numeral,
numeral,
numeral,
e-class impersonal verb,
ten(pewe4-), 9.21)
e-class intr. verb, to weigh (intr. a particular weighty
adverb, exclamative, mode i>f address by an older
person to a younger
conjunction, even if, even though,
noun, father; vocative tot, jl.32
adverb, here
noun, camas (plant)
1. noun, hip (body part)
2. adverb, sent, con., and, then, so, 15.721
although, 17.2L(1)
adverb, somehow
numeral, four (worms, ropes, etc.), 13.211
four (plants, etc.), 13.211
four (boats), 13.211
four (houses), 13.211
four (trees, etc.), 13.211
numeral, four (round things), 13.211
numeral, four (flat things), 13.211
contraction of to*? hes
adverb, exclamative, enough!
noninflected verb, to cost, to be so much in price
e-class trans, verb, to hit in the face
noninflected verb, to foul, to get caught (rope, etc.
second type o-class trans, verb, to stretch a rope,
etc., as a trap or barrier
noun, cheek, face
e-class trans, verb, to carry (a heavy basket)
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be thick (plants, trees,
etc.), 13.221; 3 s. and pL attrib. to-meKWoni,
13.223
= to-mik, adverb, all sorts
all sorts of birds
e-class intr, verb, to have a broad face
= to-meni, adverb, all sorts
noninflected verb (adj.), to be fat (human beings),
to be thick (worms, ropes, etc.), 13.221
e-class intr. verb (adj.), to be thick, to be wide
(flat things, boats), 13.221
noninflected verb, to fall down hard
e-class impersonal verb, there is a lot of water
second type o-class trans, verb, to slap
1. noun, bar
2. noninflected verb, to bar, to be horizontal
noninflected verb, to be enough; subject noun may
have third person pron. pref.
that is the end of the story
incr. plural verb, to be together, to be in a group
we all looked, 14.21 No. 41a
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
259
to**? mar
tpeks-
trah(k-)
tregepah
tregepet-
tregepa*?
tronkoh
tjganap
tagas
tagjw
tagawara-
tagj*?y}ca'?ay-
tJgum-
taki'ksac
takjku
takj't
takta-patew-
tak^jkay-
tJk^Um
tJkWtjp
tamapi*?
tJinawa'^ayi ^
tJinawa*?a'>y J
tjpah
tjpak^s
tjpayah
tjpayjp-
tapjTij*?
tawamas
tJWJ-
tJ'?anjpi*>
tJ'kun
tj'lul
ta-lul-
tulos
(*?)netulos
tumic
tumonoks
tumal
tu"?
tu^l
e-class intr. verb
noun, friend, relative
e-class intr. verb, to be jammed
first type o-class trans, verb, to fetch water
noninflected verb ) . rv. -^v, ^- . ■
to fish with a dip net; intensive
forms tri'gepah, tri-gepet-,
13. 152. 2D
noun, dip net
noun, wild potato
noun, mockingbird
noun, rat
noninflected verb, to speak, to settle a dispute;
intensive form ti-gaw, to be at peace. 13.152.2F
e-class trans, verb, to greet, to speak, to talk to;
passive tjgjwamel-, 13.141.3H
e-class intr. verb, to be spotted
e-class trans, verb, to greet, to speak, to talk to
noun, a poisonous mushroom
noun, quail
noun, California woodpecker
e-class intr. verb, to clap the hands
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be stubby,
13.141.3C
noun, dentalium shell; with pron. prefs. -tak^ is
singular, -tak^tam is plural (string of dentalium
shells), 11.355
noun, ax
numeral, second element of conapound numerals,
tools, etc., 13.211
numeral, second element of compound numerals,
animals and birds, 13.211
noun, stem, stalk
noun, acorn worm
noninflected verb, to be cold (liquids)
e-class intr. verb, to be cold (liquids); 3 s. and pi.
attrib. tapayjwani, 13.141.6H
noun, large fir tree
noun, bee, yellow jacket
noun, locust
numeral, four (tools, etc.), 13.211
noun, head of fish; altern. stem with pron. prefs.
-tJ-, 11.355
noun
1. bone put through nose of corpse
2. knife with short hilt
e-class trans, verb, to make a ridge
noun, aunt; vocative tu*?l, 11.32
my aunt, used euphemistically for 4meye{ii*?r,
rattlesnake
noun, carrying basket
noun, tule (plant)
noun, sea duck, lesser snow goose
adverb, sent, con., and, but, 15.722
see tulos
260
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
tu-k
tu-p I
tu'ptu-p /
tU'Up
twegoh
twon-
twj-ni'?s
tye'^wol-
tyoh peyok( sim- )
noun, tail of fish
noun, sword fern
noun, flying squirrel
noun, coon, raccoon
e-class intr. verb, to be nice (of a girl); 3 s. and
pi. attrib. twoni, 13.141.6H
noun, spawning salmon
second type o-class trans, verb, to burn (trans.);
3 s. indie, -o*?, 13.141.1B(5)
e-class trans, verb, to hate
te^oyah
tlewolui
toiiolii
ioitol
toitoi ni '?e'?goh
tpoi(kw-)
tumin-
tunow-
tweyk^on-
tyoyk^on-
t
noninflected verb, to quiver, to scuffle
noninflected verb, to drip
noninflected verb, to be muddy
noun, mud, swampy ground
monkey flower (that which grows in swampy ground),
cf. 13.141.6I(2)c
e-class intr. verb, to be sensible, to conae to one^s
senses
e-class intr. verb, to be soft, to be tender, to be
rotten; 3 s. and pi. tunaini, 13.141.6H
first type o-class intr. verb, to grow (of plants);
3 s. and I, 2, 3 pi. indie. tune'?m, 13.141 .1F(12)
e-class intr. verb, to be straight; 3 s. and pi.
attrib. tweyk^oni, 13.141.6H
e-class intr. verb, to be slippery; 3 s. and pi.
attrib. tyoyk^oni, 13.141.6H; cf. Icyoyk^on-
U
-uh
-up-
-upew
(e/)u-
-u-'?m(-)
stem vowel, bipersonal conjugation, e-class verbs
with stems ending um-, 13.142.1
2 (nonincr.) pi. attrib. inflection, e-class verbs,
13.141.6A
reflexive stem formative, e-class verbs with stem.s
ending um-, 13. 143. IB
reciprocal stem formative, e-class verbs with stems
ending um-, 13.143.2B
1. 2 pi. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, e-class
verbs, 13.141.1, 13.141 .1F(7), 13.14i.4A
2. 3 s. indie, and pron. pref. passive inflection,
verbs whose passive stems are formed with -el-,
13.141.3H, 13.141.4F
1. pluralizing vowel alternation, noun mewimor,
old man, 11.21
2. intensive vowel alternation, verbs with second syl-
lable of stems beginning kW-, Icw, w, ?w, 13.152
o-class plural increment, 13. 141, IE
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
261
W
('?)w-
(9)wa-
(9)wahcei
('?)wahpew-
(^jwahtey
(*?)wa*?aIox
wa*?awor
wa'?si§onow-
wa'?sok(sim-)
wa*?soksi§on
wa*?soy(ow-)
(9)we-
wecew
wecker
(*?)wecoh
(•?)weconep
{*?)wegah(peniew)
ku nek wegah
wey ^u'^wegah
wega'neyo'c-
wegenoy-
wegog
wek
wel
welog-
welogo'
welogo'c
welogo'*?wey-
wel
welci
welici
{'?)we4keteg
(9)welkoh
(*?)weik'^enep
third person pron. pref., nouns and verbs with stems
beginning with h, except hi and hu, 11.353. 13.141.4C
vowel harmony form of third person pron. pref.,
nouns and verbs. 11.352, 13.14l.4B
noun, civet cat
first type o-class trans, verb, to marry (of a man)
(< third person pron. pref. form of *hahpew,
wife, 13.141.4J)
noun, kelp (seaweed)
noun. guts, intestines; altern. stem with pron.
prefs. -'?wa'>al, 11 .355
noun, floor
first type o-class intr. verb, to be pitiful, to be
wretched; incr. pi. -o'*?m(-)
e-class trans, verb, to pity; with -eg- infix
wega^sok(sim-), to be unselfish. 13.151.5D
noun, object of pity
first type o-class intr. verb, to be poor (not rich);
altern. stem with pron. prefs. -wa*?, 13.141.4G
third person pron. pref., nouns, verbs, and some
adverbs. 11.351. 13.141.4A, 15.4'
noun, chinkapin nut
noninflected verb, to marry into the same family
(e.g., of one's deceased spouse)
noun, sea eggs (sea urchin)
noun, sifter basket
noninflected verb, to get married (of a man or
woman, < third person pron. pref. form of
*hahpemew. mate, with -eg- infix. 13.141.4J,
13.151.51)
my spouse (whom I married)
to get a divorce (end one's being married)
e-class intr. verb, to foretell evil
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be named,
13.141.3B
noninflected verb, to quarrel
nonpersonal pronoun, this, that, these, those; used
adverbially, thus, here. 15.93
- welogo", noun, fat (noun)
Second type o-class intr. verb, to be fat; 3 s mdic.
-olc^. 13.141.13(4); 3 s. and pi. attrib. welogoni,
13.141.6H .
noun, fat (noun)
noun, soapstone, pitchy part of wood
e-class intr. verb, to be fat faced
see kyu*?
numeral, ten times, 13.211
noun, nail (body part), claw
noun, bulrush, cattail, tule mat
noun, wild ginger
262
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
welowalcW
weiowa-
weiowa-walcWo^n
we4owa*wey
welowa-we^li
welowo'^r
weiowurk
wen-
wencok^s
wenipl
weno*?nioneckenekw
weno'?monek^
weno*^moneni-
weno*?monew
weno*>oine}c
weno*?oinel-
weno*?oniew
weno*?oniewt-
weno'omoksil-
kus weno^oraoksi'^i
we no*? o mo 1-
weno*?omo*?r
weno*?oniur-
wentok^s
(?)wenu*woyk
(?)wes
(^)wes wanj*?
wesah
ku '^o wegesah
ku ho wegesah
wesahc-
wesep-
wesinili
(*?)weska*p
weskelok
C?)weskem
(*?)weskul
numeral, ten (worms, ropes, etc.), 13.211
num.eral, ten (round things), first element of com-
pound numerals, ten (tools, etc., plants, etc.,
trees, etc., body parts, streams, utensils,
clothes, worms and ropes, etc., flat things,
houses, boats, times, days), 13.211
numeral, ten (plants, etc.), 13.211
numeral, ten (boats), 13.211
numeral, ten (houses), 13.211
numeral, ten (trees, etc.), 13.211
numeral, ten days, 13.211
second type o-class intr. verb, to come; 3 s. indie.
-olc^, 13.141.1B(4); incr. pi. weno*?e'?m(-) or
weno*?i'?m(-), 13.141 .1F( ll)c; 2 s. imperative
wenos, 13.141.2A(2)d
noun, woman; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -wen,
11.355; cf. wentok^s, 9.21
noun, shelled acorn
see weno*?monew
see weno'?monew
e-class trans, verb, to bring back
noninflected verb, to float along; 3 s. and pi. indie.
weno*?monek'^, weno*?moneckenek^, 13.141.1F(10)
noun, point at which another rib is added in a basket
frame
= weno'?omoksi4-, e-class impersonal verb, to be a
particular season
noninflected verb, to be carried in the mouth
e-class trans, verb, to carry in the mouth
= weno'?ome4-, e-class impersonal verb, to be a
particular season
what season is it?
e-class intr. verb, to fly; incr. pi. -i*?m(-)
noninflected verb, to run
e-class intr. verb, to swim; incr. pi. -i'?m(-)
noun, female (animal or bird); cf. wencok^s, 9.21
see new-
noun, spider
spider's web (spider^s snare)
noninflected verb, to bathe (intr.), to bathe, to wash
oneself
bathing place (where one regularly bathes)
bath tub. wash tub (where one regularly bathes)
e-class trans, verb, to wash, to bathe (trans.)
e-class intr. verb, to bathe (intr.), to bathe, to
wash oneself
sentence introductory adverb, what I , howl , how
terrible! , 15.715
noun, crab grass (? compound ('?)wes + ka'p, "spider
leaves" )
noninflected verb, to braid up one's hair
noun, crab grass, (*?)weska'p. when cut and dried
noun, strap
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
263
(•?)weskWelek^s
(*?)wesk^eIon
C? )wesk^eloy(ow- )
(?)weskWe4
(•?)wesk^en
(*?)weskWen-
('?)weskWenet
wesomot
(^)wes'?onah ^
(*?)wes'?onew /
(*?)wes'?oni
('?)weya-'?ik
-wey
-weyec
weyet
weyew
weyewet-
wey(k-)
weyoks-
weyoksip
weyonah
weyo*?opew-
weypegar
we*?
we*? gey
we*?ik
we*? not
we^y
we*?yes-
we*?yicoh
we*?ylcoh '?ukecoyn
we*? yon
we*?yones-
we*?yonoh
wi
wik
wiktu*?
wilkw-
wina'?atew
wi§
wi§ew
wiStu*?
wit
wi*?, wi
noun, rope of wild grapevine
noun, body, value; altern. stem with pron. prefs.
-*?wes, 11.355
first type o-class intr. verb, to be brave
noun, member of family
noun, branch of a tree
a-class verb, to be branchy
noun, branch of a tree when cut off
noun, bow (for arrows)
noun, sky; locative (o)wes9onewik, 11.342
adverb, openly (cf. above)
see yo*?, yo'?4koh
inalienable noun, sister (of man), 11.354
noun, Wiyot Indian
noninflected verb, to be woven, to be finished (of
baskets)
e-class trans, verb, to weave, to finish (baskets)
second type o-class trans, verb, to finish, to lay
down (regulations)
e-class intr. verb, to be poisoned, to have cancer
noun, Labrador tea (plant)
noun, female (animal or bird), cf . we*?yon, 9.21
e-class intr. verb, to make acorn soup
noninflected impersonal verb, there is an epidemic
= we*?y, nonpersonal pronoun, this, that, these,
those
noninflected verb, to stretch (intr.)
= we*?y, nonpersonal pronoun, this, that, these,
those
noun, wing
nonpersonal pronoun, this, that, these, those
e-class trans, verb, to buy a bride
= wi*?§lcoh, adverb, today, now
today (the day today)
noun, girl, young woman; pi. we'?yono*?, 11.31;
cf. wj'?yas, 9.21
e-class trans, verb, to offer a bride price
noun, bride price
see wi*?
adverb, there
adverb, inside
second type o-class intr. verb, to dream; 3 s. indie.
-o*?, 13.14 1.1B(5)
noun, third finger
see wi*?
noninflected verb, to be (jet) black
adverb, sent, con., and so, therefore
nonpersonal pronoun, this, that, these, those; used
adverbially, thus, 15.94
pronoun, all persons; altern. form for third person
wi§, 11.25; used adverbially, here, there, thus,
15.92
264
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
wiC?) '^oUw
wi(*?) so*?n
wi'?ikin-
wi*?i-t
wi*?§lcoh
wi'goh
wi'l
wo
(*?)wo-
wogi
wogorup
wohkelo*?
wohpec-
ku '>o wi'goh
(?)wohpeg
wohpekumew
wohpekumew
weno*?oy
wohpekumew
weno*?oy segon
wohpekumew
*>uinesew
wohpek^
wohpew
wohpewk
wohpey-
ku '^o wegohpeye*?m
wohpeye^r
wohpeyonem-
wohplo't-
wohpu )
wohpuk j
wohpu lo't-
wok
woken
woklew
wo4i
wolkecoy-
wolkek^
wolur
won
won soninep-
there i§
it is true (e.g ., of a reported state of affairs)
e-class trans, verb, to stretch (trans.)
nonpersonal pronoun, this, that, these, those; used
adverbially, thus, there, then, 15.95
= we'?ylcoh, adverb, today, now
see wohpec-
noun, wheel (loan)
p.v.p., piist time, 14.21 No. 3
vowel harmony form of third person pron. pref.,
nouns and verbs, 11.352; 13.141.4B
adverb, in the midai©
noun, plant whose leaves are used for wrapping fish
noun, California laurel, pep^erwood
e-class intr. verb, to go acroigg by boat; altern.
noninflected stem with -eg- infix wegoh, 13,151.4;
intensive form wi-goh, 13. 1*^2. 2C
ferry (that by which one crosseg regularly)
noun, spruce root (used in basket making)
noun, a god (< wohpek" 9umew, the widower across
the ocean, see Kroeber, Handbook of the Indians
of California, p. 73)
lady*s- slipper, calypso orchid (Wohpekumew^s shoe)
pitcher plant (like Wohpekumew's shoes), cf. 13.16
pink honeysuckle (Wohpekumew's ointment)
adverb, across the sea, west
e-class intr. verb, to cross; incr. pi. -e*?m(-);
2 s, imperative wo'^peys, 13.141.2A(2)a; cf.
wohpec-, wjhpayjks-, 9.21
crossing place (where they regularly cross)
noninflected verb, to span (of a bridge)
e-class trans, verb, to carry across
see wohpu
adverb, into water
(in quick speech wohplo't-), to drown (trans., to
throw into water), generalized to mean "to kill"
pronoun, third person singular, he, she, it; used
adverbially, here, there, 15.91
adverb, somewhere
noninflected verb, to be glad
adverb, recently, just now, just then
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be morning,
13.141,33
noun, roof
noun, girl dancer at the Fish Dam ceremony
adverb, elsewhere, differently, wrongly
to resent (to feel wrongly)
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
265
won son(ow-)
won ni roksim-
won ni so'(s-)
wonekuk
wonekw(s)
wonew(s)
wonewsleg
wonewslepah
wonik(s)
wonik son(ow-)
wonkew
wonkew-
wonoye'?ik
ku wonoye^ik 9o
cwi"gin
wonoyo*
wonu(s)
wonu soninep-
wonukuk
worme*?y
worme'^y weci'Sep
worocin
woru
wos(kew-)
woy(§)
woy ni son(ow-)
woy ni 4ego(h)pew
woyc-
na*?(a)nii woyc-
wo*?
wo'?ik(s)
wo"?!, wo?4koh
(*?)wo'?it5e'?y
wo*?n
wo*?n ho
wo'^ni
wo^omel
wo*?o*t
(^)wo*geiinen
(•?)wo*gey
(*?)wo"gey(eikes-)
wo "gin
wo'gin ro'wo*?s
wo'k
to be different, to act nastily
to distrust
to be wrong
adverb, up, above
adverb, up, above, 15.6; takes pron. prefs., 15.4
adverb, above, overhead, in the mountains, 15.6
noun, moon; compound wonews + leg(a'y-), 9.24
noun, rainbow; compound wonews + lepah, 9.24
adverb, upward, 15.6
to lift up (to do upward)
noun, leached acorns
e-class trans, verb, to leach acorns
adverb, in the sky
(Christian) God (He who speaks in the sky)
adverb, up, high up
adverb, up, above; takes pron. prefs. 15.4, 15.6
to feel uppish
adverb, above, overhead
adverb, exclanaative, mode of address by a man to
his wife
noun, spinster
escholtzia (spinster's flower)
noun, bachelor
adverb, overhead, on the surface
e-class trans, verb, to wash (clothes, etc.)
adverb, strangely, 15.6
to be moody
to elope (to embrace strangely)
second type o- class intr, verb, to be away at night;
3 s. indie, -olcw or -o^l, 13.141.1B(4)
to be away two nights
pronoun, third person singular, he, she, it
adverb, inside; takes pron. prefs., 15.4, 15.6
pronoun, third person, plural, they
noun, angelica root, bitter part of a fish
adverb, thither
until, 17,2 L(2)
p.v.p., present or conteniporaneous time, 14.21
No. 22
noun, shelled acorn; altern. stem with pron. prefs.
-wo*?, 11.355; cf. wo*me4, 9.21
pronoun, third person singular, he, she, it
noun, half-breed
noun
1. fornner people
2. white man, at first identified with 1
e-class intr. verb, to be holy
indefinite pronoun, someone else, sonaething else,
other{s)
another pipe
1 . noun, morning
2. noninflected verb, to be morning
266
wo "lew
wo*lon
wo'mei
wo • pi )
wo'pik /
woTew
wo-yi
(*?)wa-
wjgas
wahk^ic
wjhpjyah
(•?)wahpayah
wahpayaks-
('?)wjhtu-p
wal
(9)wa4ka9
(*?)wa4ka'?i§neg
(*?)wa4kun
walpjh
wjlawi*?
wa4awjniay§
walowayl ^
walawa'^jyl /
walawa*? J'^y
walJWJ'wayi
waiawa'wa'?y
wjlawa-wolis
walawj-wapi*?
wjlay
(•?)waskun
wjsay-
waycak 1
waycjks /
(?)wayken
('?)way4
waypu'^r
(?)wa'?4pitak
wa*?nj'
wj^agay-
wa*? Jh
wa*?a*?
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
noun, spawn or eggs of seveiral fish (cf. wo-rew,
9.23)
noun, acorn paste
noun, acorn; altern. stem Wjrith pron. prefs. -wo*.
11.355; cf. wo-^omei, 9.;21
adverb, out in the water (of an island, etc.)
noun, spawn or eggs of one fish (cf. wo-lew, 9.23)
adverb, all night, overnight
vowel harmony form of third person pron. pref .,
nouns and verbs, 11.352, 13.141.4B
noun, fox
noun, fir-tree bark (used for firewood)
noun, bridge
noun, basket cap for everyday use
e-class intr. verb, to cross by a bridge
noun, Indian greens
see walawi*?
noun, bone
noun, wolf (? compound ('?)wa4ka*? + (w)i§ + neg(ep-),
"bones it eats")
noun, liver
noun, stick game
numeral, ten (body parts, streams, utensils, clothes
wa4 is used when another numeral follows, 13.211
numeral, ten arm's lengths, 13.211
numeral, ten (human beings), 13.211
numeral, ten (animals and birds); wa4awa' is used
when another numeral follows, 13.211
numeral, ten (flat things); wa4awa' is used when
another numeral follows, 13.211
numeral, ten (tools, etc.); wj[4awj' is used when
another numeral follows, 13.211
noun, tail; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -wj4,
11.355
noun, skin; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -*?WJS,
11.355
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to be thin,
13.141.3C
noun, puppy
noun, fat part of fish between fins and gills
noun, egg
noun, first part of a basket to be woven
noun, root; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -•?wa'?,
11.355
noun, mare's-tail (plant)
e-class passive inflecting intr, verb, to be young,
13.141.3C
noun, pillow
noun, tree toad
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
267
(?)wa?a-gac
(^)wa'?a'gjc son(ow-)
(*?)wa?a-s
wa*?yas
(*?)wa*gayac-
('?)wa'gayas
(*?)wj-p
(*>)w - 9
noun, alder (used for orange dye)
to be orange colored, 13.16
noninflected verb, to dye orange with alder bark
noun, girl; pi. wa'?yanjk, 11.31; cf. we'^yon, 9.21
e-class intr. verb, to speak English
noun, fair- skinned person, brave person
noun, butterfly
third person pron. pref., nouns with initial hVg,
except where V = i, 11.353
For y-initial words (in connected texts) not listed below see the cor-
responding h-initial word, 6.
-yah
yaha
ya-
yegom
yegu^uh
(?)yekWi
yek^ohs-
yewo4-
ye'?w(oniey-)
-ykew
('>)yoc
yoh
yok
yokmoki
('?)yo4koyc
(*?)yoikoyceni
yos
yo*?
yo'?ko'?ni
yo'^k^en
yovlkoh
yo*>0't
yo'mel-
y ah pah
(?)ya4kayt-
(*?)yj'na*?
yuV
yu'?nionewkW-
yuos
verb, to bend (trans.)
there is an earthquake
four-form inalienable noun, stomach, 11.354
adverb, exclamative, ahl
adverb, exclamative, oh!
noun, mountain quail
noun, ferryman
noun, maggot, worm
second type o-class trans.
e-class impersonal verb,
(cf. lewoi-)
e-class impersonal verb, the sun sets
inalienable noun, younger sibling, 11.354
noun, boat; locative (*?)yonci(k) or ('?)yonce'?e4,
11.341, 11.342
adverb, here, there
pronoun, third person singular, he, she, it; used
adverbially, here, there, 15,91
adverb, around
noun, wood, firewood; altern. stem with pron.
prefs. -*?yoh, 11.355
attrib. noun, wooden, made of wood, 11.36
adverb, here, there
pronoun, third person singular, he,
adverbially, here, there, 15.91;
('?)weya-9ik, 11.213
adverb, around
adverb, there
pronoun, third person plural, they; locative form
(•?)weya'*?ik, 11.213
pronoun, third person singular, he, she, it
e-class intr, verb, to be bent
noninflected verb, to be round
e-class trans, verb, to pick up
noun, barnacle, shell of shellfish
adverb, there
e-class intr. verb, to sink; 3 s. and pi. indie.
yu*?monek^, yu*?moneckenek^ 4l.lF(10)
adverb, thither
she, it; used
locative form
268
yu'lom(oc-)
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
e-class trans, verb, to steep; passive yu'lomoy-,
13,141.31
'?ahkecoyp
'?ahsp-
*?ahspah
*?ahspeyu*?r
*?ahteniar
'^ap
*?apoto*?
'^a-wok^
'>eck^oh
*?ekah
•^ekahpor
*?ekeks
'^ekekorei
mos kic *?ekelcore4
"^eken-
'?eket(kWel-)
*?eke*?r
'?ekol-
1. 2 pi. indie, and pron. pref. inflection, e-class
verbs with stems ending w-, 13.141 .1F{7),
13.141.4A
2. 3 s. indie, passive inflection, e- and o-class
verbs with active stems ending y-, 13.141.3E
1. third person pron. pref., nouns and verbs with
stems beginning with hu, 11.353, 13.141.4C
2. second type o-class intr. verb, to be, to exist,
to be born; 3 s. indie, ^olc^ or '?o'?l (when = there
is, always *?okw), 1, 2, 3 pi. *?oh, '>o*?w, ^ol, or
iner. pi, ^o'le'^mC-); 3 s, indie. '^olcWs maybe
used with subject nouns having a third person
pron. pref., 13.141 .1B(4); 13.141 .1F(6).
13.141.1F(ll)e
3. o-class trans, verb, to give, used in bipersonal
forms only, 13. 142. IB; Oohpel- (3 s. indie,
^ohpe^l) used as passive stem, to be given
3 s. indie, inflection, e-class and first type o-class
verbs, 13.141.1
noun, thorn, prickle; altern. stem with pron. prefs.
-"^ah, 11.355
e-class trans, verb, to drink; 3 s. indie. '?a'?s,
13.141.1F(3); nonincr. or iner. pi. -i?m(-),
13.141.1F(ll)e
noninflected verb, to be given food or drink
noun, soup
noninflected verb, to write, to draw; intensive form
*?i*?i?gahtemar, 13,152.2B
p.v,p., past time, 14.21 No. 4; unrestricted in time
reference as noninitial member of group, 14.31
Groups 28, 98, 99, 114
conjunction, but, 17.2H
adverb, exelamative, alasl may be followed by
pron. pref. verb forms, 13.141.4K(l)c
noun, big seal, sea lion
noun, hat
noun, capful (of dentaliunn money, etc.)
noun, cluster
noninflected verb, to have strong legs
to be still toddling (of a child, not yet to have strong
legs)
e-class trans, verb, to watch (a baby, etc.)
e-class trans, verb, to tie up
noun, necklace
e-class intr. verb, to hover; iner, pi. -i*?na(-); re-
duplicated form •^e'^ekol-, to hover repeatedly,
9.22
YUROK-ENGLISH LEXICON
26y
'^ekonem-
^eks-
'^ekero*?
'?ekWeyi(pel-)
*?ela
*?elekW
'?elew(olis-)
^elkel
*?eike4 son(ow-)
^ema )
"^eme /
*?emei
*?einki
*? enumi
9ep-
'?erew(ori§-)
*?eskew
'^ewpoh
'>ey^ j
*?e'?ekol-
^e*?gah
'?e'?gomimoh
'?eOgo- \
9e*?go*iino'?o4l/
'?e*?gur'?
viki
^iko*?!
e-class trans, verb, to hold, to keep
second type o-class trans, verb, to shut, to close;
3 s. indie, -o?, 13.141.16(5)
noun, door
1. noun, lamp
2. noninflected verb, to light; intensive form
^i'^il^ero*?, to light the lamps, 13.152.2B
adverb, sent, part., just, exactly, 15.735
e-class intr. verb, to be afraid; incr. pi. -i9m(-)
p.v.p., past time, 14.21 No. 8; unrestricted in time
reference as noninitial member of group, 14 31
Groups 29, 101, 14.32 Group 162a
adverb, sent, part., I wonder, etc., 15.736A; well,
15.736B; I do not know, 15.736C
= *?erew(orig-), second type o-class trans, verb,
to hang (trans.)
noun, clay
to be red-brown (to be like clay), 13.16
p.v.p., past time, 14.21 No. 7
p.v.p,, circumstantial, 14.21 No. 31
p.v.p., negative, 14.31 Groups 20, 95
adverb, then, thenceforth
conjunction, and, 17.2K
p.v.p., all over, 14.21 No, 27
adverb, exactly
second type o-class intr, verb, to be choked; 3 s.
indie, -o*?, 13.141.1B(5)
conjunction, if, 17. 2B; as adverb, should, 17.2B
= *?elew(olig-), second type o-class trans, verb,
to hang (trans.)
2 s. imperative inflection, e-class verbs, 13.141.2A;
see also footnote to 13.141.1
p.v.p., past time, 14.21 No. 18
noun, large turtle
noun. Pacific Ocean
adverb, exclamative, yes
see "^ekol-
noninflected plural verb, to eat in a group, to have
a meal, 13.141 .lF(ll)f; intensive form ^i^i-^gah,
13. 152. 2D; also used as a noun, meal, 13.152.2G
noninflected verb, to speak Hupa; cf. *?omimos,
Hu pa Indian, 13.151.5D
noun, bed; ef. 9o-lin-, to lie down
basket used in deerskin dance
locative, 14.21 No. 25c
noun,
p.v.p.
p.v.p.
1. subsequent occurrence, 14.21 No. 41b
2. all, 14.21 No. 41b, 14.31 Group 142
adverb, always; followed by pron. pref. verb forms
13.141.4K(l)c
270
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
'?imi
*>imoksu
-0- in
*?isku"
-^ - i§
*?iyah
'?i'?ikah
•?i*?ilcero*?
9i'?i9gah
'?i*?i*?gahtemar
'>i'>i'>gspj.yuTa
91-
-9m(-)
*?oCka"
*?ockic
*?ocoin-
-? - oh
Vohpel-
'^ohpok
*?ohpoksim-
'^ohpos
'^ohpum-
'^ohtoy-
*?olonem-
•^olonewk^-
^oloyew-
^oloyoke*?!
*?oikumi
^omimos
*?omoki
^omo^oh
*?onces
*?oregos
-}
p.v.p., negative, 14.22 No, 43b
p.v.p., emphatic negative, 14.22 No. 43
2 s. Is. imperative inflection, bipersonal conjuga-
tion, e-class verbs except those with stems end-
ing im- and um-, 13.142.2; see also footnote to
13.141.1
p.v.p., comparative degree, 14.21 No. 42a
adverb, gradually
3 s. and 3 pi. attrib, inflection some e- and o-class
verbs, 13.141.6F
adverb, exclamative, ohl
see '?jkjh
see *?akat
see '^elcero'?
see *?e*?gah
see *?ahtemar
see *?ap-
adverb, exclamative, yes
plural incr., o-class verbs with stems ending c-,
and some others, 13.141.1F(ll)b, 13.141 .lF(ll)c
inalienable noun, married daughter, 11.354
1. p.v.p., locative, 14.21 No. 25a
2. preposition
1. locative, 16. 2D
2. than, 16. 2D
p.v.p., present time, 14.21 No. 20
p.v.p., recent past time, 14.21 No. 21
first type o-class intr. verb, to sneeze
2 dual indie, and pron. pref. inflection, e- and o-
class verbs, 13.144,1; see also footnote to 13.141,
see *?- 3
1. noun, poison
2. noninflected verb, to be poisoned
e-class trans, verb, to poison
noun, king salmon
e-class trans, verb, to feed; noninflected passive
'^ohpumew, 13.141.3G
e-class passive inflecting intr. verb, to have one's
feelings hurt, 13.141.3B
e-class trans, verb, to carry
e-class intr. verb, to lie in water, to float; 3 s,
and pi. indie. Oolonek^, ^oloneckenek^,
13.141.1F(10)
e-class intr. verb, to call (of birds), to hoot; altern.
noninflected stem with -eg- infix *?e*?gol, 13.151.4
noun, throat
conjunction, because, 17. 2C
noun, Hupa Indian
adverb, in return
noninflected verb, to lie down (of animals)
noun, bracelet
noun, a rock at the mouth of the Klamath River
YUROK- ENGLISH LEXICON
271
'?oroc-
*?orog-
•?oroyew-
'*> -OS
^oslo-kw
*?osrir
ni molc'w^ *?osrir
'?oti§
*?owo'k
ku '?wo*?owo'k
*?owo'kpa*
*?oyek^i'?
9oyi-
*?oy4(kes-)
'^oyu'kWi?
9o'?le4
*?o*?lep
'?o*?lomah
*?o*?lome4
*?o'?low-
*?o*?rowi'?
-^o-lek^-
*?o*lew
*?o-le*?m(-)
•?o*lin-
'?o*lo'?oh
*?o*lo^(op-)
9o-4
9o''?r(ep-)
-9rep
*?akah
ku 9o 9i9ikah
9jka4
9akat
•?akjt(kW-)
9alamaka4
e-class trans, verb, to borrow, to owe (money;
mosk- is used of borrowing anything)
second type o-class intr. verb, to walk in a position
relative to someone else (to follow, etc.); 3 s.
indie. -olcWor-o9, 13.141.1B(5)
e-class intr. verb, to be in debt
2 s, imperative inflection, o-class verbs, 13,141.2A;
see also footnote to 13.141.1
adverb, downhill
noninflected impersonal verb, there is a noise
it is silent
noun, foot (measure)
adverb, tomorrow, the next day
nominal phrase, the next day, 15.45
adverb, the day after tonaorrow
adverb, exclamative, heyl hello 1
adverb, exclamative, heyl hellol
phonological structure, 5
e-class intr. verb, to lie (down);
adverb, exclamative, hey! hellol
oh I
ohl
abnormal
incr.
oh'.
pi. -i9m(-)
locative ^o^lepik, 11.342
as exclamative, enter* , come inl
to give (usually
o-class
13.141.1
-i'?m(-)
noun, house; altern. stem with pron. prefs. -^o^l,
11.355
noun, house;
noun, house;
noun, house
second type o-class trans, verb,
food)
noun, dove
2 dual indie, and pron. pref. inflection,
verbs, 13.144.1; see also footnote to
adverb, exclamative, yes
e-class intr. verb, to camp
noninflected verb, to camp
see 9- 2
e-class intr. verb, to lie down; incr. pi.
noninflected verb, to stand
e-class intr. verb, to stand
noun, person, people, Yurok Indian
noninflected verb, to be, to exist; with -e^g-
^e^go'*?, to grow (of plants, in a habitat)
e-class intr. verb, to run behind or in front of
someone else
inalienable noun, eyebrow, 11.354
1 . noun, fishing net
2. noninflected verb, to fish with a net; intensive
form 919 ikah, 13.152.2F
fishing rock (where they regularly fish)
noun, knee
noun, button
second type o-class trans, verb, to button up; in-
tensive form '?i9ikat, 13.152.2F
noninflected verb, to untie
infix
272
'?apka'?y-
*? jplas
re "i
fk /
•?a9ga-
•^a-wah si§on(ow-)
^ukoko'^ya*?
'^uma
'^umaoah
*?uniegeikoy-
*?uine*?wo'
'?umyo*?
*?upur
•^upes
^upjh
'?uweyu*n
*?uworu
•^u'ksey-
-*?yoh
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
e-class trans, verb, to tell; altern. noninflected
stem with -a^g- infix ^a'^gjp, also used as noun,
story, 13.152.2G; intensive fc^rm *?i*?i'?gap, to tell
repeatedly, 13.1 52. 2F; from intensive stem,
9i9i9gapjyum-, e-class intr, verb, to be a tell-
tale, 13.152.2F
e-class intr. verb, to choke while smoking
noun, apple (loan)
j-modified 2 s. imperative inflection, e- and o-class
verbs, 13.141.2A; see also fC)otnote to 13.141.1
noun, salmonberry
noun, salmonberry bush
noninflected verb, to yawn
noun, sweathouse
noun, grass
to be green (to be like grass), I3.I6
2 s. imperative inflection, e-class verbs with stems
ending with um-, 13.141.2A(2)b
p.v.p., past time, 14.21 No. 5; unrestricted in tincie
reference as noninitial member of group, 14.31
Groups 58, 60, 102
third person pron, pref., nouns, verbs, and sonae
adverbs, 11.351, 13.141.4A, 15.4
noun, up and down design on baskets
noun, salmonberry juice
p.v.p., past time, 14.31 Group 88b, 14.32 Groups
159, 181
noun, devil
e-class passive inflecting intr, verb, to be pleased.
13.141.3B
noun, river
noun, fish dam, tail end of fishing net
noun, raised ridge round basket
noun, backbone of fish (taken out and dried, cf.
below, 9.2 1)
noun, backbone
adverb, the most . . . ever; may be followed by
pron. pref. verb forms, 13.141.4K(l)c
adverb, overhead, on the surface
2 dual indie, and pron. pref. inflection, e-class
verbs, 13.144.1; see also footnote to 13.141.1
e-class trans, verb, to bear (children), to give
birth (< third person pron. pref. form of hu'k,
child, 13.141.4J)
see (•?)yoikoyc
ENGLISH-YUROK
abalone, small k^a'mic "'
soft- shelled metkoh
ability nekomuy
able, to be kitkah, nohten-, so'tk-
about (concerning) me 4
above hiwon, sohci, wonekuk,
wonek^, wonew, wonu, wonukuk
accident, to have an munic-
accom.pany, to megel-
ache, to lepel-, tm.entmen, (of the
stomach) megenep-
aching pain, to have an tmektm.ek
acorn wo*me4
decayed in clay cek^cem
roasted green pirkam
moldy pjgJ'^y
leached wonkew
black oak plo'sa'k^
brown sewom
shelled wenipl, wo*?ome4
small hinkjh
acorns, to gather 4k-
acorn flour penk^
acorn harvest ku co{'?) 4ku''?mo*?w
acorn paste wo-lon
acorn soup kegoh
acorn soup, to make weyo*?opew-
acquainted, to get cinamawah
across hikoc, hikoh, hiko*?cuk
across the sea wohpek^, wohpew, ^
wohpewk
across, to carry wohpeyonem-
across, to come me'?won-
across, to go wohpey-
across by boat, to go wohpec-
added in, to be, in payment tekon-
adm.ire, to kenroksim-, toksimi-
adorn oneself, to skuykep-
adult, to be tomoy-
afar, to be from cpa*nik-
afraid, to be •?ekWey4(pel-),
na'ginahp-, na-ginep-
afraid of . to be 4meyor(kW-),
na'ginahpim- , na'ginepim-
again kem
age, to be a particular toktomoy-,
tomoy-
ahead poy, poyew
alas a'wok^, solo*
alder ('?)wj'?a*gac
alike na*4
all cu
all over ko'^si, ko'si
ail sorts to'meni, to'mik
allow, to nahc-, nahcpum-, new-
almost si ki
alone, to be korpew-, kag-
along la*-
aloof, to be sweyoninep-
also kenn, pek^
although kitowco*? , to*? numi
alum root ha^a'g ni yegun ^
always cpikah, niko'?4, scey, *?iko*?4
ambush, to kepsc-
and '^emsi, to*?, tu*?
and so k^esi, wi^tu*?
and then k^esi
angelica root (*?)wo*>4pe*?y
angleworm kuckuc
angry, to be no*?(pey-), so'?noy-,
tektes- , tektomoks-
animal ho're'?mos
answer, to no'lo*(c-)
ant herpuc
appear, to newoy-
apple '?aplas '^
approve, to pyekcoh
apron cohcoh
of bark kek^sah^"^
arm -sen
armpit -rkow^
around nini, yokmoki, yo*?ko*?ni
around, to be ho*le'?m(-)
arrive, to nes(k^ec-)
arrow na^wk^ac ^
arrowhead knetknet '
ashamed, to be hohsep-
ashes pontet ^
ashore he4ku
ashore, to pull meno**?
[ 273 ]
274
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
ask, to ko*?oyew- » ko'^oyum-, mel'^en
at ni, *>o
attack, to myo*?rep-
aunt tulos
-automobile muc vo*>
autumn kelomei, keyoh, keyohke-
moh
awake, to be he'?wonii-
away now
away, to be cpa*nec-
away at night, to be woyc-
awe struck, to be na'ginahp-,
na'ginep-
axe tak^tap
baby ca-nu-ks
baccharis consanguinea ma-'?
bachelor worocin
back (noun) *ha*wec, lekita*?
backbone *?upah
of fish, dried '?upes
backward, to be hinoy (ni) son(ow-)
backwards slek^eni
backwards, to walk or stroke
slek^ec-
bad, to be kimol-, kimolahp-,
kimolep-, Imeyow-
bad, to feel kiminep-, kim
soninep-
bad luck, to have wished on one
tenumonok
bad weather, to-be ka*meg(ei-),
laptanu*?away-
badiy, to treat kimk-, Imeyk-
baggage ho'lu'l
bail out, to ke'^mohpec-
bailer ke*?moh
bake, to ce*?loh(t-), lelkel-
bald, to be ka{a*?ay
Bald Hills culu
^ball rohkun
ball, to make a mo*?ohkeloyt-
bank a fire, to ho'lelken-
bank (land) reworel
bar to*ra*?r
bar, to to'ra'^r
bark -rk^ec
fir tree wahk^ic
tan oak ro'get
bark, to mok^omok^oc-
bark one's shins, to se'^loylik
barked, to be ketop-
barnacle (*?)ya*nj*?
bashful, to be menewk^-
basket ho'loh
\ baby no*?os
bride's terek^s, te*?rek^s
burden kewoy
carrying tunaic
cooking mu*?rip
dipper keyom
drying mes'^ei
eating hek^c
fancy celog
plain pahcak^s
pounding pek^on
sifter ('?)weconep
small hjk^tjks
store pahtek^s
for deerskin dance •?e'?gur*?
with handles ('?)rumicek^s
basket, first part of to be made
waypu*?r
basket, point at which another rib is
added to the frame weno'?omelc
basket, raised rim of nohpeyu^l
ridge round "^upur
baskets, to naake fine, smooth
skawicew-
bastard ka-mu-ks
bat (animal) skoyom
bath, to wesah, wesep-
bathe, to wesah, wesep-
bathing place ku *?o wegesah
bath tub ku ho wegesah
be, to (to be like) son-, son(ow-),
si§on(ow-)
be, to (to exist) *?-, '>o''>
be somewhere one, two, three, four,
etc. days, to kohcemo^-, na'^amo'?
nahksemo?-, co'na'?mo?-, meruh,
etc., co-mo*? -
beak pjk^ah
bear (children), to '^u-ksey-
bear cir*?ay'?
grizzly nik^ec
beard mepoc
beat, to myewoles-, repic-, sama1
beat up, to merk'^sew-
beaten, to be sam
beauty, a thing of Ikyork^iSon
beaver tegu-k, tesir
to play like a tegu-k
ENGLISH- YUROK LEXICON
275
because mewistu*?, mi*?, *?oikumi
bed '^e'^go', '?e'?go*Iino'?o4 ,
bedstraw tektekoh
bee tjwamas
beg, to me4'?en
begin, to hopkek-
behave, to son(ow-)
behind hinoy, hinoyk, (a person)
hinahpc
below co'lew, hicoy, himar,
hinaarkik, hinia*?rlc, (down river)
pul, puloyoh
belt no*?ohpi*t:
bend, to (trans.) yek^ohs-
bend back, to (trans.) kyoyem-
bend sharply, to (of a river)
mye'^wey-
bent, to be yo'inel-
berries, to pick nahpay-
berry nahpay -^^'
bet, to min-
betray a trust, to nj"yaks-
better, had pahpic
big, to be (human beings, animals
and birds, tools, etc., trees,
etc.) peloy-
big, to be
human beings pelii
animals and birds pla*?ay(-)
round things, plants, etc., body
parts, utensils, clothes, houses,
boats ploh(keloy-)
trees, etc., body parts, utensils,
clothes, worms and ropes, etc.
plep-
flat things ploks-
houses pe*?r(on-), ple*?loy-,
ploh(keloy-)
boats pleyteloy-
bird cucis
a large (sp.) hewono'?
an extinct k^eyuc
a sea (sp.) ma-
birth, to give '?u*ksey-
bite, to ceykum-, teykelum-
biter, to be (of a dog) teykelul-
bitter, to be sken-
bitter part of a fish ('?)wo'?lpe'?y
black, to be
human beings, tools, etc., plants,
etc., trees, etc., body parts,
utensils, clothes, worms and
ropes, etc., flat things, houses,
boats lo*?ogey(ow-)
black, to be
animals and birds la*?agay(-)
round things la'?agah
water la'^jgayl
sticks, etc., = to be charred
lo'?oge*?r(on-)
black (jet black), to be wiSew
blackberry leycel
blackbird ka**? segon
blackcap ckohpin
blame, to lenahpim-
blanket ka*?a*?n
rabbit skin copele*?y
blind, to be nimi konntenep-
blistered, to be hawjsk^ay-
blood pekoyek, pekoyk
blow, to (of wind) mewec-, ro'k'^s-
blue, to be skoyon
bluebell pu'k wecpegaOr
bluebird srah
blue blossom sahsip
blunt, to be su'lik^(omoy-)
blush, to pakayu^rway-
board nahko*?
boast, to hohco'*?
boat (*?)yoc
body (9 )weskWelon
boil, to (trans.) ca*?am-, tkelc^^el-
boil, to (intr.) hunow-
boil over, to rurow-
bone (*?)waika*?
bone put through nose of corpse
tj-lul
born, to be *?-, nohsunow-
borrow, to mosk-, *?oroc-
bottom., to hit i'?ac-
bow (for arrows) smohta'?r,
wesomot
box tek^onek^s
boy mewah
bracelet '?onces
braid up, to weskelok
braids kay
brain payka-*?
branch (*?)wesk^en
when cut off (•?)weskWenet
branchy, to be teitelun-,
(?)wesk^en-
brave, to be (•?)weskWeloy(ow-)
brave person (*>)wa-gayas
breechcloth srelc^ahpi-t
-bread popsew
break, to (trans.) kek^ono-t-,
tik^ohs-. tmohkeloys-, tmohkeloyt-
276
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
break, to (intr.) kek^on- , smemol,
tikWon-
break through waves, to siyow-
breast newon
breathe, to sewep-, suwep-
bride, to buy a we*>yes-
bride price we'?yonoh
bride price, to offer a we'^yones-
i bridge runcah, wahpayah
bright colored, to be cahkay-
bring, to mu'^monem-, negem-,
nowonem-
bring back, to k^omien-,
weno*?monein-
bring up, to (rear) hunowom(c-)
broad face, to have a to'me*?wey-
brodiaea bulb halkah, kohcel
broil, to rekiroy
broken, to be 4'?ewk^oh, swoyl
brother (of man) -pa', -pa-goh
(of woman) -ley*?
younger cic, -ykew
brother-in-law tey
brown, to be light s*?oktoy
bruised, to be sewk^elum-
brush slahpo*?, sloylketo^,
sloyso*?o4
brushwood ka* pei
brushy, to be ck^eporii-,
ka'poli4-
brush dance melo*
there is a meloy-
to sing solo at nohpewil
buckskin, strip of skoy
bug nohpeiek^s
big black hupupos
bugs, to be eaten hollow by
penk^ei-
build, to hoh(kum-), tektet
bull (pegil) musmus
bullhead rohtun
bull snake mewom
bulrush ('?)weikoh
burl no lit
burn, to (trans.) tye*>wol-
burn, to (intr.) lo*?op-
burn oneself, to le'^loy-
burst, to swelk-
bury, to lelkel-
with an object of value
ho'la*?anem-
object of value buried wiih body
ho'la'?anek
but tu*?, '^apoto'?
butterfly ( *? )wa • p
button "^akat
button up, to *?akat(kW-)
buy, to ko*yc(kW-)
buy a bride, to we^yes-
buzzard Ijga*?!
by mei
call, to (of birds) *?oloyew-
called (named), to be wegenoy-
calochortus naaweanus pusi *?wecpe-
ga^r
calypso (orchid) wohpekumew we-
no*?oy
, cam.as toykem.
camp, to '?o"lek^-, "^o-lew
/Canary tegi'?n cuci§
cancer, to have weyoks-
candlef ish k^o*? ro*? r
cane nnelk^ei
canyon, there is a tik'^ol •
canyons, there are tegeytko*?4
cap (*?)wahpayj[h
capful '?ekahpor
capsize, to kye'?w(ol-)
card per, perkok^c
care, to take cpurk-, Icensonow-
care for, to nowk^-
careful, to be cpurk-, Icensonow-
carefully pyekceni
carry, to negem-, *?olonem-
a load ho'lu-l(es-), na-mul,
no'*?m(onem-)
across wohpeyonem-
off mulonem-
a heavy basket to'mec-
in the mouth weno^omewt-
on the back ho'rek^ec-
cartridge knetknet
cascara so**?
cat pusi
wild cmu'k
civet ('?)wahce4
catch, to koh(cew-), 4-
a lot of tensew-
cattail (*>)we4koh
cause, to hoh(kum-)
cave me4kuk
cedar ho*?ow
ENGLISH- YUROK LEXICON
277
celery, wild (?) kotkoti*?r "^
cemetery kowiStewoi •
centipede skawic
chair cilc^ar
challenge, to myo^rep-
change, to (trans,) cink-
change into other beings, to (intr.)
hunoyol
charred, to be (sticks, etc.)
lo'?oge*?r(on-)
chase, to no*?[5en-, ro^omec-
chatter, to tomowol-
cheap, to be merogey-
cheek to'loh "
cherry pu'n
chest (body part) k^en ^
chew, to pyewolum-
chicken ciki
chief poyweson
child hu'k, hu-ksoh, ku cey
young ca'nu'ks
childhood, to pass one's nohsunow-
children ma*tpo4, mekey, mekeyo-
wok
to lose at childbirth megeyo*
chin kawayah
chinkapin nut wecew
chip, to nohsec-
chipmunk smecken
chipper na'?nia*?w
chittamwood so**?
choke, to (with smoking) ^apka^y-
choked, to be *?ep-
civet, ring-tailed kerkel, kaycal-
civet cat ('?)wahce4
claim (title) *hek^ol
clam, fresh-water pi*?iyjs
razor cpaga*?
Washington keptoh
clap the hands, to takta'pjtew-
claw ('?)we4keteg
clay kelkem, Ikeyom, *?e4ke4
clean, to be mjwaksi5on(ow-)
clean, to be very mawjksay-
clean person mawaksi§on
clean fish or meat, to hoktketoy
clear, to be (roads, prairies,
etc. ) skewiikes-
water naway 4kap- , skawilkap-
clear, to (trans.) skewilket-
clear, to (intr., of weather) ma*y,
rohpil-
clear away, to now lelken-
clear weather, to be meworoh
clench the fist, to mo^ohkeloyt-
clever, to be ho-roks-, nekome-
weks-
climb, to nur*?urn(c-)
close, to (trans.) '?eks-
cloth skego^oh
clothes slek^slek^^"
cloud leptenok
cloudy, to be leptenoyl, lewk^enol
cloudy, to get leptenoksil-, lohpil-
clover kle*?upoh
red-flowered peton
club paka^m
club, to pakj9m.s-
clumps,to grow in tenunow-
cluster *?ekeks
coagulate, to testop-
coals lo'^og
coat cwona*?.
cold, to be sa*won-
(liquids) tapayah, tapxyjp-
cold, to feel sa-wel-
cold, to have a k^esk^es-
cold weather, to be ceporeg(e4-)
color, to be a particular sa'noh,
sa*njy-
colt'sfoot, sweet Icetlcel
colunabine sru'lc^i
comb cur(5a'?y
comb, to curpay
come, to nes(kWec-), wen-
come ini '^o'^lomah
come out, to me'?w(omec-), pk^ec-
comical, to be no'si§on(ow-)
conceited, to be ma'^anor
condor pregoniS
confess to having had malicious
thoughts, to pahsoy
coo, to tokolew
cook ku pu'womin
cook, to pem-, pew(om-)
over an open fire peya'^r
cooked, to be ske'^woy-
cool, to feel sa*woginep-
coon twegoh
corpse kesomuy
cost, to tO'
Cottonwood tree hega'^poh ^
cough, to herik^(on-)
count, to ckem
cousin micos
female (of woman) -let
278
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
cover of baby basket kece*?w
cover, to lo*?s-
cow (weyonah) musmus
coyote segep
crab ko'^ses
crab- grass (*?)weska"p
(cut and dried) (*?)weskem
cramp, to have lu'woloy-
crane ma*k
cranky, to be (of a boat)
kakjVwak^s-
crave, to ciweyet-
crawl, to lelkeloy, lepah(tep-)
crazy, to be kerpeyew-, sa*?arkey-
crazy person tinu'monok
creek ra'k i
Crescent City kohpey '
crooked, to be kakuVya*?
crookedly, to flow kjku?yjniay(k-)
cross, to wohpey-
by boat wohpec-
by a bridge wahpayaks-
crossing place ku '^o wegohpeye'^m
crow Ica-c, tea**?, k^egok^ -
crowd, there is na'?a'?ni(o'?w)
crowded, to be myop-
cry (weep), to niey(k^ele?wey-),
teget
cunning, to be hcroks-
cure (food), to ce'?loh(t-)
cure (illness), to hewolon
currant, wild mulomul
cut, to tek^s-
cut in half, to tmepit-
cutup(fish, etc.), to Ico-k^s-
D
daddy longlegs pulews
dance, to helonaey-
last dance at the brush dance is
danced niJWjy-
dark (adv.) lo*?ogeni
dark, to be ho*?oh(ko4-)
dark- colored, to be (human beings,
tools, etc., plants, etc., trees,
etc., body parts, utensils, clothes,
worms and ropes, etc., flat things,
houses, boats) lo'?ogey(ow-)
dark- colored, to be
animals and birds la*?jga'?ay(-)
round things la*?agj[h
water la'?agayl
dark-skinned person la'?agays
daughter -me'?y
married -*?mo'
daughter-in-law -Icep, -liepcem
dawn, at numi koy
day kecoyn, kecoyl
all day, by day kecoyk
daylight, to be kecoy-
dead, to be kic mi('?) pyuc son(ow-)
deaf, to be kepeyl
deafen, to kepeylk^el-
dear (expensive), to be tenonil
dearly, to pay tenoniik^-
death kesomuy
debt, to be in ^oroyew-
deep, to be (water) knu'?logel-
deep, to be (snow) tomik-
how deep is it? kus cpa*nayS
deer pu*k
deer meat nayamat
deer sinew hopi
deerskin, tanned smecoy
deerskin, white poncec
deerskin dance pyeweg
dentalium shell tak'^tam
descend, to sloyc-
devil *?unia*?ah
diaper srelc^epi't
die, to kmoy4(kes-), merkewec-,
moyk-, (euphemism) ko'^l son(ow-)
different, to be won son(ow-)
differently won
difficult, to be cahcew, sekeyow-
dig, to lekWtemei(-)
digging stick cuy
dinner cmeyonen *?o '?we*?i*?i'?gah
dip net tregepa*?
dip net, to fish with a tregepah,
tregepet-
dirt ka-mei
dirty, to be ka-melkes-, kimoi,
(water), k.i*ma4(kap-)
disappear, to menec-, menecol-,
menunow-
dislike, to ka-moksim-, kim so*(s-)
me4 , kenso'noksim-
disliked, to be ka-mok
dispute, to settle a tagaw
distrust, to won ni roksim-
dive, to tek^onur-
divorce, to get a wey ^u'^wegah
dizzy, to be ho-mel-
do, to megi'^rep-, nahk^-, son-,
sonk-, son(ow-), sa-lah, sa'4(ap-)
-/Aounmocou {\s^\ o\)
-uiauom^ou o; 'aanpua
^8JOM3J puBT JO
60iCuin6 ;atr qsij jo
^Buo/ABS *qBUOM3a 'uoM3a pua
-s>ir:^tMVU aq o; 'Aduia
-md.oMS o; 'Aduia
(-:^8d)UBd8M; ssaaddns o; <uot;oui3
M8d(q)oSat o; 'aaq^o qo^a aoBjquia
3o60-[ saaquia
uoM ajaqMas^a
Mad(q)o3at ni ^om o; 'adoia
fTAvaui ^T^
^ouib6tb; P^-^ *japTa
§Tm^^^<^ Moqia
>jT;aMau^ ;q3T9
Twaa.oM 'Mai.OM qsij jo s3§a
^iCrM(6) 3^^
-UT^as UB B^i^evj. o^ *:^JOjja
-XOUiaT JOj qSTj o:^ ^s^aa
uouinx dBj; laa
^yCo^s paT«ip
>^OM.oua; uosjad pa^Bonpa
UB ST ajaq; 'uooui aq; jo asdxpa
-uin^aaui dn
-iCadua; qonui
{'^^)o/i.ou ;sarJ b sb
qB3636 *-d3U o; ';Ba
-jCaSojam aq o; 'iCsBa
qBSajC>i oq n^ ;sBa
-oma^HS o3 o^ 'X^TSBa
-^O/AB/i
*-^OJAB\ UB ST aaaq; 'a:KBnbq;jBa
fr^i BuTJJBa
U6T0 'TUTD (qJa^pB) XxJBa
j<:,B3adD aBa
^auOAvaq paa
|T3.rd uapio3
;a;qo; a-[3Ba
-;aMa|i o:^ 'aXp
orourd :^STTp
xoui §unp
utS.tmo txutu aq o; 'qtunp
-fO^^qOT aq o; 'J[aq;BaM n^p
qr:jlXrMS aq o; 'paaoioa \\np
-iCoina:^iCaMS (sjoiod) aq o:^ 'n^^p
^6^^^6^•^9M^ (aouBD) ;no3np
^ruin; Bas
;aXru ^onp
-fiCoi690 9Cio; 'JtaqiBaM Xjp
-XOX690 aq o; 'iCjp
(-;)qoi690 (-SUBJ;) o; 'Xjp
-dsqBU6a; ^^ ^^ 'M^njp
-Xodaa Bux^Baq xnnap q;m 3uts o;
j<:,Bd.oo:siOD o; *xnT\ap
d.oo^OD uinjp
'j^y[/ABUBVOi
'-^y[JABUBi (-J^UT) o; 'uAvoap
-l.o^dqoM
'-;.oxndqoM (-subj;) o; *uMOjp
-Dr6r6tuir^5i o; */:bmb aAtjp
^nxoMai; *6BX?6«I>1 ^^ *<^^^P
-dsqB6 'qo^:siaj o; '^uiap
j^ndqo; XTT-iP
oaaoM^OD pooM^jTjp
-^^Mauax o; *yTjp
qo^^axs^n^TS
«-da>iXnns '-ir^^nXr^s o; 'ssaap
^^iiniCrMS '^r>is (s.ubxuom) ssajp
-^fTUI.BlX
o; 'TiiBajp Sjjo;Dop aq; uiBaap
-uind^TU.os o; ';noqB uiBajp
-^^^TM '-tTu.os o; 'uiBajp
aBTrta;qB6 O) *MBap
d.rM ^.B6Bd ^xJuoSbjp
-saxa^y^M^auaui
'-goxaMM^^T o; '3uoxB 3b jp
-Xa'sio
TuamouaSaTU; ^-iCrgiaT^io o; 'azop
^Txnd 'M^axi^d ':Hi^>iaTi^cl jaAiJ UMop
-^a^^Xoxs una o;
^M-0TS06 XTTquMop
>lTxa^s 'Txa^is *5iT>isa^
'T^sa>i 'vaM^I-o^ (qaa^pB) uMop
6TMoa<:,06 iCagaui ^muanoui
^TMOJ606 a/VOp
^>lodaa ^BMJOop
^os>ia6 joop
yCaMO^ ;;Bq; op :^,uop
0DTM031 *ODaAVO^ Ui^^P
trM.rSrq pooMSop
^>toSaiu *qB§TD 3op
qosqo:^ aop
-jTiin o; 'aSpop
qodqoTuaa 3uos aouBp jo^oop
qomaa ^q:^ ut ;aBd By{-e^ o%
qouiaj aouBp ao:^Dop
-/AB^OSBj^'y[
ao^oop jaXBJd b sb ;Baj; o;
saSaxu 'iCa^a:^ JO^aop
612
MODIXaa MOHQA-HSnONa
280
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
enemy -s'^owec
English, to speak ('?)wj*gayjc-
enjoy, to nowinep-, skuwet-, skuyal-
enough! to*?woh
enough, to be to**?
enquire, to cpega*?roy-
enter, to noh(pew-)
enterl •?o*?loniah
envy, to kemoloc-
epidemic, there is an weypegar
escholtzia wornie'?y weci*§ep
even (adverb) kem
even if, even though kitowco*?,
tosoh
evening cmeyonen
evening, to be cnaey-, cmeyoksii-
everything ci-ko*?l, ko'^si, ko'si,
merk^eni
everywhere kego*?si, ko'^si, ko'si
evil creature ka'mes
exactly kenumi, *?ek^, ^enumi
excessively kitwa{ay§, ko*?nii
exhaust (eat up), to merkum-
exist, to *?-, *?o"'?
expensive, to be tenonii
explode, to i'?ui(k^on-)
extinguish, to meneiken-
eye -lin
eyebrow -*?rep
eyelash -4[5el
face to'loh
fade, to sweyoninep-, swahkjy-
faint, to merkewec-
f air- skinned person muncas,
muntas, (*? )wa'gayjs
falcon ka'nit
fall (autunin) kelomei, keyoh,
keyohkemoh
fall, to lekol-, lelko'O
(water) klewolul
fall down hard, to to'mo*
fall in (collapse), to lek^ol-
fall over, to kyolpo**?
fallfish cegun
family, member of ('?)wesk^e4
fang of snake lo*?lip4
far (adverb) cpa*, cpa*ni, no-4
as far as no*4
how far? kus no* 4
far side, on the nahpcuh
far, to be cpa-nik-
fare (well or badly), to ho'le*?m(-)
fat pemey, welogo*
fat, to be welog-
(human beings) ploh(keloy-),
to'moh
fat faced, to be welogo**?wey-
father -psec, totos
father-in-law pa-rew
fawn kepceni§
fawn, spotted 4kj4kjpic
feather rego*?, re*?noh
feeble, to be no'loylcWel-, na*lj:yka4
feed, to (trans.) '^ohpum-
feel, to kominep-, soninep-
fell, to tekWs-
female wentok^s, weyonah
fence rewi'§
fennel, hog's kahkah wenep
fern, California wood (?) pa^a^jS
segon
fern, gold-back, maidenhair, five-
finger re'^go'?
fern, brake ho*?olek
fern, sword tu*p, tu'ptu-p
ferry ku *?o wi*goh
ferryman yegu'?uh
fetch, to 4-, mu*?monem-, nonow-,
nowonem-
fetch, to (a load) nu'les-
few, to be cken-
field sepolah, sepolek
fight, to pelonQew(pey-), pelomoy-
fighting, there is pel(ep-)
file me*?repo'?y
fill, to regohpet-, regohpin-
the air (noise) lek^o4-
fin cecek^
find, to hek^s-
fine, to pay a ma'w-
finger ska'^atew
index cawasjctaw
middle (long) knewoletew
third wina*?atew
little ceyketew, kamataw
finish, to weyewet-, wey(k-)
finished, to be weyew
fire mec
to make ho^op-
to bank or stir a ho*le4ken-
to set on pelconoc-
there is a big te^noy4-
ENGLISH- YUROK LEXICON
281
firecracker (flower) pu-k wjlkah
fireweed pa*?a'?i§
fireplace meclah
first, at first hewon, hewoni
first month kohcewec
fir tree, large tapa-na*?
fir tree, small stowstelc
fish nepe'?wi§, nunepew, nunepuh,
nunepuy
fish (sp.) me'^wo", ma*?lus
fish, fat part of ('?)wayken
fish, to rorowen-, so'?nken-
for eels lemol-
for trout kjtk-
fish with a net, to lewet-, *?akah
fish dam lo'gin, '?umyo'?
chief builder of, at Kepel lo*?
girl helper at ceremony of
no'?ome*?r
girl dancer at ceremony of
woiur
fish dam house le*?wei
fisher (bird) le*?go*?
fish hawk spegi*
fishing rock *hek^ol
fit, to ren-
five meruh
five- point deer meruh cego'?onep
fix, to tepohs-
fixed, to be tepoh, tepon-
in the ground myo'ley-
flank skoypil
flap, to hoyikep-
flat, to be (roads, fields, etc.)
skewilkes-
flat, to be (roads) skewil on-
flat, to be (round things, flat things)
skawjhkay-
flat, to make skewilket-
flat, the land is keioksii
flatulent, to be ro'k^s-
flea tege^y
flesh tewon
flicker (bird) pegoy
flint ni'gem, pa*?arik
flint for tattooing ckemkoh
flint, white rekoyoyS
float, to weno'^monew, ^olonewk^-
float upward, to rohp-
flood, to be in plohp-
floor kelkem, wa*?awor
flounder ipagap
flour, acorn penk^
flow, to la'yop-, lekoy-, royk-
flow away, to meworoy-
flow quickly, to sekikoy-
flower ci"§ep
flower, to ci'Somoy-
fly cohpos
fly, to la*yol-, letkol-, lol-,
nohslel-, sol-, so'nol-, weno*?omol
fly away, to nohsol-
fog mo*?ohpir
foggy, to be mo*?ohpirk
follow, to no'*?rep-, *?orog-
food ke*?niow, nuneg, nunepew,
nunepuh, nunepuy
food taken with one mawpah
food to take with one mawp-
foot -ckah, (measure) '?oti§
feet long, to be so many mecken-
forbidden, to be k^ahley
forehead tewey
forest, in a tepo*no4
foretell evil, to wega'neyo'C-
forget, to ha'^pel, .kahselum-
forgive, to cega*noks-
fork ci'kak
formerly hikon, hikoni
foul, to (rope) to'lek
four (human beings) co*?oney4
(animals and birds) cj*?ana*?ayl,
cj:'?ana'?a'?y
(round things) to'^onoh
(tools, etc,) ta*?anj:pi*?
(plants, etc) to'^onek^o'^n
(trees, etc.) to'?one'?r
(body parts, streams, utensils,
clothes) co'^one'^n, co'ne^n
(worms, ropes, etc.) to*?onelt
(flat things) to*?onolcs
(houses) to'^one*?!!
(boats) to*?oney
times co'^onemi, co*na*?mi
days co*na'?amoy4
arm's lengths co*?onjmay5
to be somewhere for four days
co'na'^mo*?-
to be four in number co*?oney-
fox WJgJS
frail, to be maykal
frequently Icenego^l, sega'?ani,
sega*?ni
fresh, to be ha'^ahkal
friend rahcin, to**?mar
friendly, to be penohpeyow-
282
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
frighten, to Imeyonem-
frog IkWjtjk^s
from mei
front, in himec, poy, poyew
frost sloyow, sloyowel
full, to be kohcewel, regohp-
ri*k(oinoy-)
gamble, to ho*k^(c-)
gambleweed kotkoti*?r *?usegon
gap, there is a low tik^oi
garden ho'lei
gather, to no'welken-, no'welkin-
(flowers, etc.) hoh(kum-)
gaze, to newor
generous, to be skewoi(key-)
gentian sepolah ni yegun
get up, to hewe4keloy(p-)
ghost sa*?ai , so*?o"
gills ma*? jx
ginger (*? )we4k^enep
girl we*?yon, wa'?yas
girl friend -r, -ris
give, to nahc-, nahcpum-, *?-, ^o'?low-
give away winnings, to cinomel-
given food, to be '^ahspah
glad, to be tewonael, woklew
glide along on water, to ro'yonew
glow, to mecewolo^
glue sarkew
glue from a tree ha'lop
glue from sturgeon tektekel
gnat cohkiks
gnaw, to cacamjkai
go, to heg-, ho-
go away, to so't(-)
go quickly, to so'yc-
go out (of fire), to menel
go and do nuU^o
go onl cinah
go with others, to megel-
God (Christian) ku wonoye*?ik ^o
cwi'gin
good, to be skuyah(pel-), skuyep-
good as a woman, to be so'twom-
good weather, to be skeweg(e4-),
skuweg(ei-), sku*?y so* negei-
goodbye cu4, cu"*?
goose kelok
goose, lesser snow tumal
gooseberry mohka*?
gopher mewom, skelikra*?
gradually '?isku*
grain, to be of good skawjyk-
grandchild -Icepew
grandfather picowos
grandfather, deceased peycew
grandmother kucos
grasp in both hands, to na*?asanem-
grass "^a'wah
grass, long lu'i
grasshopper tohto'^r, tohta*?
grave ka^mei
gravel peceyk^sel
graveyard ka'mel
gray, to be (anim.als and birds,
worms , r o pe s , et c . ) pa 4 k^a*? ay( - )
(deer) pancah
(round things) paik^ah
(plants, etc., trees, etc.) po4k^en
•^uson
gray, to be light Icirwala^ay
son(ow-)
gray-haired, to be Icirwala'^ay
grease pemey
greasy, to be pemeyomoy-
greedy, to be lo'^nco'?
greedy for, to be ma*?epet-
green, to be *?a*wah si§on(ow-)
greens, Indian ('?)wahtu*p
greet, to hekcor, humcor, tagawam-
tagum-
groan, to k^omkep-, remep-
ground 4ke4
ground hog k^ecoyek^
group, to be in a co'*?m(-), to''?m(-)
grouse s*?awah
grow, to hunow-
(of plants) tek(toy-), {unow-,
9e*?go**?
grow badly, to ka*munow-
grow well, to skunow-
grow together, to teykunow-
grow up, to nohsunow-, nunow-
grunnion keges
grunt, to syo'?o'gec-
guard, to ni'*?n(-), ni'*?n(ow-)
guest, to eat as a no'yc(k'^-)
gulp down, to menok^olum-,
mikolum-
gum (part of mouth) so"y4
gun pjhsah
guts (•?)wa*?alox
ENGLISH-YUROK LEXICON
283
H
hail sahksah
hail, to (weather) sahksah
hair (*?)leptoyi
hairpin, bone nohcur
hair tie kay
half (noun) tmenomen, tmoh,
tmohkeri
half (adverb), in half tmen, tmeno-
men, tmenomeni, tmenomi
half, to cut in tmepit-
half- breed ('?)wo'geimen
hammer tek^onur
hand cewes
handsome, to be mamay(jw-)
hang, to (trans.) •?elew(olis-),
'?erew(oris-)
happen, to son-, son(ow-)
happy, to be hahpelin(ep-),
nowinep-, sku*?y soninep-
hard (adverb) koma, pke'^y so*,
seke*?y so-
hard, to be sekeyow-, sakayah
hardly ce*?niuc
harm, to kimk-
harpoon, to rohsina-
hat '^ekah
hate, to tyohpeyok(sim-)
I hate the idea of hegek
haunted, to be sa'^alkun-
hawk knu'u
hawk, red- tailed tohtei
hawk, sparrow rikoret
hazel holii ka"p
hazel shoot holil
he k^elas, wok, wo*?, wo*?o*t, yok,
yo?, yo-^o-t
head moik^oh
head of fish ta'kun
head of fish, dried cerko*
head of river ma*?wamay
headband (of woodpecker scalps)
plegok
headband, to put on sjpay*i*?ay-
heal, to (trans.) hewolon
heal, to (intr.) po^oh
healthy, to be hewec-
heap, to be in a mek^ei
hear, to ko'?m(oy-)
hear with distaste, to cege^roy-
heart cek^s
heart of salmon tek^sa*?r
heavy, to be pke*?y(el-)
heel 4e*?mek^
hell corelc^ik
help, to nagjy(k-)
help, to go to nohsewen
helpful, to be noson(ow-)
hemlock pes'>es
herb (sp.) kri'c
here hitoy, toy, wek, wiC?), wi§,
wok, yoh, yok, yos, yo*?
herel cew, cewah, hela'?
heron, green corelt^ik ni ma*k
hey I ha4, hei, hoyi*, "^oyek^i*?,
*?oyi*, '^oyu'k'^i*?
hide, to (trans.) ceyohpin-
hide, to (intr.) hakay-
high, to be (round things, trees, etc.)
no*?op- (plants, etc., trees, etc.)
knewe^l(on-)
hip (body part) to*?, nukca^akai
hire, to ko*?oyew-, ko'^oyum-
hit, to kohto'(lis-)
hit in the face, to s'?o"pe'?weyet-,
to'kso*?weyet-
hit on the head, to kahta*?in(k-)
hit in the mouth, to s*?aks*?J*paikin-
hit with the fist, to s'^o-ponem-
hit right in the center mekoh
hit, to be tepoh
hit in the mouth, to be s'?aks*?J*pa4
hog k^egeru*?
hold, to *>ekonem-
hold down, to lo*?s-
hole tohpew
hole in the ground me*?upeg,
me'?upegah
hole, to have a tohpew-
hoUow, to be nak^lkaks-
hollow out, to rek^cem-
hoUow, to be eaten penk^ei-
holy, to be (*?)wo'gey. ('?)wo*geye4ke
home, to go kemey-
home, to take kemeyonem-
homesick, to be kesomewel-, keso-
mewt-, sahkamay(pew-)
honey repcem
honeysuckle, pink wohpekumew
*?umesew
hook, fish nahca*^
hook, to nayps*?-
hoot, to *?oloyew-
(I) hope that , . . kos, kos*?ela,
kos*?elason, kos'^elson
284
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
horizontal, to be toTa*?r
horn s*?ecoh
horse mulah
horse-neck (clam) keptoh
hot, to be, to get ta'^ano-p-,
ta*?anoy-
hot, to feel ta'?anoy-
hot weather, to be ta'?(anoy4 -)
house ^o'^lei, *?o91ep, '?o*?lomah,
'?o'?lomei
house pit kepol
hover, to '?ekol-
how ? kus
how are you? kus sone^m, kus
sonowo'^m
how: cume*?y, wesinilt
however kotuskini
huckleberry ci'gjy
huckleberry, red sloylketo*? wanah
huckleberry bush nahpayu'p
hummingbird cegemem
hunger ciwey
hungry, to be ciwey-
hunt, to tmeg-
Hupa hupo*
Hupa Indian '?omimos
Hupa, to speak '?e'?gomimoh
hurry, to (going somewhere)
himec-, himoTeyow-, himaks-
hurry, to (doing something) himek-
hurt, to ho'^omohtk-
hurt, to be ho'^omoh
hurt, to have one's feelings ^ohtoy-
husband -nos
I nek, neki?
ice sloyow, sloyowel
if mo, moco, *?epei
even if kitowco*?, tosoh
ill, to be tel-
ill, to feel klimow-
image k'^ai
in ni, *?o
Indian greens (*?)wahtu*p
inferior, to feel hinoy ni soninep-
inform, to hecec-
infrequent intervals, at cpega-k
inhabit, to pegar(k-)
inherit, to ho-leni(c-)
inherit a trait, to nohsur
injury ho'^omoh
inland helkik, hir, hirkik
inside wiktu*?, wo'?ik
insult, to sweyoksim-
insulted, to feel te'^noy-
intend, to has-, hes-
interpret at story telling, to
nego'lo*(c-)
interpreter, to be an kego'?m(oy-)
intervals, at frequent Icenego*?!
intestines (*?)wa*?alox
investigate, to ho*le(5-
iris tohpoh
iris stem lu*4
iron, to tahpsoy
itch, to hoypis-, ha*wji
jammed, to be tpeks-
jaw kawayah
jay, blue \io''>y
jay, California blue sra-t
jealous, to be kemoloc-
journey. to complete one's
no-wo'?r(ep-)
judge, to hohkus-
juice * paVah
jump, to myah, mya-ikep-
jump at, to myah, mya-ikahpim-,
mya'lkep-
jump down, to tek^onur-
jump up and down, to kotkoti*?r,
la-yo*?
Juneberry menomen
just (adverb) *?ekw
just now *?ockic, woii
just then woii
K
Karok, to speak kaga?amac-
keep, to *?ekonem-
kelp (seaweed) pa*moh, (^)wahtey
key ker
kick, to sya-ik-
kill, to samat-, wohpu lo't-,
wohplo't-
killed, to be sam
kindling wood palcalc
kingfisher cele^l
ENGLISH- YUROK LEXICON
285
king snake cagacjyah
kiss negec
kiss, to negec
Klamath hof5ew
knee '?akai
knife pegem
knife , small cegeyoh
knife with short hilt ta*lul
knit, to lo'liSoy
knock down, to lee-, lecken-
knock out, to cmekoh(s-)
knocked over, to be kekelepinew
knot, to ika'?makai(kin-)
know, to kom(cum-)
know, I don't ?elekw
Labrador tea weyoksip
ladder Ike^mah
lady fern pa*?a*p
lady's- slipper wohpekumew we-
no*?oy
lagoon, there is a keloh
lake, to form a ke{ul-
lame, to be Ikek^ol-
lamp "^eltero*?
land ikel
land, to scepo'
landing place ku ho scegepo* , ku
*?o scegepo"
language cwinkuk
large quantities, in tokto*?m
lark, meadow sepolah ni *?e^gol
last (in series) scek^eni
last, at low
late cpa*, cpa'k, cpa-ni
later ku'?y
laugh, to hahk^s-
laugh to oneself, to no-s-
launch, to lahc-, sloyonenm-
laurel, California wohkelo*?
lay down (regulations), to wey(k-)
lazy, to be cagj'cal
leach acorns, to wonkew-
leader poyweson
leaf ka'fS
leak, to kla'moks-
leave, to knek^omeyt-, knok(sim-)
leaves for storing or flavoring
meska'p
leaviru s knapayak
left (hand, side) -kesomewet
leg mil pel
legs, to have strong '^ekekorel
lend, to moskoc-
lick, to muls-
licorice fern cjnup
lid katJ*?
lid, to put on kataksin-
lie (down), to kmoyl(kes-),
'?oyl(kes-), ?o*lin-, (of animals)
'^omo'^oh
lie (be situated), to sil-
lie facing in a particular direction,
to no'?moye'?wey-, na'^nayah
lie in water, to "^olonewk^-,
ho'lenek^ (ho'ieckenek^)
lie (falsehood) teloyu*!
lie (tell lies), to teloyew-
lift up, to so*n-, wonik son(ow-)
light (not dark), to be newor
light (not heavy), to be sa*pan-
light, to *>ekero*>
light colored, to be (plants, etc.)
muncjh
lightning, there is kege*?y(pel-)
like (adverb) na'l, kolo, koloni
like, to skewok(sini-), skuwet-,
skuyal-
like, to be son-, son(ow-),
sison(ow-)
limp, to Ikek^ol-
line la'yekin
line baskets, to mastak
ling (fish) lohtun
lining of baskets mestek
lion, mountain keget
lip rewoh
liquor regu'k^o*?
listen, to cpe'^roy-
little, a (adverb) ce'^mek^
little while, for a pyekceni
live, to hewec-, hewoloc-
live (inhabit), to pegar(k-)
live long, to cpa"na*^r
lively, to be hahpelin(ep-)
liver (*?)walkun
lizard lka*was
lizard, biting mawjsiSleg
lock, to keromekin-
locust ci-yo*?, tawa*
log tektoh
logs, to send down a river legenewk^-
loincloth srahk^oh
286
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
lonely, to be kesomewep-,
sahkamay( pew- )
lonely, to feel kesei-
long, to be no*?oniel-
(plants, etc., trees, etc., body
parts, clothes, utensils)
knewe'?l(on-)
(worms, ropes, etc.) knewolek-,
no'^omek-
(tufted things) kokonewe*?l(on-)
long and smooth, to be mewi*?r(on-)
long ago no'l hikon
long (how long?) kus no'i
longtime, for a cpa*, cpa'ni, koma,
na'?anii, na'?mi, tema, temaloh
long time, to be a cpa'nik-
long time, to take a cpa-ninep-
long time, to be somewhere for a
no'?ome4(k-)
long since, it is merogeyah
look, to ikyork^-, ni"*?n(-),
ni**?n(ow-)
look after, to megetoi(k^-)
look at oneself, to cpi§ap-
iooks like kolo, koloni
loose, to be sloyk-
lose, to ho-*?y(lcet-)
louse mohkoh
lousy, to be mohko'moy-
love, to no-lum-, pirwak(sim-),
skewok(sim-)
lovely, to be pirwaksiSonow-
low, to be (round things) cahpah
(trees, etc., body parts, utensils,
clothes) tkWe9r(on-)
lower oneself down, to iolpep-
lucky, to be heyomoks-
lucky person heyomoksi§on
lumps, to come in lohp-
lunch comi*?s wero* *?o '?we'?i*?i*?gah
lungs mj'gen
lupin Icj-d weci"§ep, ma*k weci'Sep
M
madrone tree s*?e*?goh
madrone berry pohsey
maggot (*?)yekW4
maidenhair fern re'^go'?
maidenhair stems ra"kniye*?y
make, to hoh(kum-)
male pegil
malicious thc>ughts punomil
maliciously, to talk ckenowol-
man pegak
man, old mewimor
man, young cin, cines, cinomewes
manroot tek^skey
many, to be ten-, tenekomoy-,
teno*
manzanita tree pya-p
manzanita flower su'um
manzanita berry pyah
maple pk^o'^olo'?
mare's-tail (plant) wa*?na*
marrow (of bone) s*?a*pai
marry, to (*?)wegah(pemew)
marry (of a man), to (*?)wahpew-
marry (of a woman), to nosep-
marry (of a widow), to loikey-
marry into one's wife's family, to
noh(pew-)
marry into the same family, to
wecker
massage, to mesi'gonem-
mat, tule (*?)we4koh
mate *hahpemew
matter? what is the kus so*?n
mattress ca*?age4, ca'gei
meal *?i*?i'?gah
meal, to have a *?e*?gah
mean (ill-natured), to be Imeyow-
mean (stingy) teno4(key-),
teno4(keyow-)
measure lekah
measure, to lekah
meat napaw
medicine mesk^oh
medicine, to make so'ney*?,
tegerum-
meditate, to kocpoks-
meet, to nekcen-
melt, to (trans.) roykenoh
mend, to tkartkar
menstruate, to kakacp-
middle, in the wogi
middle-aged, to be stunow-
midwife nego*?o4en
milk newon
mink kaycagah, megesik
mint her pun
mirror cpisa*?ai
misfortune, to have a munic-
miss (pine for), to cpawjk(siin-),
nekilet- , smekoluna-
ENGLISH- YUROK LEXICON
287
mission bells (flower) me4
rego-k^sin ci'§ep
mist, to be covered by lapsuway-
misty, to be leikemoy, leptenoyi,
rewkw^oi-
moan in one's sleep, to punomeyo-
m.ock, to mescah, mescem-
mock orange ma*?a*wa'?
mockingbird tenurip, taganap
mold poik^en
moldy, to be polk^en-
money ci'k
month hegori for the names of the
months in the old Yurok calendar,
see 13.216
month, every kolci kyah
m.oody, to be woy ni son(ow-)
moon wonewsleg
moor, to kefey
mooring place ku *?o kegetey
morning wo*k
morning, in the koy, koypoh
miorning, to be wolkecoy-, wo'k
mosquito ceyceyas
moss kik^ten
moss, yellow tegi^n
mossy, to be kik^tenomoy-
most (adverb) cpiwi
most ever, the (?)wenu*woylc,
*?uweyii*n
moth corelc^ik ni "^wa'p
mother -cekos, kokos
mo the r - in - law cewin
mountain mak^jl
mountain chain mak^amak^ai
mountains, in the helkew, helkik,
wonew
nnourn, to mey(k'^ele'?wey-),
moh puna-
mourning dove megey *?o*?rowi*?
mouse negenic
mouth -lu4
move, to (intr.) pah, pahcew(-)
move past, to ra'yo?r(ep-)
much, to be ten-, tenekomoy-,
teno*
mucus, nasal matalap
mud Ikoi, iko'lon, toluol
muddy, to be Iko-lonkemoy-,
tollolii
mudhen legec
muscle mok^sek
muscular, to be naok^semoy-
mushroom, edible kamsai
mushroonn, poisonous taki'ksac
mushroom, tan oak ka^mak^s
music, to make cye*?w(ol-)
musical instrument cye*?wol
musk, to smell of puso''?m(el-)
mussel pi'^ih
mussel, dried pa*?ak
mussels, to gather pi'^iy-
niustache mepoc
N
nail (of finger) (*?)we4keteg
nail (hammered) k^ar
name *hew
name, to neke^y
nanaed, to be wegenoy-
narrow, to be (flat things) ceykoks-
nastily, to act won son(ow-)
near ck^a*?rlc, nesk^eni, nesk^i
neck pahtun
necklace '^eke'^r
needle pk^egeno'^oi
Negro lj*?ga*?
nephew *hekcum
nervous, to be coyow-
nervy, to feel nimi pyurinep-
nest resoreks, res*?oges
net lewet, *?akah
net, surf fish nega*?
net, to fish with lewet-, '?akjh
net, end of *?umyo*?
net meshes, stick for naeasuring
pla'^s
nettle, dumb me*?yel *?usegon
nettle, stinging me*?ye4
never niko*?! semi(*>)
new, to be ca*?anar
news, bad kimso'k
next day, the *?owo-k, ku '?wo'?owo*k
nice, to be (of a girl) twon-
niece -romec
night nahscewen
night, all, over wo'yi
night, last nahscuh
nightfish mok^cec
nine ka-milc
ninebark ska*?awii
no pa*, pa'S
noise, to make a no*c-, syo'?o*gec-
noise by pounding, to make a la-mol-
288
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
noise, there is a lemegei-, ^osrir
noon comi'^s
no one nimot, mos ko'^liS
north hipur, hipureyow, pur,
pure vow
nose *hapa*?n
nothing ko*>l with a negative pre-
verbal particle, mos ta* ti*?nisow
now we*?ykoh, wi*?§lcoh, wo*?ni,
*?ocka"
now, just *>ockic
nuisance, to be a kya'?ewol-
nut hu*?uh
nuthatch ci*p
O
oak, black ce'^gi'?
oak, live homonah
oak, Oregon pagJ*?
oak, tan ho*?mono'?
oats, wild he'?wonek, slo'wel
obsidian lo*?ogey ni'gem
obsidian blades, to chip ho'kck-
ocean, Pacific tewol, tewolew,
"^ewpoh
ocean spray (flower) perkok^c
hegoh
octopus pa-mew
often sega'?ani, sega'?ni
oh! hoyi", ney§. ni5, ni§a', ya*,
'^iyah, "^oyi-, ^oyek^i?, ^oyu-k^i*?
ointment mesew, masaw
old, to be no*?omunow-, peloy-
old, to grow nunow-
old man na?wimor
old woman perey
on ni, '>o
once koh ci
one (human being, body part, stream,
utensil, piece of clothing) ko'ra*?,
ko'^r
one (animal and bird) kahta*?ay4,
kahta*?y, kahta?a*?y
one (round thing) kohtoh
one (tool, etc) kahtapi*?
one (plant, etc.) kohtekWo^n
one (tree, etc.) kohte'^r
one (worm, rope, etc.) kohtelc
one (flat thing) kohtolcs
one (house) kohte^li
one (boat) kohtey
one day kohcer^oy*
one arm's iengtn kohcamoyS
one (dentalium length measurement)
kohtepir
one (shoe) kohcah
one (piece of money) kohtonah
one of a number kolin
one day, to be somewhere kohcemo*?-
one place, in kolin
oneself, for, by muc, nimuc
onion pj^^wk^in
only cpi, cpiko, cpikoma, cpikom.i
open, to (trans.) hunkek(s-)
open, to be ko*4
openly (*?)wes*?oni
orange-colored wa*?a*gac son(ow-)
orange, to dye wa^a's
order, to put in skewip-
order that, in mi*?
Orleans Indian ko'^omec
other wo 'gin
otter nepe*?wi§neg
outside lekw, lek^si, lek^sik
overcast, to be lenk^ei-
overhang, to klohstoy-
overhead wonew, woru, *?uworu,
wonukuk
overtake ma*? an-
owe, to '^oroc-
owl tek^ tek^e'^s, tek^oni*?s
owl, great cinereus plege*?l
owl, screech k^jyk^ayac, preworil
pack, to hi*?monem-, ho'lu'l(es-)
paddle hego'^
paddle, cooking helog
paddle, to hcliS, rec-, sonc-
pain telogel
pain, to be in telogum-, tmektmek,
tmentmen
pain, to be relieved of mulinep-
paint, to me^lonem-
pair nu?uh, nu*?uhpe^r
pan poykoh
panther keget
panther, water pa'^a-l ni keget
pants (trousers) cahk^oh
park, to keiey
parsley sek^s
parsley, wild culu ni nep, nepoyon
ENGLISH- YUROK LEXICON
289
parsnip, wild sek^soh
partly tmen, tmenomen, tmenomeni,
tmenomi
pass, to la'y-, mah, ma-y-,
ma'yo*?r
pass on water, to ma-yonew
patch, to tektekoh
path la*yek^
path, there is a lek^seg
pay a fine, to ma'w-
pay for services mosceyum-
pay dearly for, to tenonilk^-
pea pi-§, halcWjh "^upiS
pea, pale sweet hak^jh wenep
peace, to be at ti*gaw
peaceful, to be sa-woginep-
peach, Indian ke^win wanah
peach, Indian, berry of mu-lmu-i
peak mak^al
peel sticks, to pek^olew-
pelican tokus
pendant worn in mourning ha*mur
people '^o'l
people, former ('?)wo*gey
pepper nuts mego'^oh
pepperwood wohkelo*?
perhaps mulco*?
perish, to merk^ewoi
periwinkle celcor
person '?o*4
pestle s'^ek^on
pet ka*?ar
pheasant legemem
pick berries, to nahpay-
pick on, to smeyk-
pick up, to leket-, ('?)yj4kayt-
pick up and carry, to - nohsu'les-
pieces, to take off nohsec-
pigeon he'^mi'?
pile up, to mek^elkeji-
pillow wa'^jh
pinch, to pek^cken-
pine, to cpawak(sim-), nekilet-,
smekolum- , sahkaniay(pew-)
pipe ro*wo*?s
pipe, to take puffs from a manay
pipe, scabbard ska*?
pistol kjlamakji
pitch ha*?f5oh, pkenc
pitch, to (of a boat) la*yo*?
pitchy pkenceni
pitchy part of wood welogo'c
pitcher plant wohpekumew weno'^oy
segon
pitiful (wretched), to be wa'?si§onow-
pity, to wa*?sok(sim-)
pity, object of wa*?soksi5on
place Ikelonah
plank nahko*?
plants (sp.) cegemem weci'Sep,
ckipal, hewomes, kri'c, k^ic,
k^jc, k^aytap. Ia*?ase4, ro'^otet,
ro'wo*?s hegoh, wogorup
plant, to ho'lei
plate (*?)lahpsew
play, to homtep-, pyurker-
pleased, to be *?umege4koy-
point rewon, rewonah, rewonek^
point of land reworel
point, to cawahs-
pointed, to be k^ere'?wey-
poison ^ohpok
poison, to "^ohpoksim-
poisoned, to be weyoks-, '^ohpok
poison ivy me^ylc^elep
poison ivy, to be burnt by me^lcWe-
la'moy-
poison oak me*?ylcWelu'(5
poke a fire, to megi'gonenci-
pool, to form a ke^ul-
poor, to be wa'?soy(ow-)
poppy segep weci*k
porcupine tegi*?n
porpoise kegor
pot tkekwe*?l, tkelc^ePr
pot, to be in a ketop-
potato, wild tronkoh
pound, to s'^ew-, s*?olowoy
pounding stone s*?eyoh
pour out, to swoylk^eyet-
pour with rain, to swego'pil
prairie sepolah, sepolek
praise, to tegoksim-
pray, to cwin(kep-), so'ney*?,
tegerum-
prayer rock cekce*?i4
pregnant, to be meyo*moy-, plep-
press, to tahpsoy
press down, to loks-
pretty, to be mjmjy(aw-), no'rew(-)
price, to be a particular to*
prick, to tkektkekohs-
prickle *?ahkecoyp
property -nah
protect, to megeto4(k^-), no-lum-
provoke, to smeyk-
prow (*?)yoc *?upoyew
290
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
puffs from a pipe, to take maruy
pull along (a boat), to lewoieyt-,
mene*?s
pull backwards, to slek^etk^eloS-
puU out, to leckec-, smeiken-
punish, to kimk-
puppy waycak, waycaks
purpose, to act on keycok(sim-)
pursue, to no*? pen-, ro^omec-
push, to myo-t-
push aside, push over myo'leyon-
push under water myewoles-
put, to lekomeyt-, nek-
put by, to ceyohpek(et-), ceyohpin-
put down, to penu'les-
Q
quahog (clam) §ek^gew, gek^soh
quail takaku
quail, mountain yegom
quarrel, to ho'ret, wegog
quickly himen, hinneni, himenomi
quickly, to go so-yc-
quickly, to run himo*?rep-, sekoyor-
quickly, to swim sekoyur-
quill pk^egeno'?oi
quill, porcupine tegi*?n
quiver sra-c
quiver, to {etoyah
R
rabbit hak^jh
rabbit, baby hotmon
rabbit, black-tailed jack hupo* ni
raccoon twegoh
races, to hold cpego*?r
rain, to ten(pewei-)
rainbow nekicwey, wonewslepah,
wonu *?wela'yekah
rancid, to be sken-, tahti§(kem.oy-)
rapids ku *?o ka-mopin
raspberry, wild ckohpin
rat tagas
rattlesnake 4meyepi'?r, (euphemism)
('?)netulos, my aunt
raven k^egok^
ravine ku '>o smemsmemoi
reach into, to hcrecew-
reach, not quite to tk^epin-
really muscen
rear, to hunowom(c-)
recently cini, ci*?n, woii
red, to be (aninaals, birds, human
hair) pakjya'?j:y(-)
(round things, tools, etc., plants,
etc., body parts, utensils,
clothes, worms and ropes, etc,
houses, boats) pekoyoh
(round things) pakayah
(trees, etc.) pekoye*?r(on-)
(flat things) pekoyoks-
(water) pekoyop-
red-brown, to be *?eikei son(ow-)
redbud pumonah, ke*?win *?uper
redwood ki'4
regalia ko*?lsonkei
regret, to kim soninep-
regularly sego'
relative me'^loh, to'*?mar
relative, more distant -coc, -cocos
relative by marriage -k^a*
release, to ke*?yonem-, ka^yawet-
release (involuntarily), to ke'?letulow-
remainder knapayak, ma*gin
remem-ber, to cpawak(sim-)
repair, to hoh(kum-), skuyk-
repeatedly no'k^ol
replete, to be skewinep-
request, to ko*?oyew-, ko'?oyum-
resent, to telogum-, won soninep-
resin ha*?poh
rest, the knapayak, ma-gin
restrain oneself, to l*?enah
return, to k^omiec-, nes(k^ec-) .
return by water, to kWom4o*?(oc-)
return, in '?omoki
revenge, to mohkicsonk-
reward, to mohkicsonk-
rhubarb, Indian pjk^jnaV
ribs celogel, celogepil
rich, to be sega'?agey-
rich, to be very syahiew(-)
rid of, to get merk^sew-
ride, to key(celcin-), no-lek^s-,
no"s-
ridge ka'cah, recah
ridge, round basket *?upur
ridge, to make a ta*lul-
ridgy country, to be ka*can-
rifle pahsah
right (hand, side) -nekomewet
ENGLISH- YUROK LEXICON
291
rigid tohtk^on-
rim, raised, round basket
nohpeyu*?!
ring sra*k^
ring of black or white around
basket na'na*lc
ring-tailed civet kerkel, kaycal
ripe, to be ske*?woy-
rise, to (sun or moon) kyah
river la-yoh, ra*yoy, ^ume^wo*
river, down pulekuk, pulek^,
pulik
river, lower down the pul, puloyoh
river, up hipec, pecik, pecku,
pecow, pecu
river mouth relc^oy
river mouth, at the pulekuk,
pulek^, pulik
road la-s, la-yek^
robin, mountain ceriku*?
robin redbreast sayakat
robin, swanap cjgiku*?
rock ha*?a'g
rock , cooking pemoyek^
rock used for cooking pemoyek^,
pamjyah
rock, fishing *hek^ol, ku *?o
?i*?ik*?h
rock, hollow koyku**?!
rock, prayer cekce*?ii
rock, to (intr.) kaka^wak
rocky, to be ha*?a-gonei-
roU around, to (intr.) hoylkep-
roof ra-lkah, wolkek^, '?o*?lei
wesohci
root (?)wj?ipitak
root, brake fern si§on
root, spruce (?)wohpeg
rooted, to be tepon-, ro*?oh
rope pekcic
rope of grapevine ('?)wesk'^elek^s
rope, tow mene'^s
rope, to stretch as a barrier or
trap to'lekic-
rose i*?akic
rose, redwood sa*?a4 wa*?ah,
sa'^ai weci'Sep
rot and fall, to plek^ol-
rotten, to be {umin-, peyogen-
rough, to be ka'meikes-
rough, to be (of skin) hawask^jy-
rough water, to be ka*mop-
roughly, to treat coyk-
round, to be yahpah
round and big, to be mo'^ohkeloy-
round and small, to be mo*?ohkeroy-
round, all no'leni
row, to kagac-
rub, to me'?repin-
rubbish kimten
rubbish, to get rid of sla*n-
rubbish heap ku *?o slega*
rude, to be sweyoksisonow-
rummage, to ho'lep-
run, to no*?r, ro*?onep-, ro*?op-,
weno*?omo*?r
run, to (trot) cecom.eyo'?r
run, to (of liquids) la-yop-
run around, to ho'ro*?r(ep-)
run behind or in front, to *?o"*?r(ep-)
run in, up no-wo^r(ep-)
run past ra'yo^r(ep-)
run quickly himo^rep-, sekoyor-
rush (plant) teton
sack pu'wiS
sail skego'^oh
sail, to skego'?oh
salal berry mahkui
salal bush mahkew
saliva lahpayei
salmon nepuy
salmon, first to run nepe'^wo'
salmon, king *?ohpos
salmon, spawning twj'ni'?s
salmon, white tektome'^1
salmon flesh, dried seckes
salmon head, inside of kurnkurn
salmonberry *?awan
salmonberry, black neni*?r
salmonberry juice '^ukir^u'?
salmonberry bush *?jwana*?
salmonberry bush, shoot tegetor
salt piskah
salt water pi§kj'?w
salty, to be pi§ka"moy-
same, to be the (?)wenu*?uh son(ow-)
same way, in the no*
sand ca'4
sand bar ri-lcew
sandpiper terit
sandy, to be ca'ikemoy-
saw ninico*?y
saw, to ninic-
292
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
say, to cwin(kep-), hegol-, hego'-
mum-, nego-so'c-, soc(peyew-)
sayings cwinkuk
scabbard, pipe ska*?
scale of fish pi§*?on
scar po'?oh
scarce, to be cken-
scatter, to lelken-, swoylk^eyet-
scatter by blowing, to ska*>e4ken-
scattered, to be sweik-
scrape (a basket), to se*?lep-
scrape mud off, to se*?let-
scrape out, to lohpin-
scrape skin off, to se*?loylik
scraper hegon
scrub, there is tk^epolil -
scrub, to be covered in ka*poli4-
scrutinize, to srunoyah(s-)
scuffle, to leloyah
sea piSkah
sea, across the, over the hiwoh,
wohpek^, wohpew, wohpewk
sea anemone sa*?ro*?
sea boots paga'^ah
sea eggs tegeto*?, (*?)wecoh
seagull kego'^sneg
seal, big '?eck^oh
seal, hair ck^eges
sea lion '^eck^oh
sea serpent knewolek
season, to be a weno'^omei- ,
weno*?onioksi4 -
seaweed cege'^1
seaweed, to gather cege'?loh(s-)
seaweed bug sa**?agoc
secretly kemoroy
see, to new-, sanjyah
see, to be able to nework^-
seed ho'lel
seem, to newoy-, sanayasay-
seems, it kolo, koloni
seine net cowon
seine net, to fish with a cowon-
self, by, for one- muc, nimuc
self control, to lose at doctor dance
kelpey-
sell, to mu4(koc-), muikoh
send, to senemc-
send word, to hecec-
sense, to come to one's tpoi(k^-)
sensible, to be Itensonow-,
ipol(kw-)
set, to (of the sun) ye'?w(omey-)
seven cjwasik
several persons, there are
na*?a'?m(o*?w)
sew, to kahc-
sexually unclean, to be sonolewk^-
shadow sa*?awor
shadows fall, move sa'^awor-
shag (sea bird) cpega*
shake, to (trans.) ses'onew-
shake, to (intr.) ho^golo*?*
shake hands, to 4ego(h)pew
shallow, to be cku'^rogei-,
ckelc^on-, sas'^ikoy-
shaped, to be well skewip-
shark ka'mes, knewe'^lononi Owelul
ka-mes
sharp, to be munipoy-
sharp, to be (natural features)
teytkoi
sharp-faced, sharp-tongued, to be
k^ere'^wey-
shave, to nahsjpjct-, njhsapa?
shave wood, etc., to se'^ra-t-
shavings se^repcu-p
she k^elas, wok, wo*?, wo*?o*t,
yok, yo*?, yo'^o^t
shell (of shellfish) seksoh,
(*?)ya*na*?
shell, small seksah
shine, to keke'?y(e4-)
shirt slek^oh
shoe no*?oy
shoot, to tm-, tmo'l-
shoot of plant, young ca'nun
shooting star (flower) melcegiSew
shore ri'kew
short, to be (human beings) tk^epil-
(human beings, animals and birds,
worms and ropes, etc.) tk^ep-
(trees, etc., body parts, clothes,
utensils) tk^e*?r(on-)
shot (gun) swegel
shoulder k^oyteme*?!
shout, to hego'(s-)
show off, to ma*?anor
showery, to be tonpewei-
shrew noyk^os
shrew mole ikelikra*?
shrubby, to be tmek^tmek^onoy-
shut, to "^eks-
sibling ni^iyun
sibling, younger cic, -ykew
sick, to be tel-
ENGLISH- YUROK LEXICON
sick, to feel ho'rurel-
sickly, to be coyow-
side (body part) skoypii
side, on the far nahpcuh
side, on the other na'*?nik
sift, to hipcoh
sifter (basket) (*?)weconep
sigh, to sewep-
signal, to give a sroy
silent, it is ni molc^ '^osrir
sinew mok^sek
sinew, deer hopi
sing, to rurow-, nj'niay(-)
sing solo at the brush dance, to
nohpewil
sing war dance song, to IkaOjrnjy-
sing with drum beating, to repoy-
singe, to seyepc-
singer, ceremonial ta*l
sink, to yu'^naonewk^-
sister (of man) -wey, -weyec
sister (of woman) -let
sister, older pinos
sister, younger cic, -ykew
sister-in-law cnin
sit, to cek(cey-), cyu'lcWen-,
key(celcin-), relci'n
situated, to be sii-, tek(toy-)
six kohcew
skin (•?)wjskun
skin of animal ma"? oh
skin of fish mana'^s
skin of fish, to pull off mana'^skw^
skin, tanned sra-c
skirt cohcoh, munce4
skull kjyjmah
skunk heyomus
skunk cabbage ka'ines *?uka'p,
popolul
skunk cabbage leaves, to wrap in
lelkem-
sky (^)wes'?onah, (*?)wes^onew
slap, to to'ps-
slave ka^a-1
sleep, to ckey-
slide (in mountain side) ku *?o
smemsmemoi
slide, to (rocks, mountain sides)
sm^emsmemol
slide into water, to sloyonek^
(sloyoneckenek^)
sliding, there is much tik^tik^oi
slight, to sweyoksim-
slimy, to be Icyoyk^on-, Ikeyomoy-
slip, to syayk^atJh
slip in, to (trans.) slepslepoh
slippery, to be "tyoyk^on-
slowly, to go k^oyc-, skewic-
slug 4ke'?go"p
sluggish, to be (water) ce'^mek^
lekoy-
small, to be (human beings, animals
and birds, tools, etc., trees, etc.,
body parts, clothes, utensils,
worms and ropes, etc., flat things,
boats) cey(kel-)
(animals and birds) cayka*?ay(-)
(round things, houses) ceykoh
(plants, etc.) ceykelc^on-
(trees, etc., houses) ceyke'?r(on-)
small quantities, in cegeykek^
smell, to (trans.) swo'met-
smell, to (intr.) so*no*?m(ol-),
swo''?m(el-)
smell bad, to ka*mo*?m(ol-)
snaell good, to skewo*?m(ol-)
smell of musk, to puso**?m(el-)
smile, to hagik^sawah
smiling face hahk^se*?wey
smoke mera*
smoke a pipe, to ro'wos-
smoky, to be mera-s-, mera**?
smolder, to mecewolo*?
smooth, to be mewi*?r(on-),
pamayjh son(ow-)
(round things, flat things)
skawahkay-
(trees, etc.) skewi'>r(on-)
(roads) skewiion-
snail mek^c
snake leyes, le'?y, le*?yes
snapper (fish) lohtun
snare nj*?amas
snare, to na'?jmjh, na*?amjt-
sneeze, to '^ocom-
snow rorir
snow, to ror-
snowbird tege*?mur
snowdrop (?) ckitiai
so (and then, etc.) to'?, k^esi
so (thus) SO', wit, wi(^). wi5,
wi'^i't
soaproot kohcei
soapstone pe'^wol, welogo'c
soft, to be rewk^on-, sewpin-,
{umin-
294
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
sole (of foot) ska*? ah
Solomon, fat (plant) mewil wecpe-
ga^r
Solomon, slim ka-mes wanah
somehow to*?4iSci
someone ko'?l, ko*?l wiS
someone else wo'gin
something ko'^l, ko*?l so-k
something else wo 'gin
sometimes sa*?ani, sa'^n, sa'^ni,
sega^ani, sega'?ni
somewhere woken
son -mam
son- in-law - cnewlc^os
song rurowo*
soon nesk^eni, nesk^i
sore kya'?io"'?
sorrel pjga*?y
sort so'k
sort, what? kuscah, kus sonowoni,
ti*?niv so*k
sorts, all to'meni, to-naik
soul, my, etc. (*?)newolocelc , etc.
soup *?ahspeyu*?r
soup, acorn kegoh
sour, to be pj*?ypaVw
south paw ah, pawaw, paway,
pawa^lcuk
sow, to ho'lel
span, to wohpeye*?r
spate, to be in plohp-
spawn, of one fish wo'rew
spawn, of several fish wo'lew
speak, to cwin(kep-), soc(peyew-),
tagaw, tagawam-
speak to, to hego'mum-
speaking terms, not to be on ho'ret
spear ma*?ah, ma*?ahske4, peskoh
spear, to ma^ah(sk-),
ma'?£ih(skum-), rohsim-
spend, to meworeget-
spider (?)wes
spider's web (^)wes wana*?
spill, to swo* pin-
spinster worme*?y
spit, to ke*?yolew
spittle lahpayei
spittoon ku ho ke*?yolew
splash, to su^row-
split, to pegpegoh(s-)
split fish, to ko-k^s-
split sugar pine nuts smec-
spoil, to kimk-
spoken to, spoken of, to be sono-
yew(oy-)
spoon hegon
spotted, to be taga*?ylca'? ay-
spotted fawn Ikalkapic
spouse *hahpemew
spouse, my, etc. ku nek etc. wegah
sprain, to kyanikat
spread, to (intr., of smells, etc.)
rom-
spring (season) kyah
spring of water pk^akayah pa'^ah
spring back, to 4k^atak^s-
sprout ca*nun
sprout, to hunow-, pk^ec-
spruce, Sitka tewol ni tepo*.
tewolew ni tepo"
spruce root (*?)wohpeg
squaw grass ha'moh
squirrel pli-*?wes
squirrel, flying hegoyek^, tu'up
squirrel, ground k^ecoyek^
stab, to leko'(s-), leko*(t-)
stale, to be cpa-na^r
stalk tapah
stand, to ko**?(op-), ro*?oh, tepon-,
*?o*lo*?oh, *?o"lo*?(op-)
star hogec
starry, to be hogecoy
starve, to tsihtos-
steal, to kem-, kemol-
steelhead ck^oi
steep, to yu*lom(oc-)
steep, to be teytkoi-
steer, to cyu'lcWec(-), kenilcWec(-)
stem tapah
stem, maidenhair ra-kniye'^y
step, to na'met-
stepping stones 4ke*?mah
stick kowiS, melk^ei
stick for measuring net meshes
pla^s
stick on sand, to 4'?ac-
stick out, to tewoye*?wey-
stick together (trans.), to tkartkar
stick game walpah
sticky, to be tektekon-
still (adverb) koma
sting lo'?lip4
stingy, to be teno4(key-),
teno4(keyow-)
stink, to ka-mo*?m(ol-), peyogen-
stir, to ho"lo[5in-
ENGLISH- YUROK LEXICON
295
stir a fire, to ho'lelken-
stomach -yah
stop, to (trans.) i*?j:'?amac-
stop, to (intr.) 4*?o*?ronep-
store, to ceyohpek(et-)
stormy, to be ka'meg(ei-)
story cpeyu*?r, *?a*?gap
story, to tell a cpeyu*?r
stout, to be (human beings)
ploh(keloy-)
straight, to be {weyk^on-
straight, to be (wood) skawjyk-
straighten, to cewonem-
strange, to feel kahselop-
strangely woy
strangle, to mewpewet-
strangled, to be naewpew
strap (?)weskul
strawberry k^escin
stream ra-yoy
stretch, to (trans.) wi*?ikin-
stretch, to (intr.) lepah(tep-),
we*? gey
stretch a rope as a trap or barrier,
to to'lekic-
string pekcic
string up for drying, to pak^s-
stripe la'yekin
vertical stripes around baskets
cek^cek^ah
strip of buckskin skoy
stroke backward, to slek^ec-
strong, to be capa4(k-), kitkah,
pjlk^oy-, seki(tk-), so'tk-
struggle, to cegohcoh
stubby, to be tak^akay-
stuck high and dry, to be ce*?loik-
stumble, to na*? 4 pat-
stump mek^ta*?, nalamak^jl
stung, to be le*?loy-
sturgeon kahkah
sucker (on plant) runowok
sucker fish nenipek^
suckle, to newonoc-
sugar repcem
sugar -pine nut pecog
sugar- pine tree keromeca*?,
pecolo'*?
summer kisen
summer, to be kisen
sun kecoyn hego', kecoyn hi*go*
sunburnt, to be pakayu'^rway-
sunray ro'tah
superior, to feel poy soninep-
supple, to be Ik^atak^s-, sloyk-
supple, to make smec-
suppress emotion, to tkepah(pet-)
suppress grief, to sewep-
surface, on the woru, *?uworu
surf fish keges
surf fish, dried helkusleg
surf fish, to catch na'?aw-
surf fish, to dry nelc^ohs-
surf fish net nega*?
surge, to mikoy-
surprised, to be sa*?anor, segol-
survive, to hewoloc-, kor-
suspect, to kolo(ni) has-, kolo(ni)
hes-, lenahpim-
swallow (bird) negah
swallow, to miUolum-
swampy ground {o4{o4
swan kyow
swear at, to no'nom(ceyum-)
sweat kyahto*?r
sweat, to kyahto*?r
sweat in a sweat-house, to hum-,
no'kcen^
sweathouse '?j*?gj'c, "^a^ga-k
sweathouse, part of k^enomet
sweathouse wood, to fetch na'gas-
sweep, to sloylket-, sloylketoy,
sloy§-
sweet, to be sku-*?(woloy-)
swell (in the sea) mu^uk^ole^^wey
swell, to nohse4
swim, to kepoyur-, ra-yur-, rur-,
weno*?omur-
swim across, to no*rur-
swim quickly, to sekoyur-
swim well, to nekomur-
swoUen, to be nohsel
taboo, to be k^ahley
tail walay
tail of bird cak
tail of fish tu-k
take, to 4-, negem-
take much of, to tenowen-
take off (clothes), to nohsen-
take pieces off, to nohsec-
take (a person) with one, to ni-gey-,
nego'*?!!!, ni-go-*?!!!
296
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
talk, to tagawam-, tagum-, toh,
tohkow
talk maliciously, to ckenowo4-
talk to oneself, to tegerup-
talk too much, to tenowo4-
tall, to be (human beings) knewo-
lep-, knewolop-, knewolopil-
(round things, trees, etc.) no'^op-
(plants, etc., trees, etc., body
parts, utensils) knewe'?l(on-)
tame, to be penohpeyow-
tan, to smec-
tanned deerskin smecoy
tanned skin sra-c
tansy meca'nep
taste, to (trans.) kloypey-
taste in one^s mouth, to have a bad
ka'mewet-
tattoo, to ckemckem
tattoo dots, to put on rek^et-
tattooing poykoh
tattooing flint ckemkoh
teach, to la*yolum-
tell, to cpeyu^r, hecec-, hegol-,
*?ap-
telltale, to be a ^i'^i'^gjpayum-
ten (human beings) waiawayl,
wjiawa*? jy4
(animals and birds) walawa'^a'^y,
walawj'wa*?y, walawa'wayi
(round things) weiowa*
(tools, etc.) waiawj'wapi'?,
welowa*
(plants, etc .) we4owa*walc Wo*?n,
welowa*
(trees, etc.) we4owo*?r, weiowa*
(body parts, streanns, utensils,
clothes) walawi*?, welowa*
(worms and ropes, etc.) welo-
walc^, welowa*
(flatthings) walJWJ-woks, welowa-
(houses) welowa"we*?li, welowa*
(boats) welowa'wey, welowa*
ten times welci, welici, welowa*
ten days welowurk, welowa*
ten arm's lengths walawamoyS
tender, to be {umin-
terriblel how wesinilt
than *?o
thank, to kowiScoO
that (adjective) ku
that (pronoun) wek, we*?, we'^ik,
we'^y, wit, wi*?i*t
the ki, ku
then no'l, no'^ol, *>emki, wi'^i't
thenceforth '^emki
there kyew, kyus, kyu?, kyu^ . . .
wel, kyu'^n, wik, wi(?), wiS,
wi*?i*t, wok, yok, yoh, yos, yo*?,
yo'^k^en, yu*?
therefore wiStu*?
they k^ela-kw. k^ela-k^s, wo*?l,
wo*?4koh, yo*?lkoh
thick, to be tkohp-
(plants, etc., trees, etc.)
to-melt^o'^n
(flat things) to-moks-
(cloth, etc.) kelpen-
( worms and ropes, etc.) tomik-,
to'moh
(fog, etc.) tomik-
thickly, to grow tenunow-
thief , to be a kegemol-
thigh sljpah
thimble terek^s '?us(eg)on,
te*?rekWs *?us(eg)on
thimbleberry tree kahpin, kahpa*?
thin, to be wasay-
(human beings) mesi*?r(on-)
(= slender), slo*?el(k-) («
skinny)
(trees, etc.) mek^co'me'^r,
niesi^r(on-)
(body parts, utensils, boats)
mesi?r(on-)
(worms and ropes, etc.)
mekWco'naek-, mesik-
(water [streams]) naesik-
thing so"k
think, to so*(s-), sanayah
(meditate) kocpoks-
(intend) has-, hes-
think of, to cpawak(sim-), noksim-
thirsty, to be ce*>lo'ks-
this (adjective) Iti
this (pronoun) wek, we*?, we^ik,
we^y, wit, wi*?i*t
thistle munipani
thither wo*?n, yu?s
thorn "^ahkecoyp
thread pekcic
thread, to pak^s-
three (human beings) nahkseyl
(animals and birds) nahksa'^ayl.
nahksa*?j['?y
(round things) nahksoh
ENGLISH- YUROK LEXICON
297
three (continued)
(tools, etc.) njhksjpi'?
(plants, etc) nahkselcWo9n
(trees, etc.) nahkse'?r
(body parts, streams, utensils,
clothes) nahkse'?n
(worms and ropes, etc.) nahkselc
(flat things) nahksolcs
(houses) nahkse*^li
(boats) nahksey
three tim.es nahksemi
three days nahksemoyl
three arm's lengths nahksemayS
three (dentalium length measure-
ments) nahksepir
three days, to be somewhere
nahksemo*? -
three in number, to be nahksey-
throat *>oloyoke*?l
throb, to tnaentmen
throw, to lelken-, lo't-, rohs-,
rohsim-
thrown, to be lo'
thumb pletew
thunder, to i^ohkol-
thus so*, wit, wi(*?), wi§, wi'?i't
tick (insect) nosonos
tide, to be high plawan(ay-)
tide, to be low meneg(onel-)
tidy, to cewip-, cu^p-
tie, to ma*?epet-, Ika'^makaKkin-),
'>eket(k^el-)
time, to be a particular ro'
time, to be or do for some co*moy-
time dragging, to feel cpa*ninep-
time, for a long koma, tema,
temaloh
time, to be a long cpa'nik-
time, to take a long cpa-ninep-
tinkle, to ses*?-
tired, to be keycek
tired of, to be cegeyonahpim-,
sweget-
tired of from overeating, to be
nemsoy-
title (claim) *hek^ol
to (preposition) ho, so
toad loco*?m.
toad, tree wa*?a*?
tobacco hohkum
today we ^koh , wi ^Skoh
toddle, to mos kic *?ekelcore4
toe ska 'ate w
toe, big pletew
together na*4
together, to be co-*?m(-), to''?m(-)
together, to grow teykunow-
Tolowa, to speak tolowec-
Tolowa Indian tolowei
tomorrow *?owo"k
tomorrow, the day after '^owo'kpa*
tongue *hip4
tooth -rpel
top, on sohci
touch, to melownem-
tough, to be sekoyow
tow, to mene*?s, reweyet-
toward hasi, hesi
towhee k^a*?a'?i'?
trail la*yek^
training, to be in hohkep-
travel, to heg-, ho'
tread on, to na-met-
treat (well, badly, etc.), to sonk-
treat badly, to kimk-
treat well, to skuyk-
tree tepo*
trees (sp.) cir*?ay*? '^umohka'?,
kahpin '?usegon, sa*?am
trillium me*?gec, pa*?arik segon
trot, to cecomeyo'^r
troublesome, to be nesk^ey-
trout regork
trout, to fish for katk-
trout, to fish for with two lines
rekewic
trout fishing pole katkjl
true, it is wi(*?) so'^n
trunk of tree mewipil
trust, to Icenroksim-, roksim-
try, to 4oy(k-)
tufts, to grow in tektekon-
tule tumonoks
tumble, to kyoipo-*?
tumbling bug pu*?nos
turn, to (trans.) kelomen-
turn, to (intr,) keromoh
turn inside out (trans.) kalamaw
turn off water, to keromelcWoy§
turn round, to (intr.) kelomo*?(op-),
keromoh, kWjmiayjh(s-)
turtle, large '^eskew
turtle, small kaikah
twice na'ami, na'^mi
twiggy, to be teitelun-
twinberry Ka-*? wanah, Icj'c wanah
298
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
twist, to keromekin-
twisted, to be kelomek
twisted, to be (baskets) ho"loy-
twitch, to menomen-
two (human beings) ni*?ii, ni*?iye4,
ni*?iyen, ni*?i*n
(animals and birds) na*?a*?ayi ,
na'?a^j*?y
(round things) no'^oh
(tools, etc.) na*?J[pi'?
(plants, etc.) na'?alcWo'?n
(trees, etc) na*?a'?r
(body parts, streams, utensils,
clothes) na'?a'?n
(worms and ropes, etc.) na*?ak
(flat things) no*?olcs
(houses) na'?a'?li
(boats) na'?ey
two times na'^ami, na'?mi
two days na*?amoy4
two arms's lengths na*?amjy§
two (dentalium length measurement)
na*?apir
two days, to be somewhere
na'?amo*?-
two in number, to be ni*?iy-
useful, to be noson(ow-)
usually sego'
uvula tek^sa*?r
vain, in tema, temaloh
valley sepolah, sepolek
value (*? )wesk^elon
various things ci'ko*?!
vehicle keromoh
vernal kyahceni
vernal, anything kyahceni§
very cpa*, kim so*, kitwatays,
kolok^in, koma, ko*?mi, numi,
numi cpa-, pek^
vetch ne*?mu"^
visible, to be nu-woy-
visit, to k^eget
visit the sick, to na'wat
visit a new born baby, to pahtayaw-
vomit, to me*? lorn-, me*?lonium-
W
U
ugly, to be kimjlu*?rway-
ulcer kya*?4o**?
unbraid one's hair, to (*?)lepoyewt-
uncle cimos
unclean, to be sexually sonolewk^-
underneath hicoy, himar, himarkik,
hima*?rl(uk
unfaithful in marriage, to be
hagamcap-
unreliable, to be ci'ko*!*l son(ow-),
ci"ko*?l ni son(ow-)
unripe, to be sakayah, sanag-
unselfish, to be wega'?sok(sim-)
untie, to *?jlamakj4
until wo'^n ho
up (adverb) wonekuk, wonek^,
wonoyo*, wonu
up river hipec, pecik, pecku,
pecow, pecu
uppish, to feel wonu soninep-
upward wonik
up and down design on baskets
•^ukoko'^ya'?
waddle, to koko*?yopah
wade, to ho-rur-
waist mewipil
wait, to cpinep-
wait for, to cpinah(pim-),
cpinah(pum-)
walk, to heg-, na-naet-
walk backwards, to slek^ec-
walk in a pair ni'gey-
walk in a position relative to some-
one else "^orog-
want, to skewok(sim-)
war dance song Ika^amay
war dance song, to sing a Ika^jmay-
warm, to be hewomop-
warm, to get humonep-
warty, to be swektkelo**?wey-
wash, to (trans.) Icewet-, wesahc-,
pe*?wolok
wash, to (intr.) wesah, wesep-
wash clothes, to wos(kew-)
wash the face, to pewah(ckey-)
wash the hair pa*?wala*? ay-
wash the hands, to pe'^wetew-
wash by squeezing in water, to
cewoloh
298
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
twist, to keromekin-
twisted, to be kelomek
twisted, to be (baskets) ho'loy-
twitch, to menomen-
two (human beings) ni'?ii, ni'?iyei,
ni'?iyen, ni*?i'n
(animals and birds) njVa*?ayi ,
(round things) no*?oh
(tools, etc.) na*?api'?
(plants, etc.) nai^a]L^o*>n
(trees, etc.) na*?a*?r
(body parts, streams, utensils,
clothes) na'?a*?n
(worms and ropes, etc.) na*?alc
(flat things) no*?olcs
(houses) na'?a*?li
(boats) na'^ey
two times na^ami, na'^mi
two days na*?amoy4
two arms's lengths na*?amay§
two (dentalium length measurement)
na*?apir
two days, to be somewhere
na*?amo*?-
two in number, to be ni*?iy-
usefui, to be noson(ow-)
usually sego'
uvula tek^sa^r
vain, in tema, temaloh
valley sepolah, sepolek
value (*? )wesk^elon
various things ci'ko*?l
vehicle keromoh
vernal kyahceni
vernal, anything kyahceni§
very cpa*, kim so*, kitwatays,
koiok^in, koma, ko*>mi, numi,
numi cpa', pek^
vetch ne*?mu"{5
visible, to be nu'woy-
visit, to k^eget
visit the sick, to na*wat
visit a new born baby, to pahtayjw-
vomit, to me*? lorn-, me*?lomuni-
W
U
ugly, to be kinialu'^rway-
ulcer kya'?4o*'?
unbraid one*s hair, to (^)lepoyewt-
uncle cimos
unclean, to be sexually sonolewk^-
underneath hicoy, himar, himarkik,
hima*?rlcuk
unfaithful in marriage, to be
hagamcap-
unreliable, to be ci*ko'?l son(ow-),
ci'ko^l ni son(ow-)
unripe, to be sjkjyah, sanag-
unselfish, to be wega'?sok(sim-)
untie, to "^Jlamakai
until wo'?n ho
up (adverb) wonekuk, wonek^,
wonoyo', wonu
up river hipec, pecik, pecku,
pecow, pecu
uppish, to feel wonu soninep-
upward wonik
up and down design on baskets
•^ukoko'^ya'?
waddle, to koko*?yopah
wade, to ho'rur-
waist mewipil
wait, to cpinep-
wait for, to cpinah(pim-),
cpinah(puni-)
walk, to heg-, na*met-
walk backwards, to slek'w^ec-
walk in a pair ni* gey-
walk in a position relative to some-
one else *?orog-
want, to skewok(siin-)
war dance song Ika'^Jmay
war dance song, to sing a Ika^amay-
warm, to be hewomop-
warm, to get humonep-
warty, to be swektkelo-*?wey-
wash, to (trans.) Icewet-, wesahc-,
pe*?wolok
wash, to (intr.) wesah, wesep-
wash clothes, to wos(kew-)
wash the face, to pewah(ckey-)
wash the hair pa? wala*? ay-
wash the hands, to pe'^wetew-
wash by squeezing in water, to
cewoloh
300
THE YUROK LANGUAGE
winter kipun
winter, to be kipun
wipe, to mulonem-, muis-
wipe the eyes, to mewole'^wey-
wipe the hands, to mewoletew-
wire pegemip
wish, to hogi-s-, skewok(sim-)
wish, to make a pegahsoy
with (instrumental) mel
wither, to maykal
without megil
Wiyot Indian weyet
wolf ('?)wa4kj9i§neg
woman wencok^s
woman, old perey
woman, young we^yon
woman, to be a good so'twom-
won, a round is kagu'k
wonder, I *?elek^
wood ('?)yoikoyd
wood, kindling pakalc
wood put near fire in wishing ill to
someone, piece of k^etoyos
wood, rotten kik^ten
wood (forest), in a tepo-nol
wooden (*?)yo4koyceni
woodpecker, California taka*t
woodpecker, red-headed kokonew
woodpecker, sm.all cegecii, cagiS
woodpecker scalp ci-'^s
word cwinkor
world Ikelonah
worm (?)yekWi
worm, acorn tapak^s
worried, I am, etc. kelomek new,
etc.
woven, to be weyew
wrap in skunk cabbage leaves, to
lelkem-
wren <iek, huhuhurcin
wrestle, to iego(h)pew
wretched, to be wa'?si5onow-
wrist kawagjs
write, to *?ahtemar
wrong, to be won ni so"(s-)
wrongly won
wyethia (plant) skepol
yard (measure) swecoh
yarrow meca*nep
yawn, to *?j*?gjh
year, to be a lok(si4-)
yellow, to be ta*nep, ti^npelah
yellow, to dye ti'?npeloyt-
yellow jacket tawamas
yerba buena hego-rekic
yes muscen, ^ey, *?ey§, ^i*, ?o'
yesterday cmeya-n
yesterday, the day before hicmey
yew so'ol
you (sing.) ke'^l, keli?
you (plur.) kelew
young, to be wa^agay-
young, to be very Icel tomoy-
young man cin, cines, cinomewes
young woman we'^yon
Yurok Indian ?o*4
Yurok, to speak sa'^agoc-,
sa-^agoh
zigzag design on baskets kaku?ya*?,
leyolek^sa*?
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11